Q&WG-N 


k  hzmdbook.  pPnevw 
Cx  paper  administration, 
•-editorial,  advertising, 
production,cii'culation, 
-minutely  depicting 
in  word  and  picture, 
"how  it's  done"  by 
the  worlds  greatest 
newspaper — 


in  commemoration  of  its 

Sflenty-f/th  Birthday*  - 


(L333 
V/" 


Copyright  1922 
The  Tribune  Company 


Contents 

Page 

THE  W.  G.  N 7 

THE  PAST 

History  of  The  Chicago  Tribune 1 1 

From  Foundation  to  Fire  (1847-1871) 14 

From  The  Fire  to  The  Fair  (1871-1893) 40 

From  The  Fair  to  The  World  War  (1893-1914) 53 

The  World  War  and  After  (1914-1922) 80 

THE  PRESENT 

EDITORIAL  DIVISION .      . 125 

Local  News 134 

^Departments 139 

National  News 143 

LxFbreign  News 145 

LMakeup  of  News .  1 53 

Art  and  Photographic  Department    .      .      . 160 

Features 163 

Selling  News,  Features  and  Pictures 167 

Morgue  and  Library 168 

Editorials 170 

ADVERTISING  DIVISION 177 

Want  Advertising 179 

Classified  Display   .            189 

Display  Advertising 190 

Local  Advertising 191 

National  Advertising 193 

PRODUCTION  DIVISION 

Chicago  Tribune  Pulp  Wood  Forests 205 

Turning  Trees  into  Paper 219 

Composing  Room 227 

Etching  Room 237 

Sterotyping 242 

Electrotyping 245 

Press  Room 246 

Rotogravure  and  Coloroto 256 

Electrical  Department 267 

CIRCULATION  DIVISION 272 

AUDITING  AND  COMPTROLLING  DIVISION 282 

Building  Department 284 

Purchasing  Department .      .      .291 

The  Medill  Council 294 

List  of  Illustrations 

Page  Page 

Joseph  Medill Frontispiece     Headlines  on  Fall  of  Fort  Sumter    .  .     24 

Tribune  Offices  1849         .....       8     Headlines  on  Surrender  of  Lee    .  26 

HolSwhite^                    '                     19     Headlines  on  Assassination  of  Lincoln  .     28 
John  Locke  Scripps,  Charles  H.  Ray          20     Letter  from  Lincoln  subscribing  to 

Tribune  ad  of  1860 22         The  Tribune 30 

5 


List  of  Illustrations— Continued 


Page 

Headlines  on  Burial  of  Lincoln  .  .  31 

Courthouse  before  The  Fire  ...  37 

Headlines  on  Chicago  Fire  ...  38 

Horse  Power  for  Presses  in  the  Forties  39 
Waterworks  before  The  Fire  .  .  40 

Scenes  during  Chicago  Fire  ...  41 

Chicago  in  1865  and  in  1870  .  .  42 

Headlines  on  Beecher-Tilton  Case  .  43 

Headlines  on  New  Testament  Scoop  45 
Headlines  on  Assassination  of  Garfield  46 
Headlines  on  Haymarket  Riots  .  .  47 

Headlines  on  Swing  Heresy  Case  .  48 

Tribune  Buildings  before  and  after  Fire  51 
World's  Columbian  Exposition, 

"The  Fair" 52 

Headlines  on  Battle  of  Manilla  Bay  .  .  57 
Corner  of  Madison  and  Dearborn  Streets 

in  1860 61 

Two  Compositors  with  Century  of 

Tribune  Service 61 

Robert  W.  Patterson 62 

Tribune  Building  .  . 71 

Land  Show— 1912 72 

Library  in  Tribune  Plant  ....  72 

Investors  Guide 78 

Headlines  on  Outbreak  of  World  War  .  79 
Headlines  of  February  1,  1917  ...  81 
Headlines  of  February  4,  1917  ...  82 
Headlines  of  April  6,  1917  .  .  .  .  83 
European  Edition  of  The  Tribune  .  .  90 
How  European  Edition  is  Quoted  .  .  92 
Daily  News,  New  York's  Picture 

Newspaper 100 

Cross-Section  View  of  Tribune  Plant  .  102 
Advertisement  of  Cheer  Check  Contest  .  110 
Airplane  Views  of  Tribune  Plant  .  .  114 
Offer  of  $100,000  Prize  to  Architects  .  120 
Laying  Corners  tone  of  Tribune  Plant  .  123 

Tribune  Plant 124 

Heads  used  in  The  Tribune  .  .  .  .129 
Weekly  Contest  for  Best  Head  ...  130 
Floor  Plan— Fifth  Floor  Tribune  Plant  .  134 
Floor  Plan— Tribune  Local  Room  .  .  135 
How  News  Moves  from  source  to  printers  136 
Wireless  Operator  in  Tribune  Plant  .  147 
Crowd  Receiving  Election  Returns  .  147 
London  Office  of  The  Tribune  .  .  148 

Tribune's  European  Territory  .  .  150 

Expense  account  in  rubles  .  .  152 

Makeup  Dummy  ...  .  159 

Photographic  Assignment  Sheet  .  .  162 
Tribune  "Sunday"  Room  .  .  165 

Where  Tribune  News  is  Bought  and  Sold  166 
Editorial  Page  of  The  Tribune  .  .  .172 

Tribune  Local  Room 173 

Tribune  Linotypes 173 

Special  Auto  for  Photographers  .  .  .  174 
Tribune  Offices  in  Rome  and  Berlin  .  .175 

Tribune  Want  Ad  Store 176 

Advertising  Charts 178 

Advertising  Charts 181 

Want  Ad  Phone  Room 185 

Want  Ad  Credit  Records 185 

Want  Ad  Solicitors  Records  .  .186 


Page 

Tribune  School  and  Travel  Bureau  .  .186 
Tribune  Advertisement  of  Lyon  &  Healy 

in  1864 192 

Chicago  Market  Pictured  in  Charts  .  194 
Clothing  Advertising  Statistics  .  .  197 
Advertising  Lineage  Chart  1906-1921  198 
The  Co-operator,  Retailers  Trade  Paper  200 
Advertising  Advertising  in  1982  .  .  201 
Conference  Room  for  Advertisers  .  203 
Copy  and  Art  Service  for 

Tribune  Advertisers 203 

Tribune  Spruce  Forest 204 

Map — Tribune  Timber  Lands  and 

Paper  Mill 206 

Tribune's  Timber  Lands  at  Baie 

desCedres 209 

Submarine  Chaser  Dispatch  Boat  .  .  210 

Logjams .215 

Diagram  and  Photos  of  Paper-Making 

Machine 216 

Million  Dollar  Log  Pile 218 

Grinding  Logs  into  Pulp 223 

Screening  Impurities  from  Wood  Pulp  .  224 
Couch  and  Press  Rolls  of  Paper  Machine  224 
Composing  Room  Layout  ....  228 
"Making  up"  The  Tribune  .  .  .  .229 

Linotype  Operator 229 

Camera  and  Acid  Bath  in  Etching  Room  230 

Steam  Tables 247 

"Plating-up"  a  Press 247 

Printing  Presses  and  Newsprint  Reels  .  248 
Diagram  of  Progress  of  Papers  through 

Press  . 250 

Cutting  and  Folding  Mechanism  of  Press  253 
Electrical  Control  Switchboard  .  .  .  253 
Automatic  Conveyor  from  Press  to 

Mailing  Room 254 

Ownership,  Management  and  Circulation 

Statement  to  Federal  Government  .  255 

Methods  of  Printing 257 

Diagram  of  Coloroto  Press  .  .  .  262 
Coloroto  Cylinder  being  Etched  .  .  263 
Coloroto  Cylinder  being  Resurfaced  263 
Coloroto  Magazine  Presses  .  .  .  264 
Tribune  Baseball  Champions  .  .  269 
Stereotype  Casting  Machine  .  .  269 
Mailing  Room  in  Tribune  Plant  .  .  270 
Circulation  Chart,  1912T1922  .  .  273 
Dot  Map  of  Tribune  Circulation 

Outside  of  Chicago  ....  274 
Sketch  of  Mailing  Machine  .  .  .  275 
Floor  Plan  of  Mailing  Room  ...  278 
Dot  Map  of  Tribune  Circulation  in 

Chicago 279 

Trucks  Receiving  Papers 281 

Steel  Steamers  "Chicago  Tribune"  and 

"New  York  News" 287 

Tribune  Schooners  at  Quebec  and 

Shelter  Bay 288 

Tribune  Building  at  Madison  and 

Dearborn  Streets 290 

Rotogravure  Studio  and  Press  Room  .  293 
TheTrib — Employees  House  Organ  .  300 


The  W.  G.  N. 


r  iHREE  hundred  and  sixty-five  mornings  each 

year  The  Chicago  Tribune  is  delivered  to 
JL  hundreds  of  thousands  of  readers.  Without 
apparent  effort  it  appears  afresh  each  morning  telling 
what  the  world  has  been  doing  during  the  preceding 
twenty-four  hours  —  illustrating  the  report  with 
photographs  and  drawings — enlivening  it  with  car- 
toons—  offering  features  both  entertaining  and 
instructive. 

Each  day's  Tribune  contains  far  more  words 
than  the  average  book — involves  greater  problems 
of  typography  and  make-up — and  must  be  distributed 
to  hundreds  of  readers  in  thousands  of  towns  and 
cities  before  its  ink  is  quite  dry. 

This  book  is  designed  to  picture  the  machinery 
which  makes  possible  such  a  spectacular  accomplish- 
ment—  steam,  steel,  timber,  electricity,  brawn, 
brains,  skilled  hands — all  closely  co-ordinated  and 
driven  every  minute  toward  the  daily  rebirth  of 
The  Chicago  Tribune.  Preceding  this  analysis  of 
The  Tribune  as  it  is  today  is  a  historical  sketch. 


1849 


8 


THE  PAST 

A  brief  history  of  the  World's  Greatest  Newspaper; 
its  influence  in  the  political \  social  and  economic  develop- 
ment of  Chicago  and  the  Central  West. 


History  of  The  Chicago  Tribune 

THE  CHICAGO  TRIBUNE  made  its  appearance 
on  June  10,   1847.     The  office  was  a  single  room 
in  a  building  at  Lake  and  La  Salle  streets,  southwest 
corner.  The  first  edition,  four  hundred  copies,  was  pulled 
on  a  Washington  hand  press,  worked  by  one  of  the  editors. 

"...  but  with  every  stroke  of  the  lever  was  anneal- 
ing the  substructure  upon  which  was  erected  the  power 
and  influence  that  has  not  alone  decided  the  fate  of  this 
city,  but  of  the  nation.  From  The  Tribune,  that  had 
such  an  humble  origin,  have  been  uttered  dicta  that 
have  controlled  the  destinies  of  parties  and  individuals 
of  prominence  in  the  country,  and  infused  the  people 
with  that  patriotism  which  bore  such  glorious  results  in 
the  internecine  contests." 

So  speaks  an  historian  of  some  thirty-five  years  ago, 
when  the  Civil  War  was  still  a  part  of  the  lives  of  the  men 
of  that  time,  and  the  most  important  national  issue  the 
United  States  had  known.  It  is  a  little  difficult  for  the 
reader  today  to  visualize  the  men  and  events  of  the  past 
century;  we  are  accustomed  to  regard  the  newspaper  as  a 
business  institution,  short  lived  as  are  the  great  businesses 
of  our  day  in  point  of  their  past.  We  are  accustomed  to 
think  of  big  newspapers,  and  The  Tribune,  as  current  as 
the  linotype,  the  giant  presses,  and  the  mechanical  wonders 
that  make  them  possible.  It  is  our  habit  to  identify  them 
as  things  of  Today;  almost  never  do  we  regard  them  as  a 
part  of  history.  Consider  this  item:  that  some  six  decades 
ago,  The  Tribune  was  as  much  of  a  living  voice  as  Lincoln ! 
Today,  Lincoln  "  belongs  to  the  ages. "  This  morning,  The 
Tribune  appears  less  than  twelve  hours  old.  The  story  of 
The  World's  Greatest  Newspaper  is  in  part  the  story  of 
our  country,  interwoven  with  the  lives  of  men  and  events 
that  determined  our  present  state.  And  it  is  a  great,  an 
inspiring  story,  that  shows  the  sources  of  strength  and 
greatness  which  this  Greatest  Newspaper  derives  from  its 
historic  past. 

11 


LIN.KS  MODERN  WEST  WITH  PIONEERS 

The  Chicago  Tribune  was  a  creature  of  destiny,  as 
much  a  product  of  the  times  it  lived  and  the  events  it 
helped  to  shape,  as  was  the  Civil  War.  Essentially  is  it  a 
part  of  Chicago,  and  the  Middle  West.  From  a  tiny  ham- 
let settled  on  a  swamp  has  grown  the  fourth  city  of  the 
world ;  an  unsettled  wilderness  has  become  the  most  active, 
productive  part  of  this  nation.  And  The  Tribune,  whose 
growth  and  fortunes  are  indissolubly  linked  with  these, 
shared  their  peaks  and  depressions,  their  progresses  and 
retrogressions,  their  glories  and  their  disasters. 

You — addressing  you  as  a  mature  man  or  woman  now 
doing  the  day's  work  of  the  world — and  your  father,  and 
grandfather,  and  great-grandfather,  and  The  Tribune  have 
gone  through  four  major  wars  together — the  Mexican,  the 
Civil,  the  Spanish-American,  and  the  World  War;  through 
nineteen  presidential  campaigns,  eight  of  which  may  be 
said  to  have  been  big  with  the  destiny  of  the  people ;  through 
a  fire  that  reduced  the  city  to  ruins — but  not  to  ruin; 
through  an  international  exposition  that  established  a 
tradition  of  vastness  and  beauty  which,  in  some  of  its 
aspects,  the  world  in  three  decades  has  not  surpassed; 
through  strikes  that  disorganized  the  affairs  of  a  nation, 
and  through  more  violent  social  and  racial  disturbances 
that  put  panic  into  the  public  mind  everywhere;  through 
processes  of  upbuilding  and  tearing  down  and  rebuilding 
that  changed  the  face  of  nature  over  leagues  of  coastline 
and  prairie  and  that  have  given  to  the  most  humbly  placed 
man  in  the  community  comforts  and  opportunities,  material 
and  spiritual,  that  could  not  be  enjoyed  by  the  richest  when 
great-grandfather  and  grandfather  and  The  Tribune  began 
working  together  for  father  and  for  us. 

Persons  who  so  long  have  worked  together  in  matters 
so  crucial — for  the  matters  were  naught  less  than  the  build- 
ing of  a  world-city  in  a  new  world — ought  to  know  each 
other  pretty  thoroughly.  They  do. 

The  beginning  and  the  end  of  each  third  of  The  Tribune's 
three-quarter  century  synchronize  roughly,  but  still  aptly 

12 


To  FIRE,  To  FAIR,  To  WAR,  To  TODAY 

enough,  with  three  distinct  epochs  in  Chicago's  develop- 
ment. The  first  quarter  century  began  when,  within  a 
period  of  four  years  (1843-1847),  the  population  of  the  city 
had  risen  from  6,000  to  16,000.  That  growth  was  con- 
sidered phenomenal,  though  the  years  following  '47  were 
to  make  it  seem  slow.  This  first  epoch  ended  in  1871,  with 
the  great  fire.  It  comprised  twenty-four  years.  It  was 
the  epoch  of  great-grandfather  and  grandfather  and  the 
time  of  their  hardest  work. 

From  the  fire  to  the  fair  was  the  second  epoch.  It  com- 
prised twenty-two  years.  It  was  the  era  flamboyant  of 
Chicago — of  bewildering  growth,  of  great  riches  quickly 
acquired,  of  boisterousness,  of  vulgarity,  and  of  vision.  It 
was  father's  epoch. 

And  so  is  this  one  his — his  and  ours.  Say  that  the 
opening  of  the  world  war  put  an  everlasting  landmark  into 
it,  it  may  be  described  as  comprising  twenty-one  years 
by  1914. 

Now,  as  The  Tribune  starts  toward  the  century  mark 
we  are  eight  years  along  in  the  bewildering  epoch  which 
historians  of  the  future  may  designate  as  "The  Great  War 
and  After." 


13 


From  Foundation  to  Fire 

1847-1871 


r  "^HE  TRIBUNE  was  started  at  a  time  and  in 
situations  that  were  both  strategic. 

*  City  after  city  was  falling  before  Generals  Scott 

and  Taylor  and  the  Mexican  War,  fraught,  as  fourteen  years 
were  to  prove,  with  the  peril  of  another  war,  was  drawing  to 
a  close ;  Salt  Lake  City  was  being  founded  by  the  Mormons ; 
King  William  IV.  of  Prussia,  that  kindly,  ineffectual  cry  baby , 
convoked  a  parliament  at  Berlin;  the  Roman  Catholic 
hierarchy  was  established  in  England;  that  magnificent 
vocality,  Daniel  O'Connell,  came  to  a  rather  pusillanimous 
end  in  Genoa;  Queen  Victoria  had  been  ten  years  on  the 
throne ;  Sir  John  Franklin  perished  in  the  region  of  eternal 
ice,  and  "Jane  Eyre,"  the  authorship  of  which  was  the 
current  mystery  of  the  English-speaking  world,  was  pub- 
lished. And  the  rumblings  of  '48  were  worrying  Europe. 

The  population  of  Chicago  was  then  16,000.  Our 
country  comprised  twenty-nine  states,  with  a  population 
of  less  than  20,000,000.  James  K.  Polk  was  President  of 
the  United  States — our  last  Democrat  president  of  southern 
birth  for  sixty-four  years,  a  fact  large  with  significance. 
Abraham  Lincoln  was  38  years  old  and  Joseph  Medill,  still 
practicing  in  Coshocton,  O.,  what  law  there  was  to  practice 
and  picking  up  in  a  flirtatious  sort  of  way  the  rudiments 
of  the  printer's  trade  and  the  editor's  craft,  was  24.  The 
opening  of  his  Chicago  career  was  eight  years  distant. 

Capital  was  centered  in  the  East.  Boston  and  New 
York  controlled  the  trade  of  the  nation.  The  westward 
trend  was  a  slow  seepage  that  spent  itself  in  the  prairies, 
lacking  the  great  impetus  that  the  discovery  of  gold  was  to 
give  in  '49.  Illinois'  first  railroad  had  just  been  planned 
in  '46,  and  the  project  was  meeting  with  the  greatest  dis- 
couragement. The  stagecoach  companies,  vast  monopolies 

14 


GALENA  AND  ST.  Louis  OUR  RIVALS 

of  travel  and  hostelries,  interested  in  stores  and  horses  were 
fighting  it  bitterly.  So  little  did  Chicago  think  of  the 
railroad  that  the  total  subscriptions  of  Chicago  merchants 
were  only  twenty  thousand  dollars.  The  farmers  were 
opposed  to  the  railroads,  and  wanted  plank  roads  to  haul 
their  grain  to  town  to  market.  The  Illinois  and  Michigan 
canal,  destined  to  link  Chicago  with  Mississippi  River 
trade,  was  still  unfinished  after  eleven  years  of  effort  and 
discouraging  work. 

St.  Louis  was  the  commercial  city  of  the  central  west,  a 
promising  metropolis  born  and  thriving  on  Mississippi 
River  trade.  Galena  was  the  Illinois  commercial  "big" 
city;  it  and  Kaskaskia  had  been  considered  rivals  of  St. 
Louis,  until  Kaskaskia,  with  its  ten  thousand  inhabitants, 
had  been  wiped  out  in  the  Spring  floods  of  1844.  The 
destruction  of  Kaskaskia  helped  Galena  and  Cairo;  Chicago 
was  not  thought  of  as  a  potential  big  city.  The  state 
government,  even,  gave  its  business  to  Galena  and  the  East. 

Picture,  then,  this  frontier  town  in  1847.  Built  on 
marshland,  two  feet  above  the  lake  level,  its  streets  were 
always  muddy,  and  some  nothing  more  than  bogs. 

Water  was  pumped  through  bored  logs.  Sewerage  was 
limited,  insanitary,  and  primitive;  three  planks  fastened 
together  to  form  triangular  drain  pipes,  set  six  inches  to  a 
foot  below  the  street  surfaces.  The  first  school  building 
was  only  two  years  old.  Trade  was  nearly  all  retail.  There 
had  been  a  terrific  boom  some  years  before,  from  1833  to 
1836,  which  sent  Chicago  real  estate  sky  high,  and  flooded 
the  town  with  a  temporary  prosperity.  The  panic  of  '37 
left  it  in  a  terrible  depression.  Business  men  and  merchants 
were  forced  to  go  back  to  the  land  to  raise  food  to  keep  alive. 
So  much  selfishness  and  unfair  dealing,  both  in  business 
and  politics,  were  in  evidence  during  the  boom  years  that 
people  were  suspicious  of  any  public  movements  for  a  long 
time  after.  By  '47,  the  effects  of  the  panic  had  pretty  well 
worn  off,  and  Chicago  was  building  again,  more  slowly  and 
sanely,  but  giving  little  promise  of  being  a  wonder  city. 

15 


FIRST  NEWSPAPER  IN  CHICAGO — 1833 

The  two  decades  following  were  to  be  the  most  active 
and  the  most  fearsome  in  our  history,  when  sudden  growth 
was  faced  with  as  sudden  dissolution,  when  accomplishment 
and  disaster  ran  side  by  side. 

*  *  * 

Chicago  had  been  a  fertile  field  for  newspapers,  since 
the  inception  of  its  first,  in  1833.  But  the  exigencies  of 
pioneer  country,  the  constant  change  and  not  infrequent 
disaster  were  too  much  for  the  journals  of  the  day.  Pre- 
vious to  the  appearance  of  The  Chicago  Daily  Tribune, 
some  seven  daily  and  weekly  newspapers  had  been  started. 
Of  these,  two  were  contemporary. 

Newspaper  history  began  in  Chicago  with  the  advent  of 
The  Chicago  Democrat,  a  weekly  founded  by  John  Calhoun 
in  J#3J,  and  later  brought  to  a  position  of  considerable 
influence  by  "Long  John"  Wentworth,  a  famous  mayor  of 
Chicago.  The  Democrat  became  a  daily  in  184.0,  and  was 
issued  in  the  morning.  In  1846,  the  issue  was  changed  to 
evening.  "Long  John"  Wentworth  kept  it  going  until 
the  time  that  tried  men's  souls  in  1861.  Then  he  sold  out 
in  a  mood  of  war  panic  and  the  property  was  merged  with 
The  Tribune.  Through  The  Democrat,  therefore,  The 
Tribune  may  trace  its  ancestry  back  to  the  first  newspaper 
published  in  Chicago. 

Subsequent  to  The  Democrat  came  The  Chicago  Amer- 
ican, a  weekly  in  1835,  issued  as  a  daily  in  1839;  and  dis- 
continued in  1842;  The  Chicago  Express,  a  daily  afternoon 
paper,  began  on  October  24,  1842,  and  discontinued  two 
years  later;  The  Chicago  Daily  Journal,  which  grew  out  of 
the  remnants  of  The  Express,  and  with  various  changes  in 
ownership,  continues  up  to  the  present ;  The  Chicago  Repub- 
lican, a  weekly,  started  in  December,  1842,  and  dropped 
after  six  months;  The  Chicago  Daily  News,  also  short  lived, 
appeared  from  late  in  1845  till  January  6,  1846;  The  Chi- 
cago Commercial  Advertiser  began  as  a  weekly  on  Febru- 
ary 3,  1847,  later  appearing  daily,  tri-weekly,  and  weekly 
until  its  expiration  in  1853.  There  were  also  a  number  of 

16 


ENTER  THE  TRIBUNE  —  JUNE  10,  1847 

journals  and  magazines,  devoted  to  various  interests,  but 
none  of  these  survived  for  long. 


With  this  none  too  encouraging  background,  The  Chi- 
cago Tribune  was  started.  Joseph  K.  C.  Forrest,  James  J. 
Kelly  and  John  E.  Wheeler  were  its  originators. 

As  for  The  Tribune's  personal  appearance  in  1847,  the 
liveliest  paper  in  town  liked  it.  That  was  the  Journal. 
Our  sole  surviving  contemporary  of  those  days  looked 
us  over  on  the  morning  of  June  10,  and  in  the  afternoon 
printed  its  opinion,  which  was  detailed,  admonitory,  and 
instinct  with  neighborliness.  A  few  lines  of  its  comment 
follow  : 

CHICAGO  DAILY  TRIBUNE  —  A  large  and  well-printed  sheet  with 
the  above  title  was  laid  on  our  table  this  morning. 

Our  neighbors  have  launched  their  bark  upon  the  stormy  sea  of 
editorial  life,  proposing  to  observe  a  strict  impartiality.  We  wish 
them  every  success  in  their  enterprise  and  firmly  trust  they  will  shun 
the  rocks  upon  which  so  many  gallant  vessels  have  been  wrecked. 

The  mechanical  execution  of  THE  TRIBUNE  is  beautiful  and  reflects 
great  credit  upon  the  art. 

The  chronicle  of  the  first  few  years,  however,  is  little 
more  than  record  of  the  changes  of  ownership  —  indicating 
that  journalism  of  that  day  was  a  precarious  profession 
and  not  the  substantial  business  the  newspaper  is  today. 
Our  early  owners  were  more  our  projectors  than  our 
founders.  They  did  not  stick  to  the  ship  or  the  shop. 
They  had  other  irons  in  the  fire. 

Before  The  Tribune  was  a  month  old,  James  J.  Kelly 
had  withdrawn  to  devote  himself  to  the  more  lucrative 
pursuit  of  leather  merchant.  His  share  was  bought  by 
Thomas  A.  Stewart,  who  assumed  the  editorship.  Mr. 
Stewart  was  shortly  thrust  into  the  prominence  incumbent 
upon  his  position.  In  an  editorial,  he  suggested  that  the 
government  vessel  stationed  at  Chicago  might  make  itself 
useful  by  helping  two  merchant  vessels  into  the  harbor. 
The  Commandant,  Captain  Bigelow,  resented  the  sugges- 
tion and  straightway  challenged  the  editor  to  a  duel. 
Stewart  published  the  challenge  as  an  item  of  news.  The 

17 


MEDILL  BUYS  SHARE  IN  TRIBUNE — 1855 

duel  was  never  fought.  The  doughty  captain  abdicated 
and  thereafter  helped  belated  vessels  make  the  harbor. 

In  the  same  year,  The  Tribune  bought  the  plant  and 
equipment  of  The  Gem  of  The  Prairie,  which  it  continued 
to  issue  weekly.  In  1848,  the  second  change  in  ownership 
occurred.  Mr.  Forrest  retired,  selling  his  third  interest  to 
John  L.  Scripps. 

The  following  year  was  notable  for  two  incidents.  On 
May  22,  1849,  a  fire  destroyed  The  Tribune  office  and  pub- 
lication was  suspended  for  two  days.  On  December  6,  The 
Tribune  installed  telegraphic  news  service,  the  first  paper 
in  the  west  to  get  news  by  wire.  This  was  a  startling 
innovation.  News  from  the  east  was  commonly  a  month 
or  two  old  before  it  reached  Chicago  papers.  The  presi- 
dential message,  eagerly  awaited  every  four  years,  was 
considered  well  dispatched  if  its  text  reached  Chicago  by 
mail  or  courier  within  a  month  after  its  publication  at 
Washington.  The  determination  to  get  the  news  first,  for 
which  The  Tribune  has  always  been  noted,  was  manifest 
even  in  that  early  day. 

On  February  20,  1849,  a  weekly  Tribune  was  also 
begun.  The  Gem  of  The  Prairie  was  merged  with  this 
weekly  edition  in  '52.  In  '51,  a  syndicate  of  Whig  poli- 
ticians purchased  the  share  of  Scripps,  who  founded  an- 
other paper,  The  Democratic  Press,  in  1852,  in  company 
with  William  Bross. 

General  William  Duane  Wilson,  representing  the  syn- 
dicate, was  installed  as  editor.  An  evening  issue  of  the 
paper  was  also  begun,  but  was  shortly  discontinued.  On 
June  1 8,  1855,  Joseph  Medill  secured  a  third  interest,  and 
Dr.  Charles  H.  Ray  a  fourth  interest,  the  firm  name  be- 
coming Wright,  Medill  &  Co. 

It  was  eight  years  after  The  Tribune  was  founded  that 
Joseph  Medill  became  a  guiding  force  in  it.  He  was  then 
32  years  old.  He  remained  a  guiding  force  for  forty-four 
years,  but  to  the  end  he  had  young  colleagues.  When  his 
grandsons  took  up  their  work  as  guiders  of  The  Tribune 

18 


OF  THE  STOCK  OF  THE  TRIBUNE  COMPANY,  52  PER  CENT  IS  OWNED  BY 
THE  ESTATE  OF  JOSEPH  MfiDILL.  PRACTICALLY  ALL  THE  REMAINDER  IS 
OWNED  BY  DESCENDANTS  OF  MEDILL's  THREE  ASSOCIATES,  PICTURED  ON 

THIS    PAGE. 


ALFRED  COWLES 
SERVED  as  treasurer  and  business 
manager  of  The  Tribune  during 
the  sixties ',  seventies,  and  eighties. 
His  son  is  now  a  director  of  The 
Tribune  Company. 


WILLIAM  BROSS 

A  STAUNCH  abolitionist^  was 
lieutenant  governor  oj Illinois  from 
1865  to  1869.  His  grandson,  Henry 
D.  Lloyd,  is  now  a  director  of  The 
Tribune  Company. 


HORACE  WHITE 
WAS  editor  of  The  Tribune  in  the  sixties  and  early  seventies. 


10 


IJIUIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'LJ'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIL.I 


JOHN  LOCKE  SCRIPPS 

was  editor  of  The  Tribune  in  the  forties  and  fifties.  He  was 
appointed  postmaster  of  Chicago  by  Lincoln  in  1861.  His 
cousin,  James  Edmund  Scripps,  who  started  his  newspaper 
career  on  The  Chicago  Tribune  in  the  fifties,  later  founded  The 
Detroit  News  and  assisted  in  initiating  the  "  Scripps  string  of 
newspapers"  which  now  numbers  twenty -nine. 


DR.  CHARLES  H.  RAY, 

who  joined  with  Joseph  Medill  in  the  purchase  of  an  interest 
in  The  Tribune  in  1855. 


MEDILL  HAD  FOUNDED  AND  SOLD  CLEVELAND  LEADER 

they  were  not  so  old  as  he  was  when  he  came  out  of  the 
Western  Reserve  to  do  his  big  work  in  the  world.  The 
point  of  the  allusion  is  that  this  newspaper,  like  the  city 
of  its  birth,  has  ever  had  the  spirit  of  youth  in  it.  It  is 
today  what  it  is  because  it  has  marched  with  the  genera- 
tions; because  it  has  grown  with  a  community  whose 
growth  is  one  of  the  phenomena  of  human  annals.  For 
seventy-five  years  it  has  been  a  going  concern;  for  sixty- 
seven  years  its  tradition  has  been  definite  and  vital  because 
the  ideal  that  sustained  the  founder  of  its  greatness  has 
been  the  inspiration  of  those  to  whom  the  wheeling  years 
brought  his  tasks. 

Joseph  Medill  was  a  curious  combination  of  austerity 
and  aplomb.  He  was  not  showy,  but  he  was  sternly  per- 
vasive. He  seems  never  to  have  cared  for,  nor  to  have 
won,  popularity  of  a  flamboyant  kind.  But  he  was  uni- 
versally trusted,  for  his  sense  of  duty  permitted  him  no 
evasions.  He  had  a  certain  sangfroid  and  he  was  capable 
of  making  and  executing  large  decisions.  To  them  he 
adhered.  His  idol,  if  he  had  one,  was  humane  common 
sense.  That  is  why  he  loved  Franklin  and  why  he  was 
loved  by  Lincoln.  Beneath  his  formal  exterior  was  a  sense 
of  humor.  Reverting  once  to  the  years  of  the  late  forties 
when  he  was  teaching  school  in  Ohio,  he  told  how  he  had 
had  to  whip  one  of  the  boys  who  had  been  a  leader  in  driv- 
ing from  the  district  MeduTs  predecessor  in  the  master's 
chair.  "After  that  fight,"  he  said,  "all  the  boys  were  my 
friends" — a.  pause — "and,"  he  added,  with  his  sparse  smile, 
"as  for  the  girls,  I  married  one  of  them." 

He  came  to  Chicago  in  1855  from  Cleveland,  where  he 
had  successfully  established  the  Leader,  which  still  exists. 
His  purpose  was  the  purpose  of  thousands  of  energetic 
young  Americans  of  those  days — to  "look  over  the  new 
field."  Here  he  met  Dr.  Charles  H.  Ray  of  Galena,  who 
brought  to  him  a  letter  of  introduction  from  Horace  Greeley, 
who  urged  Medill  to  join  Ray  in  starting  a  newspaper  in 
Chicago.  They  acted  upon  the  plea  by  buying  into  The 

21 


A  DAILY,  TR1-WEEKLY  AND  WEEKLY  JOURNAL 

UETOTKD  TO 

News.  Commerce,  Polities,  Agriculture,  Science  and  Literature, 

EDITED  1XD  PCBLISIIEP  AT  CHIiUCO  RV  THK 

PRESS   <fc  TRIBUNE   COMPANY 


J.  L.  SCRIl'PS,  \VILLl\M  1JKOSS.  C.  II.  RAY,  J.  MEDILL,  A.  COWLES. 
Eclitoi'S1    otirt    "Proprietors. 

FUENISEED  TO  SUBSCRIBERS  IT  THE  FOLLOWING  BATES : 


DAILY,   -   -   in  advance,  by  Mail,     ....      $7.OO  per  annum. 
TRI-WEEKLY,          "  "  ....     4.00          •« 

WEEKLY,  single  subscribers,  in  advance,       -      -         1.50         •• 
"          two  copies,  "  ...     2.50 

four  copies,  ••         ...        5.OO 

five  copies,  "  ...    e.OO 

ten  copies,  «         ...      io.OO 

"          twenty  copies,  (and  1  to  getter  ujyof  club,)  20.00         " 

THE  CHICAGO  PRESS  &,  TRIBUNE  is  designed  to  be  a  full  and  fair  exponent  of  the  GREAT 
NORTH-WEST.  To  that  end  it  keeps  constantly  in  the  field  a  large  and  efficient  corps  of 
assistant  editor.',  reporters,  arid  corre?pondent3. . who  are  engaged  in  procuring,  systematizing 
and  collating  all  manner  ^>f  information  respecting  every  locality  embraced  in  the  North-Wesr 
fern  States  and  Territories.  Articles  of  this  description  appear  in  every  issue  of  our  paper, 
anil  have  already  made  for  It  a  reputation  in  this  respect  second  to  no  other  paper  in  the  whole 
country. 

In  price  and  size  of  sheet,  amount  and  freshness  of  intelligence,  variety  nud  value  of 
.information, -fullness  and  accuracy  of  Commercial  matter,  and  in  whatever  else  goes  to  make 
up  a  first-class  Newspaper,  we  challenge  comparison  with  any  other  journal  East  or  West. 

la  Politics,  the  PBESS  &  Tamm:  is  on  the  side  of  FREE  LABOR.  As  an  exponent  of  the 
North-West,  which  has  been  made  great  through  free  labor,  it  could  hot  successfully  fulfil  it* 
mission,  vere  it  .to  remain  neutral  on  so  vital  a  question. 

Parties  abroad,  who  may  desire  ro  advertise  in  a  paper  having  a  general  circulation 
throughout  the  North- West,  will  find  the  PRESS  &  TRIBCXK  the  best  possible  medium  of  com- 
munication. 

Ita  circ'nlatioir-ia  lareex  thaniHuvLof  any  other  paper  West  of  the  seaboard  cities 


IN  1858  The  Tribune  absorbed  The  Chicago  Democratic  Press 
and  for  two  years  thereafter  was  known  as  The  Press  and 
Tribune.  The  above  is  a  reproduction  of  one  side  of  an  adver- 
tisement sent  out  at  that  time.  The  other  side  asks  for  job 
printing.  The  job  printing  department  was  in  charge  of 
William  H.  Randy  superintendent,  and  Andrew  J.  McNally, 
assistant. 


22 


ADVANCE  BEGINS  UNDER  NEW  REGIME 

Tribune.  Medill  had  sold  his  interest  in  the  Cleveland 
Leader  to  Edwin  Cowles,  but  Edwin's  brother,  Alfred,  came 
to  Chicago  with  Medill.  For  a  year  he  served  the  new 
firm  of  Ray  &  Medill  as  bookkeeper  and  then  he,  too,  bought 
into  the  property.  In  1858,  The  Tribune  absorbed  the 
Democratic  Press,  and  that  brought  into  the  firm  Deacon 
William  Bross,  a  grand  old  Cromwellian  of  the  early  days 
of  Chicago  Presbyterianism,  and  John  Locke  Scripps,  who 
stayed  with  us  between  two  and  three  years,  becoming  in 
1861  the  Lincoln-appointed  postmaster  of  Chicago.  For 
two  years  the  paper  was  known  as  The  Press  and  Tribune, 
but  then  reverted  to  The  Chicago  Tribune.  Dr.  Ray  sold 
out  in  1863,  and  Mr.  Medill  became  editor-in-chief. 

Thus  with  Medill,  Cowles,  and  Bross  was  founded  the 
original  "Tribune  family,"  which,  growing  later  to  include 
Horace  White,  survives  through  direct  descendants  as  a 
Tribune  family  to  this  day. 

Among  all  these  colleagues  of  his,  Medill  seems  to  have 
been  the  driver — the  man  who,  though  he  was  all  jour- 
nalist, was  also  practical  printer.  In  a  word,  he  was  no 
empiric,  though  he  was  not  afraid  of  experiments.  To  the 
last  detail  of  newspaper  making  he  knew  what  he  wanted  to 
do  and  how  to  do  it.  Through  his  initiative  a  steam  press 
was  installed  and  the  first  copper  faced  type  ever  used  by 
an  Illinois  newspaper  was  bought.  He  had  an  abiding  dis- 
taste for  the  "other  irons  in  the  fire,"  and  that  was,  and  is, 
good  for  this  newspaper.  "Alas,"  the  great  Hippolyte 
Taine  once  said,  "there  are  writers  who  were  born  to  write 
newspaper  articles  and  who  write  only  books."  Joseph 
Medill  was  not  that  kind  of  a  journalist.  His  product  was 
not  indifferent  books  but  great  journalism.  He  believed 
that  to  prepare,  to  inspire,  and  daily  to  assemble  excellent 
newspaper  articles  was  a  grand  work  which  demanded  all 
of  skill  and  fortitude  that  good  minds  and  honest  hearts 
possessed. 

Thus  The  Tribune  got  its  real  start  with  a  growing 
town  and  an  honest  man  who  was  also  a  man  of  vision. 

23 


HAD  FAITH  IN  GREAT  FUTURE  FOR  CHICAGO 

Because  he  was  visioned  he  believed  in  the  town.  He  be- 
lieved with  the  acute  English  publicist,  Frederic  Harrison, 
that  "the  manifest  destiny  of  Chicago  is  to  be  the  heart 
of  the  American  Continent,"  but  he  said  that  forty-six 
years  before  the  memorable  night  at  the  Union  League 
club,  where  Frederic  Harrison  said  it. 

Medill  bought  into  the  nearly  BYTELEGRAPH. 
bankrupt  Tribune  on   June  18, 
1855.      He  took  active   hold   on 

Saturday,  July  21.    The  property  'TUB  SURRENDER! 

made  money   in  its   first  month  m  MMMM— ;„„  piratl< 

under  the  new  regime.  — — 

EFFECT    OF   THE    NEWS  IN 

Chicago    had   leaped    from    a  WASHINGTON. 

population    of   16,000   in    '47    to  i^i*******  n-m. 

80,000  in  '55.     It  was  a  big  year  PRESIDENT  LIXCOUTS  PBO- 
in    the    world.     The    Exposition  CLAMATIOR. 

TT      •  it  r»  <*«•    *or  ***    State   VUltlA. 

Umverselle  was  on  in  rans;  so  was 

,       ^    .  t     i       r»          •  AQTIOH  OF  TH1  8TATI8. 

the  Crimean  war,  and  the  Russians  — — 

^    •  r     n    i_  i  t&8  PBITAILDFO  SZGXXHCEHT, 

were  getting  out  ot    bebastopol;  - — - 

the  Bessemer  process  was    being       Thriulflg  War  K6W& 

patented;    Thackeray's    "The       TUB  VERY   LITEST. 

Newcomes"     and    Tennyson's    Fm  u  CM*,  Tnt™, 

"  Maud  "  were  published ;  Frank-  April  15, 1861 

lin  Pierce  was    President   of  the 

United  States,  and  The  Tribune  neither  liked  nor  trusted 

him — thought  him  too  slick  and  devious  and  used  to  call 

him  "Frank  Pierce." 

We  (The  Tribune)  then,  as  now,  were  ever  admonitory, 
but  not  portentously  so,  for  there  was  humor  in  us,  and  that 
saving  infusion  of  common  sense  which  Joseph  Medill 
thought  so  important  an  attribute  of  a  newspaper  that  he 
put  some  words  about  it  in  his  last  will  and  testament.  We 
struck  out  at  every  abuse,  whether  it  was  cruelty  to  a  black 
man  or  cruelty  to  a  horse,  and  when  we  could  we  nailed  it 
to  the  wall  with  names  and  dates  attached.  There  was 
the  case  of  "a  Mrs.  Wheeler. "  She  tried  to  commit  suicide 
on  Monday  night,  June  29,  1857,  by  drowning  herself  in  the 

24 


LOCAL  REPORTING  OF  THE  FIFTIES 

lake  at  the  foot  of  Ohio  street.     On  the  Thursday  following 
we  printed  this: 

ATTEMPTED  SUICIDE— We  learn  that  on  last  Monday  night 
a  Mrs.  Wheeler  attempted  to  commit  suicide  by  drowning  herself  in 
the  lake  at  the  foot  of  Ohio  street.  She  was  rescued  by  Robert  Donnelly. 
The  woman  stated  that  she  had  been  married  about  a  month,  and  that 
her  husband  abused  her  so  much  she  was  induced  to  commit  suicide. 

The  husband  told  Donnelly  he  was  "d d  sorry  he  did  not  let  her 

drown. " 

There  was  a  sequel.  It  came  eighteen  days  after  the 
attempt,  and  we  said : 

A  BRUTE — James  Wheeler  was  yesterday  fined  $5  for  abusing 
his  wife.  Mrs.  Wheeler  is  the  woman  who  has  twice  attempted  to 
commit  suicide,  once  by  throwing  herself  into  the  lake  and  again  by 
taking  laudanum.  Both  those  attempts  resulted  from  injuries  inflicted 
upon  her  by  her  husband.  A  few  months'  experience  in  breaking  stones 
in  the  bridewell  would  do  this  Wheeler  a  "power  of  good,"  and  he 
ought  to  have  been  sent  there. 

So  lately  as  a  few  weeks  ago  in  a  lecture  at  Medill  School 
of  Journalism  of  Northwestern  university,  Dr.  Charles  M. 
Sheldon,  author  of  "  In  His  Steps, "  said  that  was  the  way 
it  should  be.  "  Put  your  editorial  protest  against  a  wicked 
deed, "  said  he,  "in  with  your  record  of  it — not  in  a  detached 
editorial  six  pages  distant." 

The  same  day  that  we  told  James  Wheeler  what  would 
do  him  "a  power  of  good"  we  also  had  a  word  on  the  case 
of  John  Connor : 

SERVED  HIM  RIGHT— A  brutal  fellow  named  John  Connor 
was  fined  $5  in  the  police  court  yesterday  for  abusing  his  horse.  There 
is  scarcely  despical  [sic]  or  cowardly  crime  than  the  abuse  of  domestic 
animals,  nor  one  which  should  meet  with  a  more  prompt  punishment. 

Thus  we  tried  cases  and  imposed  sentence  in  our  news 
columns.  'Tis  considered  highly  indecorous  now  to  do  so. 

The  outstanding  community  problems  of  six  decades 
ago  were  identical  with  ours  today.  They  were  Crime 
Wave  and  High  Cost. 

On  January  28,  1857,  the  crime  situation  seemed  rather  a 
cause  for  optimism  than  consternation,  considering  that  we 
were  a  city  of  nearly  100,000  extremely  lively  and  adven- 
turous souls,  for  on  that  date  we  printed  this : 

IN  JAIL — There  are  but  twenty-two  prisoners  confined  in  the 
County  Jail. 

25 


CRISES  FREQUENT  THEN  AS  Now 

But  two  days  later  hope  was  dashed  to  pieces.  The 
sacred  hen-roosts  had  been  invaded.  We  were  bitter  about 
it  and  recommended  legislation : 

ROBBING  HEN-ROOSTS— During  the  present  week  a  number 
of  hen-roosts  on  West  Madison  street  have  been  depopulated  by  thieves. 
We  would  suggest  the  propriety  of  adding  a  chapter  to  the  new  city 
Charter  for  the  especial  protection  of  everybody's  hen-roosts. 

Matters  soon  assumed  the  aspect  of  a  crisis  and  we 
laconically  "razzed"  the  police: 

WHERE  DO  THE  POLICE  BURROW?— 
We  learn  from  a  reliable  source  that  during  the 
past  week  some  one  hundred  robes  have  been 
stolen  from  sleighs  left  standing  in  the  streets. 
Are  the  police  asleep? 

In  less  than  six  months  the  crisis 
burst  right  in  the  town's  face,  and  The 
Tribune  set  up  a  lusty  shout  for  Pinker- 
ton — firm  still  flourishing.  Things  were 
coming  to  "a  terrible  pass"  and  this 
drove  us  to  italics.  The  "burglarious 
depredations" — excitement  did  not  con- 
strict our  vocabulary — included  the  use 
of  chloroform,  as  now: 

WHAT  SHALL  BE  DONE?— Things  are 
coming  to  a  terrible  pass  in  this  city.  Chicago 
seems  to  be  delivered  over  into  the  keeping  of 
thieves  and  house  breakers.  The  police  force, 
which  our  citizens  are  sustaining,  at  a  cost  of 
two  thousand  dollars  per  week,  have  proven  to 
be  utterly  useless,  to  protect  the  dwellings  of  the 
people  from  burglarious  depredations.  They  are 
good  for  nothing  outside  of  the  open  view,  rough 
work,  of  picking  up  drunkards,  suppressing  dog- 
gery brawls,  and  carrying  away  articles  found  on 
the  sidewalk  at  night,  while  the  thieves  are  oper- 
ating upon  the  domiciles  of  our  citizens. 

Now,  what  shall  be  done?  No  man's  house 
is  safe.  Every  night  a  large  number  of  dwellings 

are  entered  by  burglars  and  robbed.  Sometimes  the  inmates  are  shot, 
other  times  drugged  or  chloroformed  in  their  beds,  and  others  again  are 
forced  into  silence  by  revolvers  pointed  at  their  heads,  while  their 
clothing  and  drawers  are  rifled  of  their  contents  before  their  eyes.  .  .  . 
We  verily  believe  that,  if  Bradley  and  Pinkerton  were  employed  as  "de- 
tectives," that  within  a  week  afterwards  burglaries  would  cease  and 
pocket-picking  become  infrequent. 

In  short,  Managing  Editor  Medill,  coming  from  sedate 

26 


NEWSEYTELEEBAPH. 
THE  END. 

THE    OLD    FLAG 
VINDICATED. 

LEE  MB   HIS   WHOLE 

AflMY  «EMWD 

YESTERDAY. 

The  Official  Correspond- 
ence between  Gens. 
Grant  and  Lee, 

The  .Officers  and  Men  to  be  ft. 

roled  and  Go  Home  Until 

Exchanged. 

All  Am,  Artillery  anil  W 

timiGf  farMradti 

Gen  Grant 

Officers  to  Retain  Side 

Arms,  Horses  and 

Baggage. 

SeJma,  Ala.,  Reported 

Burned    by  Union 

Cavalry. 

Later  from   MoMle-The  City 
belli?  Gradnallj  forested. 


-The  Contents  of  Troa- 
nolm'i  letter-Book. 


From  The  Chicago 

Tribune 
April 10,  1865 


COST  OF  LIVING  A  VITAL  ISSUE 

Cleveland,  found  that  he  had  cast  his  lot  with  a  lively  town, 
and  he  was  ever  for  keeping  the  peace  in  it — even  at  the 
cost  of  a  fight. 

High  cost  it  seems  not  only  followed  but  preceded  the 
civil  war.  Trusty  old  Pro  Bono  Publico,  whose  grandchild 
is  Voice  of  the  People,  came  forward  emphatically  during 
Buchanan's  administration  with  his  protests,  and  The 
Tribune  sustained  them. 

Pro  Bono  said: 

THE  COST  OF  MARKETS  AND  HOW  TO  SECURE  CHEAPER 
PRICES — It  costs  more  to  live  in  Chicago  than  in  any  other  western 
city.  Rents  are  frightful,  and  growing  more  terrible  each  year.  Market- 
ing keeps  pace  with  the  rents  and  is  outstripping  them.  It  is  not  the 
wholesale  prices  nor  the  sum  paid  to  the  producer  that  is  increasing, 
but  rather  the  retail — the  huckster's  price.  We  have  seen  barrels  and 
boxes  of  poultry  held  for  bigger  prices  until  decomposition  destroyed 
them. 

There  is  only  one  effectual  remedy  for  the  present  state  of  things 
and  that  is  to  establish  protection  unions,  or  people's  grocery  stores, 
one  in  each  division  of  the  city,  where  good  fresh  marketing  of  all  kinds 
shall  be  sold  at  cost.  A  million  dollars  a  year  could  be  saved  to  Chicago 
people  if  this  plan  was  fully  carried  out.  PRO  BONO  PUBLICO. 

And  we  said  there  was  something  to  do  besides  "  sitting 
down  and  trading  corner  lots  with  each  other."  The 
Medill  recipe  of  "following  the  line  of  common  sense  in  all 
things  "  was  being  vigorously  applied  to  the  mind  of  a  some- 
what flighty  community. 

This  was  in  a  semi-news,  semi-editorial  article : 

CHEAP  LIVING  AND  INDUSTRIAL  PROSPERITY— If  Chi- 
cago ever  attains  the  greatness  for  which  we  all  look  so  confidently,  it 
will  be  because  her  manufacturing,  as  well  as  commercial  advantages, 
are  properly  developed.  Some  men  talk  as  if  we  had  only  to  sit  down 
and  trade  corner  lots  with  each  other  to  grow  immensely  rich,  like  the 
two  boys  who  swapped  jackets  all  day,  each  making  money  at  every 
trade.  Others  are  sanguine  enough  to  believe  that  commerce  alone 
will  expand  the  limits  of  our  goodly  city  till  she  fills  the  ample  dimen- 
sions staked  out  for  her  by  the  land  dealers. 

[But  manufactories  were  not  developing  rapidly  enough. 
Therefore] : 

These  retarding  causes  are  mainly  high  rents,  and  famine  prices  in 
provisions;  and  if  these  continue  there  is  little  prospect  that  two  dollars 
a  day  will  tempt  skillful  artisans  to  Chicago,  where  one  dollar  a  day 
has  to  go  for  rent  of  a  decent  shelter  for  himself  and  family,  and  only 
the  strictest  economy  enables  him  to  procure  the  other  necessaries  of  life 
with  what  remains.  .  .  .  The  cost  of  living  must  come  down,  or  Chicago 

27 


GOSSIPY  DAYS  BEFORE  THE  CIVIL  WAR 


POSTSCRIPT. 


can  never  become  the  great  manufacturing  place  for  which  it  is,  in  every 
other  respect,  so  admirably  adapted.  Rents  will  come  down  when 
capital  enough  is  invested  in  building  to  supply  the  demand.  .  .  .  When 
we  speculate  less  and  produce  more;  when  the  industrial  arts  vie  with 
the  commerce.  .  .  .  Then  may  we  indeed  talk  largely  of  the  future  of 
Chicago. 

The  two  decades  from  our  birth  year  to  the  period  of 
the  six  years  after  the  civil  war  and  before  the  fire  were 
neighborly  days  in  the  town  and  in  our  office.  There  was 
intense  solicitude  for  the  city  and  deep  pride  in  the  achieve- 
ments and  honors  of  its  citizens. 
One  morning  in  kindly  old  times  we 
led  our  news  columns  with  this : 

DOCTOR  OF  DIVINITY— Hamilton 
college,  New  York,  has  conferred  the  degree 
of  doctor  of  divinity  upon  Rev.  R.  W.  Pat- 
terson, Pastor  of  the  Second  Presbyterian 
Church  in  chis  city. 

That  clergyman  was  the  father 
of  the  R.  W.  Patterson  who  years 
afterwards  was  to  become  the  paper's 
editor-in-chief. 

When,  as  he  put  it,  "items  were 
dull,"  young  Editor  Medill,  fresh 
from  the  less  hectic  Cleveland,  did 
not  worry.  He  simply  said : 

CORRESPONDENTS— We  surrender 
pretty  much  all  our  local  space  to  corre- 
spondents. Items  were  "dull"  yesterday, 
with  a  downward  tendency,  and  we  fill  up 
with  communications  as  a  substitute. 

In  fact,  in  those  days,  before  the 
civil  war  put  a  premium  on  prompti- 
tude in  news  presentation,  The 
Tribune,  like  all  its  local  contem- 
poraries, serenely  scissored  and 

pasted  from  the  New  York  papers,  and  was  very  grateful 
when  McNally,  the  newsdealer,  or  his  rival  Burke,  got  the 
latest  New  York  papers  to  it  early  in  the  evening  so  that 
there  was  plenty  of  time  to  chop  them  up  for  next  morn- 
ing's issue.  It  was  wonderful  time  when  McNally  or  Burke, 

28 


TERRIBLE  NEWS 


President  Lincoln  Assassi- 
nated at  Ford's  Theater. 

A  REBEL  OE8PER  ABO  SHOOTS 
HIM  THROUGH  THE  HEAD, 

AID  ESCAPES- 

Secretary  Sewwd  and  Major 
"  Fred  Seward  Slabbed  by 
Another  Desperado.  . 

THEIR    WOUND8   ABE    PBO 
NOUSCED  NOT  FATAL, 


Details  of  the  Ter- 
rible Affair. 


TJNDOtJBTED    PLAN  TO 

MURDER  SECRETARY 

BTANTOtf. 

Very  Latest-The  President  is 
Dying. 

[Sp«lll  Dbp^ch  to  th»  Chlcig o  Tiftaw. J 


From  The  Chicago 
Tribune,  April  15,  1865 


MEDILL,  RAY  AND  BROSS  FIGHT  SLAVERY 

here,  delivered  the  papers  at  The  Tribune  office  forty  hours 
after  they  had  left  the  presses  in  New  York.  Today  it  is 
done  in  half  the  time,  but  we  thought  McNally  and  Burke 
were  wonders,  and  we  used  to  fire  their  souls  with  ambition 
by  putting  their  records  into  the  paper.  For  example, 
this  appeared  on  a  Thursday: 

McNALLY  had  the  New  York  papers  of  Tuesday  at  6  o'clock  last 
evening.  He  also  has  the  Ladies'  Journal  for  July. 

And  this  on  a  Wednesday: 

QUICK  TIME— McNally  and  Burke  tread  close  upon  each  other's 
heels.  Me  brought  us  Monday's  New  York  papers  last  evening  about 
5  o'clock  and  Burke  followed  in,  three  minutes  thereafter,  with  his  arms 
full  of  the  same.  Go  it,  63  Clark  street! 

And  this  on  the  next  day: 

BURKE  AHEAD— At  5  o'clock  precisely  Burke  left  on  our  table 
the  New  York  papers  of  Tuesday,  and  in  a  few  minutes  thereafter  we 
had  the  same  favor  from  McNally.  Go  it,  Me! 

*   *   * 

As  the  war  drew  nearer  the  tone  of  the  paper  changes. 
The  quaintness  that  was  almost  rusticity  begins  to  disap- 
pear. Questions  that  were  to  tear  the  republic  asunder 
were  becoming  very  pressing  and  the  editors  and  your 
grandfathers  had  more  important  things  to  think  about 
than  current  facetiae  or  the  local  case  of  drunk  and  dis- 
orderly. In  these  years  we  see  passing  of  The  Tribune  as 
town  gossip  and  local  mentor.  It  is  becoming  the  public 
intelligencer  and  a  voice  of  the  nation.  Medill  had  equip- 
ped himself  to  act  a  great  part  in  the  supreme  crisis.  In 
Cleveland,  in  1853  and  1854,  he  had  done  history  making 
pioneer  work  in  organizing  the  forces  which  were  to  con- 
stitute the  Republican  party,  and  to  that  party  he  had 
given  its  name.  In  the  columns  of  The  Tribune  the  fight 
which  he  and  Dr.  Ray  and  William  Bross  waged  against 
slavery  was  early,  constant,  and  pitiless.  They  defined  the 
issue  in  long  editorials  and  they  fired  the  soul  of  the  North 
with  brief  burning  paragraphs,  of  which  this  is  a  specimen : 

MORE  OF  THE  BEAUTIES— About  two  weeks  ago  a  Negro 
belonging  to  Logan  Harper  in  Carthage,  Miss.,  arose  in  the  night  and 
killed  his  wife,  by  chopping  off  her  head,  after  which  he  hung  himself 
to  a  tree  near  the  house.  The  reason  for  this  horrible  deed  was  that 

29 


LINCOLN  SUBSCRIBES  FOR  TRIBUNE 


LINCOLN'S  first  subscription  to  The  Tribune  was  paid  in  cash 
to  Joseph  Medill.  Shortly  after  the  latter  had  injected  his 
personality  into  the  paper,  Lincoln  walked  into  the  office,  said 
that  he  had  not  liked  The  Tribune  in  the  past  because  it  smacked 
of"  Knownothingism"  but  he  had  noticed  a  decided  change  for 
the  better  recently.  Therefore,  he  had  decided  to  quit  borrowing 
it  and  to  subscribe  for  a  copy  of  his  own.  The  above  letter  reads: 

PRESS  &  TRIBUNE  Co.  spring,  junc  15. 1359 

Gentlemen:  Herewith  is  a  little  draft  to  pay  for  your 
Daily  another  year  from  today.  I  suppose  I  shall  take  the 
Press  &  Tribune  so  long  as  it,  and  I  both  live,  unless  I 
become  unable  to  pay  for  it.  In  its  devotion  to  our  cause 
always,  and  to  me  personally,  last  year,  I  owe  it  a  debt  of 
gratitude,  which  I  fear  I  shall  never  be  able  to  pay. 

Yours  very  truly, 

A.  Lincoln. 


30 


TRIBUNE  PRINTS  LINCOLN'S  SPEECHES  IN  FULL 


HEWS  BY  TELEGRAPH 
THE  LAST  OF  EARTH. 

Closing  Obsequies  to 
theHonored  Dead. 

ABEAHAM    LINCOLN 
IN  HIS  TOMB. 


his  wife,  a  beautiful  quadroon,  was  obliged  to  submit  to  the  sensual 
caprices  of  her  master. 

This  is  another  of  the  beauties  of  the  Southern  Democratic  Amal- 
gamation party. 

In  this  fight  no  quarter  was  given  or  asked.  The  lan- 
guage was  bitter,  the  blows  terrible.  President  Buchanan 
got  a  taste  of  both : 

THE  CURTAIN  LIFTED— The  President's  message  was  delivered 
yesterday.  .  .  .  Mr.  Buchanan  boldly  espouses  the  cause  of  fire  eaters 
of  Carolina  and  the  highwaymen  of  Kansas.  He  flings  the  gauntlet 
in  the  face  of  the  North,  spits  upon  the  land  that 
bore  him  and  upon  seventy  years  of  his  own  life, 
takes  his  party  in  the  Free  States  by  the  throat 
and  leaps  with  it  into  the  ditch.  Poor  old  man! 
that  you  should  bring  your  gray  hairs  so  low! 
Lies  so  portentous  that  they  darken  civilization, 
smite  the  humanity  and  blaspheme  the  Christi- 
anity of  all  ages!  At  least  you  might  have  spared 
the  place  of  Washington  this  last  humiliation.  .  .  . 
Millions  of  freemen  inspired  by  the  common 
truth  and  stung  by  the  general  degradation  shall 
rise  to  stay  this  giant  and  overmastering  wrong. 

But  simultaneously  with  the  tearing 
away  of  the  props  of  slavery,  which  many 
cautious  men  still  considered  props  of 
union,  went  constructive  work,  and  Ab- 
raham Lincoln  was  The  Tribune's  choice 
as  the  man  to  carry  the  work  into  the  na- 
tion's councils.  Steadily,  on  a  big  scale, 
and  shrewdly  The  Tribune  built  up  a 
body  of  opinion  which  in  three  years  was 
to  effect  the  nomination  of  Lincoln  for 
the  presidency.  Here  is  a  specimen  of 
that  valiant  and  candid  propaganda,  and 
it  should  be  added  that  we  were  the  first 
to  print  Lincoln's  speeches  in  full: 

MR.  LINCOLN'S  SPEECH— Elsewhere  in  today's  paper,  we 
publish  entire  the  speech  made  by  Hon.  A.  Lincoln  at  Springfield,  in 
answer  to  the  late  effort  of  Senator  Douglas.  Our  readers  will  give  it 
the  attentive  perusal  demanded  by  the  importance  of  the  subjects  of 
which  it  treats,  and  the  great  reputation  of  the  speaker.  They  will 
find  it  a  calm,  lucid,  and  convincing  refutation  of  the  assumed  facts 
and  the  false  logic  contained  in  the  senator's  harangue.  In  it  Mr. 
Lincoln  has  evidently  spent  more  labor  to  be  plain  and  clear  than  to 

31 


Bfe  Father. 

A  BEF1TTIAU  AND  MOURN- 
FUL  CEREMCKY. 

The  Eulogy  «f  Bishop  Slmpsoa. 

7he  Election  of  twoU.&Seiu. 
ton  from  Tennessee. 

leff  Dnl*  and.  Lndbg  Rcbefe 
to  k   Indicted  wlih 


EI8HT  MABTLAW   ABETTORS  OF 
THi  AMAMHAMEmO. 

J«ff  Thompson  Surrendered. 

BXIWCTIOV     OF     TEX    ASHY 
AID    IATY. 

G6T.   AIKES    HOT    ARRESTED. 


|Sp«el=l  Dtoptw,  to  a.  OMetfo  nam».l 
•mnniLB.lhr4.i8fe 

From  The  Chicago 

Tribune 
May  5th,  1865 


PROPOSE  LINCOLN  FOR  PRESIDENCY 

be  ornate  and  oratorical.     That  he  has  succeeded,  we  are  sure  our 
readers  will  admit. 

We  cannot  neglect  the  opportunity  to  thank  him  for  his  vindication 
of  the  language  and  intent  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence,  now  so 
frequently  assailed  by  the  politicians  of  the  Pro-Slavery  party.  The 
part  of  the  speech  devoted  to  that  vindication  is  in  Mr.  Lincoln's 
happiest  vein;  and  if  we  knew  him  only  by  that  we  could  not  fail  to 
declare  that  he  is  a  clear  headed,  sound  hearted,  and  eminently  just  man. 

The  Republican  party,  organized  in  February,  '56, 
thus  found  its  leader.  At  the  state  convention,  May,  '56, 
Lincoln  made  the  "lost  speech"  that  made  him  a  national 
figure.  Joseph  Medill,  present  at  the  convention  as  a 
delegate,  and  also  representing  his  paper,  said : 

"I  took  down  a  few  paragraphs  of  Lincoln's  speech 
for  the  first  ten  minutes,  but  I  became  so  absorbed  in 
his  magnificent  oratory  that  I  forgot  myself  and  ceased 
to  take  notes,  but  joined  in  the  clapping  and  cheering 
and  stamping  to  the  end.  I  was  not  scooped,  however, 
for  all  the  newspaper  men  present  had  been  equally  carried 
away  by  the  excitement  and  had  made  no  report." 

Illinois  elected  a  Republican  governor.  Lincoln  was 
spoken  of  as  Douglas'  successor  in  the  Senate.  The  year 
'57  brought  the  panic  and  the  whole  country  lay  prostrate 
under  intolerable  economic  conditions  that  were  not  to  be 
changed  until  the  political  atmosphere  cleared.  In  '58 
came  the  famous  Lincoln-Douglas  debate  that  left  Douglas 
broken  and  spoiled  of  power.  The  editors  of  Illinois  met 
in  the  office  of  The  Chicago  Tribune  and  decided  on  the 
railsplitter  as  a  candidate  for  the  Presidency. 

On  February  16,  1860,  we  came  out  with  the  celebrated 
two-thirds  of  a  column  editorial  leader  placing  Lincoln 
before  the  people  for  the  nomination. 

In  the  great  cause  of  the  nomination  Mr.  Medill  was 
active  inside  the  office  and  out.  Ten  days  after  the  nom- 
inating editorial  found  him  behind  the  scenes  in  Washing- 
ton and  to  The  Tribune  he  sent  back  this  report: 

READ,  REPUBLICANS,  READ! 

Our  Mr.  Medill,  who  is  in  Washington,  as  the  correspondent  of 
The  Press  and  Tribune,  writes  in  a  private  note  as  follows: 

"Washington,  Feb.  26,  1860. 

"From  the  reports  sent  here  by  the  Douglas  men,  some  of  our 
folks  begin  to  fear  that  through  disaffection  among  the  Republicans 

32 


TRIBUNE  WORD  PICTURE  OF  LINCOLN 

the  bogus  Democrats  will  carry  Chicago.  The  idea  gives  them  cold 
chills.  Senator  Wilson  says  that  the  loss  of  Chicago  at  this  crisis  will 
endanger  Connecticut,  and  do  much  to  insure  the  nomination  of  Douglas 
at  Charleston.  At  least  thirty  members  of  congress  from  other  states 
have  spoken  to  me  about  it.  They  say  that  for  the  cause  and  the  great 
campaign  the  city  must  be  saved. 

"Wade,  senator  from  Ohio,  told  me  that  the  loss  of  Chicago  would 
be  the  worst  blow  that  the  Republican  party  could  now  receive.  He 
says  he  is  ready  to  go  there  and  stump  every  ward  to  save  it.  This  is 
the  general  feeling.  A  national  convention  is  soon  coming  off,  and 
great  things  are  expected  of  Chicago.  She  is  the  pet  Republican  city 
of  the  Union — the  point  from  which  radiate  opinions  which  more  or 
less  influence  six  states.  The  city  must  be  saved." 

We  ask  our  friends  who  are  hanging  back  to  put  that  letter  in  their 
pipes  and  smoke  it.  In  the  face  of  such  direct  and  explicit  testimony 
as  to  the  vital  importance  of  the  contest,  no  man  need  hesitate  what 
to  do.  Boys,  up  and  at  'em. 

"The  boys"  did  "up  and  at  'em/'  for  in  three  months 
came  Lincoln's  triumphant  nomination,  and  with  it  a  Trib- 
une "close-up"  of  the  candidate  which  for  justness  and  viv- 
idness is  not  excelled  by  many  a  Lincoln  study  of  far  later 
and  calmer  times  and  far  greater  pretensions.  Phrases 
from  it  are  reprinted  here: 

Stands  six  feet  and  four  inches  in  his  stockings. 

In  walking  his  gait,  though  firm,  is  never  brisk.  He  steps  slowly  and 
deliberately,  almost  always  with  his  head  inclined  forward  and  his  hands 
clasped  behind  his  back. 

In  dress  by  no  means  precise.  Always  clean,  he  is  never  fashionable; 
he  is  careless,  but  not  slovenly. 

In  manner  remarkably  cordial,  and,  at  the  same  time,  simple. 
His  politeness  always  sincere  but  never  elaborate  and  oppressive.  A 
warm  shake  of  the  hand  and  a  warmer  smile  of  recognition  are  his 
methods  of  greeting  his  friends. 

Head  sits  well  on  his  shoulders,  but  beyond  that  it  defies  description. 
It  nearer  resembles  that  of  Clay  than  that  of  Webster,  but  is  unlike 
either. 

In  his  personal  habits  simple  as  a  child.  Loves  a  good  dinner  and 
eats  with  the  appetite  which  goes  with  a  great  brain,  but  his  food  is 
plain  and  nutritious.  Never  drinks  intoxicating  liquors  of  any  sort, 
not  even  a  glass  of  wine.  Not  addicted  to  tobacco  in  any  of  its  shapes. 
Never  was  accused  of  a  licentious  act  in  all  his  life.  Never  uses  profane 
language. 

A  friend  says  that  once,  when  in  a  towering  rage  in  consequence  of 
the  efforts  of  certain  parties  to  perpetrate  a  fraud  on  the  state,  he  was 
heard  to  say,  "They  shan't  do  it,  d n  'em,"  but  beyond  an  expres- 
sion of  this  kind  his  bitterest  feelings  never  carried. 

Never  gambles.  Particularly  cautious  about  incurring  pecuniary 
obligations.  We  presume  he  owes  no  man  a  dollar.  Never  speculates. 
A  regular  attendant  upon  religious  worship,  and,  though  not  a  com- 

33 


WAR  CREATES  DEMAND  FOR  NEWS 

municant,  is  a  pew  holder  and  liberal  supporter  of  the  Presbyterian 
church  in  Springfield  to  which  Mrs.  Lincoln  belongs. 

A  scrupulous  teller  of  the  truth — too  exact  in  his  notions  to  suit  the 
atmosphere  of  Washington  as  it  now  is. 

If  Mr.  Lincoln  is  elected  president  ...  he  will  not  be  able  to  make 
as  polite  a  bow  as  Frank  Pierce. 

*  *  * 

The  war  burst.  Sumter  fell.  On  April  15,  1861,  The 
Tribune  printed  its  call  to  battle.  It  was  a  hundred  per 
cent  appeal — nay,  command,  and  to  this  day  it  makes  the 
pulse  beat  high: 

EVERY  MAN'S  DUTY— READ! 

Lenity  and  forbearance  have  only  nursed  the  Viper  into  life — the 
war  has  begun.  It  may  not  be  the  present  duty  of  each  one  of  us  to 
enlist  and  march  to  the  sound  of  a  bugle  and  drum,  but  there  is  a  duty, 
not  less  important,  which  is  in  the  power  of  every  man  and  woman  in 
Chicago,  and  in  the  North,  to  perform — it  is  to  be  loyal  in  heart 
and  word  to  the  cause  of  the  United  States.  From  this  hour  let  no 
Northern  man  or  woman  tolerate  in  his  or  her  presence  the  utterance 
of  one  word  of  treason.  Let  expressed  rebuke  and  contempt  rest  on 
every  man  weak  enough  to  be  anywhere  else  in  this  crisis  than  on  the 
side  of  the  country  against  treason — of  Lincoln  and  Scott  against  Davis 
and  Twiggs —  of  God  against  Baal.  We  say  to  the  Tories  and  lick- 
spittles in  this  community,  a  patient  and  reluctant,  but  at  last  an  out- 
raged and  maddened,  people  will  no  longer  endure  your  hissing.  You 
must  keep  your  venom  sealed  or  go  down!  There  is  a  republic!  The 
gates  of  Janus  are  open;  the  storm  is  on  us.  Let  the  cry  be,  THE 
SWORD  OF  THE  LORD  AND  OF  GIDEON! 

*  sjc     Jfc 

The  Tribune's  course  throughout  the  civil  war  may  be 
said  to  have  made  it  a  great  property,  both  in  a  material 
and  a  moral  sense.  It  was  energetic  in  the  covering  of 
events  and  it  was  passionately  loyal.  But  even  in  the  heat 
of  conflict  it  could  be  decent.  In  the  course  of  an  appeal 
for  comforts  for  the  sick  rebel  prisoners  herded  in  Camp 
Douglas,  The  Tribune  said : 

These  men  will  be  our  countrymen  again.  The  memory  of  this 
conflict  will  be  effaced. 

As  hundreds  of  thousands  of  men  went  to  war,  the 
home  folks  experienced  a  new  deep  craving  for  news  from 
beyond  the  horizon — news  complete,  authentic,  recent — 
such  as  only  metropolitan  papers  could  supply.  By  striv- 
ing wholeheartedly  to  satisfy  this  craving  The  Tribune 

34 


WAR  CORRESPONDENTS  SCORE  SCOOPS 


FULL  DETAILS  OF  THE  OBEAT 
CRIME. 


won  a  place  in  the  hearts  of  the  great  foundation  stock  of 
the  Middle  West  which  has  never  been  shaken. 

Telegraph  news  suddenly  became  of  the  utmost  impor- 
tance. The  Tribune  had  its  correspondents  all  over  the 
field  of  action,  and  gave  the  best  possible  news  service. 
George  P.  Upton,  then  for  'many  years  after  on  The  Tribune 
staff,  scooped  the  other  p'«oers  in  the  country  by  his  story 
of  the  capture  of  Island  No.  10,  and  later  scored  other 
scoops.  In  1864,  The  Tribune  exposed  a  plot  to  free  the 
Confederate  prisoners  in  Camp  Douglas  and  prevented  its 
accomplishment. 

At  all  times,  The  Tribune  advocated  aggressive  prose- 
cution of  the  war,  and  never  wavered  in  the  often  question- 
able   assumption    that    the    Union 
NEWrBYTIlE6RW»H.     would  triumph.     It   took  the  lead 
in  many  important  reforms.  When 
Fremont's   abilities    were    doubted, 
Secretary  Seward  Still     The  Tribune  sent  Joseph  Medill  to 
LiveSi  ascertain  the  facts.    Likewise,  when 

General  Grant  was  charged  with 
drunkenness  and  incompetence,  Mr. 
Medill  went  to  the  front  to  inves- 
tigate. It  was  also  due  to  his  efforts 
that  the  governors  of  Wisconsin  and 
Minnesota  called  special  sessions  to 
grant  soldiers  in  the  field  a  vote  in 
the  second  Lincoln  election. 

The  Tribune  became  the  head- 
quarters of  Union  men.  Nightly 
bulletins  were  posted  for  large  and 
enthusiastic  crowds.  Dr.  Ray  or 
Mr.  Bross  spoke  when  word  of  im- 
portant victories  came.  Dr.  Ray 
was  the  hail-fellow-well-met  of  our  family,  and  on  the  night 
when  the  news  of  the  fall  of  Fort  Donelson  was  received 
in  Chicago  he  read  the  dispatch  to  an  immense  throng 
and  then  said,  "Friends,  'Deacon'  Bross  authorized  me  to 

35 


PBECARIOUS    CONDITION    OF 
FREDERICK  SEWARD. 


The  Order  for  the  As* 
sembiing  of  the  Vir- 
ginia] 


RIOT  IN  SAN  FRANCISCO 
BOOTH  AND  HIS  ACCOMPLICES, 


Booth's  Mistress  Attempts 
to  Commit  Sucicide. 

Arrest  of  some  of  the  Supposed 
Assassins, 


From  The  Chicago  Tribune 
A 'prill 7,  1865 


CIRCULATION  OF  40,000  ATTAINED 

say  that  any  man  who  goes  to  bed  sober  tonight  is  a 
traitor  to  the  government."  The  deacon's  consternation, 
considering  his  Cromwellian  standards,  may  be  imagined. 

The  Tribune  of  that  day,  as  now,  had  its  enemies. 
Federal  troops  had  to  be  called  to  guard  the  building  in 
June,  '63,  when  the  copperheads*  threatened  to  destroy  the 
paper.  In  any  event,  then  as  nx4w,  it  was  characteristic  of 
the  paper  that  it  never  did  anything  half-heartedly.  It 
backed  a  project  to  the  utmost,  or  fought  it  to  a  finish. 

The  war  years  brought  prestige  and  prosperity  to  The 
Tribune.  Its  circulation  increased  from  18,000  to  40,000, 
and  the  publishers  made  money  despite  the  generally  ad- 
verse business  conditions.  In  1861,  The  Tribune  was 
incorporated  by  a  charter  issued  by  the  Illinois  legislature. 

#  #  # 

In  '65,  John  Locke  Scripps,  who  had  been  serving  as 
postmaster  since  '61,  sold  his  interest  to  Horace  White, 
who  assumed  the  editorship.  White  was  editor-in-chief  of 
The  Tribune  from  1866  until  1874,  during  part  of  which 
period  Mr.  Medill  gave  much  of  his  time  to  the  proceed- 
ings of  the  Illinois  constitutional  convention  of  1869  and 
to  his  duties  as  mayor  of  Chicago  immediately  after  the 
great  fire.  William  Bross  was  also  out  of  active  touch 
with  The  Tribune,  serving  as  lieutenant-governor  of 
Illinois  from  1865  to  1869. 

During  his  activities  as  editor-in-chief  Mr.  White  gave 
The  Tribune  a  free  trade  tendency,  which  did  not  make 
Mr.  Medill  happy,  although  he  was  no  high  protectionist. 
In  any  case,  in  1874,  after  a  tour  of  Europe,  he  took  full 
charge  of  the  paper.  Mr.  White  later  performed  distin- 
guished service  as  editor  of  the  New  York  Evening  Post. 

Another  notable  event  of  1865  was  the  establishment  of 
a  Western  Associated  Press,  a  forerunner  of  the  "A.  P."  of 
today.  Mr.  Medill  called  a  meeting  of  Western  editors, 
held  in  Louisville,  to  effect  this  association. 

It  was  in  '69,  that  The  Tribune  moved  from  51  Clark 
Street,  where  it  had  been  published  for  many  years.  A  new 

36 


BURNED  OUT  BUT  UNBEATEN 


building,  four  stories  high,  of  Joliet  marble,  had  been  built 
on  the  site  of  the  present  Tribune  building  at  Dearborn 
and  Madison  Streets.  The  building  was  valued  at  $225,000, 
and  was  highly  thought  of  as  an  architectural  accomplish- 
ment in  its  day.  The  paper  was  published  here  until  the 
great  fire  of  October  8  and  9,  1871. 


*  *  * 

Because  of  its  rapid  growth,  building  in  Chicago  had 
been  haphazard  and  careless.  The  Tribune,  in  an  editorial, 

September  10,  1871,  called 
attention  to  walls  "a  hun- 
dred feet  high  and  but  a 
single  brick  in  thickness." .  . 
"There  are  miles  of  such  fire 
traps  . .  looking  substantial, 
but  all  sham  and  shingles." 
The  fire  virtually  cleaned 
out  the  city.  The  Tribune 
building,  spared  once,  was 
caught  in  the  conflagration 

The  Courthouse  and  an  issue  Put  to  press  the 

second  night,  Monday,  Octo- 
ber 9,  while  fire  surrounded  the  building  and  McVicker's 
Theater  next  door  began  to  burn. 

A  few  hours  later  another  office  was  opened  at  15  Canal 
Street.  Editors,  reporters,  and  pressmen  gathered  here  and 
went  to  work  on  the  story  of  the  fire.  On  Wednesday, 
October  n,  a  half  sheet  paper  was  issued  with  a  five  column 
story  of  the  fire  and  the  following  famous  "Cheer  Up" 
editorial : 

CHEER  UP 

In  the  midst  of  a  calamity  without  parallel  in  the  world's  history, 
looking  upon  the  ashes  of  thirty  years'  accumulation,  the  people  of  this 
once  beautiful  city  have  resolved  that 

CHICAGO  SHALL  RISE  AGAIN 

With  woe  on  every  hand,  with  death  in  many  strange  places,  with 
two  or  three  hundred  millions  of  our  hard-earned  property  swept  away 

37 


FROM  FIRST  ISSUE  AFTER  THE  FIRE 


FIRE! 

Destruction  of 
Chicago! 

3.  soo  Ac  rei  of  Build- 
ings Bmtroyed. 


BUM,  Wo,!* 


rift*  MM 
****** 

9ver  a  Hundred  Dead 
Bodies  Recovered 
f  froa  the  Debris. 


in  a  few  hours,  the  hearts  of  our  men  and  women  are  still  brave,  and  they 
look  into  the  future  with  undaunted  hearts.     As  there  has  never  been 
such  a  calamity,  so  has  there  never  been  such  cheerful  fortitude  in  the 
face  of  desolation  and  ruin. 

Thanks  to  the  blessed  charity  of  the  good  people 
of  the  United  States,  we  shall  not  suffer  from  hunger 
or  nakedness  in  this  trying  time.  Hundreds  of  train- 
loads  of  provisions  are  coming  forward  to  us  with  all 
speed  from  every  quarter,  from  Maine  to  Omaha. 
Some  have  already  arrived — more  will  reach  us  be- 
fore these  words  are  printed.  Three-fourths  of  our 
inhabited  area  is  still  saved.  The  water  supply  will 
be  speedily  renewed.  Steam  fire  engines  from  a 
dozen  neighboring  cities  have  already  arrived,  and 
more  are  on  their  way.  It  seems  impossible  that 
any  further  progress  should  be  made  by  the  flames, 
or  that  any  new  fire  should  break  out  that  would 
not  be  instantly  extinguished. 

Already  contracts  have  been  made  for  re- 
building some  of  the  burned  blocks,  and  the  clear- 
ing away  of  the  debris  will  begin  today,  if  the  heat 
is  so  far  subdued  that  the  charred  material  can  be 
handled.  Field,  Leiter  &  Co.  and  John  V.  Farwell  & 
Co.  will  recommence  business  today.  The  money 
and  securities  in  all  the  banks  are  safe.  The  rail- 
roads are  working  with  all  their  energies  to  bring  us 
out  of  our  affliction.  The  three  hundred  millions  of 
capital  invested  in  these  roads  is  bound  to  see  us 
through.  They  have  been  built  with  special  refer- 
ence to  a  great  commercial  mart  of  this  place,  and 
they  cannot  fail  to  sustain  us. 

CHICAGO  MUST  RISE  AGAIN. 

We  do  not  belittle  the  calamity  that  has  be- 
fallen us.  The  world  has  probably  never  seen  the 
like  of  it — certainly  not  since  Moscow  burned.  But 
the  forces  of  nature,  no  less  than  the  forces  of  rea- 
son, require  that  the  exchanges  of  a  great  region 
should  be  conducted  here.  Ten,  twenty  years  may 
be  required  to  reconstruct  our  fair  city,  but  the  capi- 
tal to  rebuild  it  fireproof  will  be  forthcoming.  The 
losses  we  have  suffered  must  be  borne;  but  the  place, 
the  time,  and  the  men  are  here,  to  commence  at  the 
bottom  and  work  up  again;  not  at  the  bottom, 
neither,  for  we  have  credit  in  every  land,  and  the 
experience  of  one  upbuilding  of  Chicago  to  help  us. 
Let  us  all  cheer  up,  save  what  is  yet  left,  and  we  shall 
come  out  right.  The  Christian  world  is  coming  to 
our  relief.  The  worst  is  already  over.  In  a  few  days  more  all  the 
dangers  will  be  past,  and  we  can  resume  the  battle  of  life  with 
Christian  faith  and  Western  grit.  Let  us  all  cheer  up! 

The  extent  of  the  disaster  was  terrific.     Nobody  was 

38 


Moot  Vane,  foi 
Mrtlilit 

Eigtoew    Thousand 

Buildings  De-' 

stroyed. 

Incendiaries    and 

Ruffians  Shot  and 

Hanged  by 

Citizens. 


tin  ui  Crested  by 

M)  lag  Wills. 

leW  Arriving  from 

Othw  Dines 

Hourly, 

Organization  off  a 

Local   Relief 

Committee. 


1M  09  TiM  lift  V  lift 


From  The  Chi- 
cago Tribune, 
Oct.  11,  1871 


IN  NEW  BUILDING  ONE  YEAR  AFTER  FIRE 

spared.  But  the  spirit  of  the  men  of  the  time  did  not 
falter,  nor  shrink  from  the  truly  vast  burden  of  recon- 
struction. The  case  of  The  Tribune  was  typical.  To  get 
paper  for  the  first  post-fire  issue,  the  business  manager  had 
to  borrow  sixty-four  dollars  from  personal  friends  to  pay  for 
it.  Forty-eight  hours  before,  The  Tribune's  credit  would 
have  been  good  for  more  than  a  hundred  thousand  dollars. 
The  next  day,  October  12,  the  paper  came  out  with  a 
full  sheet.  Revenue  began  to  come  in  from  advertisements 
inserted  by  sufferers  who  were  seeking  lost  families  and 
friends.  A  little  later,  work  was  begun  on  a  new  building 
on  the  site  of  the  old.  On  the  night  of  October  9,  1872, 
just  one  year  later,  The  Tribune  was  published  from  its  old 
location,  but  in  a  new  building.  Thus  swiftly  is  the  first 
epoch  in  the  history  of  the  community  and  The  Tribune 
put  behind  and  the  second  begins. 


How  power  j "or  the  presses  was 
secured  in  the  Forties 


39 


From  the  Fire  to  the  Fair 

187M893 

FOLLOWING  the  Great   Fire  are  twenty  years  of 
rather  prosaic  history  for   The   Tribune — and  for 
Chicago.     The  effects  of  the  Civil  War,  as  well  as 
of  The  Fire,  were  still  a   depressing  influence.     It  was  a 
period   of   rebuilding,  readjustment    and    swift,    uncouth 
growth  as  corn  and  wheat  spread  in  tidal  waves  over  the 
prairies  which  had  known  but  buffalo  grass  for  centuries. 

To  scan  for  decade  after  decade  the  yellow  pages  of 
newspaper  files  is  a  stimulating  experience,  one  that  proves 
the  reverse  of  many  things  that  men  are  wont  to  take  so 
completely  for  granted  that  they  make  them  the  basis  of 
endless  shibboleths  and  catch  phrases.  The  principal  of 
them  rings  the  changes  on  "the  degeneracy  of  the  press." 
The  community  and  newspaper  story  put  together  from 
the  files  of  The  Tribune  and  certain  of  its  contemporaries 

is  a  seventy-five  year  study 
in  and  vindication  of  opti- 
mism. It  shows  that  the 
type  of  newspaper  now  con- 
sidered reckless  and  sensa- 
tional was,  at  a  time  still 
well  within  the  memory  of 
men  now  living,  not  only 
reckless  and  sensational  but 
villainous  and  vindictive  to 
the  point  of  outraging  de- 

The  Waterworks  cency.     The  type  of  news- 

paper now  supposed  to  be 

identified  with  "the  interests"  and  to  be  sustained  by 
them  was  then  susceptible  to  the  blandishments  of  a 
free  supper  at  the  new  hotel.  The  type  of  newspaper 
now  described  as  conservative  was  then  reactionary  to  the 
point  of  pitilessness. 

40 


IU«U«U»UIU'U'UIUIU'UIUIU'UIU'U'UIUIUIU'U'U«UIUIUIU'UIU'UIU«U'U'U'UIUIL 


As  the  Fire  approached  the  Marine  hospital  near  the  mouth 
of  the  river. 


PANIC  stricken  throngs  fleeing  across  Rush  Street  Bridge  from 
the  Fire. 


•TT«TT«TT«n«TT«TT«n«n«n«n«n«n«n«n«n«TTan«TTaTT«TT«Tf«TT«TT«lT«WaTT«TT« 


41 


JHU'U'U'U'U'U'U'UiU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIUIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UiU'U'U'U'U'U'U'UiL 


"GOOD  OLD  DAYS"  NOT  so  GOOD 


Let  him  who  thinks  that  newspaper  reports  of  such  a 
case  as  the  current  Stillman-Beauvais  scandal  exceed  the 
bounds  of  decorum  turn  to  the  file  of  1874.  He  will  dis- 
cover in  the  reports  of  the  Beecher-Tilton  scandal  a  gusto 
and  a  particularity  in  the  presentation  of  squalid  details 
which  will  convince  him  that  the  treatment  in  our  time  is 
all  for  the  better;  wholly  in  the  direction  of  that  legitimate 
reticence  which,  while  it  does  not  pander 
to  pruriency,  does  not,  by  silence,  make 
evil  easier  for  the  evildoer. 

The  files  show  how  all  the  material 
and  mechanical  changes  of  newspaper 
making  since  its  early  days  in  Chicago 
have  been  emphatically  to  the  advantage 
of  the  newspaper  reader.  By  means  of 
three  line  digests  of  every  important 
article  and  by  means  of  terse,  coherent, 
explicit,  and  unelaborated  headlines  his 
time  is  saved,  and,  by  the  use  of  larger 
type  in  heads  and  in  the  body  of  the 
paper,  his  eyes  are  comforted  instead  of 
tortured.  The  whole  paper  is  more 
readily  assimilated. 

Pictorial  development  has  been  so 
pronounced  in  late  years  and  is  still  going 
forward  at  a  pace  so  extraordinary  that 
it  makes  a  history  so  new  and  so  special 
that  it  cannot  be  linked  up  with  what  lay 
critics  of  the  press  like  to  call  the  "golden 
days  of  Greeley."  This  picture  making 
and  the  copious  —  indeed  for  some  prop- 
erties downright  ruinous  —  use  of  the 


BEECHER-TILTON. 

Mrs.  Elizabeth  Cady  Stonton's 

Views  of  "The Great 

Social  Earth- 

quake." 

«Tb«  Trw  Social  Cod«  Must  Be 

the  Same  for  Both 

Sens." 

-the  Crowning  Perfidy "•  o« 
'•the Great  Preacher." 

Xn.  TiTton  Goes  Forth  "to  Vindi- 
cate the  Man  She  Lore*" 

ffkt,  liter  Mid  >  F«ttall  if  Utt, 

"  Carti  Her  ijtoliku  Wits- 

trei  Flntr." 

Beecher*  PesHleo  maintained  for  lUm 
to*  Three  rewerfelltcUg. 

lousEiBgs." 

Dlnlomacy  end  Hypocrisy  in  High 


»  topoaihaty  of  Securing  Juttet. 
ftr  aay  One  whsn  ttaaey  Can 
*UMd 


b  ffUch  She  Cturwterixei  Her  Bnburi. 

««Good.ndS«Wf 
Kost  Pare." 

Aad   rip«k»    of    Him   a. 


Ib.  tollomng  prl»U  lelter.  r»- 
od.  to  th.  publio.  TUe  Bwcliw 
naj  ccrUWj  now  b.lo»j,  to  th. 


From  The  Chicago 

Tribune, 
Oct.  1,  1874 


cable  have  been  the  most  striking  features  of  journalistic 
history  in  the  last  decade. 

The  articles  you  read  now  are  shorter  than  those  father 
and  grandfather  read,  but  their  number  and  variety  are 
far  greater.  The  rule  now,  whether  invariably  observed  or 

43 


NEWSPAPERS  TODAY  BETTER  THAN  IN  PAST 

not,  is  "tell  it  as  briefly  as  possible."  The  rule  so  lately 
as  the  early  'QOS  seemed  to  be  "spin  it  out,"  and — what 
with  the  lead  for  the  whole  story  and  the  subsections  of 
the  story — "tell  it  at  least  thrice." 

Nor  is  it  solely  in  these  material  aspects  of  news  presen- 
tation that  there  has  been  change  so  emphatic  that  it  attains 
the  importance  of  solid  reform.  In  the  things  of  the  intel- 
lect and  of  the  spirit  the  emphasis  is  firmer  and  more  intelli- 
gent. News  articles  are  not  only  less  windy  but  vastly 
less  vituperation  and  partisanship  get  into  them.  In  truth 
vehemence  and  partisanship  appear  once  to  have  been 
encouraged;  they  now  are  vigorously  discouraged. 

Editorials  today  are  at  once  more  humane  and  less 
facetious.  They  cover  a  wider  range  of  topics  and  are 
written  in  better  English,  but  with  less  vigor  only  if  violence 
and  name  calling  are  synonymous  with  vigor.  Our  fore- 
bears in  this  profession  probably  would  consider  them 
deficient  in  a  quality  dear  to  their  hearts.  It  was  "raci- 
ness."  It  covered,  while  it  caused,  a  multitude  of  sins  of 
taste  and  manners. 

The  epitome  of  two  outstanding  contrasts  between  the 
newspaper  of  the  mid-nineteenth  century  and  long  there- 
after and  the  newspaper  of  today  can  be  briefly  given: 
There  was  more  individuality — of  a  quaint  and  rustic 
kind — and  less  taste.  And  the  news  element  today  is,  to 
use  the  largest  word,  an  infinitely  greater  factor. , 

That  vehement  individuality  was  the  expression  of 
enormous  vitality.  Some  of  the  manifestations  of  it  were 
more  interesting  than  to  be  imitated.  If  a  rival  publicist 
did  not  agree  with  you  he  was  "an  ancient  liar"  or  "an  old 
lunatic."  Neither  age  nor  ailments  protected  a  man. 
Mature  men,  men  of  parts  and  men  of  reading,  who  were 
guiding  the  destinies  of  a  community  and  of  the  imperial 
realm  of  the  middle  west,  said,  and  said  in  print,  things  that 
today  would  not  be  forgiven  a  cub  reporter. 

But,  after  all,  the  lesson  learned  from  the  days  of  file 
scanning  was  the  big  lesson,  as  vital  today  as  ever  it  was, 

44 


AN  EXTRAORDINARY  TRIBUNE  SCOOP 


of  the  survival  of  the  men  and  the  properties  that  had  the 
clearest  ideals  of  personal  and  civic  probity. 

On  Sunday,  May  21,  1887,  The  Tribune  astonished  its 
readers  with  one  of  the  greatest  scoops  of  history  —  nothing 

less  than  the  entire  revised  edition 


NEW  TESTAMENT 

OF  OUS  LOBD  AHD  SAVIOR 

JESUS  CHRIST, 

TRANSIATED  OUT  OF  THE  GREBCi 

Forth  A.  D.  1611, 


TBIHTSD  VOX  CHICAGO  AID  TEE 
VO&XHWE8T. 


CHlCAGOt 

0310400  TfUBUVS  F1UBSS. 


OBQRO&+1.  DAX 
gtu.gotfc.JteB  3Q.au. 


From  The  Chicago  Tribune 
May  21,  1881 


of  the  New  Testament.  Samuel 
Medill,  Joseph's  brother,  who  as 
managing  editor  engineered  it,  in- 
troduced it  to  his  readers  as  fol- 

lows: 

"The  Tribune  presents  to  63,000 
purchasers  and  200,000  readers  this 
morning,  in  addition  to  a  regular  issue  of 
twenty  pages,  the  revised  edition  of  the 
New  Testament  entire.  The  whole  work, 
without  the  omission  of  a  single  chapter 
or  verse,  is  contained  in  sixteen  pages  of 
the  size  usually  issued  from  this  office. 

There  are  journals  which  would  find 
a  publication  of  this  kind  a  considerable 
undertaking.  But  The  Tribune's  typo- 
graphical and  mechanical  resources  are 
such  that  it  can  issue  any  volume  of  or- 
dinary size  at  a  day's  notice.  The  public 
may  be  interested  to  know  that  the  first 
type  of  the  New  Testament  as  it  appears 
in  our  columns  today  was  set  at  ten 
o'clock  yesterday  morning  and  the  last  page  made  up  in  stereotype  at 
ten  o'clock  last  night.  The  job  was  completed,  therefore,  in  precisely 
twelve  hours.  Ninety-two  compositors  were  employed  in  setting  type 
and  five  in  correcting  errors  noticed  by  the  proofreaders. 

Meanwhile  twenty  additional  pages  of  advertising  and  reading 
matter  were  set  up,  corrected,  put  in  form,  and  stereotyped:  so  that  we 
are  enabled  to  issue  this  morning  thirty-six  pages,  not  one  line  of  which 
had  been  put  in  type  at  ten  o'clock  yesterday  morning. 

The  Tribune  is  not  inclined  to  boast  of  its  present  achievement. 
It  believes  in  doing  thoroughly  what  it  undertakes  to  do  at  all.  Hence 
it  has  not  undertaken  to  give  mangled  extracts  from  a  few  books  of 
the  New  Testament,  but  to  print  the  revision  in  such  shape  that  no 
reader  of  The  Tribune  need  ever  buy  a  copy  of  it  unless  he  feels  disposed 
to  do  so  for  special  reasons. 

This  journal  was  the  first  to  announce  the  publication  of  the  New 
Testament.  It  may  have  imitators.  It  expects  them.  But  it  can 
have  none  who  will  be  any  more  than  feeble  copies  of  the  original.  It 
is  accustomed  to  having  its  ideas  plagiarized  by  journalistic  sharks  that 
follow  in  its  wake  and  pick  up  its  leavings.  But  it  intends  always  to 
lead  the  way  and  be  the  first  in  introducing  novelties  to  the  people  of 
this  community. 

45 


CLAIM  SUPERIORITY  FOR  OUR  ADVERTISING 


Elsewhere  on  the  same  page : 

The  fraudulent  newspaper  on  Wells  street  printed  a  week  ago  a 
bogus  "cable  dispatch"  purporting  to  contain  the  principal  changes  in 
the  Old  and  New  Testaments  made  by  the  Committee  on  Revision.  Its 
shallow  trick  was  immediately  exposed  by  the 
American  revisors  so  far  as  the  Old  Testament 
was  concerned  by  the  simple  statement  that 
its  revision  was  barely  begun.  Its  forgeries  in 
case  of  the  New  Testament  are  now  proved  by 
indubitable  evidence.  A  comparison  of  its 
fraudulent  version  with  the  true  version 
printed  this  morning  shows  that  the  former  is 
false  in  nearly  every  particular. 

That  was  our  whack  at  Story  and 
his  shifty  Times. 


ASSASINATIO& 

James  A.  Garfield  Falls  Be- 
fore  the    Assasin's 
Bullet 

The  Oeed   Committed  by  a 

Madman  Named  Charles 

J.  Cuiteau. 

Half-Past  HIne  O'Clock  of  Sat- 

urday    the    Baleful 

Moment 


The  President,  Arm-ln-Arm  with 

Secretary  Btolne,  WM  En- 

taring  a  Depot. 

From   an  AmboMade   the  Mamao 
Fired  Two  Balls  into  the 


One  Took  EJfcct  iirthe  Back 

and  the  Other  la 

the  Arm* 


Journey  of  a  Brave  Little  W. 
from   Long    Branch  to 
Washington. 

Magnificent  Courap   and  Coed 
Cheer  of  the  Chief  Ex- 


A  month  later  in  the  same  year  a 
circulation  war  was  on  and  The  Tribune 
went  after  The  Times  again : 

Advertisers  are  not  fooled.  There  is  no 
shrewder  set  of  men  in  the  world.  They  would 
not  continue  to  invest  their  money  as  liberally 
as  they  do  in  The  Tribune  space  if  they  were 
not  satisfied  that  they  got  abundant  returns 
for  it.  And  they  do  get  such  returns.  Every- 
body who  has  tried  it  knows  that  they  do. 
Seeing  is  believing,  and  trying  is  the  best  way 
to  find  out  the  truth  in  this  matter.  .  .  . 
What  can  possibly  ail  that  venerable  lunatic 
if  not  a  consciousness  of  the  inferiority  of  his 
own  newspaper  in  any  respect  to  The  Tribune? 
.  .  .  The  facts  and  figures  are  in  the  local 
columns.  They  are  mathematical  evidence 
that  The  Tribune  is  as  much  superior  to  The 
Times  in  its  city  circulation  as  it  is  in  its  ad- 
vertising, or  its  news,  or  its  sense  of  decency,  or 
its  common  sense. 

Look  in,  now,  on  the  lads  long 
gone,  on  the  feverish  nights  of  early 
November,  1884,  when  the  Cleveland- 
Elaine  result  still  was  hanging  fire  and 
the  whole  country's  nerves  were  snap- 
ping. Here  it  is  the  morning  of  Nov. 
6  and  still  no  decision  on  the  election  of  two  days  before ! 
Evidently  our  nerves  were  getting  a  wire  edge,  too,  and  we 

46 


AT  THE  DEPOT. 


From  The  Chicago 

Tribune 
July  3,  1881 


TRIBUNE  BEGINS  FIGHT  AGAINST  ANARCHISM 

tartly  informed  a  waiting  world  of  subscribers  that  "  inside 
information"  was  put  in  this  paper,  not  kept  out  of  it: 

In  the  rush  and  press  of  these  busy  and  exciting  hours  we  have  no 
time  to  answer  their  telegrams,  and  this  must  serve  for  a  general  reply 
and  apology  for  apparent  neglect. 

We  can  only  say  that  all  the  news  we  have  or  can  get  is  printed  in 
The  Tribune  and  that  we  have  no  inside  information  that  does  not 
appear  in  its  columns.  ...  It  would  have  taken  one  man's  entire 
time  to  answer  one-half  of  the  inquiries  received  yesterday  afternoon. 

*  *  * 

No  event  of  this  period  took  stronger  hold  upon  men's 
imaginations  than  the  Haymarket  riots  and  the  ensuing 
murder  trials.  On  May  4,  1886,  a  platoon  of  police  was 

bombed  when  about  to  dispers^ 
A  HELLIHH  DEEP.  an  anarchist  meeting  in   Hay- 

market  Square,  Chicago.    Seven 
policemen  were  killed.     Leaders 

It  Explode*    and   Coven  the    Street   with  * 

of   the  anarchist  movement  in 


A  DYNAMITE  BOMB   THROYTV    INTO  A 
CBOWD  OF  POLICEMEN. 


Chicago  were  tried  for  murder 
as  instigators  of  the  crime, 
though  no  attempt  was  made  to 
prove  that  they  were  present  or 
..«.._..  ...«-  ,*.  even  that  they  knew  who  made 

JOSEPH  DEAGAN,    We«t  JUlce  Street  Station;  1  -l  i  -i  i  nP1_ 

Ml  d.ad  in  front  of  the  De.piaine.  street  Station.  Or     WJ1O     UirCW    tllC    DOmD.         1  HCV 

'to  the  armi  of  Detective  John  McDonald.    Be  bad  » 

,»«c,e»t  ..urn,*  ~u  r™  •.  .cen.0,  *.      fad  preached  assassination  and 

From  The  Chicago  Tribune       revolution   and    the    policemen 

May  5,  1886  nad  been  killed  by  some  one  in- 

fluenced by  that  preaching.  On 

this  basis  they  were  convicted  and  sentenced  —  four  to 
death,  three  to  imprisonment.  The  Tribune  vigorously 
upheld  the  justice  of  these  convictions  and  criticised  the 
action  of  Governor  John  P.  Altgeld  (first  democratic  gover- 
nor of  Illinois  in  forty  years)  when,  on  July  26,  1893,  he 
pardoned  those  still  in  prison. 

The  scandalously  high  protective  Republican  platform 
of  1888  (General  Benjamin  Harrison's  campaign)  was 
forced  upon  the  party  despite  The  Tribune's  vigorous 
declaration  that  the  Mississippi  valley  was  not  enamored 
of  excessive  protection  any  longer,  and  it  imparted  its  scorn 

47 


ACTIVITIES  OF  THE  EIGHTIES 

of  the  document  in  rhymes  that  traveled  far  and  still  are 
quoted  in  the  histories  (see  Paxson:  "Recent  History  of 
the  United  States,"  p.  140): 

Protection,   in   a   nutshell,   means 

A  right  for  certain  classes; 
A   little   law   that   intervenes 

To  help  them  rob  the  masses. 
The  rich  may  put  their  prices  high; 
The  poor  shall  be  compelled  to  buy. 

This  period  also  saw  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  Parnell- 
Gladstone  movement  for  Irish  Home  Rule.  Medill  had 
been  born  in  New  Brunswick  of  Presbyterian  parents  from 
the  north  of  Ireland,  but  was  a  consistent  supporter  of  the 

various  Home  Rule  bills.    A  great 
PROF.  SWING.  deal  of  space  was  devoted  to  Irish 

Annna  Meeting  of  the  Chicago          HCWS  in  The  Tribune. 

Chicago  is  famous  the  world 
over  for  having  reversed  the  flow 

of  its   river>  forcing  a  stream  to 
drain  Lake  Michigan  after  it  had 

emptied  into  the  lake  for  eons.    In 
this   achievement,     The   Tribune 

He  Has  Preached  in  Aid  of  the  Mary'         ^ad    nO    Small  part.        It    StOOd    COU- 

pnce  comer  chapei  sistently  for  the   Drainage  Canal 


He    Has   Rejected    Three   Great  prOJCCt.  and   ill    l88Q,  JOSCph 

Presbyterian   Tenete.  ^        J  >  ^  ,  ,  - 

-  went  to  Springfield  and  exerted  his 

E»  TOoto  Matter  Referred  to  a  Cota-  i   •      n     '  i 

personal  influence  to  the  utmost  to 


see  that  the  necessary  legislation 
was  passed.     He  did  not  live  to 

From  The  Chicago  Tribune  •  i      •  r  -.u* 

April  14-  1874-  see  tne  completion  or  this  gigan- 

tic public  improvement,  nor  to  see 
his  grandson  elected  president  of  the  canal  board. 

Alfred  Cowles,  one  of  the  factors  of  The  Tribune's  up- 
building, died  in  1889  and  his  colleague,  "Governor"  or 
"Deacon"  Bross,  as  he  was  better  known,  stood  too  long 
with  head  uncovered  at  Mr.  Cowles'  funeral,  and  con- 
tracted an  illness  that  led  to  his  death  within  a  month. 


*  *  * 
48 


CHICAGO  CAPTURES  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR 

There  had  always  been  a  bond  of  comradeship  among 
the  men  who  made  The  Tribune  and  on  January  i,  1890, 
the  management  sought  to  strengthen  this  sentiment  by 
inviting  all  employes  to  a  "family  dinner."  These  dinners 
were  held  each  year  until  1908  when  the  force  had  grown  so 
large  that  they  became  impractical.  The  following  year 
The  Tribune  presented  each  employe  with  a  gold  piece  in 
lieu  of  the  dinner,  and  from  this  has  developed  the  present 
generous  system  of  annual  bonuses.  These  bonuses  are 
figured  on  a  scale  of  percentages  of  the  salary  received 
during  the  year  just  ended.  The  lower  salaries  and  the 
longer  terms  of  service  receive  the  highest  percentages  and 
vice  versa.  The  Tribune's  first  pension  system  was  in- 
augurated in  1911.  The  present  day  program  of  pensions, 
insurance,  etc.,  is  chronicled  in  a  subsequent  chapter  en- 
titled "Medill  Council." 

*  *  * 

That  Chicago  had  fully  recovered  from  the  terrible 
blows  of  War  and  Fire  was  evidenced  when  America  talked 
of  celebrating  the  four  hundredth  anniversary  of  the  landing 
of  Columbus.  Up  rose  Chicago  with  indomitable  business 
pluck  and  audacity  to  claim  the  Fair.  New  York  wanted 
it.  St.  Louis  cried  for  it.  Washington  was  in  a  mood  to 
bleed  and  die  for  it.  Chicago  business  men,  with  charac- 
teristic spunk,  fell  to  and  raised  $10,000,000,  an  argument 
neither  New  York  nor  Washington  could  match. 

A  wonder  of  wonders,  that  fair,  in  and  of  itself.  The 
flat,  prosaic  plain  enclosed  within  the  borders  of  Jackson 
park  had  become  a  scenic  paradise,  with  its  lovely  lagoons, 
its  wooded  island,  its  masterpieces  of  landscape  architecture. 
Palaces  of  consummate  beauty  had  risen  majestic.  Never 
before  had  buildings  at  once  so  vast,  so  exquisite,  and  so 
numerous  grouped  themselves  in  a  superbly  harmonious 
composition,  nor,  has  there  since  been  anything  anywhere 
to  rival  the  total  effect  of  grandeur,  stateliness,  and  monu- 
mental splendor. 

There  is  a  strong  temptation,  always,  to  overestimate 
the  educational  value  of  a  world's  fair.  Just  because  the 

49 


FAIR  OPENS  NEW  EPOCH  FOR  CHICAGO 

turnstiles  at  Jackson  park  registered  admissions  aggregating 
27,530,460  it  hardly  follows  that  visitors  carried  home 
accurate  information  anything  like  commensurate  with 
those  figures.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  as  easy  to  under- 
state a  world's  fair's  cultural  influence.  At  Chicago  it  was 
tremendous.  Multitudes  enjoyed  their  first  delicious  ac- 
quaintance with  painting,  with  sculpture,  and  with  superb 
monumental  architecture.  No  one  thing  that  ever  hap- 
pened in  America  tended  more  directly — indeed  no  one 
thing  that  ever  happened  in  America  tended  half  so  directly 
— toward  the  evolution  of  a  public  for  great  art. 

Joseph  Medill  appreciated  fully  the  great  possibilities 
of  the  fair.  He  was  one  of  the  original  stockholders  and  a 
director.  He  saw  to  it  that  The  Tribune  led  in  the  presen- 
tation of  its  beauties  and  glories.  A  special  bureau  was 
maintained  in  the  Administration  Building  from  which 
Tribune  reporters  covered  all  activities  and  telegraphed 
full  reports  to  the  paper,  where  all  "  Fair"  news  was  handled 
by  a  special  copy  desk. 


50 


!  JIUIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIUIL 


IN  1869  The  Tribune  occupied  the  above  building — erected  for 
it  at  a  cost  of  $225^000.  In  1871  the  issues  of  October  o  and  10 
were  missed  when  the  building  was  engulfed  in  the  great  con- 
flagration. On  the  first  anniversary  of  the  Fire  we  moved  into 
the  $250,000  structure  shown  below. 


51 


IjlUiU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'L 


THE  COURT  OF  HONOR,  looking  east  from  balcony  of  the  Ad- 
ministration Building.  This  was  one  of  the  most  inspiring 
mews  afforded  by  the  World's  Fair.  At  the  left  of  the  picture 
is  the  Manufactures  Building,  with  Agricultural  Hall  on  the 
right. 


VIEW  from  the  roof-promenade  of  the  Manufactures  Building. 
In  the  foreground  is  the  Wooded  Island,  with  the  Japanese 
Building  at  its  northern  end.  Fronting  the  Lagoon  on  the  left 
is  the  Woman  s  Building;  further  to  the  right  is  the  Illinois 
Building,  with  its  lofty  dome  surmounted  by  a  flagstaff  which 
marked  the  highest  elevation  on  the  grounds;  while  at  the  extreme 
right  is  one  of  the  circular  wings  of  the  Fisheries  Building.  In 
the  background  of  the  picture  stretches  the  Chicago  of  '93. 


F 


From  the  Fair  to  the  World  War 

1893-1914 

T    FOLLOWING  the  fair  came  crop  failures,  hard  times, 

r^  Coxey's  " Army,"  and  the  industrial  warfare  known 

JL     as  the  "Debs"  or  "Pullman"  strike,  which  flared  up 

in  Chicago  and  radiated  to  every  part  of  the  United  States. 

The  Tribune,  while  fiercely  opposed  to  Debs  as  the  legiti- 
mate successor  of  the  anarchists  and  the  representative  of 
violence  was,  nevertheless,  keenly  critical  of  the  attitude 
of  George  M.  Pullman  who  refused  to  make  any  conciliatory 
move.  The  Tribune  warmly  supported  President  Cleve- 
land when  he  sent  Federal  troops  to  Chicago  and  it  de- 
nounced the  inactivity  of  Governor  Altgeld. 

An  incident  at  this  period  shows  how  the  new  order  in 
journalism  was  coming  into  its  own  on  The  Tribune,  coin- 
cident with  a  new  epoch  in  civic  affairs.  Mr.  Medill  one 
day  ordered  the  city  editor  to  preface  every  mention  of 
Mr.  Debs'  name  with  the  word  "  Dictator. "  So  the  follow- 
ing morning  The  Tribune  was  liberally  sprinkled  with 
references  to  "Dictator"  Debs.  R.  W.  Patterson,  general 
manager,  demanded  an  explanation  of  the  city  editor, 
stating  that  the  day  had  passed  for  permeating  the  news 
columns  with  editorial  comments.  The  next  day  the  paper 
appeared  without  the  word  "Dictator"  and  Mr.  Medill 
called  the  unfortunate  city  editor  on  the  carpet  to  know 
why  his  orders  had  not  been  obeyed.  He  was  referred  to 
Mr.  Patterson  and  finally  yielded  to  him. 

From  that  time  on,  practically  the  entire  burden  of 
Tribune  management  rested  on  Patterson's  shoulders  and 
The  Tribune  progressed  surprisingly,  while  its  competitors 
slipped  backward.  The  Times,  once  The  Tribune's  most 
formidable  rival,  merged  with  The  Herald  as  The  Times- 
Herald,  and  later  this  new  paper  was  absorbed  by  The 
Record  and  the  name  became  Record-Herald. 

53 


TRIBUNE  TURNS  LIGHT  ON  GAS  GRAFT 

In  1892,  The  Tribune  had  installed  new  presses,  the 
first  of  their  kind  ever  built,  capable  of  producing  four-page 
to  twenty-four-page  papers  at  the  rate  of  72,000  eight-page 
papers  per  hour.  The  Sunday  paper  was  now  beginning 
to  develop  and  in  it  Mr.  Patterson  took  particular  interest. 
On  November  6,  1887,  a  twenty-eight-page  Sunday  paper 
was  gotten  out  in  four  parts,  inaugurating  this  method  of 
dividing  the  Sunday  issue.  On  September  14,  1890,  a 
record  was  set  with  a  forty-page  Sunday  paper. 

In  1895,  The  Tribune  startled  the  newspaper  world  by 
reducing  its  price  to  one  cent  daily.  Before  the  Civil  War 
the  price  had  been  three  cents,  raised  to  five  cents  in  1864, 
reduced  to  three  cents  in  1886,  and  reduced  to  two  cents 
in  1888.  It  was  found  impossible  to  maintain  the  one  cent 
price,  however,  and  after  the  Spanish  War,  the  price  again 
became  two  cents.  In  1910  another  attempt  was  made 
to  sell  the  paper  for  one  cent,  but  the  European  War  again 
raised  production  costs  so  that  the  two  cent  price  was  made 
necessary. 


*  *  * 


When  the  Cosmopolitan  Electric  Company  5o-year 
grab  and  the  Ogden  Gas  ordinance  were  simultaneously 
introduced  in  the  council  on  February  25,  1895,  there 
arose  a  great  cry  of  graft  and  boodle.  The  Tribune  led 
in  unsparing  denunciation  of  these  "monuments  of  corrup- 
tion." "Two  more  infamous  aldermanic  jobs"  is  the  title 
of  an  editorial  demanding  the  legislature  then  in  session 
to  take  from  the  idiots  and  boodlers  the  power  to  grant 
franchises  and  give  away  the  city's  rights. 

"Birds  of  a  Feather  Flock  Together"— "Anti  Boodle" 
-"Let  Us  Have  an  Absolute  Veto,"  "Stands  by  the  Boodle 
Gang — Mayor  Approves  Ogden  Gas  and  Amends  Cos- 
mopolitan." 

As  a  result  of  the  campaign  against  these  measures  the 
mayor  who  signed  them,  John  P.  Hopkins,  was  unwilling 
to  risk  a  stand  for  reelection  five  weeks  later.  And  his 
candidate  was  defeated.  And  as  a  second  result  of  The 

54 


TRACTION  BOODLERS  DENOUNCE  "NEWSPAPER  TRUST" 

Tribune's  tireless  campaign  against  the  boodle  aldermen 
the  honest  forces  of  the  community  laid  the  basis  of  the 
organization  of  the  Municipal  Voters'  League,  which  was 
instrumental  in  cleaning  up  the  council  and  putting  gray 
wolves  in  the  minority. 

The  Tribune  fought  aggressively  in  the  interest  of  the 
public  against  the  infamous  Humphrey  and  Allen  bills 
which  would  have  turned  the  streets  of  the  city  over  to 
the  Yerkes  car  line  system  for  a  half  century. 

Early  in  the  spring  of  1897,  John  Humphrey,  on  behalf 
of  Yerkes,  introduced  his  twin  bills  in  the  legislature. 
These  took  from  the  city  council  all  power  over  traction 
franchises.  The  late  Edward  C.  Curtis,  who  has  been 
named  in  the  conspiracy  charged  against  the  present  gov- 
ernor, Len  Small,  was  at  that  time  speaker  of  the  House. 
At  the  crisis  of  one  of  the  fights  Curtis  became  ill  and  left 
Springfield  with  a  substitute  speaker  in  the  chair  of  the 
House  and  it  was  rumored  Curtis  was  afflicted  with  a 
"gumboil."  Hence  the  sobriquet  of  the  day,  "Gumboil 
Curtis." 

A  terrific  battle  was  waged  against  the  measures  by 
The  Tribune,  which  was  seconded  by  such  men  as  Mayor 
Harrison,  John  H.  Hamline,  John  M.  Harlan,  Frank  J. 
Loesch,  Edwin  Burritt  Smith  and  the  Civic  Federation. 
The  measures  came  to  a  vote  on  May  12, 1897,  and  were  de- 
feated by  a  4  to  i  vote. 

On  the  night  of  his  defeat  and  denunciation  as  the  most 
audacious  boodler  in  the  country,  Yerkes  used  some  now 
familiar  language:  "The  newspaper  trust  has  done  every- 
thing to  demoralize  the  people  and  to  injure  Chicago. 
The  most  brazen  and  glaring  untruths,  etc.,  etc.  News- 
paper trust !  Newspaper  trust !" 

But  Yerkes  was  not  so  easily  licked.  He  went  back 
to  Springfield  with  new  but  similar  measures,  which  were 
finally  rounded  out  as  the  Allen  bill,  which  gave  the  city 
council  power  to  grant  fifty-year  franchises.  The  same 
energetic  fight  was  put  up  against  the  Allen  bill,  but  on 

55 


TRIBUNE  FOR  GOLD  AGAINST  "16  TO  1" 

June  9  of  the  same  year  (1897)  it  became  a  law.  Gov. 
Tanner  signed  it  after  Yerkes  had  said  to  him,  "The  news- 
papers do  not  express  the  sentiment  of  the  people  of 
Chicago." 

This  odious  Allen  law,  denounced  day  by  day  by  The 
Tribune  as  a  boodle  measure  bought  by  bribery — a  swindle 
and  a  robbery  of  the  people — did  not  long  survive.  In  the 
subsequent  session  of  the  legislature  it  was  repealed  and 
in  the  intervening  months  the  temper  of  the  people,  en- 
lightened by  the  upright  press,  was  such  as  to  deter  any 
possible  action  by  the  city  council.  And  the  council  during 
that  time  was  improving,  being  lifted  out  of  the  shame  of 
Ogden  Gas  days,  a  period  of  purging  in  which  The  Tribune 
was  continually  alert  and  aggressive. 

In  1895  Raymond  Patterson,  The  Tribune's  famous 
Washington  correspondent,  secured  a  notable  scoop  on  the 
decision  of  the  United  States  Supreme  court  knocking  out 
the  income  tax. 

R.  W.  Patterson  had  been  distinctively  and  almost 
exclusively  a  newspaper  man,  but  in  1896  he  went  to  the 
republican  national  convention  and  was  very  influential 
in  having  the  "Gold  Plank"  inserted  in  the  republican 
platform.  Needless  to  say,  The  Tribune  took  an  exceed- 
ingly prominent  place  among  American  newspapers  in 
bringing  about  the  election  and  the  re-election  of  William 

McKinley. 

*  *  * 

The  Spanish  American  War  was  marked  by  one  spec- 
tacular Tribune  achievement — the  great  scoop  on  May  7, 
1898,  which  enabled  The  Tribune  to  telephone  to  President 
McKinley  and  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  and  the  Secre- 
tary of  War  in  Washington  the  fact  that  on  May  i,  Dewey 
had  defeated  the  Spanish  Fleet  in  Manila  Bay.  When 
war  broke  out,  Edward  W.  Harden,  a  Chicago  newspaper 
man,  was  in  the  Orient.  The  Tribune  and  The  New  York 
World  arranged  with  him  by  cable  to  accompany  Dewey's 
Fleet.  After  the  victory,  the  cables  having  been  cut  by 

56 


SCOOP  ON  BATTLE  OF  MANILA  BAY 

Dewey,  there  ensued  a  week  of  waiting.  The  world  knew 
that  Dewey  should  have  attacked  Manila,  but  there  was 
no  way  of  receiving  word  until  Harden  reached  Hong  Kong 
and  filed  his  story  to  The  New  York  World  and  The  Chicago 
Tribune.  It  reached  New  York  too  late  for  any  regular 
edition  of  the  World,  but  arrived  in  Chicago  before  the 
" final"  had  gone  to  press.  Earlier  Tribune  editions  were 
recalled  from  railway  stations  and  replaced  with  new  ones 
containing  the  big  news. 

Only  one  Illinois  regiment  reached  Cuba,  so  there  was 
comparatively  little  news  of  fighting  from  Tribune  staff 
correspondents,  but  there  were  powerful  stories  dealing 
with  the  scandalous  conditions  at  Chattanooga,  Tampa, 
and  Montauk  Point.  In  fact,  the  campaign  for  military 
preparedness,  which  was  then  inaugurated  has  never  been 
allowed  to  lag.  The  Tribune  has  endeavored  to  keep  con- 
stantly before  its  readers  the  terrible  consequences  visited 
upon  the  volunteer  soldier  by  failure  to  prepare  for  war  in 
times  of  peace. 


3SrHhn». 


,POPE  MOVES  FOR  PEKL«g.q!L 

Br  T'l»ir.|Ju  u  IV  QWM  l«n*  rf  Pf«ii  AlrUtai 


i  w  EW  tlM  Wv. 


FIOHT  HAY  tous  occru 


"""•  EXTRA 


DIRECT  NEWS  FROM  DEWEY! 
NO  AMERICAN  SHIP  LOST! 
NOT  ONE  AMERICAN  KILLED! 
ONLY  SIX  AMERICANS  INJURED! 
ELEVEN  SPANISH  SHIPS  SUNK! 
300  SPANIARDS  ARE  KILLED! 
400  SPANIARDS  INJURED! 


(5PECI4I.  C*tU£ 

(BY  E.  W.  HARDEN  OF  CHICAGO.' 


From  The  Chicago  Tribune  of  May  7, 1898 


57 


LITTLE  LABOR  TROUBLE  IN  TRIBUNE  HISTORY 

The  Tribune  had  its  first  strike  at  a  critical  point  in  the 
war.  On  Friday,  July  i,  1898,  the  stereotypers'  union, 
having  refused  arbitration,  called  a  strike  on  all  Chicago 
newspapers.  No  paper  was  issued  until  July  6.  In  the 
meantime,  the  Spanish  fleet  was  destroyed  at  Santiago  and 
the  French  liner  La  Bourgogne  sunk  off  Nova  Scotia  with  a 
loss  of  553  lives.  Newspapers  from  Joliet,  Milwaukee,  and 
other  cities  poured  into  Chicago  and  sold  for  as  much  as 
half  a  dollar  a  copy. 

The  only  other  strike  in  Tribune  history  was  one  which 
affected  all  Chicago  papers  in  1912.  It  grew  out  of  trouble 
between  the  pressmen  and  the  publishers  of  W.  R.  Hearst's 
Chicago  newspapers.  It  involved  the  pressmen,  stereo- 
typers,  drivers,  and  newsboys,  but  did  not  prevent  the 
publication  and  distribution  of  The  Tribune. 

Trouble  between  The  Tribune  and  its  employes  is  a 
decidedly  abnormal  event.  There  has  never  been  a  strike 
among  Tribune  compositors.  The  stability  of  the  organi- 
zation is  evidenced  by  the  following  tabulation  showing  the 
length  of  continuous  service  of  employes  as  of  January  i, 
1922: 

Less  5         10         25         35        45 

Than  to          to          to          to         to 

Department                     5  10  25         35         45        55        56 

Years  Years  Years  Years  Years  Years  Years   Total 


Advertising,  Classified  . 
Advertising,  Display.  .  . 
Auditing 

117 
98 
157 

8 
12 
24 

5 
11 
10 

1 
1 
1 

131 
122 
192 

Building 

90 

8 

26 

124 

Circulation  

196 

45 

16 

1 

258 

Composing  

57 

39 

63 

20        7        3 

1       190 

Editorial  

149 

25 

32 

1 

207 

Electrotype  

4 

1 

5 

Etching.   ...        .... 

44 

18 

7 

1 

70 

European     ...        .    . 

5 

1 

6 

Executive  ... 

5 

5 

14 

2         1 

27 

General 

82 

8 

5 

95 

Press 

92 

49 

7 

2 

150 

Rec.  &  Warehouse  .... 
Stereotype 

19 

28 

1 
2 

1 
9 

1 

21 
40 

Total  .  . 

1143 

245 

207 

29       10         3 

1     1638 

58 


MODERN  SKYSCRAPER  BUILT  FOR  TRIBUNE 

The  Spanish  War  caused  a  wave  of  interest  in  world 
affairs  and  The  Tribune  established  staff  correspondents  in 
London,  Paris,  Rome,  Berlin  and  Vienna.  These  foreign 
bureaus  were  not  continued,  however,  and  from  the  open- 
ing of  the  twentieth  century,  until  the  World  War,  The 
Tribune's  journalistic  achievements  were  chiefly  in  local 
and  national  news,  though  it  recorded  a  scoop  in  the  fall 
of  Port  Arthur  to  the  Japanese. 

Joseph  Medill  died  March  16,  1899,  at  San  Antonio, 
Texas.  His  last  words  were  "What  is  the  news?"  During 
the  last  several  years  of  his  life  he  had  participated  very 
little  in  the  active  management  of  The  Tribune. 

*  *  # 

The  increasing  circulation  and  advertising  under  the 
regime  of  R.  W.  Patterson  made  it  imperative  that  The 
Tribune  secure  new  and  better  quarters.  It  was  deter- 
mined to  erect  a  splendid  skyscraper,  and  a  number  of 
sites  were  under  consideration.  The  corner  of  Dearborn 
and  Madison  Streets,  which  had  been  occupied  by  The 
Tribune  for  thirty  years,  was  not  seriously  considered  be- 
cause of  the  rule  which  provided  that  school  board  prop- 
erty would  be  leased  only  subject  to  revaluation  every  five 
years.  There  was  a  movement  on  foot,  however,  to  do 
away  with  this  policy,  since  practically  all  school  property 
was  covered  with  dilapidated  shacks,  it  being  economically 
impossible  for  lessees  to  spend  money  on  adequate  im- 
provements. As  a  result  The  Tribune  was  offered  a  ninety- 
nine  year  lease  if  it  would  agree  to  improve  its  corner  with 
a  two  million  dollar  building,  which  would  revert  to  the 
school  board  at  the  end  of  the  lease. 

This  subject  is  taken  up  more  in  detail  in  a  later  chapter 
of  this  book,  headed  "Building  Department."  Three 
successive  school  boards  ratified  The  Tribune  lease  and  the 
modern  seventeen-story  structure  which  now  stands  at 
Madison  and  Dearborn  is  the  result.  It  was  occupied  by 
The  Tribune  in  1902  with  the  expectation  that  the  new 
machinery  and  the  great  structure  would  be  ample  for 

59 


ORIGIN  OF  "SANE  FOURTH"  MOVEMENT 

Tribune  requirements  until  the  end  of  the  lease.     It  was 

outgrown  in  twenty  years. 

*  *  * 

In  1899  The  Tribune  began  its  crusade  for  a  Sane 
Fourth — a  crusade  which  was  successful  after  twenty  years 
of  consistent  hammering.  As  a  result  thousands  of  chil- 
dren are  saved  from  death  or  mutilation  every  year. 
Collier's  Weekly  tells  the  story  of  the  inception  of  this 
campaign  as  follows: 

On  the  Fourth  of  July,  1899,  Managing  Editor  Keeley  of  The 
Tribune  was  at  the  bedside  of  his  small  daughter,  who  was  on  the  verge 
of  death.  The  air  about  his  home  was  filled  with  the  din  of  that  bar- 
barous demonstration  which  as  a  matter  of  unquestioned  fact  we  had 
come  to  associate  with  the  demonstration  of  patriotism.  Keeley  hover- 
ing over  his  little  child,  anxious  to  the  point  of  frenzy,  thought  this 
noise  was  pushing  her  out  of  the  world.  Late  in  the  afternoon  in  the 
midst  of  his  distraction  he  called  up  The  Tribune  office  to  speak  to  his 
secretary,  but  there  was  so  much  of  the  clatter  of  celebration  at  both 
ends  of  the  line  that  for  a  time  neither  could  hear  the  other.  An  idea 
came  to  Keeley:  "Get  reports  from  thirty  cities  on  the  number  of 
killed  and  injured  by  this  blankety-blank  foolery,"  he  said,  "and  let's 
see  what  it  looks  like." 

Ten  minutes  later  he  called  up  again  and  dictated  the  exact  form 
of  the  message  to  be  sent,  and  added:  "Make  it  a  hundred  cities,  get 
the  figures  in  shape,  and  we  will  print  them." 

The  next  morning  on  the  front  page  of  The  Tribune  there  was  a 
column  devoted  to  the  Fourth  of  July  horror.  On  the  following  morn- 
ing, with  more  data  at  hand,  the  results  were  elaborated  in  three  terrible 
columns.  This  was  the  beginning  of  The  Tribune's  campaign  for  a 
sane  Fourth.  At  first,  papers  and  people  jeered,  but  year  after  year 
The  Tribune  continued  to  tabulate  the  ghastly  results  until  the  battle 

was  won. 

*  *    * 

The  terrible  disaster  of  the  Iroquois  Fire  stunned  Chicago 
on  December  30,  1903.  The  manner  in  which  this  great 
story  was  handled  by  The  Tribune  is  familiar  to  students 
of  American  newspaper  history.  On  the  day  following  the 
fire  the  entire  first  page  of  The  Tribune  contained  nothing 
except  the  names  of  571  dead  and  missing.  Before  sunrise 
that  same  morning  twenty  members  of  The  Tribune  staff 
had  been  sent  out  with  lists  of  names  to  secure  photographs, 
and  on  New  Years'  morning,  The  Tribune  printed  several 
times  as  many  pictures  of  victims  of  the  disaster  as  the 
other  Chicago  papers  combined. 

60 


JlUiU'U'U'UiU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UiU'U'U'U'U'U'UiU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UiUlLl 


THIS  mudhole  is  the  corner  of  Madison  and  Dearborn  Streets 
as  it  looked  in  1860.  At  the  farther  corner  of  Postoffice  Alley 
is  the  book  store  of  John  R.  Walsh. 

(Photo  by  courtesy  of  John  M.  Smyth) 


T.  E.  SULLIVAN,  $6  years  on  The  Tribune,  and  T.  B.  Catlin, 
48 years  on  The  Tribune,  hold  the  longest  service  records  among 
Tribune  employes.  Both  are  compositors. 


61 


IIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIUIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'L 


ROBERT  W.  PATTERSON 

MR.  PATTERSON  succeeded  his  father-in-law,  Joseph  Medill, 
in  control  of  The  Tribune.  His  funeral  in  1010  was  one  of 
the  most  impressive  events  of  the  time  because,  dying  within 
a  few  hours  of  his  mother,  the  service  for  them  both  was  held  in 
the  same  church  on  the  same  day.  That  was  the  Second 
Presbyterian  church,  of  which  Mr.  Patterson  s  father  had  long 
been  'minister.  R.  W.  Patterson  s  characteristics  were  justly 
appraised  by  the  Illinois  State  Journal  in  its  notice  of  his  death. 
"He  realized"  said  that  paper,  "that  changes  come  slowly, 
that  reforms  cannot  be  effected  in  a  day,  that  patience  is  a  req- 
uisite to  the  accomplishment  of  any  important  fact.  Better 
still,  he  appreciated  the  saving  grace  of  good  nature  in  the 
crusader.  He  seldom  lost  his  temper,  and  defeat  never  ruffled 
him.'"  He  was  born  in  Chicago  in  1850. 


62 


ENTERPRISE — AGGRESSIVENESS  MARK  TRIBUNE  PROGRESS 

Following  the  Iroquois  Fire  The  Tribune  pressed  for  the 
prosecution  of  those  responsible  and  organized  The  Tribune 
Committee  of  Safety  composed  of  leading  engineers  and 
architects.  This  Committee  formulated  specific  demands 
for  a  reform  in  Chicago's  building  code;  demands  which 
were  incorporated  in  city  ordinances  and  which  have  un- 
doubtedly prevented  many  disasters  during  the  intervening 
years. 

On  the  morning  of  December  18,  1905,  The  Tribune 
scored  a  scoop  on  the  failure  of  the  banks  of  John  R.  Walsh. 
One  consequence  of  these  failures  was  the  discontinuance 
of  Walsh's  newspaper,  The  Chronicle,  which  suspended 
publication  May  31,  1907. 

In  1906  The  Tribune  played  an  even  more  spectacular 
part  in  giving  the  world  news  in  connection  with  a  bank 
failure.  Managing  Editor  James  Keeley  trailed  the  ab- 
sconding bank  president,  Paul  O.  Stensland,  to  his  hiding 
place  in  Morocco  and  induced  him  to  return  voluntarily 
to  Chicago.  During  the  same  year  it  printed  the  corre- 
spondence between  Roosevelt  and  the  Storers  which  caused 
an  international  sensation. 

Throughout  the  administration  of  Mayor  Edward  F. 
Dunne  The  Tribune  vigorously  opposed  his  program  for 
the  municipal  ownership  and  operation  of  the  street  car 
system,  and  criticized  the  management  of  school  affairs. 
As  a  result  suit  was  begun  to  invalidate  the  lease  of  the 
property  on  which  The  Tribune  Building  stands.  Three 
courts  decided  on  every  point  in  favor  of  The  Tribune. 

*  *  * 

Nonpartisanship  in  the  handling  of  news  had  developed 
to  such  a  point  on  The  Tribune  that  this  avowedly  repub- 
lican newspaper  issued  a  series  of  special  editions  in  Denver 
throughout  the  democratic  national  convention  of  1908. 

A  full  staff  of  editors,  reporters,  artists,  photographers, 
and  telegraphers  was  taken  west  in  a  private  car.  The 
Rocky  Mountain  News  loaned  its  mechanical  facilities,  and 
also  assisted  in  securing  distribution.  Leased  wires  sup- 

63 


TRIBUNE  HOLDS  FIRST  NATIONAL  LAND  SHOW 

plied  The  Tribune  in  Denver  with  all  news  of  Chicago  and 
the  Central  West  and  also  supplied  The  Tribune  in  Chicago 
with  complete  reports  of  the  convention. 

A  year  later,  when  an  imposing  expedition  of  business 
men  and  legislators  headed  by  President  Taft  journeyed 
down  the  Missouri  and  Mississippi  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
The  Tribune  published  its  famous  "Deep  Waterways 
Editions"  at  St.  Louis,  Memphis,  Natchez  and  New  Orleans. 
The  St.  Louis  Star,  the  Memphis  Commercial  Appeal,  the 
Natchez  Democrat,  the  New  Orleans  Item,  and  the  New 
Orleans  Times-Picayune  gave  generous  assistance.  Again, 
in  1921,  a  special  edition  of  The  Tribune  was  printed  on 
the  presses  of  The  Commercial  Appeal  and  distributed  on 
the  train  carrying  the  investment  bankers  of  the  country 
to  their  national  convention  in  New  Orleans. 


Irrigation  and  scientific  agriculture  had  at  this  period 
developed  a  new  wave  of  colonization  throughout  the 
United  States.  Public  interest  in  undeveloped  sections 
and  in  agricultural  opportunities  was  great.  Chicago,  as 
the  railroad  center  of  the  nation,  was  the  focus  of  coloni- 
zation activity  in  which  The  Tribune  naturally  became  a 
leader.  At  a  dinner  in  February,  1909,  attended  by  men 
influential  in  land  development,  it  was  suggested  that  a 
great  land  exposition  be  held  in  Chicago  the  succeeding  fall. 
The  Tribune  offered  to  start  this  exposition,  guaranteeing 
its  financial  responsibility  by  a  contribution  of  $25,000. 
In  the  first  prospectus  sent  out  it  was  stated:  "The  rail- 
road and  land  interests  in  Chicago  have  initiated  a  move- 
ment to  hold  an  exposition  in  Chicago  for  the  exploitation 
of  our  country's  undeveloped  land  resources  and  have 
arranged  with  The  Chicago  Tribune,  as  a  non-competing 
interest,  to  assume  financial  and  executive  responsibility." 

A  Land  Show  was  held  in  the  Coliseum  during  November 
and  December.  It  was  generously  supported  by  railways, 
state  departments  of  agriculture,  chambers  of  commerce, 
and  similar  organizations  in  sections  seeking  settlers.  It 

64 


SURRENDERS  SHOW — THEN  RECOVERS  IT 

attracted  tremendous  crowds,  not  only  from  Chicago,  but 
from  the  entire  Central  West.  Nevertheless  the  deficit 
which  The  Tribune  was  obliged  to  pay  amounted  to  more 
than  $40,000. 

The  following  year  The  Chicago  Tribune,  feeling  unable 
to  assume  such  a  great  burden  again,  turned  the  Land  Show 
over  to  some  Chicago  business  men  who  felt  that  they  could 
run  it  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  exhibitors  and  to  the 
public,  and  still  make  a  profit.  A  successful  Land  Show  was 
held  in  the  winter  of  1910  under  their  auspices  and  a  small 
profit  was  made. 

They  undertook  to  repeat  the  show  in  1911,  but  'intro- 
duced a  new  element  by  offering  free  lots  with  every  paid 
admission. 

Each  person  attending  the  show  was  presented  with 
a  coupon  giving  him  the  right  to  a  lot  on  payment  of  approxi- 
mately three  dollars  for  abstract,  and  recording  fees.  More 
than  40,000  of  those  attending  the  Land  Show  paid  this 
money  to  the  promoters  of  the  show  and  were  given  re- 
ceipts, and  promised  deeds  and  abstracts  at  some  future 
time.  The  land  in  Michigan,  which  the  Land  Show  pro- 
moters proposed  to  subdivide  into  building  lots,  was 
inaccessible  and  covered  with  snow,  so  that  the  surveying 
and  platting  of  it  was  extremely  difficult. 

Those  who  had  paid  their  money  became  exceedingly 
impatient  as  months  went  by  and  no  deeds  were  received. 
Although  The  Tribune  had  had  no  control  over  the  1910 
or  1911  land  shows,  the  institution  was  popularly  known 
as  "The  Tribune  Land  Show,"  and  great  numbers  of 
protesting  lot  owners  began  calling  on  The  Tribune  for 
their  deeds.  Exhibitors  had  also  been  exceedingly  indignant 
at  the  lot  scheme  and  their  denunciation  of  the  1911  Land 
Show  in  every  part  of  the  United  States  was  distasteful  and 
injurious  to  The  Tribune. 

An  arrangement  was  made,  therefore,  by  which  the  Land 
Show  was  transferred  back  to  The  Tribune  and  its  recent 
owners  were  put  under  bond  to  deliver  the  lots  that  had 

65 


INAUGURATION  OF  GOOD  FELLOW  MOVEMENT 

been  promised.  The  Tribune,  having  given  birth  to  this 
unique  exposition,  was  anxious  to  restore  it  in  the  esteem 
and  respect  of  exhibitors  and  the  public.  The  Tribune 
formed  a  corporation  known  as  the  United  States  Land 
Show,  which  held  shows  in  the  Coliseum  in  the  winters  of 
1912  and  1913.  In  each  instance  there  was  a  substantial 
deficit  paid  by  The  Tribune.  At  the  1913  Land  Show  a  large 
number  of  Ojibway  Indians  were  brought  to  Chicago  and 
presented  the  Hiawatha  Legend  in  pantomime.  Exhibitors 
included  the  United  States  Government,  the  University  of 
Illinois,  the  Canadian  Government,  Province  of  British 
Columbia,  Province  of  Alberta,  State  of  New  York,  State 
of  Oregon,  State  of  Alabama,  State  of  Ohio,  State  of  West 
Virginia,  State  of  Mississippi,  and  the  Great  Northern, 
Canadian  Pacific,  Canadian  Northern  and  Grand  Trunk 
Railroads. 

During  these  years  The  Tribune  also  conducted  in  the 
Sunday  paper  a  "Forward  to  the  Land  Bureau"  which 
answered  many  thousands  of  inquiries  concerning  agricul- 
tural conditions  in  various  sections. 

*  *  * 

In  December,  1909,  The  Tribune  received  a  letter  from 
one  of  its  readers,  who  asked  that  his  letter  be  printed  in 
The  Tribune  without  disclosing  his  identity.  The  original 
Good  Fellow  is  still  anonymous,  but  his  letter  initiated  a 
movement  which  makes  many  thousands  of  children  of  the 
poor  happy  each  Christmas.  The  famous  Good  Fellow 
letter  as  it  appeared  in  The  Tribune  of  December  10,  1909, 
follows : 
To  the  Good  Fellows  of  Chicago: 

Last  Christmas  and  New  Years'  eve  you  and  I  went  out  for  a 
good  time  and  spent  from  $10  to  $200.  Last  Christmas  morning 
over  5,000  children  awoke  to  an  empty  stocking — the  bitter  pain 
of  disappointment  that  Santa  Claus  had  forgotten  them.  Perhaps  it 
wasn't  our  fault.  We  had  provided  for  our  own;  we  had  also  reflected 
in  a  passing  way  on  those  less  fortunate  than  our  own,  but  they  seemed 
far  off  and  we  didn't  know  where  to  find  them.  Perhaps  in  the  hundred 
and  one  things  we  had  to  do  some  of  us  didn't  think  of  that  heart  sor- 
row of  the  child  over  the  empty  stocking. 

Now,  old  man,  here's  a  chance.  I  have  tried  it  for  the  last  five 
years  and  ask  you  to  consider  it.  Just  send  your  name  and  address  to 

66 


MANY  NEW  DEPARTMENTS  OF  SERVICE 

The  Tribune — address  Santa  Claus — state  about  how  many  children 
you  are  willing  to  protect  against  grief  over  that  empty  stocking,  inclose 
a  two-cent  stamp  and  you  will  be  furnished  with  the  names,  addresses, 
sex,  and  age  of  that  many  children.  It  is  then  up  to  you,  you  do  the 
rest.  Select  your  own  present,  spend  50  cents  or  $50,  and  send  or  take 
your  gifts  to  those  children  on  Christmas  eve.  You  pay  not  a  cent  more 
than  you  want  to  pay — every  cent  goes  just  where  you  want  it  to  go. 
You  gain  neither  notoriety  nor  advertising;  you  deal  with  no  organiza- 
tion; no  record  will  be  kept;  your  letter  will  be  returned  to  you  with  its 
answer.  The  whole  plan  is  just  as  anonymous  as  old  Santa  Claus  him- 
self. 

This  is  not  a  newspaper  scheme.  The  Tribune  was  asked  to  aid 
in  reaching  the  good  fellows  by  publishing  this  suggestion  and  to  receive 
your  communication  in  order  that  you  may  be  assured  of  good  faith 
and  to  preserve  the  anonymous  character  of  this  work.  The  identity 
of  the  writer  of  this  appeal  will  not  be  disclosed.  He  assumes  the 
responsibility  of  finding  the  children  and  sending  you  their  names  and 
guarantees  that  whatever  you  bestow  will  be  deserved. 

Neither  you  nor  I  get  anything  out  of  this,  except  the  feeling  that 
you  have  saved  some  child  from  sorrow  on  Christmas  morning.  If  that 
is  not  enough  for  you  then  you  have  wasted  time  in  reading  this — it 
is  not  intended  for  you,  but  for  the  good  fellows  of  Chicago. 

Perhaps  a  twenty-five  cent  doll  or  a  ten  cent  tin  toy  wouldn't 
mean  much  to  the  children  you  know,  but  to  the  child  who  would  find 
them  in  the  otherwise  empty  stocking  they  mean  much — the  difference 
between  utter  disappointment  and  the  joy  that  Santa  Claus  did  not 
forget  them.  Here  is  where  you  and  I  get  in.  The  charitable  organi- 
zations attend  to  the  bread  and  meat;  the  clothes;  the  necessaries; 
you  and  the  rest  of  the  good  fellows  furnish  the  toys,  the  nuts,  the 
candies;  the  child's  real  Christmas. 

GOOD  FELLOW. 

A  corps  of  clerks  are  kept  busy  during  the  six  weeks 
preceding  Christmas  each  year  distributing  to  Chicago 
Good  Fellows  the  names  of  poor  children  whose  cases  have 
been  checked  by  Chicago  charitable  organizations.  If  any 
names  remain  untaken  on  Christmas  Eve,  their  owners  are 
supplied  with  toys  and  Christmas  cheer  by  The  Tribune. 
Newspapers  in  other  cities  have  taken  up  the  Good  Fellow 
idea  until  it  is  quite  impossible  to  estimate  the  amount  of 
happiness  generated  as  a  result  of  the  publication  of  the 
above  letter  in  The  Tribune. 

*  *  * 

At  this  period  The  Tribune  developed  with  amazing 
rapidity  and  success  a  series  of  novel  departments  of  serv- 
ice. Dr.  Wm.  A.  Evans,  who  had  made  a  splendid 
record  as  Health  Commissioner  of  Chicago,  was  employed 

67 


R.  W.  PATTERSON  SUCCEEDED  BY  GRANDSONS  OF  MEDILL 

to  conduct  a  daily  department  under  the  heading  "How  to 
Keep  Well."  The  Marquis  of  Queensbury  was  brought 
from  England  to  write  on  sports.  Laura  Jean  Libby  inau- 
gurated a  department  dealing  with  affairs  of  the  heart,  and 
Lillian  Russell  told  women  how  to  be  more  beautiful.  A 
department,  known  as  "Friend  of  the  People,"  offered  to 
intervene  with  local  officials  in  behalf  of  the  private  citizen. 
These  Tribune  departments  have  been  widely  imitated  by 
other  publishers  and  the  idea  that  a  newspaper  should  not 
only  distribute  news,  guide  public  opinion,  and  offer  enter- 
tainment, but  should  also  render  definite  personal  service 
is  now  well  established. 

In  1909  The  Tribune  began  using  the  sub-title  "World's 
Greatest  Newspaper"  occasionally  in  its  advertising.  It  was 
later  registered  in  Washington  as  a  trade  mark  and  on 
August  29,  1911,  it  began  appearing  as  at  present  on  the 

first  page  of  The  Tribune. 

*  *  * 

Early  in  1910  R.  W.  Patterson  died.  He  had  been 
president  of  The  Tribune  Company  and  editor-in-chief 
since  the  death  of  Joseph  Medill.  For  some  time  prior 
to  his  death  he  had  been  in  poor  health  and  a  grandson  of 
Joseph  Medill,  Medill  McCormick,  now  United  States 
Senator  from  Illinois,  had  been  in  charge  as  publisher. 
Shortly  after  the  death  of  Mr.  Patterson,  Medill  McCormick 
was  forced  to  abandon  his  connection  with  The  Tribune 
because  of  illness,  and  he  has  never  since  participated  in 
its  management.  His  brother,  R.  R.  McCormick,  had 
been  made  treasurer  of  The  Tribune  Company  in  1909  and 
his  cousin,  J.  M.  Patterson,  had  been  made  secretary  of 
The  Tribune  Company  the  same  year.  In  1914  they 
assumed  complete  control  as  editors  and  publishers. 

*  *  * 

Shortly  after  the  death  of  R.  W.  Patterson  and  the 
retirement  of  Medill  McCormick,  a  young  man,  named 
Charles  White,  who  had  been  a  member  of  the  Illinois 
Legislature,  visited  The  Tribune  for  the  purpose  of  selling 

68 


TRIBUNE  SCOOP  OPENS  LORIMER  CASE 

a  story  of  corruption  in  the  election  of  William  Lorimer, 
and  other  legislative  acts. 

Tribune  reporters  were  hastily  rushed  to  various  points 
in  Illinois  in  order  to  check  up  as  far  as  possible  on  the 
charges  which  he  made.  All  the  information  which  could 
be  secured  seemed  to  corroborate  them,  so  his  story  was 
purchased  and  published  in  The  Tribune  —  the  famous 
Lorimer  and  "jack-pot"  story.  After  an  unprecedented 
deadlock,  which  persisted  through  the  first  months  of  1909, 
William  Lorimer,  Congressman  and  Republican  boss  from 
Chicago,  had  been  elected  to  the  United  States  Senate  from 
Illinois  by  a  most  extraordinary  combination  of  Republicans 
and  Democrats.  White,  a  Democrat,  related  in  detail  how 
he  and  other  Democratic  legislators  had  been  promised 
money  for  their  votes. 

Part  of  the  money  was  due  the  legislators  as  their  share 
of  the  "jack-pot"  created  by  contributions  from  various 
interests  for  which  bills  were  killed  or  passed,  and  part  of 
it  was  in  direct  payment  for  Democratic  votes  for  a 
Republican  Senator. 

Investigations  were  immediately  begun  by  grand  juries 
in  Cook  and  Sangamon  Counties.  Mike  Link  and  J.  C. 
Beckemeyer,  two  of  the  Democratic  legislators,  accused 
by  White  as  members  of  the  group  paid  off  at  the  same  time 
he  was,  confessed  to  the  Cook  County  Grand  Jury. 

States  Attorney  Edmund  Burke,  in  Springfield  con- 
ducting an  independent  investigation,  unearthed  many 
corroborative  facts.  By  representatives  of  office  furniture 
concerns,  he  was  told  that  certain  state  senators  had 
extorted  bribes  as  a  condition  precedent  to  the  purchase  of 
furniture  for  the  Senate  Chamber.  He  developed  the  fact 
that  even  small  fishermen  along  the  Illinois  River  had  been 
forced  to  contribute  to  the  "jack-pot"  in  order  to  prevent 
the  passage  of  legislation  which  would  have  injured  their 
business.  Senator  Holstlaw,  a  Democrat,  a  banker  at 
luka,  Illinois,  and  a  pillar  in  his  church,  confessed  that  he 
had  been  paid  for  his  vote  for  Lorimer  and  had  gone  to  the 

69 


LORIMER  ISSUE  FOUGHT  FOR  YEARS 

notorious  West  Madison  Street  saloon  of  a  fellow  senator 
to  receive  the  cash. 

States  Attorneys  J.  E.  W.  Wayman  of  Cook  County 
and  Edmund  Burke  of  Sangamon  County  prosecuted  the 
resulting  indictments  with  energy,  but  every  case  was  lost. 
The  reason  was  not  long  concealed.  Two  Chicago  jurymen 
accused  an  attorney  for  one  of  the  defendants  of  failing  to 
pay  them  the  amounts  promised  for  their  votes  as  jury- 
men for  acquittal.  Cases  for  jury  bribing  succeeded  those 
for  legislative  bribing,  but  without  convictions. 

The  charges  against  Lorimer  were  brought  up  in  the 
United  State  Senate  and  after  an  investigation  the  Senate 
decided  in  his  favor. 

The  Lorimer  case  originated  as  a  piece  of  startling  news 
submitted  to  The  Tribune  for  publication  and  daringly 
published.  As  the  case  developed  so  many  additional  facts 
The  Tribune  undertook  to  fight  for  the  prosecution  of  the 
guilty  and  the  unseating  of  Senator  Lorimer  with  all  pos- 
sible vigor.  Editorials  and  cartoons  aroused  not  only 
Chicago  and  Illinois,  but  the  entire  United  States. 
Whether  or  not  Lorimer' s  election  had  been  bought  became 
a  national  issue.  The  close  of  1910  found  The  Tribune 
apparently  beaten  and  Lorimer  vindicated  all  along  the 
line. 

But  the  fight  was  not  over.  When  the  Illinois  legislature 
convened  in  January,  1911,  The  Tribune  proposed  that  it 
investigate  the  manner  in  which  the  preceding  legislature 
had  elected  a  United  States  Senator.  H.  H.  Kohlsaat  in  his 
Record-Herald  printed  the  charge  that  a  fund  of  $100,000 
had  been  instrumental  in  securing  Lorimer's  election.  The 
State  Senate  appointed  a  committee  in  charge  of  Senator 
Helm,  of  Metropolis,  which  began  seeking  evidence  along  a 
new  line.  It  endeavored  to  find  out  where  the  money  came 
from  with  which  the  corrupt  legislators  had  been  paid. 

Clarence  Funk,  general  manager  of  the  International 
Harvester  Company,  testified  before  this  committee  that 
a  Chicago  multimillionaire  had  asked  him  to  contribute  to 

70 


IIUIU«UIU'U'U'U»UIUIUIU'UIU'U'UIUIU'U'U'U«U'U'U'UIUIU'UIUIUIU«U»U'U'UIU«L. 


NORTH  front  of  The  Tribune  Building  at  Madison  and  Dear- 
born Streets — erected  in  1902.  The  greatest  Want  Ad  Store  in 
the  world  still  occupies  the  corner  on  the  main  floor  ^  but  the 
press  rooms  in  the  basement  were  outgrown  in  1920. 


71 


UNITED   STATES   Land  Show,   held  in   the   Coliseum    under 
Tribune  auspices  in  the  winter  of  1912. 


LIBRARY  in  Tribune  Plant. 


72 


TRIBUNE  SECURES  PRESIDENTIAL  PRIMARY 

a  fund  for  paying  the  expenses  of  Lorimer's  election. 
Other  evidence  of  the  same  nature  was  developed  by  the 
Helm  committee  as  the  result  of  which  the  case  was  re- 
opened by  the  United  States  Senate.  And,  after  going 
into  the  new  evidence,  a  vote  was  taken  and  Lorimer's  seat 
was  declared  vacant. 

The  Tribune  has  been  highly  praised  and  bitterly 
blamed  for  its  tactics  in  the  Lorimer  case.  The  vehemence 
with  which  it  fought  on  after  Lorimer  had  secured  his 
"vindication"  aroused  the  enmity  of  Lorimer's  innumerable 
friends.  These  friends  have  sought  to  blame  The  Tribune 
for  the  failure  of  Lorimer's  bank,  but  it  has  been  clearly 
shown  by  trials  in  the  criminal  courts  that  this  failure  was 
due  to  corrupt  banking  and  not  to  Tribune  publicity. 

To  The  Tribune,  Lorimer  was  a  symbol  of  a  vicious 
political  system  which  it  had  always  fought  and  which  it  is 
still  fighting.  Lorimer  has  long  ceased  to  be  a  factor,  but 
the  fight  against  all  that  he  represented  still  goes  on.  At  the 
time  the  Lorimer  case  was  at  its  height  a  faction  of  Repub- 
licans, of  which  he  had  been  boss,  organized  what  was 
known  as  the  Lincoln  League  to  fight  their  battles.  Promi- 
nent in  this  League  were  Len  Small,  now  Governor  of 
Illinois;  Wm.  Hale  Thompson,  now  Mayor  of  Chicago; 
and  Fred  Lundin,  boss  of  the  "Thompson"  Republicans. 
Against  these  men  The  Tribune  is  still  fighting  the  war  for 
clean  government  of  which  the  Lorimer  case  was  one  spec- 
tacular battle. 

*  *  * 

Always  enthusiastically  for  Roosevelt,  The  Tribune  was 
insistent  that  he  should  run  for  President  in  1912.  Early 
in  that  year,  when  Roosevelt  was  consistently  refusing  to 
oppose  Taft,  The  Tribune  undertook  to  secure  a  direct 
primary  in  Illinois  which  would  prove  conclusively  that  the 
people  were  still  eager  for  "T.  R." 

There  was  no  law  providing  for  a  presidential  primary 
in  Illinois  and  the  legislature  was  not  scheduled  to  meet 
until  January,  1913.  The  Tribune  urged  Governor  Deneen 

73 


AMAZING  ADVERTISING  GROWTH  BEGINS 

to  call  the  legislature  in  special  session.  Deneen  refused. 
Time  grew  short.  The  Tribune  hammered  away,  arousing 
public  sentiment. 

At  last  the  governor  promised  that  he  would  call  the 
legislature  if,  within  a  specified  brief  interval,  The  Tribune 
secured  definite  pledges  from  a  two-thirds  majority  of  the 
senate  and  house  to  vote  for  the  desired  legislation. 

The  Tribune  undertook  the  task  with  enthusiasm  and 
determination.  At  3  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  the  last 
day  it  had  two  less  than  the  required  number  of  men,  but 
the  "final"  edition  that  morning  carried  the  full  list  of 
pledged  legislators.  The  law  was  passed.  The  primary 
was  held.  Roosevelt  won  decisively  over  Taft. 

Then  began  the  fight  for  progressive  principles,  and 
later  for  Roosevelt,  although  it  never  supported  the  Prog- 
ressive Party.  The  Tribune  has  been  steadfastly  Republican, 
but  it  considered  Roosevelt  a  better  Republican  under  any 
label  than  Aldrich  with  the  party  organization  in  his 
pocket,  and  it  never  felt  bound  to  support  corrupt  local 
machines  simply  because  their  candidates  were  listed  under 

the  Republican  circle. 

#  *  * 

Up  to  this  time  advertising  has  figured  little  in  Tribune 
history.  The  Tribune's  substantial  circulation  among  the 
best  classes  of  Chicago  and  the  Central  West  attracted  a 
considerable  volume  of  advertising.  The  Tribune  had 
always  been  free  to  be  independent  in  its  utterances  be- 
cause it  was  a  profitable  commercial  institution. 

In  1905  there  were  only  seven  employees  in  the  adver- 
tising department.  Then  a  more  intensive  solicitation  of 
Want  Ads  was  begun.  New  uses  and  new  users  for  this 
type  of  advertising  were  discovered  and  developed.  A 
similar  process  was  undertaken  as  to  display  advertising 
and  in  1910  The  Tribune  printed,  not  only  more  adver- 
tising than  appeared  in  any  other  Chicago  newspaper,  but 
more  than  appeared  in  any  other  newspaper  in  the  six 
largest  cities  of  the  United  States. 

74 


ADVERTISING  ADVERTISING  BOOMS  CIRCULATION 

Now  came  a  conception  of  the  economic  value  of  ad- 
vertising— its  already  great  and  potentially  tremendous 
importance  to  readers. 

In  the  winter  of  191 1-1912  a  determined  effort  was  being 
made  by  large  financial  interests  to  revive  the  rather  de- 
crepit Record-Herald,  successor  to  The  Herald,  The  Record 
and  The  Times.  Money  was  being  spent  like  water  to 
secure  circulation.  Clocks,  arm  chairs,  sets  of  dishes,  etc., 
were  being  given  as  premiums,  and  Record-Herald  circu- 
lation was  soaring. 

The  Tribune  had  offered  premiums  in  the  past  to  secure 
circulation,  but  in  this  emergency  they  were  discarded — 
and  have  never  been  used  since.  Instead,  an  entirely  novel 
idea  was  worked  out.  This  idea  was  to  secure  circulation 
and  checkmate  the  plans  of  The  Record-Herald  by  advertis- 
ing Tribune  advertising. 

A  splendid  campaign  was  prepared  and  run  not  only 
in  The  Tribune,  but  also  in  three  leading  evening  news- 
papers. The  plan  was  to  advertise  the  advertising  in  The 
Tribune  and  thereby  make  it  still  more  productive  to  the 
advertiser  and  more  serviceable  to  the  reader.  Within  six 
weeks  an  increase  of  20,000  in"  Sunday  circulation  was 
credited  to  this  advertising. 

Hundreds  of  thousands  of  readers  had  their  attention 
focused  on  one  division  of  Tribune  advertising  after  another 
— shoes,  bonds,  flowers,  hats,  etc.  Volume  of  advertising 
soared  even  faster  than  circulation  and  The  Record-Herald 
was  definitely  and  finally  distanced. 


The  immediate  success  of  its  local  advertising  encour- 
aged The  Tribune  to  launch  a  campaign  in  other  cities 
seeking  advertising  from  manufacturers.  Copy  telling  of 
the  power  of  The  Tribune  in  its  market — The  Chicago 
Territory — was  run  in  newspapers  in  sixteen  major  cities. 
A  direct  mail  campaign  supplemented  the  newspaper  adver- 
tising both  locally  and  nationally. 

75 


MERCHANDISING  OF  ADVERTISING  DEVELOPED 

As  a  result  of  becoming  an  extensive  buyer  as  well  as 
seller  of  advertising,  The  Tribune  during  1912  gained  1,600 
columns  over  1911,  and  was  the  only  Chicago  paper  that 
did  score  a  gain  in  advertising. 

Development  of  advertising  solicitation  was  pushed 
vigorously.  A  copy  and  art  department  was  started  to 
assist  local  advertisers  and  a  merchandising  service  depart- 
ment began  the  organization  of  assistance  to  manufacturers. 
The  work  of  this  department  is  told  in  detail  in  the  chapter 
on  the  Advertising  Division,  page  193.  By  advancing  and 
living  up  to  the  theory  that  retailers  should  be  persuaded 
to  stock  any  product  before  it  is  advertised,  not  forced  to 
stock  it  by  means  of  advertising,  The  Tribune  has  done 
much  to  take  the  "blue  sky"  out  of  advertising. 

Hundreds  of  newspapers  have  studied  what  The  Tribune 
has  done  in  this  field,  and  have  been  assisted  by  The 
Tribune  in  developing  similar  departments  for  themselves. 
The  Tribune  has  been  a  large  factor  in  showing  the  business 
world  how  to  "merchandise"  advertising  systematically 

and  profitably. 

*  *  * 

More  care  in  the  censorship  of  advertising  had  gone 
hand  in  hand  with  its  increase  in  volume.  In  three  striking 
instances  The  Tribune  felt  it  necessary,  not  only  to  bar  a 
class  of  advertisers  from  its  columns,  but  also  to  expose 
them.  Crusades,  ultimately  of  national  import,  were 
launched  against  loan  sharks,  "men's  specialist"  medical 
quacks,  and  clairvoyants. 

To  crush  the  loan  sharks,  The  Tribune  enlisted  the 
assistance  of  eighty  Chicago  attorneys  who  volunteered  to 
give  their  services  free  in  fighting  the  usurers.  Victims 
were  invited  to  submit  their  cases  to  The  Tribune,  where 
the  facts  were  analyzed  and  recorded.  Each  one  was  then 
assigned  to  a  competent  lawyer.  Daniel  P.  Trude,  now  a 
judge,  headed  the  group  of  lawyers  and  donated  practically 
all  of  his  time  to  the  work  for  more  than  a  year. 

Judge  Landis,  long  known  as  a  foe  of  the  extortioners, 
presided  in  the  bankruptcy  court  and  was  a  tower  of  strength 

76 


AD-CENSORSHIP  LEADS  TO  WAR  ON  QUACKS 

to  the  campaign.  One  notorious  shark  committed  suicide. 
A  number  decamped  for  other  cities.  Disbarment  pro- 
ceedings were  begun  against  a  lawyer  loan  shark.  Interest 
payments  running  up  to  several  hundred  per  cent  were 
revealed  as  quite  common.  Hundreds  of  unfortunates 
were  released  from  the  jaws  of  the  sharks.  Names  of  victims 
were  not  used  in  The  Tribune. 

News  of  the  battles  aroused  such  public  sentiment  that 
the  legislature  was  led  to  pass  remedial  laws,  and  eventually 
the  other  Chicago  papers  even  found  it  advisable  to  elimi- 
nate loan  shark  advertising. 

After  routing  the  loan  sharks  The  Tribune  turned  its 
attention  to  a  group  of  medical  sharks,  whose  extravagant 
claims  and  bearded  faces  crowded  the  columns  of  other 
papers. 

Reporters,  carefully  examined  and  found  physically 
sound,  were  sent  to  call  on  these  " men's  specialists." 
Almost  invariably  the  " specialist"  at  a  glance  discovered 
all  the  symptoms  of  venereal  disease  and  sought  to  terrify 
his  patient  into  the  payment  of  fat  fees. 

The  Tribune's  stories  resulted  in  the  elimination  of  this 
sort  of  fake  advertising  from  Chicago  newspapers,  and 
many  of  the  " quack  docs"  left  the  city.  The  series  of 
stories  was  reprinted  in  book  form  by  the  American  Medical 
Association  and  given  wide  circulation. 

The  Tribune's  exposures  of  clairvoyants  led  to  criminal 
prosecutions  in  which  it  was  shown  that  payments  of  graft 
to  police  and  of  newspaper  advertising  bills  were  their  chief 
expenses. 

The  Tribune's  financial  censorship  was  made  more  and 
more  stringent  and  extended  to  Want  Ads  as  well  as  to 
Display  Advertising.  A  complete  code  of  rules  governing 
the  admissibility  of  financial  advertising  was  printed,  the 
first  code  of  its  kind  ever  issued. 

When  the  Illinois  legislature  passed  a  "Blue  Sky"  law 
many  concerns  which  had  been  barred  from  The  Tribune 
qualified  under  it  and  then  hastened  to  The  Tribune  with 

77 


COMPETITION  INTENSIFIED  BUT  TRIBUNE  WINS 


i  <rmtgTribune  Invested  Guide 


their  ads,  confident  that  they  would  now  be  permitted  to 
buy  space.  To  their  surprise  they  found  The  Tribune  far 
more  strict  than  the  state  "Blue  Sky"  commission.  Unless 
they  met  Tribune  requirements  for  the  protection  of  inves- 
tors, their  money  was  refused. 

The  Tribune  went 
beyond  this  and  estab- 
lished a  department 
known  as  the  Invest- 
ors' Guide,  which  by 
letter  and  through  the 
columns  of  The  Trib- 
une has  replied  to  more 
than  one  hundred  thou- 
sand specific  inquiries 
concerning  the  char- 
acter of  investments. 
*  *  * 

In  1911,  The  Tribune  had  won  its  battle  with  the 
Record-Herald  and  that  paper  had  declined  steadily.  In 
1914,  however,  it  was  combined  with  the  Inter-Ocean  under 
the  name  Chicago  Herald.  It  had  the  backing  of  big  local 
advertisers  and  of  some  of  Chicago's  greatest  fortunes.  The 
new  paper  set  out  to  compete  vigorously  for  advertising 
and  circulation. 

Net  results  may  be  summarized  in  the  following  tabu- 
lation of  Chicago  Tribune  circulation  and  advertising: 

1914         1921 

Advertising  (columns) . . .      43>5°3      76,7°3      33>2O° 

March  Statements 
1914        1922        Gain 

Daily  Circulation 261,278   499>725    238>447 

Sunday  Circulation 406,556    827,028    420,472 

Considering  the  increases  in  rates  necessitated  by  the 
war,  this  means  that  aftersixty-seven  years  of  steady  pro- 
gress, The  Tribune  doubled  its  circulation  and  advertising 
receipts  during  the  past  eight  years.  The  Herald,  after 

78 


1914  TO  1922  SHOW  SWIFTEST  GROWTH 

four  years  of  struggle,  was  absorbed  by  Hearst's  Chicago 
Examiner  in  1918,  and  the  name  of  the  latter  paper  changed 
to  The  Herald  and  Examiner. 

Such  amazing  growth  as  The  Tribune  has  made  during 
the  past  eight  crowded  years  is  analyzed  only  with  diffi- 
culty by  one  so  close  to  it,  but  it  cannot  be  passed  over  if 
we  are  to  give  any  true  conception  of  what  The  Chicago 
Tribune  is. 


FINAL    WAR    EXTRA 


VOLUME  LXX1IL- NO.  1W. 


NAVAL  BATTLE  IMPENDS;  BRITISH, SHIP  SUNK 


'TIAL  LAW  IN  ANTWERP;  GERMANS  EXPELLED 

LONDON,  AUG..  5,  5  A.  M.— A  British  mine  laying  ship  has  been  sunk  by  a  German  fleet  The 
British  torpedo  boat  destroyer  Pathfinder  was  pursued  by  the  fleet  but  escaped. 

ANTWERP,  Aug.  5.— Serious  anti-German  rioting  occurred  today.  A  mob  sacked  the  German  cafes 
md  tore  the  escutcheon  from  the  German  consulate.  The  police  being  unable  to  ch'eck  the  disorders,  the 
military  governor  placed  the  city  under  martial  law  and  ordered-  the  expulsion  of  all  German  residents. 

ToW.*lira^  BRITAIN  ACTS 


MCE  HURLS 
DEFIANCE  AT 

GERMAKALUES 

Won  Rod/ to  FlgM 
XnyCortryffich 
Supports  Kaiser. 


'REKIERTELIS 


terns  $40,000,00)  Patent  Panes  Bill     LONDON,  AU,.  4  ntni^  *te  p. 


ITEILS  STAHu  ^SHvHJT 


CREAT  NAVAL  BATTLE  AT  HAND; 
nrrire  I      *""ORS  ®  CLASHMC  FLEETS. 

Utrlw  '  to«oN..»,.,. ,.^-c 


hMtoM 


LS.  Aif.  S,S«.fc- 

.^.^..U^HM 


toProvitfortindto- 


'Chlc.,0  um«J-C,..l  Bril.m  decUrW 


paj.Eipen$:$.  j  ^^-^j-BHSaa-ii-.,...,  SErs 


*L?"  TLIT  ^  ^ -*~, ~.^?.  ^!??-.  --^.'^LT  i^^  *•*«•• 
VrrV'tw*!  «  ***  ***  ffr** .Trr**  T"^  1     •.«•»—. 

yj^mMatS^^  jf^l«yiUir»  !•  "w  S  MMt 


»-*•£  *•  <«»-<»  =~.  «-*  •.'51. 


79 


The  World  War  and  After 

1914-1922 

DURING  the  months  which  immediately  preceded 
the  opening  of  the  World  War  in  1914,  The 
Tribune  laid  a  foundation  for  new  records  in 
circulation  and  advertising.  The  first  step  was  to  capitalize 
the  soaring  motion  picture  craze  for  Tribune  benefit.  This 
was  done  in  three  ways. 

First,  The  Tribune  originated  the  idea  of  printing  a 
daily  directory  of  motion  picture  theaters  and  their  attrac- 
tions. Advertising  men  said  it  couldn't  be  done,  that  a 
neighborhood  theater  could  not  afford  to  pay  Tribune 
rates  to  print  its  program  when  only  a  few  thousand  out  of 
The  Tribune's  hundreds  of  thousands  of  readers  are  pros- 
pective patrons.  It  was  stiff  pioneering  work  for  the 
advertising  department,  but  the  Motion  Picture  Directory 
is  now  a  solidly  established  feature  of  The  Tribune.  It  is 
a  service  highly  valued  by  readers.  It  is  profitable  to 
advertisers.  It  brings  in  more  revenue  to  The  Tribune 
than  all  other  forms  of  amusement  advertising  combined. 
The  marvelous  development  of  the  motion  picture 
industry  is  in  turn  greatly  indebted  to  the  large  advertising 
which  it  used  while  the  older  forms  of  amusement  stood 
conservatively  inert. 

Second,  The  Tribune  originated  the  idea  of  printing 
a  serial  story  in  conjunction  with  its  picturization  in  the 
movies.  The  Adventures  of  Kathlyn  was  the  first  serial 
thus  filmed.  It  was  advertised  extensively  and  sent  the 
circulation  of  The  Sunday  Tribune  swiftly  upward. 

Third,  when  the  World  War  dwarfed  everything  else 
on  earth  The  Tribune  not  only  covered  it  with  staff  corre- 
spondents, but  sent  its  own  motion  picture  photographer 
to  the  front  in  Belgium,  in  Germany,  in  Poland  and  in 
Russia.  These  "War  Movies  of  The  Chicago  Tribune" 

80 


VOLUME    LXXVl^-KO. 


HUKSDAV.    FEBm-AHl7  "l.    M-TOm^™    PAOFA 


"SINK  ALL  SHIPS'HCAISER 


mans 


RnM  •< 

»abBa 

Pitting  hSa 


DRAWS  DEADLINE  ABOUT  EUROPE; 
BA 


_,  BARS  VESSELS  OF  NEUTRALS;  ,--,-- 
™i   O.S,  ALLOWED  ONE  BOAT  WEEKLY"  ""^ 

WHsnMiTFollwTlmt 
•**•§••• 


SjwIWdltlafSJnt—  f  D^Ri/Ar  CH.  &„*,  ,<**».  /.»  jr 
WwM  Hud  Paunrh       "*"01"  **  ***  *""  "''*'  •*•"*•*•• 


ELieVE  BRITISH 
'*.  JCEHSOK  HOLDING 
:.;"!  HOLLWEC  SPEEC, 


HOG  PRICES  RISE, 
SOGS  FOLLOW  SUIT 


All  Records  Broken 


Ofyt  CEprag*  (JrilmrLc 


iEPLT  BT  GERMANY  TO  PiESIBEIT  WIHOI'S  PEACE  MOTE 


totiCm 


HERE  is  the  first  of  a  striking  series  of  three  pages  which  review 
our  entry  into  the  War.  On  February  /,  /?//,  Germany 
announced  unrestricted  submarine  warfare.  The  Kaiser  did 
not  know  it,  but  that  edict  was  summoning  three  million 
American  soldiers  to  France. 


81 


I  U1TS-M  f  ACU 


THE  WOllO'SCICkTUT  KITSPAPC 


FINAL 
~-   EDITION 


VOLUME    LXXV1.-XO.   S. 


Kiini;.MiY    «.   int 


If,  S.  STOPS  FOR  WAR 

AMERICAN  STEAMER  SUNK— GERMAN  SHIPS  SEIZED 


AN  EDITORIAL 


AT  EVERY  MASTHEAD 


WE  MUST  PREPARE. 


" ^ 


[BREAK  WITH  AUSTRIA 
IS  EXPECTED  AT  ONCE 

President  Informs  Congress  II.  S.  Insists 

on  Ssa  Rights  and  Justice;  Awaits 

Overt  Act  tor  Neit  Move. 


I  .,,,.,  .TS 

IfjffcW  t»4tf  M  rw«f  *Ai^  -«  li* 


LIBERTY  AND  UNION, 
NOW  AND  FOREVER, 
ONE  AND  INSEPARABLE 


THE  WEATHER. 


i!« 


ZZ — ----- -|. 


ON  TREACHERY 


HANG  OUT 
THE  FLAG! 


cu,  Fta»  UM,  It  0.11 

GET    OHSI 


SAYS,      IRE  GERMAI  CRISIS  II  A  BOtSHELL 

/  AM>  MX  50/"  I'  ^  M  T^_f  .^  i.|ir_     Ci    t-  t|   <M[ ^^  / 

tczr^nr7..™iz  ~——" 

pi,jft*  AU  10  Wilton''^--;-  J^,-*^."^;  ^"^i.'". !."*, T^T'.rZ 


TRAINING  CAMPS    \LATINSCHEER          *"*?*  •|~rt'  ^u".^"!'  -.-i--..,  »  B.,  nr-nCT  >,   « 
OFFER ISjOOO MEH\      NEWSOF BREAK^  ^^ J  .K«  w.  f^-TTl    Ujw^S^^.. 


THREE  ^YJ  /tf/^r,  February  4,  1917,  The  Tribune  felt  that  all 
possibility  of  peace  had  vanished  and  launched  its  stirring 
crusade  for  preparedness.  Every  energy  and  resource  of  The 
Tribune  from  that  instant  was  concentrated  on  a  swift,  decisive 
victory. 


82 


LXXVI^VO.   d.   C. 


IT.   APBU.     «.    IMf.-TWUiTY-SIX    PACES. 


HOUSE  FOR  WAR  m  * 


373  TO  50 


UNARMED  m 

OFU.S.AND5 
OTHERS 


FULL  POWERS 
ARE  GRANTED 
TO  PRESIDENT 


IT   «fcu  more  than  two  months  later  that  war  was  declared. 
The  Tribune  s  policy  was  well  expressed  in  this  "Resolution" 
which  it  printed  in  the  form  of  a  full  page  advertisement: 
Whether  in  undeterred  pursuit  and  exposure  of  enemies  within: 
In  devoted  watchfulness  over  the  welfare  of  our  fighting  forces: 

In  determined  insistence  upon  efficiency  instead  of  bureaucracy  and 
upon  vigorous  progress  as  opposed  to  unnecessary  delay: 

In  ready  praise  or  fearless  criticism  of  those  in  authority  deserving  of 
either, 

Let  us  test  each  thought,  each  word,  each  act  for  its  sincerity  and  help- 
fulness toward 

The  Will  To  Win  This  War. 
83 


TRIBUNE  MILITANTLY  AMERICAN  THROUGHOUT  WAR 

were  shown  to  vast  audiences  in  all  the  large  cities  of  the 
United  States  as  well  as  in  Chicago. 

As  circulation  began  to  soar  The  Tribune  took  unprece- 
dented measures  for  safeguarding  its  supply  of  raw 
materials.  The  story  of  its  paper  mill  and  timber  lands  is 

told  in  subsequent  chapters  of  this  book. 

#  *  * 

The  Tribune's  stand  throughout  these  stormy  years  was 
militantly  American.  We  fought  desperately  for  pre- 
paredness, and  urged  that  American  rights  be  vigorously 
and  fearlessly  upheld,  whether  against  German  submarines 
or  Mexican  bandits. 

In  1916  we  published  a  serial  story  entitled  "1917," 
which  pictured  vividly  the  dangers  of  unpreparedness. 
It  showed,  with  military  accuracy,  how  the  victor  in  the 
European  War  could  overrun  the  United  States.  It  was 
hung  on  the  thread  of  personal  adventure  and  love,  but 
great  care  was  taken  that  all  military  statements  should 
be  correct.  It  was  a  strong  influence  for  preparedness 
and  caused  an  enormous  increase  in  Tribune  circulation. 

When  on  February  i,  1917,  Germany  proclaimed  unre- 
stricted submarine  warfare,  we  recognized  that  war  was 
inevitable  and  exerted  every  ounce  of  strength  to  insure 
swift  and  decisive  victory. 

When  war  was  declared  two  months  later,  The  Tribune 
was  already  driving  ahead  with  full  force.  It  supported 
conscription,  food,  and  fuel  conservation,  and  the  sending 
of  a  great  army  to  France. 

Its  editors  and  publishers  were  in  the  vanguard  of  that 
army.  During  the  absence  of  the  editors  in  military  service, 

William  H.  Field  was  in  charge  of  The  Tribune. 

*  *  * 

"Morale"  was  a  word  that  came  into  wide  use  during 
the  war.  The  morale  of  military  forces  and  of  civilian 
populations  vastly  concerned  those  responsible  for  the 
success  of  our  armies.  The  Tribune  had,  of  course,  been 
functioning  steadily  in  maintaining  the  morale  of  the  home 
folks,  but  realizing  the  terrible  homesickness  of  American 

84 


UNIQUE  NEWSPAPER  PRINTED  IN  PARIS 

doughboys  in  a  foreign  country,  The  Tribune,  at  the  sug- 
gestion of  Joseph  Pierson,  one  of  the  editorial  staff,  deter- 
mined to  act  in  a  unique  manner  to  upbuild  the  morale  of 
our  overseas  troops. 

With  this  purpose,  The  Tribune  began  the  publication 
of  an  English  daily  newspaper  in  Paris,  known  as  the  Army 
Edition  of  The  Chicago  Tribune.  The  first  number  was 
issued  July  4,  1917,  the  very  day  that  the  first  American 
troops  marched  through  the  streets  of  the  French  Capitol. 
At  great  expense  and  in  the  face  of  almost  overwhelming 
obstacles  this  novel  newspaper  was  printed  and  distributed. 

Since  it  was  published  mainly  to  give  the  boys  up-to- 
the-minute  news  from  home,  cable  tolls  were  tremendous. 
Censorship,  both  French  and  American,  complicated  edi- 
torial problems.  Since  the  type  had  to  be  set  by  men  who 
understood  no  word  of  English,  mechanical  difficulties  were 
multiplied.  Since  it  had  to  be  delivered  each  day  through 
a  war-torn  country  to  scattered,  shifting  groups  of  soldiers 
whose  locations  were  kept  secret  by  censorship  regulations, 
circulation  problems  hitherto  unheard  of  were  presented. 
Bundles  were  delivered  to  front  line  trenches  by  aeroplanes. 
French  newsboys  sold  Chicago  Tribunes  wherever  American 
troops  were  quartered.  Soon  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  Knights  of 
Columbus,  Salvation  Army,  and  Jewish  Welfare  Board 
were  enlisted  in  distributing  Tribunes  to  the  units  they 
served. 

William  Slavens  McNutt,  in  Collier's  Weekly  of  July 
6,  1918,  relates  the  following  experience  at  the  front: 

I  went  back  up  the  trench  and  talked  with  the  men  there  again. 
"Anything  much  doing  lately?"     I  asked  after  a  while. 
"Pretty  quiet.     We  put  over  a  good  raid  night  before  last,  though. 
Got  some  prisoners." 

"That  so  ?     Tell  me  about  it.  " 

"It's  all  in  the  paper  here.     Hey,  Jim." 


"Hey,  listen:  Bring  up  that  paper  with  the  piece  in  it  about  the 
raid  here  the  other  night,  will  you?" 

A  soldier  came  up  and  handed  me  a  daily  paper.  I  was  at  the 
front.  I  sat  there  on  a  fire  step  in  a  front-line  trench  with  that  Paris 
edition  of  a  daily  paper  on  my  knees  and  read  —  mind  you,  I  read  —  the 
account.of  the  raid  that  had  started  from  the  American  wire  from  within 
a  short  distance  of  where  I  sat. 

85 


"ARMY  EDITION"  BECOMES  "EUROPEAN  EDITION" 

I  read  it,  and  looking  over  my  shoulder,  eagerly  reading  it  with  me, 
line  for  line,  stood  men  whose  clothes  were  in  tatters,  torn  by  the 
wire  as  they  had  gone  across  on  the  raid  we  were  all  reading  about. 

So  popular  did  the  Army  Edition  of  The  Tribune  become 
that  notwithstanding  all  its  hardships  it  eventually  made 
money.  When  it  was  started  a  pledge  had  been  made  that 
any  profits  derived  from  it  would  be  devoted  to  army 
charities.  On  November  30,  1918,  a  balance  was  struck 
and  it  was  found  that  profits  amounting  to  106,902.87  francs 
had  been  made.  A  check  for  this  amount  was  forwarded 


Personal. 

AMERICAN    EXPEDITIONARY    FORCES 
OFFICE   OF  THE  COMMANDER-'  N-CMICF 

Prance.  January  27,  1919. 


Mr.  M.  P.  Murphy,  Manager, 

The  Chicago  Tribune ,  Paris . 

My  dear.  Mr.  Murphy 

I  received  your  letter  of  Januar*-  10th,  en- 
closing the  check  to  my  order  for  106^.902.87 
francs,  which  represent  the  profits  of  the  Array 
Edition  of  the  Chicago  Tribune  to  the  end  of 
November,  the  month  in  which  the  armistice  was 
signed,  to  be  used  for  such  purposes,  connected 
'tfith  the  r.en  of  .the  Expeditionary  Forces,  as  I 
my  deem  wise. 

I  cannot  hope  to  express  to  yqu  adequately 
the  thanks. of  the  American  Expeditionary  Forces 
for  this*   You  have  rendered  a  signal  service 
to  us  all  in  tha  publication  of  your  newspaper 
and  in  your  consistently  generous  and  helpful 
attitude  to  officers  and  men  in  this  war.   Now 
you  have  placed  us  still. further' in. your  debt 
by  your,  generosity. 

It  requires  some  study  on  my  .part  before 
deciding  how  this  fund  may  best  be  used  in  ac- 
cordance with  your  desires.   I  will  communi- 
cate further  with  you  when  I  have  reached  a  de- 
cision. 

Again  I  wish  to  extend  to  you  my  hearty 
personal  thanks  for  your  generosity. 


Sincerely  yours , 


f*U   .. 
<LflAA^~* 


86 


EUROPEAN  EDITION  SECURES  PEACE  TREATY 


to  General  Pershing  who  replied  thanking  The  Tribune 
for  its  services. 

The  name  of  the  paper  was  then  changed  to  The  Euro- 
pean Edition  of  The  Chicago  Tribune  and  it  has  been  pub- 
lished as  a  militant  exponent  of  Americanism  in  Europe. 
Interest  in  it  has  steadily  grown  on  the  part  of  thousands  of 
American  tourists  and  business  men  in  Europe.  It  is 
quoted  regularly  by  hundreds  of  newspapers  in  every  part 
of  Europe. 

During  the  negotiation  of  the  Peace  Treaty  it  played 
a  highly  important  part,  a  fact  testified  to  by  members 
of  the  American  delegation  to  Versailles.  It  secured  the 
famous  Peace  Treaty  scoop  of  1919. 

The  following  268  men  left  The  Tribune  to  serve  in  the 
World  War.  They  were  guaranteed  re-employment  on 
their  return : 


Ahrams,  Solomon,  Private,  S.  A.  P.  Reconnaissa's 
Airey,  Dennis  D.,  Seaman  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Anderson,  Fred  P.,  Quartermaster  2nd  Class,  U.  S. 

N.  A.  C. 
Arties,  Leonard  R.,  Private,  Base  Hospital 

No.  13.     Died. 

Beatty,  Gilbert  A.,  Student  Officer,  S.  A.  T.  C. 
Beatty,  John  P.,  Apprentice  Seaman,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Bell,  Harry,  Private,  122nd  Field  Artillery. 
Benedict,  R.  E.,  Private,  U.  S.  Marines. 
Benham,  Clyde  S.,  Corporal,  U.  S.  A.  S.  C. 
Benson,  Harry  C.,  Sergeant,  lllth  Ord.  Depot. 
Berglund,  Edwin  G.,  Private,  103rd  Infantry. 
Bierma,  Albert,  Private,  342nd  Infantry. 
Bjornson,  Olaf,  Lds.  4th  Class,  Unit  K,  West  U.  S. 

Naval  Base. 
Black,  Stanley,  Musician  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  N.  Naval 

Air  Base. 

Blake,  Robert  T.,  Corporal,  149th  Field  Artillery. 
Blend,  Wilton  R.,  Lieutenant  0-  G.),  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Blossom,  Malcolm  H.,  Storekeeper  3rd  Class,  U.  S. 

N.  R.  F. 
Bober,    Edward,    Electrician    2nd    Class,   U.    S.   S. 

Culgoa  . 

Boley,  Wilson  N.,  Driver,  Auto  Con's  S.  S.  U.  646. 
Bowers,  Ashley,  Private,  161st  D.  B. 
Brado,  William,  Seaman  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  S.  Com- 

modore. 

Brander,  John,  Private,  344th  Infantry. 
Brewer,  Frank  M.,  Second  Lieutenant,  F.  A.  R.  C. 
Brinkerhoff,  Geo.  H.,  Private,  U.  S.  A.  A.  S. 
Buckley,  Charles  J.,  Lieutenant,  A.  S.  R. 

G.     Killed. 

Burgee,  Henry  V.,  Sergeant,  122nd  Field  Artillery. 

S. 


Burke,  Hubert  H.,  Student  Officer,  A.  R.  O.  T. 
H.,  Private,  Ambulance  Co.  N 
s  A.,  Seaman  1st  Class,  U.  S.  S.  Lake 


,  .,  ,     .     .     .     .    . 

Burke,  Joseph  H.,  Private,  Ambulance  Co.  No.  47. 
rke,  Thoma 
Elizabeth. 


Burke, 


Burket,  Sanford  L.,  Jr.,  Private,  21st  Infantry. 
Burns,  Edward  H.,  Jr.,  Sergeant,  Co.  8,  2nd  Exten- 

sion Camp. 

Burritt,  Richard  C.,  Private,  122nd  Field  Artillery. 
Campbell,  Harold  R.,  Private,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 
Carr,  Willard  C.,  Sergeant,  122nd  Field  Artillery. 
Chase,  Al.,  Apprentice  Seaman,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Christopher,  Joseph  P.,  Private,  Chemical  Warfare 

Classen,  Edward  F.,  Student,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Cleary,  William  J.,  Corporal,  Co.  E,  5th  Regiment. 


Cloud,  Holman  R.,  First  Lieutenant,  Par.  B.  C.  M. 
Cochrane,  Thos.  J.,  First  Lieutenant,  122nd  Field 

Artillery. 

Cooper,  James  W.,  Sergeant,  U.  S.  A.  M.  P. 
Coughlin,    Eugene   J.,   Apprentice   Seaman,   Armed 

Guard  Det.,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Covington,   Euclid   M.,   Second   Lieutenant,   U.   S. 

A.  A.  C. 

Cratin,  John  E.,  Corporal,  49th  Infantry. 
Crawford,  Neal  D.,  Private,  U.  S.  M.  R.  C. 
Darling,  Roy  L.,  Private,  344th  Infantry. 
Daunis,  Dominick,  Private,  161st  D.  B. 
Davis,  Theodore,  Ensign,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Dean,  Franklin  A.,  Major,  29th  Field  Artillery. 
Dearborn,  Allen  B.,  Private,  149th  Field  Artillery. 
DeCaluwe,  Philip,  Seaman,  U.  S.  S.  North  Dakota. 
Delhanty,  Lawrence,  Private,  Quartermaster  Corps. 
Donahey,  William  A.,  Private,  472nd  Engineers. 
Dorsey,  George  C.,  First  Lieutenant,  A.  S.  R.  C. 
Duffey,  Charles  W.,  First  Lieutenant,  122nd  Field 

Artillery. 

Duryea,  Leo,  Private,  7th  Casualty  Co. 
Engel,  Jacob,  Private,  Co.  39th  Ammunition  Train. 
Erickson,  Henry  O.,  Private,  Co.  16-^roup  667. 
Erickson,  Morris,  Sergeant,  53rd  Engineers. 
Farrell,  William  E.,  Seaman,  U.  S.  S.  Wyoming. 
Flagler,  Elmer  E.,  Sergeant,  U.  S.  S.  C. 
Flanagan,  C.  Larkin,  First  Lieutenant,318th  Infantry. 
Flanagan,  William  I.,  Sergeant,  Prov.  Hdqrs.  De- 
tachment. 

Flannery,  George,  Engineer  1st  Class,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Fletcher,  Francis  B.,  Seaman  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Fry,  Earl  R.,  Private,  U.  S.  A.  A.  S. 
Garonke,  Walter,  Mechanic,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 
Gates,  Carroll  N.,  Private,  U.  S.  N.  A.  S. 

Killed. 
Gerhardt,  Frank  P.,  Second  Lieutenant,  122nd  Field 

Artillery. 

Gilbert,  John,  Driver,  344th  Infantry. 
Glasscock,  C.  B.,  Private,  M.  C.  O.  T.  S. 
Goad,  John  M.,  First  Lieutenant,  R.  F.  C. 

Killed. 

Goddard,  Paul,  Private,  35th  Infantry. 
Goldberg,  Bernard,  Private,  163rd  D.  B. 
Goldberg,  Jack,  Blacksmith,  U.  S.  S.  Delaware. 
Gray,  Harold  L.,  Candidate,  C.  O.  T.  C. 
Green,  Eben,  Corporal,  123rd  M.  G.  B. 
Greene,  Merton  W.,  Student,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Griebahn,  Walter,  Private,  149th  Field  Artillery. 


87 


TRIBUNE  ROLL  OF  HONOR — 1917-1918 — (Cont.) 


Gross,  Joseph,  Private,  149th  Field  Artillery. 
Haeger,  Francis  L.,  Captain,  27th  M.  G.  B.,  Co.  A. 
Hampson,  Phillip  F.,  Sergeant,  U.  S.  Medical  Dept. 
Hart,  Kenney  P.,  Clerk,  33rd  Division. 
Haskett,  Harry,  Private,  311th  Engineers. 
Heaney,  Francis  C.,  Second  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 
Henderson,  John  C.,  Second  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  N.  A.  C. 
Herbeck,  John,  Private,  161st  D.  B. 
Hess,  Elmer,  Private,  Sth  Anti  Aircraft  M.  G.  B. 
Hessey,  J.  J.  E.,  Sergeant,  B.  A.  C. 
Hilgartner,  Dan'l  E.,  Jr.,  Private,  Co.  E,  Sth  Regt.  L.  S. 
Hinman,  Albert  G.,  Corporal,  159th  D.  B. 
Hinman,  George  W.,  Jr.,  Captain,  143rd  Infantry. 
Hirschfield,  Jerome,  Sergeant,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 
Hogarth,  Cecil  S.,  Corporal,  149th  Field  Artillery. 
Holden,  Albon  W.,  Seaman  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Hollahan,  Robert  E.,  Second  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 
Hough,  Joseph  M.,  Private,  Base  Hospital  No.  11. 
Houlihan,  Thomas  A.,  Lds.  Yeoman,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Houser,  Alfred  C.,  Candidate,  C.  O.  T.  C. 
Howard,  William,  Seaman,  U.  S.  Navy. 
Hunt,  Charles  R.,  Sergeant,  F.  A.  R.  D. 
Hunter,  Kent  A.,  Captain,  122nd  Field  Artillery. 
Hutchinson,  Herbert,  Student,  U.  S.  N.  S.  C. 
Hyatt,  Garth  B.,  Sergeant,  313th  F.  S.  Bt'n. 
Hyde,  Earl  W.,  First  M.  Mate,  U.  S.  N.  A.  C. 


acobsen,  Veder,  Private,  27th  Infantry. 

enkins,  E.  M.,  Private,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 

ohns,  J.  Franklin,  Seaman  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 

ones,  Rees  D.,  Corporal,  U.  S.  S.  R.  C. 
.Cane,  Robert  M.,  Fireman,  U.  S.  S.  Florida. 
Karles,  Charles,  Private,  B.  H.  No.  60. 
Kasbeer,  John  H.,  Ensign,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Keir,  Floyd  E.,  Private,  U.  S.  A.  Medical  Corp. 
Kiley,  Gerald,  Private,  U.  S.  A.  A.  S. 
King,  Alexander,  Corporal,  602nd  Engineers. 
King,  David  E.,  Student,  U.  S.  N.  A.  C. 
King,  Harry  J.,  Private,  U.  S.  A. 
Kirk,  Wallace  F.,  Captain,  14th  Field  Artillery. 
Kloud,  Edward,  Private,  U.  S.  A.  M.  C. 
Kohtz,  Arthur  R.,  Corporal,  Motor  Transport  Corps. 
Krah,  Carl  A.,  First  Lieutenant.  18th  Field  Artillery. 
Krum,  Morrow  H.,  Cadet,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 
LaChat,  Frank  H.  G.,  Private,  602nd  Engineers. 
Lambert,  Max  S.,  Sergeant,  U.  S.  A.  A.  S. 
Lando,  Abraham,  Private,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 
Larson,  Charles,  Apprentice  Seaman,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Larson,  Edward  L.,  Private,  161st  D.  B. 
Lax,  Max,  Private,  335th  Infantry.     Died. 
Leabeater,  John  E.,  Seaman  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  N.  A.  C. 
Lehrbas,  Lloyd  A.,  Second  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 
Lenz,  Carl  K.,  Seaman  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Lewis,  Elmer  M.,  Private,  341st  Infantry. 
Lingle,  Alfred,  Chief  BT'N'M'E,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Lippert,  Thomas  P.,  Private,  U.  S.  F.  A. 
Loper,  Walter  A.,  Candidate,  F.  A.  C.  O.  T.  C. 
Loucks,  Ralph  B.,  Sergeant,  M.  T.  Base  7. 
Lundberg,  Oscar  G.,  Sergeant,  U.  S.  S.  C. 
MacArthur,  Charles,  Private,  149th  Field  Artillery. 
Mackenberg,  Jack,  Private,  Q.  M.  C. 
Mackenzie,  Herbert  M.,  Private,  118th  Field  Artillery. 
Maclean,  Gordon  A.,  Seaman  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  S. 

Wyoming. 

Magner,  James  J.,  Seaman,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Maloney,  J.  Loy.  First  Lieutenant,  94th  Aero  Squad- 
ron, A.  S.  U.  S.  A. 

Martin,  Daniel  B.,  Corporal,  122nd  Field  Artillery 
Martin,  Ralph  W.,  Private,  Base  Hospital  No.  13. 
Mather,  Orion  A.,  First  Lieutenant,  342nd  Infantry. 
Meader,  Amos  K.,  Student,  F.  A.  O.  T.  C. 
Medary,  George  C.,  Second  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  M.  C. 
Meier,  Harry  C.,  Lds.  for  Yeoman,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F 
Miesse,  Richard,  First  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  M.  C. 
Mohr,  Lee  J.,  Corporal,  U.  S.  Medical  Corp. 
Monahan,  C.  P.,  Student,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Morrell,  Rufus  E.,  Sergeant,  Ord.  Train  Corps. 
Morrison,  Donald  C.,  Corporal,   108th  Am.  Train. 
McCarthy,  Edward,  Sergeant,   Sth   Field  Artillery. 
McCarthy,  Joseph,  Private,  58th  Pioneer  Infantry. 
McCormick,  Robert  R.,  Major,  $th  Field  Artillery, 

Colonel,  6ist  Field  Artillery. 

McCracken,  Davis  K.,  Jr.,  Private,  Co.  D,  Regt.  37. 
McGivena,  Leo  E.,  Cadet,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 
McGlone,  Felix,  Private,  B.  £.  F.     Rilled. 
McQuirk,  Chas.  J.,  Student,  U.  S.  N.  A.  C. 
McKenna,  Andrew,  Private,  U.  S.  E. 
McNamara,  Paul  H.,  Private,  344th  Infantry. 


Mugruer,  Norman  H.,  Lds.  for  Yeoman,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Murray,  Frank  H.,  Second  Lieutenant,   18th  Field 

Artillery. 

Nelson,  Paul  E.,  Private,  S.  A.  T.  C. 
Nessinger,  Frank  A.,  Corporal,  4th  Prov.  Regt. 
Neuenfeld,  William  H.,  Private,  U.  S.  S.  C. 
Nichols,  Donald  E..  Sergeant,  Hospital  Unit  No.  14. 
Novak,  Anthony,  Gun's  Mate,  U.  S.  S.  Benham. 
Olson,  Hilmer  C.,  Private,  321st  Infantry. 
Olson,  Hobart,  Private,  Hospital  Unit  No.  14. 
O'Malley,  Austin,  Chief  B'T'N'M'E,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Onderdonk,  John  A.,  Second  Lieutenant,  149th  Field 

Artillery. 

O'Neill,  Edwin  S.,  Private,  Heavy  Tank  Service. 
Orban,  Paul,  Private,  Sth  Pioneer  Infantry. 
Palmer,  Jack  G.,  Sergeant,  Co.  D,  Sth  Battery 
Parker,  Gilman  M.,  Chief  Yeoman,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Parrish,  Russell  L.,  Private,  U.  S.  Hospital  No.  12. 
Partice,  Daniel,  Private,  47th  Infantry. 
Patterson,  Harold  A.,  Sergeant,  55th  Infantry. 
Patterson,  Joseph  M.,  Captain,  149th  Field  Artillery. 
Pelz,  Wenzel  A.,  Private,  122nd  Field  Artillery. 
Persons,  Ralph  H.,  Private,  U.  S.  S.  C. 
Peterson,  Elmer  S.,  Private,  124th  Field  Artillery. 
Peterson,  John  M.,  Quartermaster  2nd  Class.  U.  S. 

N.  R.  F. 

Phelps,  Norman  J.,  Student,  U.  S.  S.  N.  A.  C. 
Pohl,  Joseph,  Fireman  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  S.  Texas. 
Pollock,  Bert  Bernard,  Apprentice,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Powers,  William  J.,  Private,  Eng.  Rep.  Troop. 
Price,  Garrett,  Lds.  for  Yeoman,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Prindeville,  Redmond  I.,  Radio  Electrician,  U.  S.  S. 

Houston. 

Pruitt,  F.  T.,  Student,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Purtell,  John  V.,  Apprentice  Seaman,  U.  S.  N. 
Quigley,  John,  Private,  Royal  Canadian  Dragoons. 
Rapalee,  Ernest  W.,  Private,  Hospital  Unit  No.  14. 
Read,  Thomas  A.,  Chief  B'T'N'M'E,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Rebscher,  Frank  G.,  Private,  117th  Machine  Gun 

Battery 

Reilly,  Henry  J.,  Colonel,  149th  Field  Artillery. 
Renner,  J.  Conrad,  Seaman  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Ristine,  Richard  H.,  Second  Lieutenant, 

U.  S.  A.  A.  C.     Killed. 
Rose,  Sol,  Private,  149th  Field  Artillery. 
Ryan,  Quinn  A.,  Sergeant,  S.  A.  T.  C. 
Saladin,  John,  Apprentice  Seaman,Naval  Base  No.  17. 
Sargeant,  Charles  F.,  Private,  149th  Field  Artillery 
Sato,  William,  Chief  Yeoman,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Sauck,  Oscar,  Electrician,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Schmidt,  Fred,  Private,  344th  Infantry. 
Schmidt,  George,  Private,  332nd  Field  Artillery. 
Schmitt,  Leslie  D.,  Cadet,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 
Schroeder,   Herbert  C.,  Seaman   2nd   Class,   U.   S. 

N.  R.  F. 

Schulz,  Rudolph  G.,  Sergeant,  108th  F.  S.  B. 
Schwarz,  Charles,   Private,  Co.  15,  Jefferson   Bar- 
racks, Mo. 

Seiffe,  Ralph,  Yeoman  2nd  Class,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Seivert,  Emil,  Radio  Operator,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Shahbazian,  Harry  A.,  Private,  124th  Infantry. 
Shanley,  John,  Private,  27th  Infantry. 
Sharkey,  Anthony  F.,  Bandsman,  57th  Infantry. 
Shaw,  C.  E.,  Candidate,  F.  A.  C.  O.  T.  S. 
Sherwood,  Harold  B.,  Captain,  416th  S.  C.  Bwy'j, 

Btn. 

Sherwood,  Merrill  F.,  Corporal,  Q.  M.  Corps. 
Sisley,  Raymond,  Sergeant,  Art  School  Det. 
Smith,  Chas.  R.,  Private,  37th  Infantry. 
Smith,  Frank  M.,  Lieutenant,  165th  Infantry. 
Sommers,  Ralph,  Ensign,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Steffans,  Chas.  W.,  Private,  Base  Hospital. 
Stevens,  Arthur  A.,  Private,  U.  S.  Marines. 
Stiemert,  Richard  A.,  Sergeant,  C.  M.  G.  T.  C. 
Stolz,  Leon,  Private,  36th  Engineers. 
Stone,  Frank  M.,  Corporal,  Ordnance  Dept. 
Stoops,  Herbert  M.,  Second  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  F.  A. 
Stuehler,  Arthur,  Private,  122nd  Field  Artillery. 
Swartz,  Richard  T.,  Corporal.  603rd  Engineers. 
Sweet,  Melville  S.,  Private,  U.  S.  Marines. 
Sweet,  Oney  Fred,  Private,  333rd  B.  T.  S. 
Taylor,  Lorane  E.,  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 
Thomas,  Edwin  B.,  Second  Lieutenant,  333rd  F.  A 
Tilley,  Carl  A.,  Private,  106th  Engineers. 
Tipton,  John  F.,  Private,  33rd  P.  O.  D.  Co. 
Tobin,  William,  Private,  22nd  Prov.  Ret.  Co. 


88 


TRIBUNE  NEWS  BEATS  IN  EUROPE 

Trego,    Stuart   D.,    Sergeant   Major,   U.    S.    Coast  Webster,  Ronald  F.,  Major,  C.  O.  T.  S. 

Artillery.  Weigle,  Edward  F.,  First  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  S.  C. 

Trude,  Sam'l  H.,  Jr.,  Ld«.  M'H'M'E,  Co.  O,    15th  Weston,  John  H.,  Private,  U.  S.  Marines. 

Regt.,  U.  S.  N.  A.  C.  Weymouth,  Daniel  George,  First  Lieutenant,  Base 

Umbright,  John  M.,  Private,  58th  Pioneer  Infantry.  Hospital. 

Van   Horn,  Archie  M.,   Second   Lieutenant,    129th  White,   Charles   H.,   First  Sergeant,  Signal  Corps, 

Infantry.  42nd  Division. 

Versailles,  Oliver,  Private.  132nd  Infantry.  Wieckers,  Charles  H.,  Private,  471st  Engineers,  Sub. 

Victor,  John  Claude,  Corporal,   130th  Regt.,  33rd  Dept. 

Division.  Wieckers,  William  H.,  Corporal,  U.  S.  A.  A.  C. 

Vorda,  William,  Yeoman  3rd  Class,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F.  Wiers,  George  S.,  Corporal,  Co.  T.  S. 

Waldron,  Jay  C.,  Ensign,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F.  Willett,  Robert  L.,  First  Sergeant,   Base  Hospital 

Wallace,  Edwin,  Private,  Machine  Gun  Btn.  No.  114. 

Walsh,  William  E.,  Private,  108th  Am.  Train.  Williams,   Orva   G.,  Jr.,   Sergeant,    Base    Hospital 

Ward,  Joseph  E.,  Student,  U.  S.  S.  Panama.  No.  14. 

Warren,   Garrett,    Machinist    2nd    Class,    U.    S.    S.  Wirth,  Orville  L.,  Seaman,  U.  S.  S.  Hudson. 

North  Carolina.  Woodman,  Henry,  Second  Lieutenant,  30th  F.  A. 

Wassell,  Elmer  j.,  Student,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F.  T.  B. 

Watson,  Mark  S.,  Captain,  Intelligence  Section  Zahringer,    Eugene   W.,   Second    Lieutenant,    341st 

Weaver,  Hamilton,  Private,  U.  S.  F.  A.  Infantry. 

The  Tribune  has  promoted  a  movement  for  the  planting 
of  memorial  trees  along  American  highways,  commemorat- 
ing every  'soldier  who  died  in  the  World  War. 


With  the  signing  of  the  armistice  The  Tribune  redoubled 
its  efforts  to  cover  international  news  adequately.  Dis- 
appearance of  battle  lines  and  censorships  opened  the  way 
to  newspaper  enterprise.  Floyd  Gibbons,  Tribune  war 
correspondent,  and  other  stars  were  organized  into  a 
Foreign  News  Service  of  extraordinary  power. 

Gibbons  achieved  a  spectacular  scoop  when  he  landed 
on  the  Irish  coast  after  being  torpedoed  with  the  great  liner 
Laconia  in  February,  1917.  He  was  on  hand  when  the 
first  American  soldiers  set  foot  in  Europe  and  kept  pace 
with  them  until  one  of  his  eyes  was  shot  out  at  Chateau 
Thierry.  He  was  decorated  by  both  French  and  American 
governments  for  his  service.  Under  his  direction  The 
Chicago  Tribune  Foreign  News  Service  has  scored  a  notable 
series  of  scoops. 

Frederick  Smith,  of  The  Tribune  staff,  making  the 
journey  by  aeroplane,  was  the  first  American  newspaper 
man  in  Berlin  after  the  armistice.  Frazier  Hunt,  another 
Tribune  man,  gave  the  world  its  first  authentic,  first-hand 
account  of  the  Allied  expedition  to  Archangel  and  later 
sent  the  first  stories  from  Petrograd  and  Moscow  after  the 
Soviets  seized  Russia. 

A  spectacular  scoop,  which  attracted  the  attention  of 
the  entire  world,  had  its  inception  in  Paris  and  its  climax 

89 


BMMMI 
•  I 

01  TIO  ISSUE! 


FRANCE  WOIT 

SIM  mm 

RELE13H  DOES 


REPRODUCTION  q/"  The  European  Edition  of  The  Chicago 
Tribune^  published  in  Paris  by  an  American  staff  and  read 
throughout  Europe.  The  size  of  the  European  edition  of  The 
Chicago  Tribune  is  77  x  2?*4  inches  over  all. 


90 


FORETELLS  COLLAPSE  OF  VICTORIOUS  ARMIES 


THE  TWILIGHT  OF  THE  KINGS 


in  Washington  when  The  Chicago  Tribune  presented  to  the 
United  States  Senate  a  copy  of  the  Peace  Treaty  which  the 
Senate  had  sought  in  vain  to  secure  from  President  Wilson. 
The  Treaty  had  not  been  stolen,  but  had  been  given  to 
the  European  Edition  of  The  Tribune  by  a  representative 
of  one  of  the  Powers  participating  in  the  Peace  Conference 
and  desirous  of  publicity. 

Another  extraordinary  scoop  was  achieved  by  Gen- 
eral Henry  J.  Reilly,  of  the  United  States  Army  and  of 
The  Tribune  staff.  General  Reilly  was  sent  to  Poland  at 

the  time  that  the  Bolshevik  troops 
were  threatening  to  break  through 
this  barrier  state  and  descend  upon 
the  rest  of  Europe.  The  Russian 
hordes  had  apparently  overwhelmed 
Polish  resistance  and  were  within  a 
few  miles  of  Warsaw.  All  the  great 
newspapers  of  the  world  had  corre- 
spondents on  the  scene.  All  the 
great  nations  had  their  military  ob- 
servers. The  prophecy  from  every 
one  of  these  newspapers  and  from 
every  capitol  in  Europe  was  that 
Warsaw  was  inevitably  doomed. 


Before  ..tabltohlnf  bell  on  tsrth.  I 
eemm.na   th.lr   «ub!«ct.   to  Ood. 
unction  for  th.  ««vll'«  work. 
;     "And  w 


•  nd  raut-ht  br  maakad  cuiu:  that  i 
S.l.bun  .halt  blow  tb.  head  off 
Loin. 


BohenialUrn.  that  It  may  be  *r«at.r  I 

of  Hap.bun.  that  IU  t.rrttor!..  shell 


Thla  1*  «e  tblnk. 


•allor*  and  •tor.k.^en  offend  09  with  prmyw  to  th. 
AJmlchtr  In  f.  feudal  •taucbtar,  armed  aralnal  a«eh 

If  th«r  IM.W.  would  fin  a  p*nar  whlca  w»y  It  waa 


In  the  face  of  practically  unani- 
mous contradiction,  General 
Reilly,  whose  military  rank  had  ob- 
tained his  entree  to  the  French 
General  Staff,  cabled  a  masterly 
analysis  of  the  situation  to  The 
Tribune  in  which  he  stated  posi- 
tively and  without  qualification  that 
Warsaw  would  not  fall;  that  the 

Bolshevik  forces  had  spent  their  strength;  that  the  Polish 
Army,  notwithstanding  its  terrible  retreat,  was  intact  and 
undefeated;  and  that  within  a  few  days,  instead  of  War- 
saw in  Russian  hands,  the  Russians  would  be  fleeing  from 

91 


THE  above  prophetic 
editorial  appeared  in 
The  Tribune  of  Aug- 
ust 2, 


« • 


&&&£&™SS*t*    ""JDERNIERES  KOUVELUES   DE 
•STSugL  ta  M  •***aiSS5*  "S&  """a  STRASBOURG 
a^raS^^^sHSa  STRASBOURG -ALSACE  LORAINE 

SfcnSPiS^^ftiaSyftft*.  ^.fr.^.^^SitfteJWftWtt.'Tf.Wfe 

IrtHH5ri!im  Htfiti  feilncljmcn  tt!lrt>f,  ttmn  Scutfifdr!)  <ii<ft 
rna$8ibt.    *Uadj  t«  .efiufla^nbiine''  iy»t  R«H^OJBiIfan  bem 
—  -...^  _  c-berffen  Sat  n  n  i  f  ill  I  il  ||  I    |ii||iliiriiTiii|  i    li"       ~\  In  i   o^A 

^asr^^^^^P 

^S^H-ssSSSU*" 


fatfftlffnb 


Japon 


Rt.Huei.ix>"-'" 
I  PARIS,  FRANCE 

US<«tt.»WMi.  f^"^. 

asffiSES^rfi1! 

^^--^3^™^. 

>«  &  inicorporer  ep  ^.""—-tfmt  eer- 


P»^  f«*2g*JfS  »6  de  Von** 


«>S^' 

,<ftoK>Dr«t«»  eoo 


-JK 


&9 


s&gsB^sr* 

HE^^SC 

PARIS,  FRANCE 


[PATRIE 

[PAR I S,  FRANC 

[WaCcovemcn* 
AMEK 

On  mande  d»  Wa«tiln: 
rrlbuno^  quo,  aeloo  < 
4F1  Kl&rxenu*  au«  &ut< 
gouv«rn«ment  dea  Sovii 


fRANCC 


IHARTRES     F 

ONE  JEUNE  FIUE 

'nm'itr   3f 
daos  ic 

»i  u\o  pcnsionnaifc 
ucousw  <lo  '*'•' 


deux 


t>our  s'acUeitiT 
i  KM  troti     n:f 


Lurcp  (iu'\>ri  I'avai.   ._  .  , 
;  qu&At  at)    ti  I 
Iricpryman  .  V.arc*  ^''1 

rtn»»»  !<««'**•*»' -; 

•  >UVk  —  <ic  cd-pUirei*  l 
Mats  II  fftu*  t*4  Prcn 
••    •••  •'-  —*•'• 


A  number  of  clippings  from  foreign  papers  are  reproduced  herewith,  which  show 
how  widely  the  European  Edition  of  The  Chicago  Tribune  is  quoted.  Its  state- 
ments are  reprinted  in  hundreds  of  European  journals  every  week. 

92 


FOUR  MEN  RACE  TO  RUSSIA 

Poland.     Then  step  by  step  he  saw  his  prophecy  fulfilled 
and  cabled  to  The  Tribune  the  swift  Polish  triumphs. 

When  Fiume  in  the  hands  of  D'Annunzio  fascinated  an 
amazed  world,  Thomas  Ryan,  of  The  Tribune  Foreign 
News  Service,  was  on  the  spot.  His  vigorous  stories  of 
what  was  happening  in  the  city  so  enraged  the  revolution- 
ists that  a  clique  of  Fascisti  broke  into  his  room  with  the 
avowed  intention  of  killing  him,  and  his  life  was  saved  only 
by  the  presence  of  an  American  Army  officer. 

When  the  Soviets,  driven  by  the  starvation  of  millions 
of  peasants,  sought  aid  of  the  United  States,  The  Chicago 
Tribune  cabled  to  four  of  its  correspondents  and  ordered 
each  one  to  go  to  the  famine  zone  as  quickly  as  possible. 
It  was  considered  that  if  any  one  of  them  reached  the  spot 
the  effort  would  have  been  worth  while.  One  man  started 
from  China  across  Siberia  to  enter  Russia  from  the  east; 
another  sought  to  get  in  from  the  north ;  a  third  from  the 
west ;  and  a  fourth  from  the  south.  Two  of  them  succeeded : 
Floyd  Gibbons,  who  went  in  from  the  west  as  a  correspondent 
officially  credited  and  recognized  by  the  Soviet  Govern- 
ment, and  Larry  Rue,  who  traveled  from  Syria,  where  he 
had  been  covering  the  operations  against  the  Turks.  Rue 
had  no  passports  and  was  absolutely  on  his  own.  From 
Constantinople  he  crossed  the  Black  Sea  and  the  Republics 
of  the  Caucasus  Mountains  to  the  Caspian  Sea;  then  up 
the  Volga  River  to  the  very  heart  of  the  famine  swept 
country.  The  Tribune's  eye-witness  stories  of  the  famine 
were  the  first  to  reach  America. 

John  Clayton,  another  Tribune  correspondent  who 
succeeded  in  entering  Russia,  secured  such  uncensored 
stories  that  he  has  been  condemned  to  death  by  the 
Soviets. 

Charles  Dailey,  The  Tribune  man  who  had  been  ordered 
to  the  Russian  famine  from  China,  was  turned  back  when 
half  way  across  Siberia.  Later  he  gave  to  the  world 
the  first  eye-witness  account  of  the  terrible  Chinese  famine 

93 


ENGLAND  MEETS  IRELAND  IN  TRIBUNE  OFFICE 

of  1921.     His  stories  brought  to  China  millions  of  dollars 
worth  of  food. 

In  Peru,  in  Brazil,  in  Mexico,  in  Chile,  staff  correspond- 
ents of  The  Chicago  Tribune  have  recorded  great  news 
beats  during  the  past  few  years.  Papers  in  South  America 
have  purchased  from  The  Chicago  Tribune  the  right  to 
reprint  exclusive  Tribune  news  of  South  America ;  likewise 
newspapers  in  Europe  have  purchased  from  The  Chicago 
Tribune  the  right  to  reprint  its  exclusive  stories  gathered 
in  Europe. 

One  of  the  most  important  works  of  The  Tribune  Foreign 
News  Service  did  not  result  in  any  notable  scoop,  but  was 
of  service  to  three  nations:  England,  Ireland,  and  the 
United  States.  John  Steele,  correspondent  of  The  Tribune 
in  London,  by  reason  of  the  confidence  placed  in  him  by  the 
Sinn  Fein  leaders,  as  well  as  by  Downing  Street,  was  able 
to  bring  the  English  and  the  Irish  together  in  informal 
conferences  which  preceded  and  made  possible  the  nego- 
tiations of  the  Peace  Treaty.  Steele  made  repeated  trips 
to  and  from  Ireland  to  facilitate  the  conferences  and  often 
the  representatives  of  Ireland  and  England  met  in  The 
Chicago  Tribune's  London  office. 

#  *  * 

While  scoring  international  scoops  abroad  The  Tribune 
was  exceedingly  active  at  home. 

When  Henry  Ford  kicked  over  the  lantern  of  history 
and  offered  himself,  in  1916,  as  a  new  Moses  to  lead  this 
people  into  a  world  of  better  opportunities  and  established 
peace,  he  found  his  way  blocked  by  The  Chicago  Tribune, 
his  authority  questioned,  his  Americanism  challenged.  He 
did  not  get  beyond  that  obstacle.  It  may  be  accepted  as 
an  historical  fact  that  the  summer  of  1919  found  Henry 
Ford's  influence  as  a  national  educator  destroyed. 

Henry  Ford  instituted  a  suit  for  libel  against  The 
Tribune,  claiming  one  million  dollars'  damages,  because  he 
was  called  an  "ignorant  idealist"  and  an  "anarchistic 
enemy"  of  his  country.  The  Tribune  accepted  this  oppor- 

94 


FORD'S  LIMITATIONS  EXPOSED  BY  TRIBUNE 

tunity  to  present  Fordism  to  the  world.     Mr.  Ford  found 
himself  on  trial. 

Stripped  of  his  "experts,"  forced  from  behind  his  wall 
of  advisers  and  secretaries,  taken  away  from  his  millions 
and  presented  as  a  man  and  a  thinker,  Henry  Ford  brought 
about  his  own  downfall  as  a  leader  through  the  revelation 
of  his  peculiar  unfitness  to  lead,  the  confession  of  his  own 
bleak,  dark  ignorance  of  the  things  of  which  he  preached. 
He  was  finally  "acquitted"  as  an  "anarchist."  He  became 
convinced  on  the  witness  stand  that  he  was  an  "ignorant 
idealist."  Instead  of  the  million  dollars  in  damages  that  he 
asked  for,  the  jury  gave  him  a  verdict  of  six  cents,  plus  six 
cents  costs,  twelve  cents  in  all. 

The  Tribune  fought  Henry  Ford  as  it  fought  the 
Copperheads  in  the  Civil  War.  It  was  the  fact  of  his  mil- 
lions and  his  assumed  leadership  of  the  pacifists  of  1916 
that  brought  him  into  this  conflict.  It  was  all  impersonal. 
The  Tribune  went  into  this  attack  and  spent  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  dollars  because  its  editors  looked  upon  Henry 
Ford  as  a  menace  to  American  unity  and  true  American 
ideals.  That  will  remain  as  the  sole,  undisputed  motive  in 
the  case.  All  of  Mr.  Ford's  efforts  to  show  a  "greedy, 
financial  motive"  failed. 

Mr.  Ford  remains  untouched  in  his  reputation  as  a  man 
of  great  inventive  genius,  as  a  business  organizer,  as  a 
rightful  factory  king,  and  in  the  purity  of  his  private  life. 
The  Tribune  did  not  attack  his  character  as  a  man.  It 
dealt  solely  with  him  as  a  public  force,  as  a  mistaken, 
groping  idealist  who  wished  to  proclaim  the  millennium 
at  hand  when  the  country  rested  over  a  powder  mine; 
as  a  hasty,  prejudiced  thinker  who  sought  to  bring  about 
a  condition  of  things  that  would  leave  America  as  helpless 
as  China.  It  was  clear  thinking  against  muddled  think- 
ing, experience  against  willful  ignorance.  The  Tribune 
forced  the  whole  Ford  philosophy  into  the  limelight  de- 
spite efforts  of  the  attorneys  for  Mr.  Ford  to  escape  this 
issue.  That  was  the  history  of  the  trial. 

95 


TRIBUNE  PRAISED  FORD  AS  INDUSTRIALIST 

Words  and  the  definition  of  words  formed  the  meat  of 
the  case.  In  his  new  crusade  for  unpreparedness  Mr.  Ford 
had  attacked  several  opponents  by  shouting  murderer  and 
criminal  at  them.  Mr.  Ford  had  set  aside  a  trifle  of  $1,000,- 
ooo  to  burn  the  phrase  "war  is  murder"  into  the  conscious- 
ness of  the  American  people.  But  when  he  read  in  The 
Tribune  one  morning  an  editorial  characterization  of  him 
as  an  "anarchist,"  he  was  hurt  and  shocked.  And  that  was 
what  the  trial  was  all  about. 

When  Mr.  Ford  instituted  his  "profit  sharing"  scheme 
in  1914,  The  Tribune  accepted  it  at  its  face  value  and  said 
editorially : 

"The  action  of  the  Ford  Motor  Company  offers  a  striking  illustra- 
tion of  the  new  business  conscience  in  action  and  is  the  more  likely  to 
be  heeded,  since  it  is  not  the  act  of  visionaries  and  propagandists,  but 
of  exceptionally  able  and  successful  business  men." 

When  Mr.  Ford  ordered  his  employes  to  make  their 
homes  more  comfortable  and  to  maintain  an  American 
standard  of  living,  The  Tribune  said : 

"The  Ford  plan  of  treating  the  worker  is  humane,  American  and 
modern." 

On  August  7,  1915,  The  Tribune  said  of  Henry  Ford: 

"Mr.  Ford  should  be  a  cheering  exhibit  to  those  who  are  sweeping 
the  country  for  present  day  genius  that  compares  with  the  railroad 
builders  or  the  consolidators  of  a  steel  industry.  He  is  giving  the  world 
the  day's  lesson." 

Inside  his  factory,  taking  care  of  his  employes,  The 
Tribune  respected  Mr.  Ford.  When  he  stepped  outside 
this  sphere  and  began  to  advise  the  warring  nations  of 
Europe  and  the  people  of  America  The  Tribune  said  he  was 
a  "voice  from  the  dark." 

It  was  the  call  for  the  mobilization  of  the  national  guard, 
issued  June  18,  1916,  which  precipitated  the  clash  between 
these  two  forces.  The  purpose  of  this  call  was  to  prevent 
further  aggression  from  Mexico  upon  the  territory  of  the 
United  States  and  the  proper  protection  of  that  frontier. 
American  soldiers  had  been  trapped  and  massacred  at 
Carrizal.  It  was  reported  that  General  Obregon  had  planned 
to  invade  Texas.  Troops  began  gathering  on  that  Sunday 

96 


DENOUNCED  His  POLICY  ON  NATIONAL  DEFENCE 

afternoon  in  armories  in  Detroit,  Mr.  Ford's  home  city,  and 
in  Chicago,  bound  for  the  mobilization  camps.  The  country 
was  aroused  and  war  with  Mexico  appeared  imminent. 

Henry  Ford  did  not  take  this  situation  seriously.  He 
said  it  looked  like  a  political  play.  He  said  he  thought  the 
"interests"  were  stirring  things  up  in  Mexico.  He  did  not 
see  any  danger  ahead.  He  had  discouraged  men  from 
enlisting  in  the  guard.  He  did  not  believe  that  President 
Wilson  was  sincere  in  this  step,  or  consistent.  He  was 
violently  opposed  to  any  increase  in  the  efficiency  of  the 
guard.  It  was  all  "militarism"  to  him,  all  steps  toward 
"organized  murder." 

On  the  morning  of  June  22,  a  story  headed  "Flivver 
Patriotism"  appeared  in  The  Tribune,  and  a  corresponding 
story  in  another  paper.  The  Tribune's  story  had  been 
received  from  its  Detroit  correspondent.  This  corre- 
spondent had  received  his  information  from  Frank  L. 
Klingensmith,  vice  president  and  general  manager  of  the 
Ford  Company.  It  read  as  follows: 

"FLIVVER  PATRIOTISM" 

"Ford  employes  who  volunteered  to  bear  arms  for  the  United 
States  will  lose  their  jobs.  While  most  employers  have  guaranteed 
not  only  to  give  patriotic  workmen  their  old  places  when  they  return 
from  fighting  their  country's  battles,  but  have  promised  to  pay  their 
salaries  while  they  are  in  service,  Henry  Ford's  workmen  will  not  have 
a  job  when  they  return,  much  less  will  they  receive  pay  while  fighting 
for  their  country.  Ford's  superintendents  refuse  to  say  if  there  are 
any  guardsmen  employed  in  the  plant,  but  it  is  known  that  some 
seventy-five  men  of  the  militia  are  Ford  employes.  No  provision  will 
be  made  by  Ford  for  their  wives  and  families. " 

The  next  morning  The  Tribune  carried  this  editorial: 

"HENRY  FORD  IS  AN  ANARCHIST" 

"Inquiry  at  the  Henry  Ford  offices  in  Detroit  discloses  the  fact  that 
employes  of  Ford  who  are  members  of  or  recruits  in  the  National  Guard 
will  lose  their  places.  No  provision  will  be  made  for  any  one  dependent 
upon  them.  Their  wages  will  stop,  their  families  may  get  along  in  any 
fashion  possible;  their  positions  will  be  filled,  and  if  they  come  back 
safely  and  apply  for  their  jobs  again  they  will  be  on  the  same  footing 
as  any  other  applicants.  This  is  the  rule  for  Ford  employes  everywhere. 

"Information  was  refused  as  to  the  number  of  American  soldiers 
unfortunate  enough  to  have  Henry  Ford  as  an  employer  at  this  time, 

97 


FORD  SUES  FOR  MILLION  DOLLARS 

but  at  the  Detroit  recruiting  station  it  was  said  that  about  seventy-five 
men  will  pay  this  price  for  their  services  to  their  country. 

"Mr.  Ford  thus  proves  that  he  does  not  believe  in  service  to  the 
nation  in  the  fashion  a  soldier  must  serve  it.  If  his  factory  were  on 
the  southern  and  not  on  the  northern  border  we  presume  he  would  feel 
the  same  way. 

"We  do  not  know  precisely  what  he  would  do  if  a  Villa  band  decided 
that  the  Ford  strong  boxes  were  worth  opening  and  that  it  would  be 
pleasant  to  see  the  Ford  factories  burn.  It  is  evident  that  it  is  possible 
for  a  millionaire  just  south  of  the  Canadian  border  to  be  indifferent  to 
what  happens  just  north  of  the  Mexican  border. 

"If  Ford  allows  this  rule  of  his  shops  to  stand  he  will  reveal  himself 
not  merely  as  an  ignorant  idealist  but  as  an  anarchistic  enemy  of  the 
nation  which  protects  him  in  his  wealth. 

"A  man  so  ignorant  as  Henry  Ford  may  not  understand  the  funda- 
mentals of  the  government  under  which  he  lives.  That  government  is 
permitted  to  take  Henry  Ford  himself  and  command  his  services  as  a 
soldier  if  necessary.  It  can  tax  his  money  for  war  purposes  and  will. 
It  can  compel  him  to  devote  himself  to  national  purposes.  The  reason 
it  did  not  take  the  person  of  Henry  Ford  years  ago  and  put  it  in  uniform 
is,  first,  that  it  has  not  had  the  common  sense  to  make  its  theoretical 
universal  service  practical,  and  second,  because  there  have  been  young 
men  to  volunteer  for  the  service  which  has  protected  Henry  Ford,  for 
which  service  he  now  penalizes  them. 

"He  takes  the  men  who  stand  between  him  and  service  and  punishes 
them  for  the  service  which  protects  him.  The  man  is  so  incapable  of 
thought  that  he  cannot  see  the  ignominy  of  his  own  performance. 

"The  proper  place  for  so  deluded  a  human  being  is  a  region  where 
no  government  exists  except  such  as  he  furnishes,  where  no  protection 
is  afforded  except  such  as  he  affords,  where  nothing  stands  between  him 
and  the  rules  of  life  except  such  defenses  as  he  puts  there. 

"Such  a  place,  we  think,  might  be  found  anywhere  in  the  state  of 
Chihuahua,  Mexico.  Anywhere  in  Mexico  would  be  a  good  location 
for  the  Ford  factories. " 

The  following  day  Henry  Ford  issued  a  denial  of  the 
original  news  story,  stating  that  the  thirty-seven  members 
of  the  militia  among  his  thirty-three  thousand  employes 
would  be  re-employed  "without  prejudice"  upon  their 
return  from  service.  The  Tribune  printed  this  statement. 
Ten  weeks  later  Ford  filed  suit  in  the  United  States  District 
Court  in  Chicago,  making  the  editorial  quoted  above  the 
basis  of  his  claim  for  one  million  dollars'  damages.  The 
case  came  up  before  Judge  Landis,  but  on  July  14,  1917,  a 
new  suit  of  the  same  nature  was  filed  in  the  state  court  of 
Michigan  and  the  one  pending  before  Judge  Landis  was 
dismissed. 

The  trial  and  the  case  lasted  for  ninety-eight  days  at 

98 


FORD'S  EXPERTS  PRAISE  TRIBUNE  ADVERTISING 

Mt.  Clemens,  between  May  and  August,  1919.  It  is  con- 
sidered by  lawyers  as  the  first  big,  modern  vindication  of 
the  "right  of  comment."  The  instructions  of  Judge  James  G. 
Tucker  to  the  jury  are  recognized  as  a  summary  of 
modern  law  on  this  subject. 

An  interesting  minor  phase  of  the  case  was  the  testimony 
of  advertising  experts  called  by  Mr.  Ford  to  prove  that 
The  Tribune,  although  published  in  Chicago,  had  a  tremen- 
dous influence  with  the  leading  citizens  of  Michigan  and 
other  surrounding  states. 

Charles  A.  Brownell,  advertising  manager  for  Mr.  Ford, 
testified  in  part  as  follows: 

Q.  Has  the  Ford  Motor  Company,  during  your  connection  as 
advertising  manager,  used  The  Chicago  Tribune  as  an  advertising 
medium  of  its  product? 

A.  We  never  put  out  a  campaign  of  newspaper  advertising  that 
did  not  include  The  Chicago  Tribune. 

Q.  In  selecting  The  Tribune  as  one  of  the  newspapers  in  which 
advertising  of  the  Ford  Company  should  be  placed,  what  did  you  have 
in  mind? 

A.  The  leading  newspaper  in  the  city  of  Chicago  with  a  large 
circulation  and  an  influential  circulation;  as  well  as  a  large  circulation 
in  the  territory  in  which  we  have  a  number  of  live,  progressive  agents: 
states  of  Illinois,  Iowa,  Minnesota,  Wisconsin,  Indiana,  and  Michigan, 
especially  the  northern  section  of  Michigan,  which  is  not  reached  by 
the  Detroit  metropolitan  papers,  or  in  a  large  volume  by  the  Grand 
Rapids  papers. 

That  territory  is  literally  covered  with  the  Chicago  papers,  particu- 
larly The  Chicago  Tribune — that  is,  the  element  we  wish  to  reach. 

Q.  Are  you  able  to  state  the  relative  position  of  The  Chicago 
Tribune  as  an  advertising  medium  of  automobiles  in  the  territory  you 
previously  named,  as  compared  with  other  Chicago  newspapers? 

A.     I  considered  it  by  far  the  best. 

Mr.  E.  LeRoy  Pelletier,  called  in  as  advertising  expert 
by  Mr.  Ford,  made  the  following  statements  under  oath: 

Q.     Does  The  Tribune  circulate  in  the  surrounding  territory? 

A.     O,  yes,  for  some  distance,  probably  covers  14  states. 

Q.  Is  that  circulation  in  through  that  district  of  The  Tribune  of 
value  to  advertisers  of  automobiles  ? 

A.  O,  yes,  so  much  so  that  the  factory  always  pays  half  of  it, 
because  of  its  broad  distribution.  We  consider  it  in  a  sense  the  National 
media,  that  is  to  say,  it  is  one  of  a  few  that  we  consider  sufficient  to 
cover  nationally. 

Q.     Has  Mr.  Benham  ever  discussed  circulation  matters  with  you? 

A.  O,  yes.  We  figure  it  covers  twelve  to  fifteen  states,  to  some 
extent.  Of  course,  you  get  farther  away  from  Chicago  the  influence 

99 


NEWS  [JJJ 

mE  NEWSPAPER  -;•-•;  -•;/:;:;.-  •;       H"EOITIONI 


MINE  WAR  SPURS  U.  S.  ACTION 


MINE    MASSACRE.— Th^se   first   and  exclusive  picl 

t  all  mnf  ol  tki  nwucn  and  ii'a.lmit  IKUK 


;  of  Angelo  Cuspini.  eleven.  297  Avenue  A 


REPRODUCTION  of  first  page  of  the  Daily  News,  New  York's 
Picture  Newspaper,  founded  by  The  Chicago  Tribune  in  June, 
1919,  and  which  already  has  the  second  largest  morning  daily 
circulation  in  America.  The  largest  is  that  of  the  Chicago 
Tribune.  The  size  of  The  Daily  News  is  nl/2  x  15^/2  inches 
over  all. 


100 


TRIBUNE  FOUNDS  PAPER  IN  NEW  YORK 

is  less.  I  should  say,  taking  Grand  Rapids  as  a  sample,  it  is  probably 
more  influential  than  the  Detroit  papers. 

Q.     Why  do  you  say  that? 

A.  Because  of  the  class  of  people  who  take  it.  A  very  excellent 
class  of  people  buy  it,  and  a  considerable  percentage  of  a  class  of  solid 
business  men,  to  whom  we  sell  automobiles  in  all  those  places. 


On  June  26,  1919,  The  Tribune  began  publication  of  a 
tabloid,  pictorial,  morning  newspaper  in  New  York.  In 
less  than  three  years  this  paper,  The  Daily  News,  New 
York's  Picture  Newspaper,  has  attained  more  than  half  a 
million  circulation.  Thus,  The  Chicago  Tribune  and  its 
New  York  offspring  have  the  two  largest  morning  weekday 
circulations  in  America.  Pride  is  also  taken  in  the  fact  that 
The  New  York  News  was  making  money  one  year  and  three 
months  after  its  foundation. 

*       5jt        # 

Nineteen-nineteen  saw  swiftly  increasing  circulation  and 
advertising.  A  new  rotogravure  press  was  built  and  put 
in  operation.  A  new  million  dollar  unit  was  purchased 
and  installed  in  our  paper  mill.  Half  a  block  of  ground  on 
Michigan  Boulevard,  just  north  of  the  Chicago  River,  was 
bought  and  construction  of  a  model  manufacturing  Plant 
was  begun.  For  the  benefit  of  employes  The  Tribune 
organized  The  Medill  Council  and  established  the  insur- 
ance, sick  benefit,  and  pension  systems  described  in  the 
chapter  on  that  subject  in  this  book. 

*  *  * 

On  October  14,  1920,  The  Tribune,  whose  radio  nom  de 
plume  then  was  9ZN,  received  directly  from  Bordeaux, 
France,  a  news  dispatch  by  wireless.  This  was  the  first 
dispatch  received  by  any  paper  in  the  world  from  a  foreign 
nation  by  direct  wireless  transmission. 

During  almost  three  months  The  Tribune  received  by 
direct  wireless  transmission  from  Bordeaux  all  of  its  dis- 
patches from  Continental  Europe,  an  average  of  about 
3,000  words  daily.  Each  dispatch  came  to  The  Tribune 
from  four  to  six  hours  more  quickly  than  the  same  dis- 

101 


102 


TRIBUNE  MOVES  INTO  NEW  PLANT 

patches  would  have  come  had  they  been  filed  either  by  cable 
or  by  the  Marconi  wireless  system.  Each  dispatch  was 
brought  into  The  Tribune  Plant  at  least  thirty  per  cent 
more  cheaply  than  if  it  had  come  through  other  channels. 

The  wireless  sifts  hours  into  minutes.  This  is  of  vital 
importance  and  The  Tribune's  demonstration  of  dreams 
come  true  has  started  things  with  a  vengeance.  The  fact 
that  The  Tribune  had  found  a  way  to  save  hours  meant 
very  little  to  the  great  communications  corporations.  But 
when  these  corporations  realized  that  in  its  quest  for  effi- 
ciency a  newspaper  known  to  be  an  extensive  patron  of  the 
cables  and  the  telegraphs  also  had  found  a  way  to  save 
money — that  wouldn't  do  at  all. 

So,  when  the  great  Lafayette  station  at  Bordeaux, 
erected  by  the  United  States  and  operated  during  the  war 
by  the  United  States,  passed  into  the  hands  of  the  French 
government,  a  working  agreement  was  entered  into  between 
France  and  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America  which  pro- 
vided that  all  dispatches  sent  to  America  must  be  handled 
in  America  by  the  Radio  Corporation  and  the  land  telegraph 
companies  with  which  it  is  bound  by  other  agreements. 
Furthermore,  American  law  forbade  the  navy  to  compete 
with  private  enterprise  by  assisting  in  the  transmission  of 
press  dispatches.  Therefore,  The  Tribune's  wireless  receiv- 
ing station  has  been  suspended. 

*  #  # 

On  December  12,  1920,  at  the  busiest  time  of  the  year, 
and  between  a  Sunday  morning  edition  of  760,000  and  a 
Monday  morning  edition  of  450,000,  The  Tribune  installed 
itself  in  its  new  Plant  without  missing  a  deadline  or  a  mail 
car.  One  hundred  telephone  lines  and  275  extensions 
were  transferred  without  disturbing  service.  Fifty-seven 
linotypes,  nine  steam  tables  weighing  seven  and  one-half 
tons  each,  furniture,  hundreds  of  filing  cases,  all  moved 
in  orderly  procession  from  Madison  and  Dearborn  Streets 
and  started  functioning  in  their  new  home.  As  much  work 
as  possible  had  been  done  in  advance,  but  an  enormous 

103 


"1921  WILL  REWARD  FIGHTERS" 

job  of  moving  had  to  be  completed  within  twenty  hours. 
The  mechanical  excellence  of  this  new  Plant  as  described 
in  subsequent  chapters  of  this  book  has  practically  made 
other  newspaper  plants  out  of  date. 

At  about  this  same  time  The  Tribune  furnished  funds 
for  founding  the  Medill  School  of  Journalism  of  North- 
western University  and  has  since  aided  in  establishing  this 
vigorous  young  institution. 

*  *  * 

During  the  latter  part  of  1920  The  Great  Depression, 
from  which  we  are  only  now  beginning  to  emerge,  descended 
upon  the  United  States.  The  threat  of  hard  times  suc- 
ceeded swiftly  to  boom  times  and  easy  money.  Business 
men  were  terrified  by  such  an  abrupt  change  of  conditions. 
The  "cancellation  evil"  was  a  paramount  topic  of  conver- 
sation. Wholesale  retrenchment  was  resorted  to  by  many; 
unemployment  grew  rapidly;  and  panic  was  in  the  air. 

It  was  amid  these  circumstances  that  The  Chicago 
Tribune  confronted  the  problem  of  its  program  for  1921. 
The  Tribune  management  informed  the  advertising  divi- 
sion that  there  would  be  no  retrenchment  on  the  part  of 
The  Tribune;  that  The  Tribune's  faith  in  the  soundness 
of  this  country  was  unshaken;  that  we  would  meet  ad- 
verse conditions  by  fighting  harder  for  business  than  ever 
before;  and  that  we  would  endeavor,  by  extensive  adver- 
tising, to  induce  others  to  follow  our  lead.  A  convention 
of  the  advertising  force  was  called  in  December,  1920. 
This  program  was  announced  to  them  and  the  slogan  was 
adopted,  "1921  Will  Reward  FIGHTERS." 

This  slogan  was  then  hammered  into  the  business  men 
of  the  United  States  by  a  series  of  full  page  advertisements 
in  The  Tribune  and  in  other  metropolitan  newspapers,  and 
in  trade  papers. 

Thousands  of  letters  poured  in  upon  The  Tribune  from 
American  business  men  expressing  appreciation  for  the 
stimulating  influence  which  this  thought  radiated. 

To  prove  that  the  slogan  was  the  expression  of  a  vital 

104 


TRIBUNE  PUTS  NEW  SPIRIT  IN  BUSINESS 

truth  and  not  a  mere  juggling  of  words,  The  Tribune 
offered  ten  prizes  of  $100  each  for  true  stories  of  successful 
1921  Fighting  Salesmanship. 

The  response  was  instant — and  national  in  its  scope. 
From  a  large  number  of  excellent  letters  ten  were  selected, 
printed  in  Chicago  Tribune  ads,  and  later  collected  in  a 
booklet.  More  than  forty  thousand  booklets  and  hangers 
were  distributed.  The  slogan  was  adopted  by  sales  organ- 
izations everywhere,  quoted,  reprinted. 

But  some  hard-boiled  pessimists  still  discounted  the 
truth  of  The  Tribune's  slogan — "1921  Will  Reward 
FIGHTERS."  They  admitted  that  an  individual  salesman 
might  make  a  sale  now  and  then  in  the  face  of  "conditions," 
but  they  would  add : 

"Business  is  rotten  in  my  line.  No  one  is  doing  anything.  The 
public  is  not  buying.  You  can't  fight  general  conditions.  Sales  and 
advertising  efforts  merely  waste  money  trying  to  do  the  impossible. " 

So  The  Chicago  Tribune  set  out  to  see  whether  these 
gloomy  statements  were  true,  or  whether  organizations 
were  being  rewarded  for  fighting  in  1921,  as  well  as  indi- 
viduals. 

Four  lines  were  selected  in  which  all  the  croakers  claim- 
ed that  business  was  terribly  depressed :  Groceries,  Cloth- 
ing, Autos,  Musical  Instruments. 

The  largest  users  of  Tribune  space  in  each  of  these  lines 
were  then  called  upon  and  asked  how  their  1921  business 
compared  with  the  big  records  made  during  the  correspond- 
ing period  of  1920. 

Without  exception,  these  unterrified  fighters  were  doing 
the  biggest  business  in  their  history.  Some  of  their  com- 
petitors had  "quit"  and  left  the  field  largely  uncontested. 
Total  business  available  might  be  less  than  last  year,  but 
they  had  increased  their  proportion  of  the  total.  Other 
lines  of  business  were  investigated  and  it  seemed  that  there 
was  ample  business,  in  every  line  to  keep  the  FIGHTERS 
busy. 

The  slogan  was  changed  to  "1921  Is  Rewarding  FIGHT- 
ERS" and  on  this  topic  Tribune  advertisements  were  pre- 
105 


GREATEST  CIRCULATION  STUNT  IN  HISTORY 

senting  the  successes  achieved  by  various  big  organizations. 
Some  of  the  best  examples  could  not  be  used  because  the 
record-smashing  firms  feared  that  publicity  would  stir  up 
their  competitors  to  imitative  activity. 

These  advertisements  were  run  in  The  Tribune,  in  several 
other  metropolitan  newspapers,  and  in  trade  papers. 

By  this  campaign  of  the  advertising  division  of  The 
Tribune,  conducted  in  paid  space,  The  Tribune  achieved 
something  new  in  American  journalism.  It  influenced  the 
thought  of  the  entire  business  community  of  the  United 
States  in  a  constructive  manner  and  largely  assisted  in 
averting  a  threatened  panic. 

As  for  The  Tribune,  its  advertising  revenue  in  1921,  the 
year  of  depression  and  hard  struggle  for  business,  was  the 

largest  in  its  history. 

#  *  # 

Between  November  25  and  December  4,  1921,  The 
Tribune  conducted  the  most  astounding  circulation  stunt 
in  newspaper  history.  In  those  eight  days  The  Tribune, 
starting  with  the  largest  morning  circulation  in  America 
and  the  largest  Sunday  circulation  in  Chicago,  increased 
its  city  and  suburban  circulation  by  more  than  250,000 
daily  and  200,000  Sunday. 

Yet  the  increase  in  the  number  of  Tribunes  sold  was 
insignificant  compared  with  the  effect  which  The  Tribune's 
"Cheer  Check"  distribution  had  on  three  million  people. 

It  wasn't  a  Tribune  idea  in  the  first  place.  Mr.  Hearst's 
newspapers  throughout  the  country  were  putting  on  lotteries 
to  stimulate  circulation.  They  were  disguised  as  philan- 
thropy. In  Chicago,  the  Herald  &  Examiner  early  in 
November,  1921,  began  distributing  free  of  charge  millions 
of  "Smile"  coupons.  Envelopes  full  of  them  were  stuffed  into 
every  citizen's  mail  box.  Piles  of  them  were  available  at 
lunch  rooms,  cigar  stores,  groceries,  etc.  Each  day  the 
Herald  &  Examiner  printed  a  list  of  numbers  of  "Smile" 
coupons  which  were  awarded  prizes,  redeemable  at  the 
Herald  &  Examiner  office.  It  was  the  theory  that  since 

106 


TRIBUNE  CHEER  CHECKS  TAKE  CHICAGO  BY  STORM 

practically  every  person  in  Chicago  had  been  presented  with 
coupons  they  would  buy  the  Herald  &  Examiner  every  day 
to  see  if  one  of  their  numbers  had  won  a  prize. 

A  different  local  politician  was  pictured  each  morning  in 
the  act  of  drawing  that  day's  winning  numbers.  Even  Mayor 
Thompson  and  Governor  Small  participated  thus  in  a 
newspaper's  circulation  lottery.  Of  course  it  was  not  called 
a  "lottery"  but  was  camouflaged  as  Christmas  charity. 
The  lottery  increased  the  Herald  &  Examiner's  circulation, 
but  not  in  any  sensational  manner. 

The  Tribune,  having  won  circulation  leadership  by  years 
of  hard  fighting,  was  not  inclined  to  permit  this  lottery 
scheme  to  imperil  its  supremacy.  Two  courses  seemed 
open:  complaint  to  the  federal  authorities,  or  a  direct 
counter  attack.  The  latter  was  adopted. 

It  was  decided  to  run  a  lottery  that  would  make  the 
Hearst  affair  look  like  penny  ante  compared  with  Monte 
Carlo  and  to  run  it  frankly  and  openly  as  a  circulation 
getting  lottery — not  as  philanthropy.  It  was  determined  to 
operate  in  such  a  loud,  plain  manner  that  the  viciousness 
of  obtaining  circulation  by  such  methods  would  be  apparent. 
Such  a  policy  would  compel  the  authorities  to  stop  both 
lotteries. 

On  November  25,  The  Tribune  announced  in  a  double 
page  spread  that  distribution  of  its  Cheer  Checks  would 
begin  that  day,  Friday;  that  a  public  drawing  would  be 
held  Saturday;  and  that  on  Sunday  679  prize  winning 
numbers  would  be  awarded  $17,000.00,  the  "first  slice  of  a 
$200,000.00  melon." 

No  one  connected  with  the  stunt  anticipated  such 
astounding  results.  Cheer  Checks  took  Chicago  by  storm. 
Two  of  the  largest  railway  printing  houses  in  the  world 
worked  twenty-four  hours  a  day  printing  them  and  when 
the  contest  ended  ten  days  later  they  had  not  caught  up 
with  the  demand.  More  than  twenty-five  million  Cheer 
Checks,  each  bearing  four  numbers,  were  printed  and 
distributed  during  those  ten  days. 

107 


TRIBUNE  BURLESQUES  ITS  OWN  PROJECT 

Banks  asked  for  Cheer  Checks  to  give  to  their  deposi- 
tors. Sunday  schools  distributed  them.  The  largest  indus- 
trial concerns  asked  The  Tribune  for  allotments  for  their 
employes.  Attempts  to  pass  them  out  from  trucks  in  the 
Loop  led  to  riots.  Canvassers  hired  to  take  them  from 
door  to  door  preferred  to  keep  the  checks  or  sell  them, 
rather  than  receive  their  pay. 

If  one  retail  store  in  a  neighborhood  had  Tribune  Cheer 
Checks  and  others  didn't,  it  might  as  well  close  up.  As  a 
result  thousands  of  retailers  came  to  The  Tribune  Plant 
and  stood  in  line  in  the  winter  rain  to  get  allotments  of 
Cheer  Checks. 

Chicago's  rich  as  well  as  Chicago's  poor  were  collecting 
Cheer  Checks  and  speculating  on  the  possibility  of  collect- 
ing the  possible  maximum  of  $20,000.00  in  prizes  in  one  day. 

It  is  doubtful  if  any  event  in  the  history  of  Chicago  ever 
created  such  universal  feverish  interest  and  maintained  it 

for  ten  days. 

• 

The  strain  on  The  Tribune  organization  was  tremendous. 
Not  only  was  circulation  almost  instantaneously  increased 
by  200,000  or  250,000  copies,  but  all  stories,  pictures  or  ads 
referring  to  the  lottery  were  eliminated  from  all  except  city 
editions,  necessitating  unprecedented  replating.  Thus  a 
great  increase  in  routine  work  came  with  the  novel  tasks  of 
distributing  Cheer  Checks,  holding  drawings,  and  making 
payments. 

A  news  story  in  The  Tribune  each  day  burlesqued  the 
whole  affair.  These  stories  were  signed  by  "Senor  Tirador 
del  Toro,  World's  Best  Known  Spanish  Athlete,"  or  by 
"Miss  Fortuna,  the  Goddess  of  Something  for  Nothing," 
or  by  Bock  Y.  Panatela,  or  by  Manuel  G.  Perfecto,  famous 
Colorado  Maduro  formerly  of  Honduras  and  Havana. 
The  open  drawings  of  numbers  from  a  great  glass  box  and 
a  gold  fish  bowl  were  held  in  different  parts  of  the  city  and 
attracted  great  crowds.  "Big  Steve"  Cusack,  a  noted 
baseball  umpire  in  full  regalia,  acted  as  announcer.  Draw- 
ings were  made  by  a  different  team  each  day,  for  instance, 

108 


CIRCULATION  UP  QUARTER  MILLION  IN  WEEK 

"Lady  Luck"  and  "Queenie  Midnight/'  two  street  sweepers, 
two  Chinese,  two  chorus  girls,  etc. 

Each  day  the  full  page  advertisement  in  The  Tribune 
carried  an  editorial  statement  of  which  the  following  is 
typical: 

DID  WE  FALL  OR  WERE  WE  PUSHED? 

The  Tribune  enters  upon  its  mammoth  distribution  of  cash  by  lot 
with  strangely  mingled  emotions.  We  frankly  admit  that  when  our 
morning  contemporary  inaugurated  this  scheme  for  selling  more  papers, 
we  looked  upon  it  with  disfavor,  not  to  say  distaste.  Having  built 
our  own  circulation  upon  the  merits  of  our  newspaper,  we  felt  some- 
how that  the  innovation  was  unethical. 

But  the  judiciary  and  the  officials  elected  to  administer  and  to 
enforce  our  laws  co-operated  so  wholeheartedly  in  the  promotion  of 
this  remunerative  charity  that  our  scruples  seemed  actually  prudish — 
a  relic  of  days  when  skirts  trailed  below  the  ankles,  and  "penny  ante" 
was  a  mortal  sin. 

Furthermore,  it  seemed  a  shame  that  an  institution  which  had 
flourished  in  such  expansive  magnificence,  even  in  the  piffling  banana 
republics,  should  receive  such  niggardly  treatment  in  this  rich  metrop- 
olis. As  the  dominant  newspaper  of  this  community,  long  supreme 
both  in  circulation  and  in  advertising,  we  were  obviously  confronted 
with  the  duty  of  seeing  that  three  million  people  were  no  longer  in- 
sulted by  being  urged  to  scramble  for  a  share  in  $500  a  day. 

The  publication  of  numbers  all  jumbled  up  so  that  holders  of 
tickets  could  determine  only  with  the  greatest  difficulty  whether  or 
not  they  had  won,  was  another  point  not  in  keeping  with  the  best 
traditions  of  this  ancient  institution,  nor  with  the  dignity  and  fair 
name  of  our  city. 

Having  been  "pushed"  by  these  factors  we  "fell" — or  rather  we 
"plunged."  The  reception  which  the  citizens  of  Chicago  have  given 
to  our  offer  of  $200,000.00  and  yesterday's  split  of  $17,000.00  is  indeed 
gratifying.  We  are  also  pleased  to  announce  that  our  contemporary 
has  seen  the  light  (to  some  extent)  and  is  now  "offering"  more  money. 

We  must  confess  that  it  is  difficult  to  feel  so  keenly  the  scruples 
of  past  weeks  now  that  circulation  is  rising  in  such  astounding  waves. 
We  could  have  easily  sold  a  million  Tribunes  yesterday,  and  we  have 
hardly  begun.  It  seems  too  good  to  be  true.  Such  profitable  phi- 
lanthropy. 

Notwithstanding  The  Tribune's  plain  speaking  there 
was  practically  no  criticism  of  the  contest.  The  public, 
high  and  low,  simply  clamored  for  Cheer  Checks.  The  cash 
paid  out  to  2,373  winners  in  eight  days  amounted  to 
$53,950.00. 

Other  publishers,  however,  appealed  to  Postmaster 
General  Hays  and  to  District  Attorney  Clyne.  Both 

109 


WHEN  TRIBUNE  QUITS  EXCITEMENT  SUBSIDES 


papers  were  asked  to  stop  and  agreed  to  do  so.  The 
Tribune  did  stop  on  December  4,  1921.  The  Herald  & 
Examiner  stopped  the  particular  stunt  which  had  been 
complained  of,  but  on  December  5,  announced  continued 
free  daily  distribution  of  cash  prizes  to  street  car  transfer 
numbers,  telephone  numbers,  and  automobile  license  num- 
bers. It  caused  no  more  commotion  than  had  its  original 
lottery  before  The  Tribune  "sat  in  the  game  with  a  stack  of 
blue  chips."  When  The  Tribune  stopped  the  show  was  over* 


Here  Are  the  Prizes 
To  Be  Drawn  Today 

MorganbiH  D.  Rocky-ForJ  woulJn't 
sneeze  at  holding  a  Cheer  Chech  now 

Regular  Prizes: 

First  number  drawn  ...  $5.000.00  $S.OOo"ob 

Second  number  drawn.  2,500.00  2.500.00 

Third  number  drawn. .     1,000.00  1,000.00 

Next       2-EACH......;.     500.00  1,000.00 

Next        4-EACH... ,..,..     250.00  1,000.00 

Next       10-EACH.,.-.^.     100.00  1,000.00 

Next      20-EACH.. ,..-.-,      50.00  1.000.00 

Next       60-EACH..  .,.,*,      25.00  1,500.00 

Next    200-EACH....^      10.00  2,000.00 

Next  1,000-EACH..-^       5.00  5400.00 

Special   Prize*: 

"Keno"— To  holder  of  a  Cheer 
Check  bearing  any  two  winning 
numbers  drawn  the  same  day. .  .$10,000.00 

•Big  Dick"— To  holder  of  the 
highest  winning  number  drawn 
(exclusive  of  series  number) ,.  2,000.00 

"Little  Joe"— To  holder  of  the 
lowest  winning  number  drawn 
(exclusive  of  series  number)....  2,000.00 


More  Than  13OO  Cash  Prize* 
Total  Money  $35,OOO 

Some  Joy  Ride 


.    .    •  in  Americ. 

«uch  swift  and  tremendous  circulation  growih  as 
thM  of  The  Tribune  during  the  pas'  week.  We  sold 
734.311  copies  of  yesterday's  paper -a  net  paid  cir- 
culation one-fourth  of  a  million  in  excess  of  a  week 
ago-and  all  of  the  increase  in  Chicago  and  .uburbs. 
We  state  this  in , 


CWcagoans  surer/  appreciate  merit.  We  took  th« 
Bane  circulation-building  scheme  which  our  morn- 
ing contemporary  had  been  using  for  three  weeks 


litory  of  newspaper  publishing  in 
America  t 

Our  first  winning  numbers  were  printed  last  Sunday. 
Tomorrow  will  be  the  second  Sunday  and  our  largest 
single  distribution-SJS.OTJOOO  in  IJOO  pri/es.  Wt 
will  print  as  many  Tribunes  as  possible,  but  it  is 
certain  that  there  won't  be  enough  to  go  "round. 


192  Winners  in  yesterday's  PUBLIC 

drawing  for  a  $6.000.00  slice 

of  the  $200,000.00  melon 

$1^000.00 

$500.00 


If  an*  Two  of  the  Above  Numbers  Are  on  One 

Cheek  the  Holder  Will  Receive  $10,000.00  in 
Addition  to  the  Two  Regular  Prizes 


Special  $5OO.OO  Prizes 


Why  The  Chicago  Tribune 

u  known  a 
"Th*  W«Hds' Greatest  Newspaper" 


Last  Day  to  Cash  These 
Prize  Winning  Numbers 

' 


Urilmnc 

Tr.b—    W   m, 


/LsA 

Order  Sunday's  Tribune  Now  X.— =^ 


no 


MAYOR  THOMPSON  SUES  FOR  LIBEL 

Mayor  William  Hale  Thompson,  placed  in  office  by  the 
most  powerful  political  machine  Chicago  has  ever  known, 
resented  The  Tribune's  stories  presenting  to  the  world  in 
unvarnished  terms  his  hostility  to  America's  war  effort. 
He  has  filed  the  following  libel  suits  against  The  Tribune : 
Date  Damages  Asked 

September  7,  1917 $    500,000.00 

June  22,  1918 250,000.0x5 

August  i,  1918 100,000.00 

August  31,  1918 500,000.00 


Total $1,350,000.00 

The  first  of  these   suits  went  on   trial  before  Judge 
Francis   Wilson   in   May,    1922.     Mayor  Thompson   was 
placed  on  the  witness  stand  by  The  Tribune  and  testified 
— that  in  his  opinion  blunders  of  the  Wilson  administra- 
tion rather  than  German  aggression  caused  the  War. 
— that  during  the  War  he  opposed  sending  an  army  to 

Europe. 

— that  he  opposed  sending  foodstuffs  to  Europe. 
— that  he  opposed  conscription. 
— that  he  issued  no  proclamations  to  aid  Liberty  Bond 

or  Red  Cross  drives. 
— that  he  said  farewell  to  none  of  the  Illinois  regiments 

leaving  for  service. 
— that  he  never  addressed  the  soldiers  at  Camp  Grant  or 

at  Fort  Sheridan. 

It  is  the  contention  of  The  Tribune  that  the  mayor's 
attitude  toward  the  War  thus  admitted  by  him  shows  how 
justifiable  were  The  Tribune  stories  which  he  claims  injured 
him  in  the  sum  of  $1,350,000.00. 

Two  jurors  in  the  case  became  ill.  The  Tribune  offered 
to  go  ahead  with  ten  jurors,  but  the  Mayor  insisted  on  his 

right  to  a  "mistrial." 

*  *  * 

Patriotism  is  not  the  only  issue  between  Mayor  Thomp- 
son and  The  Tribune.  The  present  administration  of 

111 


TRIBUNE  CHARGES  $4,000,000  FRAUD — SUES 

municipal  affairs  has  been  marked  by  scandals  in  the  police 
department,  school  board,  and  board  of  local  improvements. 

In  the  latter  case,  such  amazingly  barefaced  methods 
were  adopted  for  looting  the  public  treasury  that  The 
Tribune  called  upon  the  courts  to  halt  them.  For  work  as 
real  estate  experts  within  twelve  months,  five  members  of 
the  city  hall  machine  were  paid  almost  three  million  dollars 
($3,000,000.00)  and  were  about  to  be  paid  more  than  one 
million  dollars  ($1,000,000.00)  additional  when  The  Tribune 
intervened. 

The  Tribune  Company,  as  a  taxpayer,  filed  suit  on 
April  19,  1921,  against  Mayor  Thompson,  M.  J.  Faherty, 
president  of  the  board  of  local  improvements,  George  F. 
Harding,  city  comptroller,  Frank  H.  Mesce  and  Austin  J. 
Lynch.  The  suit  seeks  to  force  the  return  to  the  City  of 
Chicago  of  $1,065,000.00  paid  to  Mesce  and  Lynch  for 
services  rendered  by  them  within  one  year  in  appraising 
property  for  condemnation.  An  injunction  to  prevent  the 
payment  of  an  additional  million  dollars  to  these  same  two 
experts  is  also  sought. 

The  defendants  demurred  to  the  bill,  and  after  argument 
Judge  Charles  M.  Foell  sustained  The  Tribune  in  a  decision 
which  sets  a  precedent  of  vast  importance  to  the  people  of 
Illinois.  He  held  that  restitution  could  be  enforced,  not 
only  against  any  person  obtaining  public  moneys  by  fraud, 
but  also  against  every  official  who  knowingly  participated 
in  the  transaction. 

On  June  24,  1921,  The  Tribune  Company  filed  a  suit 
similar  to  the  above  in  subject  matter  and  with  the  same 
defendant  officials.  But  three  new  "experts"  are  named: 
Edward  C.  Waller,  Jr.,  Ernest  H.  Lyons,  and  Arthur  S. 
Merrigold. 

The  Tribune  charges  that  the  one  million  seven  hundred 
thousand  dollars  ($1,700,000.00)  paid  to  these  men  for 
"experting"  within  one  year  was  fraudulently  obtained. 
It  demands  that  they  and  the  officials  who  conspired  with 
them  to  obtain  it  be  compelled  to  return  the  money  to  the 

112 


I  IIUIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UILI 


FOOD  WILL  WIN  THE  WAR.  DON'T  WASTE  IT. 


I1SC  LESS  MEAT 
BUY  LOCAL F008 
SM  THE 


DURING  the  War  The  Tribune  maintained  an  enormous  bill- 
board at  the  north  end  of  Michigan  Boulevard.  It  was  used 
for  patriotic  subjects  as  shown  above. 


LJIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'UHUIUIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'L. 


THESE  PHOTOS  show  The  Tribune  Plant  from  the  south 
(above)  and  from  the  north  (below).  The  ruled  white  space 
marks  the  site  on  which  the  new  Tribune  Monument  will 
stand.  Architects  have  been  offered  $100,000.00  in  prizes 
for  a  suitable  design.  The  low  building  north  of  The  Plant  is 
a  Tribune  garage. 


11 


TEN  MILLION  DOLLAR  LIBEL  SUIT 

City  of  Chicago.    Injunction  is  also  sought  to  prevent  the 
payment  of  additional  fees  amounting  to  $270,000.00. 

Both  the  above  suits  are  awaiting  trial. 

*  *  * 

In  a  desperate  effort  to  stop  The  Tribune's  exposures  of 
incompetence  and  corruption  in  municipal  affairs,  the 
Thompson  administration  caused  a  libel  suit  to  be  brought 
in  the  name  of  the  City  of  Chicago  against  The  Tribune 
demanding  damages  in  the  sum  of  ten  million  dollars 
($10,000,000.00).  This  is  the  largest  amount  ever  asked  in  a 
libel  suit,  and  it  is  the  first  time  in  American  history  that 
any  agency  of  government  has  attempted  to  sue  for  libel. 
Probably  no  more  dangerous  attack  has  ever  been  made  on 
freedom  of  the  press  and  free  speech. 

The  politicians'  claim  was  that  The  Tribune's  allegations 
of  incompetency  and  corruption  had  injured  the  credit  of 
the  city — lowering  the  rate  at  which  its  bonds  could  be  sold 
and  increasing  the  cost  of  supplies. 

The  Tribune  demurred,  maintaining  that  the  articles 
complained  of  were  not  libelous  and  that  in  any  case  to 
maintain  the  action  would  violate  the  freedom  of  the  press 
guaranteed  by  both  state  and  national  constitutions. 

On  December  12,  1921,  Judge  Harry  M.  Fisher,  of  the 
Circuit  Court  of  Cook  County,  handed  down  a  notable 
decision  sustaining  the  stand  of  The  Tribune.  Comments 
of  the  press  on  this  case  and  Judge  Fisher's  opinion  have 
been  printed  by  The  Tribune  for  distribution  to  those 
interested.  Judge  Fisher's  summary  of  the  points  involved 
was,  in  part,  as  follows: 

The  press  has  become  the  eyes  and  ears  of  the  world,  and,  to  a 
great  extent,  its  voice.  It  is  the  substance  which  puts  humanity  in 
contact  with  all  its  parts.  It  is  the  spokesman  of  the  weak  and  the 
appeal  of  the  suffering.  It  tears  us  away  from  our  selfishness  and 
moves  us  to  acts  of  kindness  and  charity.  It  is  the  advocate  constantly 
pleading  before  the  bar  of  public  opinion.  It  holds  up  for  review  the 
acts  of  our  officials  and  of  those  men  in  high  places  who  have  it  in  their 
power  to  advance  peace  or  endanger  it.  It  is  the  force  which  mirrors 
public  sentiment.  Trade  and  commerce  depend  upon  it.  Authors, 
artists,  musicians,  scholars  and  inventors  command  a  hearing  through 
its  columns.  In  politics  it  is  our  universal  forum.  But  for  it  the  acts 

115 


NEWSPAPERS  CHECK  ON  OFFICIAL  CORRUPTION 

of  public  benefactors  would  go  unnoticed,  impostors  would  continue 
undismayed,  and  public  office  would  be  the  rich  reward  of  the  unscrupu- 
lous demagogue.  Knowledge  of  public  matters  would  be  hidden  in  the 
bosoms  of  those  who  make  politics  their  personal  business  for  gain  or 
glorification.  While  not  always  unselfish,  yet  in  every  national  crisis 
we  find  it  constant  and  loyal,  rendering  service  of  inestimable  value. 
Observe  the  role  it  played  in  our  recent  national  emergency.  It  was 
the  advance  agent  of  our  treasury,  and  the  rear  guard  of  our  army.  It 
set  us  to  work  upon  the  minute  and  told  us  when  our  several  tasks  were 
done.  It  informed  every  soldier  when  and  where  to  report  for  duty 
and  gave  him  his  instructions  with  reference  to  it.  It  kept  us  in  touch 
with  our  men  in  the  field  and  carried  messages  of  cheer  and  encourage- 
ment. It  built  up  our  spirits,  aroused  our  determination  and  finally 
had  the  honor  of  heralding  in  every  household  the  joyous  news  of 
victory  and  peace. 

It  is  only  natural  that  the  rendering  of  such  service  should  result 
in  corresponding  power;  and  power  without  the  abuse  of  it  is  unfor- 
tunately rarely  found.  The  press  is  no  exception.  Economic  interests 
often  lead  a  great  portion  of  the  press  to  serve  the  commercial  elements 
of  the  community,  upon  which  it  largely  depends,  to  the  detriment  of 
the  public.  But,  fortunately,  while  the  good  the  press  is  capable  of 
rendering,  if  unafraid,  is  without  limit,  the  harm  it  can  do  has  its  own 
limitations.  The  press  is  dependent  for  its  success,  for  its  very  exist- 
ence, almost,  upon  public  confidence.  It  must  cater  to  public  senti- 
ment even  as  it  labors  to  build  it  up.  It  cannot  long  indulge  in  false- 
hoods without  suffering  the  loss  of  that  confidence  from  which  alone 
comes  its  power,  its  prestige  and  its  reward. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  harm  which  would  certainly  result  to  the 
community  from  an  officialdom  unrestrained  by  fear  of  publicity  is 
incalculable. 

Plaintiff's  counsel's  own  argument  shows  where  the  law  which  he 
contends  for,  if  it  were  the  law,  would  lead  us  to. 

"Everything,"  he  says,  "which  affects  the  city  in  its  finance  or 
in  its  property  must  be  treated  by  law  the  same  as  if  it  were  spoken  of 
or  done  against  a  private  corporation.  If  a  libel  would  result  in  an 
increase  of  one  cent  on  the  cost  of  pencils,  the  city  could  maintain  an 
action." 

It  is  difficult  to  imagine  a  case  of  adverse  criticism  of  a  municipality 
which  could  not  be  shown  to  have  affected  it  or  its  property  in  some 
remote  way.  Moreover,  if  plaintiff's  position  is  sound,  does  it  not 
logically  follow  that  criticism  directed  against  the  responsible  officials 
of  the  city,  which  would  result  injuriously  to  the  municipality,  would 
give  rise  to  a  like  cause  of  action  on  behalf  of  the  city? 

To  say  that  a  city  is  an  unsafe  place  to  live  in  because  of  the  cor- 
ruption or  the  inefficiency  of  the  police  department  is  almost  certain 
to  keep  away  prospective  residents  whose  payment  of  taxes  would 
otherwise  enhance  the  city  treasury.  To  say  that  the  mayor  of  a  city 
has  no  regard  for  contractual  obligations  would  unquestionably  keep 
men  from  bidding  and  contracting  with  the  city  on  the  same  basis 
that  they  would  if  they  were  certain  that  they  will  have  no  trouble  in 
enforcing  the  city's  obligations.  To  charge  that  bribe  money  must 
be  paid  in  order  to  obtain  a  contract  from  the  city  would  result  in  keep- 

116 


FREEDOM  OF  PRESS  IMPERILED  BY  SUIT 

ing  responsible  bidders  away  and  increase  the  bids  of  those  who  would 
offer  it.  To  charge  that  political  favorites  are  preferred  in  the  letting 
of  contracts  will  keep  away  many  more  bidders  than  would  a  charge 
of  insolvency.  For,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  a  municipality  cannot  be 
insolvent,  in  the  sense  in  which  that  word  is  ordinarily  used.  At  any 
rate  a  contractor  desiring  the  work  could  easily  ascertain  how  and 
when  the  money  will  be  forthcoming  to  pay  the  obligations  of  the  con- 
tract, but  when  favoritism  governs  the  granting  of  contracts  he  knows, 
if  he  is  not  of  the  favored  few,  how  useless  it  is  to  bid  for  work.  In 
short,  almost  anything  unfavorable  that  could  be  said  of  the  govern- 
ment or  its  office  holders  is  likely  to  affect  the  municipality  financially 
just  as  injuriously  as  the  articles  charged  to  have  been  published  by 
the  defendant.  It  is  too  evident  to  permit  of  doubt  that,  balancing 
good  against  good,  the  mischief  which  would  flow  from  an  application 
of  the  rule  which  would  permit  the  city  to  sue  as  a  private  person  would 
overwhelmingly  outweigh  the  benefit  which  could  possibly  come  from 
it. 

Stripped  of  all  the  elaborate  argument,  in  the  confusion  of  which 
the  question  for  decision  might  look  difficult,  the  fact  remains  that,  if 
this  action  is  maintainable,  then  public  officials  have  in  their  power  one 
of  the  most  effective  instruments  with  which  to  intimidate  the  press 
and  to  silence  their  enemies.  It  is  a  weapon  to  be  held  over  the  head 
of  every  one  who  dares  print  or  speak  unfavorably  of  the  men  in  power. 

There  are  men  who,  in  the  interest  of  public  service,  would  not  be 
terrified  by  criminal  prosecution  and  imprisonment.  They  would  keep 
up  the  struggle  against  a  corrupt  government  even  from  the  cell, 
if  the  instrument  for  conveying  their  thought  would  remain  intact. 
But  the  recovery  of  heavy  damages,  in  a  civil  action,  or  even  the  neces- 
sity of  continually  defending  against  such  attempted  recovery  would 
destroy  the  instrument  itself,  the  newspaper.  Especially  would  this 
be  true  in  smaller  communities  where  the  newspapers  have  not  large 
means.  The  cost  of  the  defense  alone  would  be  sufficient  to  impoverish 
them.  In  civil  actions,  unlike  criminal  prosecutions,  the  jury  is  not 
the  judge  of  the  law,  and  a  friendly  judge  (and  such  a  thing  was  found 
not  impossible  at  least  so  far  as  the  history  of  prosecution  for  libel  is 
concerned)  would  have  the  right  to  instruct  the  jury  to  find  the  defend- 
ant guilty,  or,  if  a  verdict  unfavorable  to  the  plaintiff  were  returned, 
to  set  it  aside,  and  order  a  new  trial,  and  continue  granting  new  trials 
until  a  favorable  verdict  were  obtained. 

While  good  reason  exists  for  denying  a  publisher  the  right  to  print 
that  which  he  cannot  prove  against  an  individual,  and  recklessly  to 
pry  into  his  personal  affairs,  defaming  his  character  and  reputation, 
simply  because  of  his  public  position,  no  reason  exists  for  restraining 
the  publication  against  a  municipality  or  other  governmental  agency 
of  such  facts,  which,  as  Judge  Taft  puts  it,  is  well  that  the  public  should 
know,  even  if  it  lies  hidden  from  judicial  investigation.  There  are  other 
differences  to  be  found  between  an  action  by  a  municipality  and  an 
action  by  an  official  whose  personal  character  and  integrity  are  attacked. 
In  the  one,  the  prosecution  is  at  the  public  expense,  in  the  other,  at  the 
personal  expense  of  the  plaintiff.  Aside  from  the  costs  involved,  there 
is  much  which  would  cause  an  individual  to  forbear  action.  The 
honest  official  seldom  fears  criticism.  He  answers  argument  by  argu- 

117 


"OuR  COUNTRY — RIGHT  OR  WRONG" 

ment,  and  only,  in  extreme  cases,  resorts  to  law.  The  dishonest  official 
is  often  restrained  by  the  fear  of  laying  his  character  open  to  a  searching 
judicial  inquiry;  but  if  he  can  hide  his  own  infirmities  by  labeling  his 
action  in  the  name  of  a  municipality,  the  number  of  suits  would  be  gov- 
erned only  by  political  expediency. 

This  action  is  not  in  harmony  with  the  genius,  spirit  and  objects 
of  our  institutions.  It  does  not  belong  to  our  day.  It  fits  in  rather 
with  the  genius  of  the  rulers  who  conceived  law  not  in  the  purity  of  love 
for  justice,  but  in  the  lustful  passion  for  undisturbed  power.  It  will, 
therefore,  be  unnecessary  to  consider  the  other  questions  involved,  and 
since  I  find  that  the  demurrer  ought  to  be  sustained  not  merely  because 
of  any  defect  in  the  pleading  but  because  no  cause  of  action  exists, 
nothing  can  be  gained  by  amendment.  The  demurrer  will,  therefore, 
be  sustained. 

Appeal  was  taken  from  the  above  decision  and  is  now 
pending  in  the  higher  court. 

jjc     Jfc     * 

The  Tribune  carries  every  day  at  the  "masthead"  of  its 
editorial  page  this  slogan: 


"Our  Country!  In  her  intercourse  with  foreign 
nations  may  she  always  be  in  the  right;  but  our 
country,  right  or  wrong." — STEPHEN  DECATUR. 


On  April  21,  1922,  The  Tribune  printed  a  letter  from 
one  of  its  readers  protesting  against  the  reiteration  in  peace 
times  of  a  "chauvinistic"  sentiment  excusable  only  as  a 
war  measure.  On  the  same  page  The  Tribune  replied  in 
the  following  characteristic  editorial : 

SHE'S  UP  TO  STAY 

In  the  Voice  of  the  People,  across  the  page  in  this  issue,  is  printed 
a  letter  .  .  .  protesting  against  the  continued  use  of  the  sentiment  of 
Stephen  Decatur  at  the  head  of  the  editorial  department  of  The  Tribune. 

Mr.  Fry's  letter  and  others  of  similar  protest  received  from  time 
to  time  are  sufficient  reason  and  good  reason  for  keeping  the  sentiment 
nailed  to  the  flagstaff  for  the  next  hundred  years.  So  far  as  the  present 
management  of  The  Tribune  is  concerned  it's  there  to  stay. 

This  nation  has  been  described  by  contemptuous  Europeans  as  a 
mongrel.  It  has  been  tested  to  the  hilt  by  the  admixtures  which  have 
come  to  find  new  fortunes  here.  If  it  were  not  substantially  sound  it 
could  not  have  stood  the  test.  It  has. 

Nationality  is  a  precious  thing.  It  is  a  powerful  spirituality.  It 
ennobles.  It  is  also  material.  It  represents  a  protective  community 

118 


TRIBUNE  EVERLASTINGLY  AMERICAN 

of  interests.  Right  and  wrong  are  not  black  and  white.  An  egotistic 
man  can  say,  and  does  say,  that  he  knows  which  is  right  and  which  is 
wrong.  He  is  a  cricket  in  a  fence  corner. 

It  is  altogether  possible  that  the  foreign  policy  of  an  American 
government  would  distress  the  consciences  of  a  great  many  citizens. 
Some  think  that  Haiti  is  a  reproach  to  us  now.  They  think  that  brutal 
marines  are  imposing  upon  a  cultured  and  defenseless  land.  The 
Tribune  thinks  that  a  land  of  savagery  with  a  fringe  of  superficial 
literacy  has  been  brought  into  a  semi-ordered  state  and  that  it  is  the 
duty  of  the  United  States  to  make  it  at  least  semi-ordered. 

New  Englanders  and  others  in  the  north  thought  the  war  with 
Mexico  was  bad.  What  is  bad  ?  Is  it  bad  that  Texas  is  not  Chihuahua 
or  Sonora?  Vallandigham  thought  the  war  with  the  South  was  bad. 
Is  it  bad  that  human  beings  are  not  being  sold  down  the  river  in  the 
United  States? 

Debs  thought  the  war  with  Germany  was  bad.  Is  it  bad  that  the 
German  fleet  is  not  protecting  the  landing  of  German  divisions  in 
Central  American  and  South  American  ports  and  driving  the  United 
States,  lone  and  unprepared,  to  a  war  with  the  greatest  military  power 
of  Europe?  Who  shall  say  policies  are  good  or  bad?  The  government 
through  its  ordered  methods  or  the  midge  of  a  citizen  who  without 
responsibility  comes  to  conclusions  satisfactory  to  his  egotism? 

The  structure  of  a  nation  does  not  permit  these  individual  judg- 
ments in  emergency,  and  particularly  the  structure  of  the  United  States 
does  not.  Americans  have  permitted  the  man  from  Cork,  the  man 
from  Berlin,  the  man  from  Teheran,  the  man  from  Kief,  the  man  from 
Naples,  the  man  from  Stockholm,  the  man  from  Glasgow,  the  man 
from  Lisbon,  from  Tangiers,  from  the  Congo,  from  Mesopotamia,  from 
Armenia  and  from  Siberia,  from  Kent  and  from  Saxony,  from  Tuscany 
and  from  Brittany,  from  Quebec  and  from  Coahuila,  from  Araby  and 
Abyssinia  to  come  here  without  restriction  until  recent  years  and 
acquire  citizenship  easily. 

Its  danger  is  that  in  its  dealings  with  other  lands  it  will  disintegrate. 
It  was  frankly  said  not  long  ago  that  the  principal,  the  only,  duty  of 
the  Italian  ambassador  in  the  United  States  was  to  direct  the  influence 
of  Italians  voting  in  the  United  States  in  the  interests  of  Italy.  Italians 
here  are  urged  by  their  government  to  nationalize  in  the  United  States 
and  help  Italy  by  their  votes  as  American  citizens.  This  is  true  of 
other  nationalities  in  spirit  if  not  in  form.  These  alien  blocs  in  the 
United  States  tend  to  break  down  American  purpose  conceived  purely 
for  American  well  being. 

The  United  States  is  regarded  as  the  soft  shell  crab  of  nations.  It 
is  supposed  to  be  easy  to  fry.  We  admit  that  government  mistakes 
might  try  the  conscience  of  a  citizen,  but  where  will  he  take  his  indi- 
vidual judgment  when  the  organized  policy  of  his  nation  has  committed 
him  in  a  dispute  with  another  nation? 

Will  he  admit  that  he  may  in  clear  conscience  be  with  the  other 
nation  ?  Then  how  does  he  expect  to  keep  America,  with  her  diverging 
elements,  an  integrated  nation?  Or  does  he  not  care,  being  in  some 
high,  altitude  of  egotism,  whether  he  is  a  citizen  of  a  nation  or  an 
individual  in  a  riot?  Possibly  he  would  prefer  to  be  a  citizen  if  he 

119 


TRIBUNE  is  75  YEARS  YOUNG 


considered  nothing  more  spiritual  than  his  investments  and  real  estate 
holdings. 

Our  flag  is  up  to  stay.  When  the  American  nation  makes  its 
decisions  in  foreign  relations  we  hope  that  the  decisions  are  justifiable, 
but  if  another  nation  challenges  them,  and  if  force  is  to  be  the  issue, 
then  we  are  for  the  United  States,  right  or  wrong. 

In  commemoration  of  its  seventy-fifth  anniversary, 
The  Tribune 

— offers  $100,000.00  in 
prizes  for  designs  for 
a  new  building  to  be 
erected  between  its 
present  Plant  and 
Michigan  Boulevard. 

— awards  to  Paul  Cross 
Chapman  a  prize  of 
$5,000.00  for  mural 
paintings  to  be  placed 
upon  the  walls  of  its 
news  room. 

— announces  the  in- 
vention of  a  Color- 
Rotogravure  press 
and  its  weekly  use  in 
printing  a  beautiful 

-     new    magazine    sec- 


$10000000 

IN   PRIZES   TO   ARCHITECTS 

Seventy-five  yean  old  today.  The 
Tribune  seeks  surpassing  beauty 
in  new  home  on  Michigan  Boulevard 


old*  Sreatejt 


tion  for  The  Sunday  Tribune. 
— publishes  this  book. 

And,  as  this  book  goes  to  press,  The  Tribune  is  fighting 
tremendously  important  battles  for  free  speech,  and  better 
government,  not  only  in  its  columns  but  in  the  courts. 
Libel  suits  aggregating  $11,350,000.00  are  pending  against 
it,  and  its  suits  to  save  Chicago  more  than  four  million 
dollars  in  "expert"  fees  await  trial.  Tribune  circulation  and 
advertising  are  at  the  highest  points.  Assuredly,  The 
Chicago  Tribune  is  75  years  YOUNG. 


120 


THE  PRESENT 

The  business  of  publishing  a  newspaper— 

Editorial,  Advertising,  Circulation, 

Production. 


121 


122 


m»u»u»ii. 


»u»ii»ii»ii»ii»u»u*u»ii»u»u 


it»ii»M»ii' 


LAYING  corner  stone  of 
Plant  at  St.  Clair  street 
and  Austin  avenue, 
June  7,  1920.  Co- 
Editors  and  Publishers 
of  The  Tribune  speak- 
ing—Col. R.  R.  Mc- 
Cormick  at  right — 
Capt.  J.  M.  Patterson 
below. 


IJIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIL 


Editorial  Division 


TRULY  great  newspaper  must  be,  first 
of  all,  a  newspaper,  because  it  is  for  news, 
first,  that  readers  want  a  paper. 

The  appetite  for  news  is  instinctive,  an- 
other evidence  of  the  gregarious  nature  of 
man;  we  not  only  like  to  live  together  but 
we  want  to  know  the  fortunes  of  our  fellows.  This  appetite 
is  deep  seated,  old  as  the  race.  The  courier  never  lacked 
refreshment  or  a  place  by  the  fire ;  the  intelligence  he  bore 
made  his  welcome.  The  "oyez,  oyez"  of  the  crier  opened 
shutters  at  midnight  in  the  mediaeval  towns.  Today,  in 
isolated  places,  the  beat  of  hoofs,  the  sound  of  a  strange 
motor,  the  sight  of  a  sail,  quickens  the  pulses;  there 
may  be  news  coming. 

The  craving  of  news  is  logical,  understandable.  The 
material  world  of  each  of  us,  the  world  in  which  we  live  and 
work  and  play,  is  a  little  place,  limited  by  necessity.  But 
the  world  of  the  mind  and  soul  is  infinite,  and  in  this  inner 
personal  world,  each  man  is  his  own  Columbus.  We  read 
avidly  of  countries  we  shall  never  see,  people  we  shall  never 
know,  events  that  will  never  touch  us ;  of  crime  and  heroism, 
accomplishment  and  disaster,  vice  and  virtue— all  to  mag- 
nify and  complete  and  furnish  this  inner  world,  wherein  we 
go  to  escape  the  monotony,  the  limitations,  the  ennui  of 
our  own  existence.  We  find  in  news  a  spiritual  and  emo- 
tional satisfaction. 

Moreover,  news  is  a  constructive  force.  We  increase  our 
knowledge,  amplify  our  experience,  and  improve  ourselves  by 
the  news  we  read.  The  shopgirl  wants  to  read  of  marriages, 
of  the  work  of  men,  of  children,  of  new  hats,  because  mar- 
riage and  men  and  babies  and  hats  are  all  part  of  her  life  to 
be.  The  man  in  the  street  is  interested  in  rumors  of  wars ; 
he  has  been  in  one  and  is  concerned  about  taking  part  in 
another.  He  follows  politics,  because  politics  influence  his 

125 


TRIBUNE  ENERGIES  EVER  FOCUSED  ON  NEWS 

future.  He  reacts  to  every  story.  Prices  go  down;  his 
money  will  buy  more.  Employment  is  scarce ;  he  may  lose 
his  job.  New  bond  issues  pay  high  interest;  he  ought  to 
save.  And  so  on.  Not  a  day  passes  but  the  outlook,  the 
personal  plan  and  selfish  program  of  all  of  us  is  influenced, 
determined,  or  modified  by  news. 

Indeed,  the  successful  conduct  of  business,  of  social  life 
and  government,  would  be  impossible  today  without  news. 
The  influence  of  news  is  collective  as  well  as  individual. 
War  threatens  in  certain  parts  of  the  world;  a  government 
breaks  off  or  cements  certain  foreign  relations.  There  is  a 
crime  wave  in  Boston ;  the  local  chief  of  police  can  look  for 
one  here.  A  strike  in  the  coal  mines;  manufacturers  con- 
serve coal.  A  cold  wave  is  coming;  department  stores 
prepare  for  a  rush  on  blankets  and  overcoats.  Nine  hun- 
dred thousand  bushels  of  wheat  are  dumped  on  the  Chicago 
exchange;  prices  fall,  trade  languishes,  panic  threatens, 
farmers  protest,  the  government  is  disturbed.  But  tomor- 
row's newspaper  tells  the  story  of  a  clerical  mistake  in  a 
brokerage  house,  and  the  anxiety  of  millions  is  dissipated. 

With  these  considerations,  it  is  obvious  why  The  Chicago 
Tribune,  and  all  big  newspapers,  go  to  such  lengths  of 
effort  and  expense  to  secure  news.  News  is  the  newspaper's 

most  important  commodity. 

*  *  * 

The  Tribune  from  its  inception  has  always  been  noted 
for  news.  Pioneer  in  utilizing  the  telegraph,  sponsor  of 
the  Western  Associated  Press,  time  and  time  again  the  first 
paper  to  discover  and  release  important  intelligence,  this 
greatest  paper  has  been  untiring  in  its  effort  to  encompass 
the  daily  grist  of  the  world.  The  Tribune  was  the  first 
newspaper  in  Chicago  to  receive  news  by  telegraph  and  the 
first  newspaper  in  the  world  to  receive  international  news 
by  wireless.  Neither  expense,  nor  effort,  nor  when  neces- 
sary, time,  is  spared  to  get  the  news.  This  spirit  always 
prevails  in  the  whole  editorial  division  of  the  paper;  and 
as  the  need  brings  forth  the  men,  this  policy  has  always 
been  instrumental  in  bringing  to  The  Tribune  the  best 

126 


INDIVIDUALITY  OF  EXPRESSION  ENCOURAGED 

ability  in  every  editorial  field.  And,  not  the  least  reason 
for  The  Tribune's  success  is  its  human  policy  toward  the 
people  who  find  and  write  its  news. 

Reporters  like  to  work  on  The  Tribune,  for  the  obvious 
reason  that  it  is  pre-eminently  the  best  paper;  the  associa- 
tion is  in  itself  significant  of  merit  and  ability.  Aside  from 
this  fact,  which  affects  the  whole  personnel  of  the  paper  as 
well  as  the  newsgathering  end,  there  are  more  specific 
reasons  which  determine  the  newswriter's  choice. 

In  the  first  place,  barring  only  the  limitations  of  time  and 
space,  a  reporter  is,  perhaps,  under  less  restriction  on  The 
Tribune  than  on  any  other  paper.  The  requirements  are 
only  that  his  copy  be :  first,  news;  second,  interesting.  Be- 
yond these,  everything  lies  with  himself.  No  office  style, 
no  hard  and  fast  rules  or  methods  of  treatment,  need  be 
conformed  with.  Under  such  conditions,  The  Tribune 
newswriter  is  enabled  to  make  the  fullest  possible  use  of  his 
personal  resources.  If  he  sees  a  human  interest  in  a  news 
item,  his  story  may  be  humorous,  or  pathetic,  or  moving  as 
he  can  make  it.  The  elements  that  make  literature  cannot 
spoil  news,  but  rather  improve  it.  As  a  consequence,  the 
pages  of  The  Tribune  reflect  life — fully  and  comprehen- 
sively. In  the  daily  schedule,  now  and  then  is  to  be  found 
a  piece  of  writing  that  might  be  called  classic — chuckles  and 
tears  and  passages  of  vividness  and  power. 

This  freedom  of  expression  is  the  best  incentive  to  abil- 
ity. It  keeps  the  contents  of  the  paper,  and  the  staff,  live. 
It  is  a  perpetual  invitation  to  do  the  best  work.  Homer 
would  have  liked  to  work  on  The  Tribune;  no  blue  pencil 
would  have  blurred  the  onamata-poeia  of  his  lines.  So 
would  Horace,  with  his  whimsicalities ;  Herodotus,  with  his 
wealth  of  incident.  So  would  Balzac,  Addison,  Samuel 
Johnson,  Dickens,  Hardy,  Kipling,  and  Mark  Twain. 
Because  in  writing  Tribune  news  each  of  these  would  have 
opportunity  to  exercise  his  exceptional  abilities. 

The  Tribune's  policy,  in  many  other  respects,  assists  the 
reporter.  The  paper  not  only  professes  to  be  independent 

127 


j 


BUSINESS  OFFICE  SEEKS  NO  SPECIAL  FAVORS 

and  non-partisan,  but  is.  Just  so  the  story  be  news,  and 
true,  The  Tribune  prints  it,  though  it  shake  the  portals  of 
the  state  or  pillars  of  society.  A  notable  example  of  this 
independence  is  the  incident  of  the  peace  treaty;  when  in 
1919  a  Tribune  reporter  secured  a  copy  of  the  withheld 
treaty,  The  Tribune  printed  it,  because  The  Tribune 
believed  that  the  right  of  the  people  of  the  United  States  to 
know  the  substance  of  the  treaty  came  ahead  of  the  possible 
diplomatic  advantages  that  lay  in  keeping  it  secret. 

Furthermore,  the  business  office  is  without  influence  in 
the  reporter's  realm.  Advertising  is  sold  strictly  on  a 
business  basis  with  no  editorial  bonus.  Dramatic,  literary, 
automobile  and  movie  editors  write  their  comment  and 
criticism  with  certainty  that  they  may  express  their  con- 
victions with  absolute  freedom.  The  Tribune  has  held 
steadfastly  to  this  policy  in  the  face  of  attempts  to  penalize 
it  by  heavy  withdrawals  of  advertising.  Tribune  writers 
are  often  admired  for  their  "fearless"  criticisms.  The 
"fearlessness"  was  The  Tribune's.  It  paid  the  bill  in  loss 
of  revenue,  while  the  writer's  salary  went  on  as  usual. 

The  reporter  on  The  Tribune  feels,  and  is,  secure.  Harsh, 
"quick  firing"  methods  in  vogue  on  some  papers  have  never 
prevailed  on  The  Tribune.  A  Tribune  reporter  is  not 
looked  upon  as  a  bird  of  passage.  Thirty-two  members  of 
the  editorial  department  have  been  on  The  Tribune  more 
than  ten  years.  The  Tribune  not  only  attracts,  but  holds, 
ability. 

The  following  extracts  from  an  address  by  the  city 
editor  of  The  Tribune  to  the  students  of  the  Medill  School 
of  Journalism  shows  the  attitude  of  this  department  of 
The  Tribune  toward  its  work: 

"News  is  a  record  of  action. 

"If  you  will  examine  this  definition  in  all  its  facets,  I 
think  that  some  day  you  may  come  to  some  understanding 
of  the  business  of  newspapers.  You  must  become  competent 
to  set  down  a  record  and  you  must  become  competent  to 
judge  of  what  is  an  action  fit  to  be  recorded.  A  great  many 

128 


JIU»UIUIU'UIU'U'U«UIU'UIU'U'UIUIUIU'UIUIU«UIU'U'U«UIUIU»U«U'U'U'UIUIUIU>1. 


II 


cm  iv 


ISH  GUNS  RUL 


OUST 


CHIEF 


ttsfcafl 


FRAMED  and  hung  on  a  post  in  the  Local  Room  where  all 
copy  readers  can  see  it  is  the  above  collection  of  Tribune  heads. 
When  the  city  editor  or  telegraph  editor  passes  a  story  to  a 
copyreader^  he  marks  it  "8  hed"  or  "2  hed"  etc.  If  the  copy- 
reader  is  in  any  doubt  as  to  the  style  of  the  head  to  be  written—- 
the exact  number  of  letters  and  spaces  per  line — this  is  his  guide. 


12Q 


J'U«UIUIU'U'UIUIU'UIUIU'U«U'U'U»U»U«UIU<U«U'U«U'U'U'UIU'UIUIU'UIUIU'U»U'1 


PRIZES  ^zr^  offered  each  week  for  the  best  heads  written  by 
Tribune  copyreaders.  During  the  week  each  man  clips  the 
heads  of  which  he  is  most  proud  and  posts  them  on  the  bulletin 
board  shown  above.  At  the  end  of  the  week  the  managing 
editor  looks  over  the  entries  and  makes  the  awards  as  shown. 


NEWSPAPER  MUST  THRILL  WITH  ETERNAL  YOUTH 


times  you  will  be  tempted  to  record  something  which  you 
really  believe  ought  to  be  the  truth.  But  what  ought  to  be 
the  truth  and  what  is  the  truth  provokes  a  discussion  that 
is  likely  to  give  you  a  great  deal  of  concern.  It  is  this  very 
salubrious  difference  in  values  that  will  bring  you  acrid 
letters  from  our  ancient  friend  vox  pop ;  and  often  cause  you 
to  decide  that  after  all  the  best  way  to  conduct  a  newspaper 
is  with  a  sawed-off  shotgun. 

"The  newspaper  business  is  a  game  of  eternal  youth.  It 
wants  snap  and  action.  It  reflects  the  growing  world,  not 
the  middle-aged,  sagging,  comfortable  world  that  has  re- 
tired on  a  competence,  or  the  decayed,  woeful  world  that  is 
standing  on  a  street  corner  begging  for  alms. 

"The  moment  you  regard  the  human  race  as  a  finished 
product  you  have  quit  newspapering  and  you  are  making 
your  will.  The  newspaper  is  unlike  almost  any  other  busi- 
ness and  yet  nothing  is  quite  so  symbolic  of  the  changing 
world.  Each  newspaper  day  is  a  complete  cycle.  Each 
twenty-four  hours  tells  its  story,  banks  the  fire  in  the  fur- 
nace, winds  the  clock  and  goes  to  bed.  Nothing  is  so  old, 
so  stale,  so  tasteless  to  the  newspaper  man  as  yesterday's 
newspaper.  We  keep  the  newspapers  of  yesterday  in  a 
place  called  the  morgue.  You  need  no  Arabian  imagina- 
tion to  tell  you  why  it  is  called  the  morgue. 

"The  news  room  lives  for  today.  It  is  this  eternal  youth 
of  the  newspaper  that  makes  the  dangerous  rainbow  of 
color  and  atmosphere.  You  often  are  likely  to  hear  such 
esthetic  locutions  as  the  "urge"  and  the  "fascination  of  the 
life  they  lead,"  the  "thrill"  and  "excitement."  If  you  are 
given  to  thinking  of  these  things,  forget  them.  They  are  for 
romantic  laymen.  You  cannot  be  the  scenery  and  the 
audience,  too. 

"If  this  school  can  erase  the  notion  that  newspapers  exist 
for  dreamy,  poetic  minds  whose  sole  product  is  to  be  only 
frothy  little  imaginings  uttered  without  direction  or  restraint, 
it  will  have  done  a  master's  work.  Even  among  those  whom 
we  consider  experienced  workers  we  constantly  are  meeting 

131 


SUCCESS  DEMANDS  DISCIPLINED  ORGANIZATION 

with  those  who  fondly  conceive  it  to  be  their  parts  to  turn 
out  'light,  chatty  stuff.'  'I  cannot  work  on  assignments/ 
they  will  say,  'I  must  go  and  pick  up  little  stories  here  and 
there.  I  must  write  just  as  I  feel.  My  copy  can't  be 
corrected.  I  always  do  my  own  correcting  and  my  stories 
must  run  as  I  write  them/ 

"Stop  it.  It  isn't  being  done.  The  newspaper  business 
is  a  serious  affair.  It  deals  intimately  every  day  with  the 
serious  concerns  of  millions  of  people.  Don't  get  the  idea 
that  it  is  conducted  by  a  collection  of  irresponsibles  who  go 
charging  about  without  mode  or  reason  to  publish,  at  a 
prodigious  cost,  inconsequential  and  childlike  utterances. 
Every  person  on  a  newspaper  has  a  direct  mission  and  pur- 
pose. Everyone  is  under  direction.  There  are  no  sacred 
cattle  with  divine  license  to  ignore  authority.  Every  act 
on  a  newspaper  is  done  by  delegated  authority. 

"On  a  newspaper  one  of  the  most  hopeless  types  of  prima 
donna  is  the  one  that  is  completely  intolerant  of  prima 
donnas.  He  is  the  one  who  constantly  asserts  he  views  his 
field  with  a  broad,  even  distribution  of  light  but  never  fails 
to  complain  bitterly  because  his  last  paragraph  was  left  out. 

"The  prima  donna  is  one  who  will  not  understand  that  a 
newspaper  is  bounded  by  steel  hoops — literally,  not  just 
speculatively.  It  is  surprising  what  little  elasticity  there  is 
in  the  metal  page  of  type.  And  yet  the  prima  donna  will 
weep  bitter  tears,  resign,  curse  the  editor  and  classify  him 
among  the  most  unspeakable  of  blundering  upstarts  because 
the  sacred  brain  child  of  the  prima  donna  has  been  trimmed 
to  fit. 

"A  real  star  is  one  who  fully  understands  that  it  is  not  his 
one  little  contribution  that  boxes  the  compass  and  puts  man- 
kind at  its  ease,  but  that  it  is  the  complete  newspaper,  care- 
fully designed,  each  item  of  world  news,  of  industry,  econom- 
ics, domesticity,  politics,  science,  health,  crime — everything 
in  proportion,  that  stamps  the  dependable  and  trustworthy 
journal.  It  is  the  easiest  thing  in  the  world  for  a  newspaper 
to  devote  itself  to  the  shocks,  the  horrors  and  atrocities  of 

132 


PATIENT  LABOR  BY  TRAINED  BRAINS 

life.  A  newspaper  man  need  have  only  a  spoonful  of  brains 
to  dip  his  journal  in  blood  and  wave  it  before  a  morbid  mob. 
He  is  just  as  sure  to  attract  attention  as  if  he  ran  naked  down 
the  middle  of  State  Street.  But  it  does  require  knowledge 
and  a  steady  hand  to  inquire  into  the  complexities  of  advanc- 
ing civilization. 

"In  order  that  this  may  be  kept  so,  there  has  grown  up 
the  things  we  call  system,  efficiency.  Stories  are  not  printed 
without  investigation.  Even  in  the  face  of  investigation 
there  are  mistakes.  But  that  is  because  human  judgment 
errs.  Hardly  any  two  persons  can  see  the  same  event  alike. 
That  is  why  the  newspaper  requires  trained  minds  with  a 
capacity  for  patient  inquiry  and  sound  decision.  You  may 
not  write  what  you  think.  You  must  write  what  you  find. 

"Often  I  have  thought  about  that  pleasant  delusion  of 
the  laymen:  'How  thrilling  and  exciting  it  all  must  be.' 
The  most  exciting  moment  I  can  think  of  is  when,  at  the 
deadline — the  instant  of  going  to  press — a  copyreader  is 
trying  to  summarize  a  two-column  story  into  a  headline  of 
131/2  letters  when  his  mind  seems  mechanically  determined 
upon  14  letters.  That  half  letter  is  holding  up  a  whole  com- 
posing-room, a  mob  of  sweating,  impatient  stereotypers,  a 
battalion  of  inky  pressmen,  a  wagon  train  of  circulation 
drivers  and  a  half  million  readers.  The  torment  that  passes 
in  that  copyreader's  brain  is  all  the  nerve-racking  strain  of  a 
lifetime  crystallized  into  the  moment.  And  yet  those  who 
seek  to  view  from  the  sidelines  the  mad  clamor  of  the  news- 
room will  find  their  sole  recompense  in  a  lone  individual 
sitting  quietly  and  thoughtfully  at  a  desk. 

"The  excitement  and  thrill  is  not  in  the  savage  rush  of 
reporters  and  yelling  of  editors.  Your  newspaper  is  the 
result  of  patient,  constructive  effort.  It  has  been  prepared 
by  mental  concentration.  Men  do  not  concentrate  in  a 
cyclone.  That  silent,  thoughtful  copyreader  is  the  personi- 
fied prototype  of  the  excitement  you  read  about. " 


133 


Local  News 


ERHAPS  the  best  idea  of  how  local  news 
is  obtained  will  be  gained  by  enumerating 
the  sources  of  such  news. 

The  City  News  Bureau  is  a  news-gather- 
ing organization  jointly  maintained  by  the 
daily  papers  of  Chicago.  By  this  co-opera- 
tive effort  the  newspapers  avoid  duplication  of  effort  in 
covering  routine  sources  of  local  news.  The  City  News 
Bureau  has  its  reporters  stationed  all  over  Chicago  and 
suburbs.  They  are  at  police  stations,  City  Hall,  County 
Building,  Courts,  Federal  Building,  Board  of  Education, 
Hotels,  etc.  All  is  grist  that  comes  to  their  mill,  everything 
that  is  news  or  that  might  be  news.  They  phone  their 
stories  to  the  main  office  of  the  Bureau  at  frequent  intervals, 
not  attempting  to  write  finished  productions,  but  sending  in 
briefly,  accurately,  promptly,  every  possible  fad. 

The  story  is  taken  at  the  main  office  by  a  typist  with  a 
telephone  receiver  strapped  to  his  head.  Instead  of  ordinary 
paper  his  machine  contains  a  stencil,  on  which  he  writes  one 


f  CAMERA      PRINTING 
ROOM  ROOM 


Fifth  Floor  of  Chicago  Tribune  Plant 
134 


CITY  NEWS  BUREAU  BULLETINS  LOCAL  EVENTS 


or  two  sentences  to  a  sheet.  As  fast  as  he  finishes  them  the 
sheets  are  run  through  a  duplicating  machine  and  shot  by 
pneumatic  tube  to  every  newspaper  office. 

These  News  Bureau  bulletins  are  instantly  scanned  by 
the  man  "on  the  desk."  On  receipt  of  the  first  "flash"  he 
may  rush  every  reporter  he  can  reach  to  cover  the  big  story 
it  implies,  or  he  may  wait  until  all  the  News  Bureau  bulletins 
are  in  and  then  decide  that  it  is  worth  turning  over  to  a 
reporter  for  check-up,  or  he  may  discard  it  as  valueless,  or 
he  may  turn  the  sheaf  of  bulletins  over  to  a  "  re-write  man  " 


a 

Q    OQ 

lifciHisr  Yi 
/IJa 

(      (h/0£5  777  COMPOSING  #OOM 


\CtAT£O  PRESS. 

\AfiO  LOOP  TRIBUNE  BLOQ. 


\ 


r 


r/tfs 

KEAL 
5STATC 
fO/TOK 

FIHAI\ 
OE 

C/AL\ 
V. 

RKPOK. 

r&gy 

TO  f 'lie  ROOM 


DRAMATIC  CRITIC  &. 
/  POLITICAL  EXPERTS 


I 


\ 

I 

ASSISTANT 

** 

s 

^§ 

1 

C/TY  EDITOR 

'r^, 

Local  Room  on  Fifth  Floor  of  Tribune  Plant 
135 


LOCAL 


How  news  passes  from  its  sources  to   The  Tribune's  com- 
posing room. 


136 


CITY  DESK  is  NEVER  VACANT 

to  be  organized  into  a  story.  The  volume  of  raw  material 
for  news  stories  turned  out  each  day  by  the  City  News 
Bureau  is  enormous. 

A  number  of  Tribune  reporters  are  assigned  to  regular 
"beats"— City  Hall,  County  Building,  Federal  Building- 
duplicating  to  a  certain  extent  the  work  of  the  Bureau,  but 
concentrating  their  efforts  on  the  biggest  events  only.  At 
night  when  "dead  lines"  make  minutes  precious,  and  when 
crimes  and  fifes  might  be  inadequately  covered  if  hurriedly 
filtered  through  the  Bureau,  a  "night  police  reporter"  is 
kept  out  at  a  key  police  station  on  each  side  of  the  city. 

Of  course  there  are  many  other  sources  of  news.  "  Tips  " 
flow  in  to  the  "city  desk"  from  friends  of  The  Tribune  or 
of  the  staff,  from  policemen,  officials,  politicians,  lawyers, 
hotel  clerks,  press  agents,  club  women,  business  men,  etc. 

#  #  * 

Someone  is  "on  the  city  desk"  every  minute  of  the 
twenty-four  hours  every  day  in  the  year,  ready  to  receive 
news  and  to  concentrate  the  entire  resources  of  The  Tribune 
on  covering  it  if  necessary. 

Although  the  day  never  ends,  it  may  be  said  to  begin 
at  8  in  the  morning.  At  that  hour  the  dog  watch  is  relieved 
by  the  first  day  man  on  the  desk.  He  finds  the  place  clean. 
There  is  no  litter  on  the  floor,  nor  any  accumulation  of 
files  or  rubbish  on  the  desks.  It  is  like  the  beginning  of  the 
first  day.  His  watch  is  usually  a  quiet  one,  though  there  are 
many  telephone  calls,  events  of  the  day  to  be  noted  for 
reference,  and  on  occasion  a  robbery  or  a  railway  accident, 
to  cover  which  reporters  and  photographers  must  be  called 
and  dispatched  to  the  scene. 

At  10  o'clock  the  assistant  city  editor  comes  on  and 
remains  until  6  or  later.  Being  in  superior  authority  he  is  >/ 
"on  the  desk"  and  so  remains  until  about  5  o'clock  when 
the  city  editor  takes  charge.  The  first  duty  of  the  assistant 
city  editor  is  to  make  up  the  assignment  book.  This  is  a 
large  folio  volume,  allowing  two  pages  to  each  day  and  space 
for  some  two  hundred  entries.  Some  of  these,  those  regular- 

137 


INNUMERABLE  SOURCES  OF  LOCAL  NEWS 

ly  recurring,  are  printed  but  most  of  them  are  entered  in 
writing  each  day.  The  information  for  this  list  comes  from 
various  sources.  Yesterday's  assignments  and  news  clip- 
pings from  the  day's  papers  furnish  some.  The  future  box 
contains  announcements  of  coming  events.  The  City  Press 
news  always  has  something  that  must  be  followed  up.  The 
comparative  news  scrap  book  shows,  in  parallel  columns, 
how  the  various  events  are  treated  in  the  morning  news- 
papers. And  the  telephone  and  mail  are  bringing  in  facts 
or  notices  of  coming  events.  From  all  these  and  every  other 
available  source  is  compiled  a  complete  prognosis  of  the 
day.  These  usually  range  in  number  from  65  to  100.  Oppo- 
site each  event  is  set  the  name  of  the  reporter  who  is  to 
cover  it.  Sometimes  a  man  is  given  two  or  more  assign- 
ments for  a  day.  At  others  any  number  of  men  up  to  a 
dozen  may  be  assigned  to  a  single  event,  with  one  of  them 
in  direction  of  all. 

After  the  assignments  are  given  out,  the  daily  routine 
continues.  There  is  a  continual  trickle  of  copy  from  the 
City  News  Bureau.  And  all  the  while  the  telephone,  the 
mail  and  the  telegraph  are  bringing  in  additional  matter 
requiring  attention. 

Between  1 1  and  i  o'clock  there  is  a  perceptible  increase 
in  the  activity  of  the  place.  The  society,  religious,  financial 
and  real  estate  editors  come  in.  These  usually  finish  their 
work  and  turn  it  in  to  the  city  editor  by  6  o'clock.  The 
reporters  also  come,  except  those  who,  like  the  police  report- 
ers, have  regular  assignments  and  do  not  appear  until  the 
day's  work  is  done.  They  first  get  their  mail,  then  look  at 
the  assignment  book  and  get  further  information  when 
necessary,  and  go  about  the  work  in  hand.  Those  having 
afternoon  assignments  are  expected  to  complete  them  and 
turn  in  their  copy  by  6  o'clock  to  relieve  the  congestion 
of  the  later  hours,  and  also  to  be  ready  for  evening  assign- 
ments. 


138 


Departments 


A5OCIATED  with  the  local  staff  are  various  editors 
who  cover  particular  fields  of  news  requiring 
specialized  attention. 

The  political  writers,  for  instance,  devote  their  entire 
attention  to  this  field.  The  political  editor's  strength  lies 
as  much  in  what  he  knows  and  in  who  he  knows  as  in  what 
he  writes.  Other  staff  men  specialize  in  economics  and 

sociology. 

*  *  * 

The  Religious  Editor  is  always  a  clergyman.  He  also 
conducts  "The  Bank  of  Kindness"  which  receives  and 
distributes  contributions  for  various  worthy  charitable 
cases  brought  to  public  attention  by  the  news  columns  — 
relief  for  the  family  of  a  policeman  or  fireman  killed  in  the 
performance  of  his  duty,  funds  for  free  ice  and  vacations 
for  the  children  of  the  poor,  Chinese  or  Russian  famine 

relief,  etc. 

*  #  # 

The  Society  Editor  is  always  a  woman  and  has  a  woman 
assistant.  On  occasions  such  as  the  opera  she  increases  her 
staff  by  recruiting  other  feminine  members  of  the  editorial 
department.  She  has  correspondents  in  New  York,  London, 
Paris,  Palm  Beach,  etc.,  and  keeps  close  check  on  the  activi- 
ties of  Chicago's  haul  monde.  An  enormous  amount  of 
news  is  mailed  or  brought  in  person  by  the  public  to  this 
department,  and  the  lists  of  engagements,  weddings,  and 
social  events  fill  columns  in  The  Tribune  every  Sunday. 
The  affairs  of  Chicago's  many  women's  clubs  are  followed 
by  a  special  Club  Editor. 


*  # 


Sports  are  handled  by  a  highly  specialized  department 
affiliated  with  Local.  It  comprises  seven  or  eight  men,  each 
of  whom  is  expert  in  one  or  more  branches  of  sport  —  foot- 
ball, golf,  pugilism,  etc.  Three  men  follow  baseball  almost 

139 


SPORTS  AND  REAL  ESTATE  BOTH  IMPORTANT 

exclusively.  There  was  a  time  when  reports  of  professional 
baseball  practically  dominated  the  sporting  pages  except 
for  a  brief  period  when  football  ruled.  Professional  baseball 
is  still  of  great  importance,  but  The  Tribune  has  taken  the 
lead  among  American  newspapers  in  giving  proper  recogni- 
tion to  the  many  other  sports  in  which  millions  of  citizens 
are  not  only  interested,  but  in  which  they  actually  par- 
ticipate. 

Special  attention  is  given  to  high  school  and  college 
sports,  to  fraternal  society,  business  institution,  municipal 
playground,  and  semi-professional  sports.  Among  the 
sports  regularly  covered  by  the  sporting  department  of 
The  Tribune  are  track  and  field,  skating,  roque,  polo, 
swimming,  chess,  checkers,  bridge,  skat,  yachting,  bowling, 
billiards,  soccer,  lacrosse,  racing,  trap-shooting,  hunting, 
fishing,  fly-casting,  wrestling,  handball,  tennis. 

The  Sporting  Department  has  its  own  staff  of  corre- 
spondents in  other  cities  and  at  colleges  and  universities. 
A  large  volume  of  news  is  sent  in  to  this  department  by  the 
public.  *  *  * 

The  Real  Estate  Editor  has  his  own  column  every  day 
and  fills  a  page  each  Sunday  with  news  of  important  leases, 
changes  in  ownership,  building  construction,  real  estate 
mortgages  and  bond  issues.  The  Tribune  pays  an  annual 
fee  to  the  Cook  County  Recorder  of  Deeds  for  the  privilege 
of  copying  his  records  each  day.  Other  news  is  volunteered 
by  brokers,  agents,  contractors,  and  architects.  This 
department  is  closely  followed  by  business  men  and  prop- 
erty owners  because  of  the  large  and  swift  effect  which 
transfers  of  title  or  projected  improvements  may  have  on 
property  values.  Material  submitted  is  therefore  carefully 
checked  and  edited.  The  influence  of  this  department  is 
decidedly  constructive,  and  aids  whenever  possible  the 
extensive  program  for  municipal  development  known  as 
The  Chicago  Plan.  *  *  * 

The  Financial  Editor,  an  assistant  and  a  New  York 
correspondent  record  the  daily  pulse  of  the  financial  and 

140 


SPECIALISTS  WRITE  OF  MARKETS  AND  MOVIES 

industrial  world.  Interest  and  exchange  rates,  bank  clear- 
ings, stock  sales  and  prices,  dividends,  bond  issues,  etc., 
must  be  reported  promptly  and  with  absolute  accuracy. 
Although  exceedingly  condensed  and  printed  with  abbrevia- 
tions that  make  some  of  it  almost  unintelligible  to  the 
uninitiated,  the  news  occupies  one  or  two  pages  every  day. 
The  world  of  finance  is  always  clouded  with  rumors,  some 
casual  or  circumstantial,  others  deliberate  propaganda. 
Consequently  financial  newsgathering  is  a  delicate  opera- 
tion. The  Tribune  strives  to  eliminate  the  gossip  and 

rumors  and  to  print  only  facts. 

#  #  # 

Market  Editors  report  the  news  and  quotations  of  the 
Board  of  Trade,  the  Stock  Yards,  and  South  Water  Street. 
This  news,  together  with  current  prices  for  metals,  cotton, 
sugar,  oils,  dry  goods,  and  other  raw  materials,  fills  one  or 
two  pages  each  day.  The  Board  of  Trade  is  the  world's 
most  important  grain  market,  the  Stock  Yards  constitute 
vastly  the  greatest  market  for  cattle,  hogs  and  sheep,  and 
South  Water  Street  probably  buys  and  sells  more  butter, 
eggs,  vegetables  and  fruits  than  any  similar  area  on  earth. 
The  Tribune  also  prints  each  day  the  quotations  of  markets 
in  other  cities,  stocks  in  Boston  and  Philadelphia,  grain  in 
Omaha  and  St.  Paul-Minneapolis,  cattle  in  Kansas  City,  etc. 

Practically  all  the  bankers,  manufacturers,  and  big 
business  men  throughout  the  Central  West  read  The 
Chicago  Tribune  every  day  as  an  essential  part  of  their 
business  day  because  of  this  detailed,  up-to-the-minute 
picture  of  national  and  local  market  conditions. 

*  *  # 

But  the  tired  business  man  and  his  wife  and  his  daughter 
and  his  son  and  his  father  and  his  mother  and  his  remote 
relatives  and  humblest  employes  are  interested  in  knowing 
how  to  spend  the  evening  most  entertainingly.  For  their 
guidance,  the  Literary  Editor,  the  Dramatic  Editor  and  the 
Motion  Picture  Editor  criticize  current  offerings  in  their 
respective  fields.  Motion  pictures  are  reviewed  every  day 
and  theatrical  productions  as  often  as  new  ones  are  pre- 
141 


TRIBUNE  APOLOGIZES  DAILY  FOR  ERRORS 

sented  in  Chicago.  Both  receive  large  treatment  in  The 
Sunday  Tribune  with  the  addition  of  a  weekly  report  from 
The  Tribune's  dramatic  correspondent  in  New  York. 
Books  are  treated  on  Sunday  only.  There  is  an  extensive 
review  of  one  worth-while  book  by  the  Literary  Editor,  a 
column  of  comment  and  gossip  by  his  assistant,  and  reviews 
of  books  on  varied  subjects  by  specialists. 

*  *  * 

An  interesting  and  distinctive  department  originated  by 
The  Tribune  is  known  as  the  Beg- Your- Pardon  Department. 
Each  day,  if  necessary,  apologies  for  and  corrections  of 
errors  in  the  news  report  are  made  under  the  above  head- 
ing. News  passes  through  many  hands  before  it  appears  in 
type,  and  in  the  pressure  of  securing,  printing  and  distribut- 
ing upwards  of  one  hundred  thousand  words  of  it  each  night, 
mistakes  are  inevitable.  Every  week,  therefore,  The 
Tribune  prints  an  advertisement  on  its  first  page  acknowl- 
edging its  fallibility  and  urging  readers  to  report  any  errors 
they  may  discover  to  the  Beg-Your-Pardon  Department. 


Tribune  Local  Room 
142 


National  News 


NEWS  of  the  nation  comes  to  The  Tribune  from 
the    Associated    Press,  from   the   United  News 
Service,  from  The  Tribune's  own  news  bureaus 
in    New  York    and  Washington,  and    from  hundreds  of 
correspondents  in  other  towns  and  cities. 

The  Associated  Press  is  a  world-wide  organization  for 
gathering  news  and  distributing  it  to  newspapers.  It  is  a 
co-operative  institution  financed  by  the  newspapers  which 
hold  "charter  memberships"  in  it.  The  number  of  mem- 
berships in  each  city  is  limited,  and  an  "A.  P.  charter"  is 
often  very  valuable.  An  entire  newspaper  with  its  plant  is 
sometimes  purchased  in  order  to  secure  a  charter. 

The  United  News  is  a  similar  service.  The  Tribune  uses 
both  in  order  to  get  all  possible  news,  to  get  it  as  quickly  as 
possible,  and  to  get  every  angle  on  each  piece  of  news.  The 
"United"  occasionally  gets  an  "exclusive"  story  which  does 
not  come  to  the  notice  of  the  A.  P.  correspondents,  and  vice 
versa ;  and  one  service  may  secure  a  story  hours  in  advance 
of  the  other.  The  employment  of  these  two  great  news- 
gathering  organizations  ensures  the  best  of  all  the  news 
extant.  The  Tribune  is  by  no  means  dependent  upon  these 
services.  Its  own  correspondents  frequently  "scoop"  both 
of  them. 

The  Tribune's  New  York  news  bureau,  situated  in  the 
New  York  Times  Building,  serves  as  source  of  New  York 
City,  Eastern,  and  some  foreign  news,  all  of  which  is  trans- 
mitted by  The  Tribune's  special  leased  wires.  This  bureau 
has  access  to  all  the  news  of  The  New  York  Times  and  of  the 
New  York  News,  The  Tribune's  own  paper  in  New  York. 

The  Washington  news  bureau  covers  national  politics, 
governmental  and  diplomatic  affairs.  The  Tribune's  Wash- 
ington staff  consists  of  three  correspondents  and  a  number  of 
assistants,  reporters  who  keep  track  of  the  activities  of  the 
various  departments  and  legations.  From  this  staff  The 

143 


HUNDREDS  OF  CORRESPONDENTS 

Tribune  obtains  its  national  political  news,  for  which  the 
paper  has  always  been  noted.  A  Washington  correspondent 
must  be  more  than  a  reporter;  the  job  requires  a  close  stu- 
dent of  affairs,  somewhat  of  a  diplomat  and  politician. 
Men  prominent  in  public  life  have  been  graduated  from  this 
bureau. 

The  other  correspondents,  excluding  the  Foreign  News 
Service,  literally  run  into  hundreds.  The  Tribune  has  at 
least  one  in  every  large  city  and  sizable  town,  usually  a 
staffman  on  a  local  paper.  These  correspondents  send  a 
"flash" — a  schedule  of  stories  available — by  wire  and  the 
telegraph  editor  wires  back  his  order.  The  query,  for  in- 
stance, may  run : 

WABASH  WRECK,  6  KILLED— 600;  TAFT  SPEECH 
DEDICATION  CO.  BLDG.— 400; 
MAYORALITY  ELECTION— 500 

The  figures  indicate  the  number  of  words  in  the  story. 
The  telegraph  editor  wires  back:  Wreck  300,  Taft  200, 
signifying  that  he  will  buy  three  hundred  words  on  the 
wreck,  two  hundred  on  Mr.  Taft's  speech,  and  nothing  on 
the  mayoralty  election.  These  correspondents  are  also 
called  upon  when  further  detail  or  verification  is  required 
on  important  A.  P.  stories.  They  are  paid  fixed  rates  per 
column. 


144 


Foreign  News 


N  foreign  lands  The  Tribune  maintains  S/ 
thirty-six  correspondents.  Many  of  these 
are  salaried  men,  while  some,  known  as 
casual  correspondents,  receive  liberal  pay- 
ment scaled  with  regard  for  the  character 
and  quality  of  their  production  rather  than 


quantity.  While  on  assignment  away  from  their  established 
headquarters,  all  correspondents  are  reimbursed  for  their 
traveling  and  living  expenses. 

In  the  more  important  posts  correspondents  have  sec- 
retaries and  assistants  and,  in  some  cases,  correspondents 
appoint  representatives  here  and  there  in  the  territory  for 
which  they  are  responsible  to  insure  adequate  covering  of  the 
field.  Large  offices  are  maintained  in  Paris,  London,  Berlin, 
Rome,  Peking,  Manila  and  Dublin,  and  in  each  of  these 
bureaus  several  correspondents  make  their  headquarters. 
Upon  orders  from  the  European  director,  or  from  the  home 
office,  these  correspondents  rush  from  place  to  place  by 
trains,  autos,  and,  frequently,  by  airplanes,  wherever 
news  is  breaking.  Their  stories  are  telephoned  or  tele- 
graphed to  their  individual  headquarters  and  then  are 
relayed  to  Chicago  via  cable  or  wireless  as  speedily  as 
possible.  Wherever  news  is  to  be  found  in  the  world, 
there  also  may  be  found  a  Tribune  man  or  a  Tribune 
connection.  Tientsin  is  the  clearing  point  for  Tribune 
news  from  China  and  Siberia,  and  Tokio  for  Japan,  with 
Manila  sometimes  as  a  relay  station.  Sydney,  Australia, 
looks  after  the  antipodes  and  Buenos  Aires  has  watchful 
eyes  upon  South  America. 

The  Tribune  being  an  American  newspaper  it  is  deemed 
best  that  Europe  and  the  rest  of  the  world  be  covered  in  an 
American  way,  so,  with  very  few  exceptions,  The  Tribune's 
foreign  staff  is  made  up  of  men  who  made  good  in  the  home 
office.  They  are  instructed  to  cover  the  news  impartially, 

145 


FOREIGN  DISPATCHES  TRANSMITTED  IN  "CABLESE" 

that  is  to  present  both  sides  of  every  argument,  and  to  sub- 
merge their  personal  opinions. 

Code  books  are  seldom  used  in  the  foreign  news  service, 
but  there  are  other  short  outs  which  are  taken  full  advan- 
tage of.  The  definite  and  indefinite  articles  are  never 
cabled  and  conjunctions  and  prepositions  are  included  only 
when  absolutely  necessary. 

There  was  a  time  when  a  correspondent  was  permitted 
to  coin  almost  any  sort  of  a  word  containing  up  to  ten  let- 
ters or  he  could  save  many  words  by  use  of  prefixes  and 
suffixes.  But  now  a  ruling  has  been  made  that  prohibits 
combinations  unless  the  combinations  appear  in  an  Amer- 
ican dictionary.  Cable  dispatches  are  read  carefully  by 
an  agent  of  the  Company  and  where  the  rule  has  been 
broken  extra  words  are  charged  for. 

Nevertheless,  many  words  included  in  the  press  dis- 
patches nowadays  must  puzzle  the  operators  somewhat, 
for  correspondents  searching  for  shortcuts  in  the  diction- 
ary soon  build  up  strange  vocabularies.  The  language 
which  the  correspondents  employ  in  their  dispatches  is 
called  "Cablese."  Thus  exlondon  and  londonward  are 
cabled  instead  of  from  London  and  to  London  and  only 
one  word  is  charged  for  by  the  cable  company. 

Despite  the  great  care  with  which  wireless,  cable  and 
telegraph  operators  perform  their  functions,  it  is  seldom 
that  a  dispatch  comes  through  letter  perfect.  In  the  case 
of  wireless  this  is  due  to  a  great  extent  to  static  interference. 
In  cabling  from  Paris  to  Chicago,  for  example,  the  dispatch 
must  be  transmitted  over  three  separate  lines;  Paris  to  the 
cable  station,  over  the  cable  and  from  the  American  cable 
station  to  the  addressee  by  land  telegraph.  Thus  mistakes 
causing  garbled  words  find  three  open  doors  to  enter. 

*  *  * 

At  the  end  of  every  night's  work  the  last  duty  of  the 
cable  editor  is  to  send  a  cable  to  each  of  the  bureau  points 
which  includes  three  things — a  transmission  report  show- 
ing the  time  each  dispatch  was  received  in  The  Tribune 

146 


WIRELESS    operator    in    Tribune    Plant    receiving    dispatch 
direct  from  Bordeaux,  France. 


If 


FLASHLIGHT  photograph  of  crowd  receiving  election  returns  in 
front  of  Tribune  offices  at  Madison  and  Dearborn  Streets. 


1/17 


LONDON  offices  of  The  Tribune  at  125  Pall  Mall,  S.  W.,  i. 
In  these  offices  John  Steele,  Chicago  Tribune  correspondent^ 
brought  together  representatives  of  the  British  Government 
and  of  the  Dail  Errain  in  conferences  which  led  to  those  in 
which  Lloyd  George  and  Arthur  Griffith  and  Michael  Collins 
worked  out  the  Irish  Free  State  Treaty.  Since  the  establish- 
ment of  The  Irish  Free  State  The  Tribune  also  has  offices  in 
Dublin. 


. .•..•»•. 


CABLE  EDITOR  KEEPS  DETAILED  RECORDS 

office ;  a  report  showing  how  each  important  foreign  story- 
was  played  by  The  Tribune  that  night,  and  any  criticism  or 
praise  deemed  necessary;  and  instructions,  if  any,  for  the 
following  day's  work. 

The  first  word  of  a  correspondent's  dispatch  is  always 
the  dateline  of  the  story;  the  second  word  is  the  name  of  the 
writer.  The  last  word  is  the  name  of  the  filer  of  the  dis- 
patch and  just  preceding  this  name  is  a  figure  of  five  digits. 
This  shows  the  cable  editor  the  date  and  time  of  filing  at 
the  cost  of  one  word,  numbers  of  five  digits  being  counted 
as  one  word  by  the  cable  companies.  In  cabling  to  corre- 
spondents the  cable  editor  refers  to  any  specific  story  by 
using  this  number. 

For  instance,  he  might  cable  a  correspondent: 

"Your  21174.  ^cooped  America  21220  killed  editorial 
stop  21235  Tribune!' 

The  first  two  digits  indicate  the  day  of  the  month ;  the 
next  two  the  hour  of  the  day  from  one  to  twenty-four,  and 
the  last  digit  that  portion  of  the  hour  divided  into  sixths  in 
which  the  dispatch  was  sent.  So  when  the  cable  reads 
21174  it  refers  to  a  story  filed  by  the  correspondent  April  21 
in  the  afternoon  between  5 140  and  5 150  o'clock.  Ciphers 
are  used  to  fill  out  the  full  five  digits  so  between  9  and  9:10 
o'clock  on  the  morning  of  the  seventh  of  the  month  would 
be  07090. 

The  cable  editor  also  keeps  each  night  a  careful  schedule 
of  each  dispatch  received.  This  schedule  when  completed 
shows  of  each  story  the  city  from  which  it  came ;  the  name  of 
the  author;  the  subject  of  the  story;  the  time  filed;  the  time 
received ;  the  method  of  transmission,  wireless,  cable  or  mail ; 
the  number  of  words  contained  in  the  original  dispatch ;  the 
number  of  words  appearing  in  the  paper,  and  the  disposition 
of  the  story  showing  what  page  and  column  and  under  what 
style  of  headlines  the  story  was  carried,  or,  if  the  story  was 
killed  or  held  over,  the  reason  for  such  procedure. 

Every  ten  days  there  are  prepared  by  the  Cable  Desk 
from  these  schedules  similar  records  of  the  production  of 

149 


The  Tribune's  European  Territory 

December  31,  1920 

Each  dot  on  this  map  indicates  a  point  at  which  the  European  Edition  of  'The 
Chicago  Tribune  Is  sold  and  read  regularly.  Beyond  this,  the  European 
Edition  circulates  in  America,  Arabia,  India,  Madeira  and  Persia. 


150 


MAPS  ILLUSTRATE  STORIES  FROM  ABROAD 

each  principal  correspondent  to  be  sent  by  mail.  The  cor- 
respondents on  receipt  of  these  records  are  enabled  to  con- 
sult their  files  of  The  Tribune  and  learn  just  what  has  been 
the  fruit  of  their  endeavors,  and  why. 

Another  means  of  keeping  the  men  abroad  in  close  touch 
with  the  home  office  and  The  Chicago  Tribune  viewpoint  is 
the  careful  preparation  by  the  Cable  Desk  of  a  circular  let- 
ter each  week.  These  letters  go  to  all  hands  abroad.  They 
give  in  some  detail  the  domestic  news  of  the  past  week  and 
the  probable  focus  of  interest  for  American  newspaper 
readers  for  the  next  few  weeks.  They  also  record  the  ac- 
complishments of  the  foreign  staff;  describe  conditions  in 
the  home  office,  and  include  any  general  instructions  or 
orders  that  may  be  in  order. 

All  the  cable  or  wireless  copy  is  skeletonized,  most  of  it 
so  closely  as  to  require  virtual  re-writing,  and  all  must  be 
filled  in,  that  is  translated  from  Cablese  to  newspaper 
English,  punctuated,  paragraphed  and  sub-headed.  Then 
headlines  must  be  written.  When  this  has  been  done  and 
the  brief  foreign  news  summary  has  been  written,  the  copy 
is  taken  to  the  night  editor  who  reserves  space  for  it  in  the 
paper.  Then  it  goes  to  the  compositors. 

*  *  * 

Two  by-products  of  The  Chicago  Tribune  Foreign  News 
Service  are  maps  and  photographs,  and  all  correspondents 
are  always  desired  to  think  in  pictures  and  maps  on  all  their 
assignments.  Pictures  of  all  noteworthy  events  abroad  that 
possess  distinct  American  interest  are  secured  by  the  corre- 
spondents and  mailed  immediately  to  Chicago. 

The  maps  on  foreign  affairs  are  prepared  by  The  Trib- 
une's cartographer,  from  information  supplied  by  the  cable 
editor.  Occasionally,  as  in  the  case  of  recent  earthquakes 
in  Argentina  and  Chile  and  of  the  great  Chinese  famine 
where  areas  were  affected  which  no  existing  map  would 
indicate,  the  correspondents  cabled  minute  details  for  draw- 
ing maps  in  The  Tribune  office.  These  cables  which  gave 
a  starting  point  by  latitude  and  longitude  and  then  traced 

151 


MUCH  NEWS  RECEIVED  VIA  WIRELESS 

the  area  by  means  of  compass  bearings  to  other  definite 
positions  until  the  starting  point  was  returned  to,  would 
seem  hopeless  to  many  persons,  but  the  cartographer  reveled 
in  them  and  The  Tribune  scored  map  scoops  because  of  his 
ability  and  the  initiative  of  the  correspondents,  who,  by 
the  way,  scooped  the  world  with  their  stories  also. 

For  some  months  in  1920  and  1921  The  Tribune  received 
its  European  dispatches  by  wireless  from  Bordeaux  to  The 
Tribune  Plant.  Since  governmental  restrictions  and  com- 
mercial red  tape  forced  the  abandonment  of  this  service  a 
new  arrangement  has  been  made  for  the  receipt  of  news  by 
wireless. 

The  Tribune  and  a  group  of  other  papers  have  organized 
a  co-operative  wireless  station  at  Halifax,  which  now 
handles  the  bulk  of  the  wireless  press  traffic  of  the  world, 
particularly  on  the  Atlantic.  This  station  works  from  six 
to  nine  hours  daily  with  the  new  British  postoffice  trans- 
mitter at  Leafield,  near  Oxford,  in  England.  This  station 
also  has  the  record  of  handling  in  actual  practice,  the  fastest 
sending  of  press  in  the  world,  receiving  forty-two  words  a 
minute  over  a  considerable  period  in  the  actual  reception  of 
press  dispatches.  This  speed  is  about  twice  that  attained 
by  the  usual  cable. 

The  Chicago  Tribune  Foreign  News  Service,  420,  Rue  Saint-Honore,  Paris. 

Expense  account  of  Correspondent MRR? ...8AS. 

stationed  at.^GMS^£WQgl£,... covering  operations  in  TOBXSY  ATOP _SOOTH.  RUSSIA 


IK  CRIMEA  FROrSEPT  1,  Sept  20 

Food  (average  70,000  rubles  daily  including  ent. 
Room  expenses,  tips, sheets,  10,000  rubles  dally 
Carriages  average  15,000  daily 
Incidentals,  laundry,  eta. 


2,055, 90C 
=  25,000  rubles.     2,055,900  -  $82.23 


Total 


Paid  out  in  dollar* 


1.470, 

210, OOC 

315. OOC 

60.9QC 


382.23. 


152 


Makeup  of  News 

TO  make  certain  of  getting  the  paper  out  on  time  it 
has  been  found  necessary  to  act  according  to  plan. 
The  whole  procedure  for  the  editorial  assembling 
of  the  news  of  the  day  or  night  must  be  mapped  out.     The 
telegraph  and  cable  editors  prepare  a  schedule  of  the  news 
in  hand  or  in  prospect  for  the  whole  night.    The  city  editor 
does  the  same  with  the  local  news.    The  advertising  depart- 
ment prepares  a  schedule  of  advertisements  to  be  inserted 
for  the  foreman  of  the  composing  room,  where  the  adver- 
tisements are  set  up  in  type  and  assembled. 

The  news  schedules  are  simply  lists  of  stories  made  up 
of  items  something  like  this:  "Russia,  50,"  meaning  a  story 
about  Russian  affairs  50  per  cent  of  a  column  in  length. 
An  allotment  of  several  columns  will  be  made  on  the  schedule 
for  filler — short  items  of  interest  used  just  as  the  name  im- 
plies as  filler  in  the  newspaper.  Only  the  display  head 
stories  are  designated  by  slug  or  guide  lines — in  plain 
English  byname — so  that  they  may  be  assembled  and  placed 
in  the  paper  with  greater  facility. 

The  makeup  editor  copies  these  schedules  on  a  larger 
schedule  blank  of  his  own.  He  also  lists  on  his  schedule 
the  cuts  or  engravings  to  be  made  from  pictures  which  are 
to  illustrate  the  paper.  He  adds  up  the  total  space  for 
telegraph,  cable,  city  news,  markets,  pictures,  and  so  forth. 
He  finds  out  from  the  foreman  of  the  printers  what  the 
advertisements  total.  Assume  that  this  total  is  180  col- 
umns. The  foreman  and  night  editor  confer  and  decide 
that  a  32-page  paper  will  give  sufficient  room  for  the  news. 
A  32-page  paper  of  8  columns  to  the  page  makes  256  col- 
umns and  after  subtracting  the  180  columns  of  advertising, 
it  is  found  that  76  columns  remain  for  reading  matter  and 
pictures. 

Adding  up  the  news  schedules  and  the  space  alloted  for 
sports,  markets,  editorials  and  other  departments  reveals 

153 


EDITORS  ALLOT  SPACE  TO  EACH  STORY 

the  fact  that  more  than  80  columns  are  scheduled.  Here 
the  managing  editor  takes  a  hand  and  goes  over  the  night 
editor's  schedule  to  reduce  it  to  the  necessary  76  columns. 
He  has  the  city,  telegraph  and  cable  editors  outline  their 
stories,  decides  what  each  is  worth  in  space  and  orders  it 
cut  down  or  expanded  as  his  judgment  dictates. 

He  may  decide  that  "Russia,  50"  is  not  worth  a  display 
heading,  but  can  be  used  to  best  advantage,  if  at  all,  as  a 
short  item.  On  the  other  hand  he  may  rule  that  his  sub- 
ordinate editor  has  erred  or  underestimated  a  big  piece  of 
news  of  vital  interest  in  world  affairs.  In  which  case  it  is 
entirely  likely  that  he  will  order  Russia  expanded  to  two 
columns  and  some  other  stories  cut  down  to  make  up  for 
the  expansion. 

There  may  be  so  much  general  news  that  ought  to  be 
printed  that  the  managing  editor  will  decide  to  cut  down 
the  space  ordinarily  given  sports  and  markets  and  the  heads 
of  these  departments  will  be  instructed  to  shorten  their 
stories,  or  the  reverse  might  be  true  and  general  news  have 
to  be  trimmed  to  provide  space  for  extraordinary  market 
or  sport  news. 

The  necessity  of  all  this  planning  is  quite  apparent  at 
press  time  when  the  news  is  being  fitted  into  the  paper. 
Often  a  story  will  not  fit  in  the  particular  position  where  the 
makeup  editor  has  placed  it,  and  then  it  must  be  given 
another  position,  or  it  must  be  cut  in  type  or  more  room 
provided  somehow  by  leaving  out  other  news  or  by  shifting 
of  advertisements. 

In  spite  of  all  planning  it  nearly  always  happens  that  a 
great  deal  of  news  is  omitted  for  lack  of  space,  but  if  sched- 
ules had  not  been  prepared  and  there  had  been  no  planning 
it  is  fair  to  assume  that  more  stories  would  be  left  out,  that 
careful  selection  of  the  best  news  would  be  difficult  and 
often  impossible,  that  the  composing  room  would  be  a  bed- 
lam with  editors  and  printers  lost  in  a  chaos  of  type. 
Theoretically  this  careful  planning  and  preparation  leads  to 
the  selection  and  printing  of  the  cream  of  the  news. 

154 


CHARACTER  OF  NEWS  VARIES  WITH  EDITIONS 

News  stories  do  not  go  into  the  paper  hit  or  miss.  The 
makeup  editor  is  supplied  with  "dummies"  of  the  pages 
after  the  advertising  has  been  placed.  The  dummy  pages 
are  part  of  the  plan  to  avoid  confusion,  to  make  sure  that 
there  is  a  place  for  everything  worth  while  in  the  paper 
and  to  guide  the  printer  who  makes  up  the  page. 

In  the  first  edition  it  is  the  aim  not  only  to  give  the 
readers  the  best  news  available,  but  also  to  give  them  the 
particular  news  of  most  interest  to  them.  It  follows  that 
the  first  edition  carries  news  of  particular  interest  to  rural 
readers — news  of  general  interest,  farm  news  if  there  is  any, 
news  of  local  interest  to  Wisconsin  and  other  nearby  states, 
because  that  edition  goes  to  those  states. 

If  the  Wisconsin  news  be  of  interest  to  Wisconsin  readers 
only,  the  routine  proceedings  of  that  state's  legislature  for 
instance,  it  will  not  survive  in  the  later  edition.  In  the 
argot  of  the  profession  it  is  "killed."  But  if  it  is  something 
that  will  interest  or  amuse,  or  if  the  Wisconsin  legislature 
is  considering  a  matter  of  great  importance,  it  will  be  kept 
alive  and  printed  in  the  later  editions.  It  might  be  only  a 
frivolous  item  about  a  proposal  of  some  legislator  to  tax  all 
bachelors.  Then  it  may  be  found  on  the  first  page  of  the 
city  edition. 

The  aim  is  to  print  constructive  news,  informative  news, 
news  with  a  lesson  in  it  and  something  with  a  smile  or  a 
tear  in  it,  something  that  will  stir  the  emotions.  News- 
papers are  frequently  accused  of  printing  too  much  frivolous 
and  inconsequential  matter,  but  what  does  not  appeal  to 
one  person  will  probably  interest  another,  and  judicious 
variety  secures  and  holds  many  readers. 

#  #  # 

Variety  is  one  of  the  important  things  to  consider  in 
making  up  Page  One.  The  first  page  is  the  paper's  show 
window.  The  best  and  most  thrilling  or  important  news 
which  gets  the  biggest  display  will  be  put  normally  in  the 
right  hand  column,  or  what  is  called  the  "turn"  column 
position.  That  means  that  if  it  is  more  than  a  column  in 

155 


EVERY  PAGE  MADE  INTERESTING 

length  the  reader  will  turn  to  page  two  to  complete  his 
reading  of  the  account. 

There  is  method  to  this,  of  course.  The  idea  is  that 
the  reader  has  been  lured  to  the  interior  of  the  paper  where 
he  will  find  other  news  and  advertisements  to  interest  him. 
Page  One  also  carries  the  local  weather  report  and  a  cartoon. 
Page  Three  is  made  attractive  with  a  large  picture  and  the 
next  best  news  to  that  on  page  one,  and  so  on  all  through 
the  paper.  Right  hand  pages  get  the  best  news  and  cuts 
because  these  pages  strike  the  eye  of  the  reader  first. 

Similarly  most  stories  continued  or  jumped  from  page 
one  go  on  left  hand  pages  because  the  reader  can  be  led 
there,  and  he  doesn't  need  any  leading  to  the  right  hand 
pages. 

Markets,  sports,  the  detailed  weather  report  and  want 
advertising  are  usually  placed  in  the  second  section.  These 
are  departments  that  it  is  advisable  to  give  regular,  fixed 
positions,  and  in  addition  the  persons  interested  will  hunt 
them  up  in  the  back  of  the  paper  as  readily  as  they  would 
in  a  forward  position. 

After  the  turn  story  for  page  one  is  chosen,  the  problem 
of  selecting  the  other  news  for  display  arises.  Sometimes 
there  is  so  much  news  worthy  of  page  one  that  it  is  hard 
to  make  a  selection.  At  other  times  it  is  difficult  to  find 
variety.  In  The  Tribune  it  is  customary  to  put  the  best 
Washington  news — the  most  important  story  relating  to 
national  progress  or  welfare — in  the  first  column  of  the 
first  page.  The  other  columns  get  various  stories  of  interest 
which  may  be  of  wars,  education,  crime,  scandal,  discovery 
or  whatnot,  with  a  due  regard  always  to  avoid  improper  or 
excessive  featuring  of  crime  and  scandal.  An  attempt  is 
always  made  to  get  at  least  one  story  on  page  one  of  par- 
ticular interest  to  women. 

Making  up  the  paper  constantly  develops  the  problem 
of  the  worth  of  individual  stories  as  to  space  and  display. 
"What  can  you  tell  it  in  ?"  is  the  question  of  the  editorial 
executive.  "A  column"  or  "a  thousand  words"  or  "500 

156 


COPY  MUST  FLOW  STEADILY  TO  PRINTERS 

words"  may  be  the  reply,  and  more  often  than  not  the 
verdict  is:  "Too  much;  write  it  in  200  words."  Or  the 
editor,  out  of  the  wealth  of  his  experience  might  know 
that  the  story  could  not  be  told  properly  in  the  space 
designated  and  order  a  column  and  a  half  written. 

News  values  are  relative.  What  may  be  a  big  story  at 
one  time  will  attract  little  attention  in  or  out  of  the  office 
at  another.  Almost  any  happening  is  dwarfed  on  the 
night  of  a  national  election  and  the  report  that  would  other- 
wise be  featured  on  page  one  will  find  a  place  on  an  obscure 

back  page. 

*  *  * 

Every  move  in  the  mechanical  processes  of  printing  a 
newspaper  must  be  done  on  schedule  and  the  supervisor  of 
that  schedule,  the  "train  despatcher,"  so  to  speak,  is  the 
Night  Editor,  or  Make-Up  Editor.  It  is  his  duty  to  see 
that  every  edition  goes  to  press  on  time,  and  that  various 
departments  are  so  supplied  with  work  as  to  operate  most 
efficiently. 

Copy  passes  through  his  hands  and  it  is  possible  for  him 
to  regulate  the  flow  to  the  printers.  When  there  is  more 
copy  than  the  printers  can  put  into  type  before  press  time 
it  is  his  duty  to  weed  it  out,  to  select  the  best  or  essential 
stories  and  hold  back  the  less  important  or  pass  it  on  to  the 
composing  room  copycutter  with  some  such  marking  as  "Set 
when  clear/'  which  means  that  when  the  copycutter's  hook 
or  spike  is  clear  of  what  the  printers  call  "takes"  he  can  have 
this  matter  set  up  so  that  there  will  be  no  slack  time  in  the 
printers'  period  of  production. 

Perhaps  the  printers  are  out  of  copy  and  then  the  night 
editor  tries  to  get  some  from  the  telegraph  and  city  editor. 
The  aim  is  to  keep  the  flow  steady,  sometimes  accentuating 
and  sometimes  retarding,  sometimes  marking  a  story  "rush" 
or  "put  ahead."  If  all  the  matter  printed  in  a  newspaper 
were  dumped  on  the  printers  two  hours  before  press  time  it 
could  not  be  set  except  by  maintaining  an  extraordinarily 
large  force  who  would  work  but  two  hours  a  day. 

157 


EVERY  MOVE  CONFORMS  TO  RIGID  SCHEDULE 

It  is  the  make-up  editor's  duty  also  to  see  that  the  pages 
of  type  when  made  up  go  to  the  stereotypers,  who  cast  them 
into  plates  for  the  pressmen,  in  a  steady  stream.  "Pages 
must  not  be  bunched !"  is  the  order.  The  reason  for  this  is 
the  same  as  for  the  regulation  of  copy.  If  too  much  work 
is  dumped  onto  the  stereotypers  and  pressmen  at  one  time 
they  will  be  swamped,  and  the  printing  of  the  newspaper 
will  be  delayed. 

The  Tribune  has  nine  steamtables,  which  with  the 
molding  machines  turn  out  the  matrices  of  the  printed 
pages  from  which  the  leaden  plates  are  cast,  from  which 
in  turn  the  paper  is  actually  printed.  Each  steamtable 
will  accommodate  one  page  of  type  which  must  stay  under 
the  steamtable  for  seven  minutes  before  the  matrix  is  suffi- 
ciently dry  to  retain  its  form  and  hold  the  imprint  of  the 
page  of  type. 

If  the  paper  has  thirty-two  pages  and  the  pages  were 
handled  in  batches  of  nine  at  intervals  of  seven  minutes 
there  would  be  three  full  batches  of  nine  and  one  small  one 
of  five  in  twenty-eight  minutes.  But  they  cannot  be  han- 
dled in  quite  that  way.  There  are  two  molding  machines 
and  each  page  must  go  through  the  molding  machine  to 
get  an  impression;  in  addition  each  matrix  requires  a  little 
work  after  it  comes  out  from  the  steamtable  and  before  it 
goes  to  the  casting  room. 

The  casters  must  have  three  or  four  minutes  to  make 
each  curved  plate  for  the  press  and  they  must  produce  sev- 
eral casts  of  the  same  page  for  the  different  presses.  So 
the  stereotypers  must  have  one  or  two  pages  at  a  time  over 
a  period  of  about  an  hour.  And  to  do  this  the  whole  news- 
paper organization  must  work  on  a  schedule  and  some  of 
the  reporters  must  produce  early  copy. 

A  certain  train  leaves  at  say  n  o'clock  at  night  for 
Springfield.  The  next  train  leaves  at  4  in  the  morning, 
but  that  is  too  late  to  get  The  Chicago  Tribune  to  Spring- 
field in  time  to  catch  the  people  going  to  work.  Conse- 
quently to  get  your  paper  into  the  Springfield  area  the  last 

158 


LATE  NEWS  NECESSITATES  REFLATING 


page  must  leave  the  composing  room  where  the  type  is  set 
at  10  o'clock.  That  is  called  the  "deadline"  for  the  com- 
posing room.  The  editorial  room  has  its  "deadline"  for 
the  edition,  which  is  half  an  hour  earlier. 

Sending  the  last  page  away  at  10  o'clock  will  give  the 
stereotypers  time  to  cast  the  plates,  the  pressmen  to  print 
the  paper,  the  mailing  room  time  to  prepare  the  bundles 
and  the  circulation  department  time  to  haul  the  bundles 
to  the  railroad  station.  A  great  many  trains  must  be 
caught  on  narrow  margins  of  time  and  five  minutes  or  even 
one  minute  delay  by  a  reporter  may  result  in  his  story  being 
left  out  of  the  paper. 

The  purveying  of  news  is  not  confined  to  regular  edi- 
tions. It  is  the  practice  of  all  newspapers  when  they  get 
an  important  piece  of  news  to  break  in  on  the  regular  run 
of  the  press  with  what  is  known  as  a  "replate."  While  the 
presses  continue  to  hum  a  change  is  made  on  page  one  and 
such  pages  as  may  be  necessary  or  desirable,  the  new  news 
is  inserted  in  place  of  something  of  lesser  importance,  the 
new  plates  of  the  remade  pages  are  cast  and  then  the  presses 
are  shut  down,  the  new  plates  put  on  and  the  presses  begin 
to  whir  again  within  a  few  minutes  with  some  new  tale  of 
import  to  the  world  inserted  among  the  diverse  items  on  the 

printed  pages.  a^a^ara** 

_  5"  _ 


CJT 


Dummy  Page  Showing  Stories  to  Run 
159 


Art  and  Photographic 
Department 

F~      "^HE  art  department  of  The  Chicago  Tribune  con- 
sists of  a  group  of  specialists,  comprising  political 
JL     cartoonists,   "comic"  artists,   illustrators,   fashion 
artists,   lettering    experts,    cartographers,    photograph 
retouchers  and  "layout"  men.     It  is  seldom  that  a  specialist 
in  one  of  these  lines  is  expert  in  another.      This  is  true 
largely  because  of  the  three  reproductive  processes  which 
succeeded  each  other  in  the  history  of  news  illustration. 

The  first  of  these,  the  wood  cut,  was  brought  to  its 
highest  point  of  effectiveness  during  the  Civil  War,  by  the 
first  noted  American  cartoonist,  Thomas  Nast.  This  medi- 
um, which  involved  the  artist's  carving  his  drawing  directly 
upon  the  block,  was  a  tedious  and  difficult  one  and  illus- 
trated papers  were  few,  but  Nast's  stirring  cartoons — 
appeals  for  the  preservation  of  the  Union — were  of  such 
widespread  popularity  as  to  evoke  the  constant  admiration 
of  Lincoln  himself,  and  to  create  an  increased  demand  for 
graphic  portrayal  of  events  of  the  day. 

Came  the  chalk  plate,  differing  in  consistency  alone, 
from  the  wood  cut.  This  somewhat  more  facile  repro- 
ductive medium  brought  to  the  fore  the  daily  newspaper 
assignment  artist. 

In  the  'eighties,  the  photo  engraving  process  was  in- 
vented, liberating  the  artist  from  the  mechanical  labor  of 
etching  his  own  plates,  and  in  time  enlarging  the  field  of 
journalistic  art,  to  include  what  is  now  the  cartographer, 
the  fashion  artist  and  the  "letter  man." 

Then  with  the  improvement  of  the  process,  making 
possible  the  reproduction  of  half  tones  (a  development  of 
twenty-five  years  ago),  the  assignment  artist  was  succeeded 
by  the  staff  photographer,  whose  work  necessitated  the 

160 


HOLDS  RECORDS  FOR  NUMBER  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

co-operation  of  the  photo  retoucher  and  the  decorative 
expert,  known  as  the  "layout"  man. 

The  newspaper  art  department  is — in  common  with 
the  news  room — a  training  school.  Some  of  the  foremost 
cartoonists,  painters,  and  illustrators  of  the  day  received 
their  earliest  and  most  valuable  education  in  a  news- 
paper's art  room,  and  many  of  these  were  trained  in  the 
rudiments  of  their  profession  in  the  art  department  of 
The  Chicago  Tribune. 

This  newspaper,  unlike  most  of  its  metropolitan  con- 
temporaries, combines  in  one  group,  the  illustrators  who 
illuminate  its  Sunday  magazine  and  the  men  engaged  in 
the  humbler  though  equally  important  task  of  handling 
the  photographs,  maps,  etc.,  which  appear  in  its  daily 
news  sheets.  This  affords  an  incalculable  inspirational 
advantage  to  the  artist,  and  makes  for  a  centralization  of 
control  valuable  to  the  paper  itself,  for  by  this  means  the 
widely  diversified  talents  of  the  department  may  be  con- 
centrated unreservedly  toward  any  end  prescribed  by  the 
requirements  of  the  paper  as  a  whole. 

The  Chicago  Tribune  prints,  daily  and  Sunday  a  greater 
number  of  photographs  than  any  other  newspaper  in  the 
United  States.  To  accomplish  this  task,  it  employs  the 
largest  newspaper  art  staff.  Its  Sunday  magazine  utilizes 
the  talents  of  three  illustrators  on  the  staff,  and  as  many 
more  not  directly  connected  with  the  paper.  In  addition 
to  these,  its  fashion  experts — in  Paris  and  New  York — 
engage  the  services  of  artists  in  both  cities.  Also,  there  are 
two  fashion  artists  employed  on  the  staff. 

The  Tribune's  photographic  staff  has  a  personnel  of 
fifteen.  They  cover  an  average  of  twenty-five  assignments 
a  day,  seven  days  a  week.  To  prepare  their  photographs  and 
those  from  other  sources  for  publication,  the  art  department 
maintains  a  staff  of  two  retouchers  and  six  "layout"  men. 

Since  the  Serajevo  incident  in  1914,  the  Tribune  has 
made  a  practice  of  printing  a  map  each  day  illustrating, 

161 


PHOTO  ASSIGNMENTS  CAREFULLY  SCHEDULED 

topographically,  an  outstanding  feature  of  the  daily  news, 
and  one  artist  specializes  in  this  work. 

In  all,  The  Tribune  employs  from  35  to  40  artists, 
cartoonists  and  photographers,  who  turn  out  approxi- 
mately one  hundred  drawings  and  five  hundred  photographs 
each  week. 


ASSIGNMENT  SHEET 

PIC7UBE3 


Ifcy 


19  £2 


aEVORTER        SLUG                DISCKIPTtOM                 DtSKMITIOM         Pica 

3 

Stagg 

There  is  pio  stunt  frem 
esterday  at  Stagg  yield  at 

OZ     » 

sii 

I  a  •  today. 

1 

Bowling 

At  Bensingera  ffabash  bowU 

If 

1 

1J-V  *t  2;30'for  group  fc 
dividual  pica  of  Birk— 
olaa  woaen  bowling  team. 
Aak  for  U*M  Sohroeder  wh 

01    Ha: 

i 

Ian 

will  furnish  info  for  foto 

» 

he  is  eapt  or  magr  of  thD 

;oaa 

s 

Arena 
( 

This  afyernoon  at  Michigan 
ity  for  pio  of  new  arena 

whioh  is  bein*  built  for 
the  160.000  purse  lightwei; 

?! 

•k 

< 

hamp  ions  hip  this  summer,  li 

k 

jfor  ::r  '"hite-ian  overseer  o 
construction  work  »t  the  ar 

na 

which  is  about  5  blocks 

from  Michigan  Central  "? 

station.  Take  taxi  froo  th< 

station  to  arena. 

H 

Rooster 

l!rs  K  Jaaes  at  4915  Ravens 

wood 

tvanue,  fone  .-.avanswood  66C 

5 

las  roost  3r  that  parforas, 
aounts  kids  bed  «  routs  hii 

01     At. 

ell 

>ut  in  morn,  dances  doos 

•very  thing. 

I 

Ganblars 

Sheriffs  men  are  to  smash 

;ambling  devices  taken  in 
raid  in  Cicero  so  e  tiua 

(10)     M 

lien 

1 

.go.  See  Otto  Qwenioh 

I 

nartel 

Catherine  -artel,  deserte 

1 

17  husband,  tries  suicide. 

s  taken  to  ^assavant  ttoapi 

tal 

i-  lives  at  669  II  Dearborn 

I 

Clyne 

Investigation  of  Clynes 

< 

ffice  starts. 

(10) 

H 

Bribe 

Francis  J  Tahoney  in  O'Don 

loll 

jury  fixing  case,  i.  to 

appear  before  Judge  Caverl 

r                * 

ight 

i 

n  contempt  hearing  this  mo 

•n 

I 

Doris 

Doria  Hntchinson—  Prank  I 

Kat  tens  roth  love  affair  i 

i     (  it) 

court.,  She  is  suing  Mm 

&  vows  vengeance. 

THIS  is  a  fac-simile  of  an  assignment  sheet  used  in  the  sys- 
tematic search  for  photographs  to  illustrate  The  Daily  Tribune. 
News  assignments  are  similarly  laid  out  in  advance  and 
closely  checked. 

162 


Features 


GIOUPED  under  the  comprehensive  title  "Features," 
are  varied  departments  of  service,  instruction  and 
entertainment.  Many  of  them  are  handled  in  what 
is  known  as  the  "Sunday  Room"  under  the  "Sunday 
Editor,"  although  this  has  become  somewhat  of  a  misnomer. 

There  was  a  time  when  the  difference  in  size  between 
the  Daily  and  the  Sunday  paper  was  made  up  of  more 
advertising,  lurid  stories  of  crime  and  scandal  sensation- 
ally illustrated,  long  articles  on  travel,  history,  etc.,  pro- 
duced largely  with  paste  pot  and  shears.  A  few  people 
turned  out  a  large  volume  of  space-filling  material,  and 
standards  prevailed  below  those  that  would  be  permitted 
in  any  other  department  of  the  paper. 

Several  years  ago  The  Tribune  decided  that  both 
readers  and  advertisers  were  entitled  to  better  treatment 
in  the  Sunday  paper.  At  about  the  same  time  The  Trib- 
une was  inaugurating  its  policy  of  rendering  service  to 
readers — a  policy  which  has  been  widely  imitated  and  has 
had  an  enormous  influence  upon  American  journalism. 
These  two  developments  have  gone  hand  in  hand.  The 
departments  of  service,  instruction  and  entertainment  take 
the  place  formerly  occupied  by  yellow  trash  in  the  Sunday 
paper,  but  are  carried,  usually  in  smaller  space,  in  the 
week-day  papers  also.  The  Sunday  Tribune  contains  in 
expanded  form  practically  every  department  of  The 
Daily  Tribune.  The  only  new  features  are  the  color  and 
rotogravure  sections. 

Several  factors  contribute  to  making  The  Sunday  Trib- 
une what  it  is.  It  has  a  larger  circulation  than  The  Daily 
Tribune  because  it  appears  on  a  day  when  more  people  have 
leisure  for  reading.  It  can  contain  a  much  larger  volume 
of  news  and  features  and  advertising  and  still  be  thoroughly 
read  because  people  have  more  leisure  for  reading.  It  can 
contain  such  attractions  as  color  and  rotogravure  because 

163 


"FEATURES"  INCLUDE  HUMOR-SERVICE-FICTION 

it  comes  out  only  once  a  week.  These  presses  must  run  so 
much  more  slowly  than  the  news  presses  that  it  takes  a  full 
week  to  run  off  the  color  and  rotogravure  sections  of  The 

Sunday  Tribune. 

*  *  * 

The  Tribune's  departments  of  service  include:  How  to 
Keep  Well,  The  Friend  of  the  People,  Ihe  Legal  Friend  of 
the  People,  1  he  Friend  of  the  Insured,  The  Friend  of  the 
Soldier,  The  Investors  Guide,  Patterns  by  Clotilde,  The 
Tribune  Cook  Book,  Beauty  Answers,  Farm  and  Garden, 
Advice  to  the  Lovelorn,  Woods  and  Waters,  Sally  Joy 
Brown's  Helping  Hand,  The  Home  Harmonious,  Automo- 
bile Routes,  Fashion's  Blue  Book,  Embroidery  Patterns. 

These  departments  receive  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
letters  from  Tribune  readers  every  year.  Each  department 
is  conducted  by  the  best  expert  obtainable  with  all  the 
secretarial  assistance  necessary  to  answer  conscientiously 
every  letter  received.  The  letters  and  answers  of  most 
general  interest  are  printed,  usually  accompanied  by  an 
informative  article.  A  chapter  might  easily  be  written  on 
each  one  of  several  of  these  departments. 

*  *  * 

Humor  has  become  an  essential  in  the  modern  American 
newspaper,  so  the  staff  of  The  Tribune  includes  nine  car- 
toonists and  two  "  column  conductors. "  The  work  of  one 
cartoonist  is  bought  from  an  eastern  syndicate.  The  "col- 
umn conductor"  is  an  exceedingly  interesting  development 
of  modern  journalism,  critic,  poet,  stimulating  witty  contri- 
butions from  a  wide  following.  Bert  Leston  Taylor,  who 
inaugurated  The  Tribune's  Line-o-Type,  and  Hugh  E. 
Keough,  who  inaugurated  The  Tribune's  "Wake  of  the 
News,"  were  unquestionably  deans  of  their  peculiar  pro- 
fession. The  "Line-o-Type"  is  more  than  a  Tribune  de- 
partment. It  is  a  Chicago  institution.  "The  Wake  of  the 
News  "  is  a  powerful  and  unique  influence  for  high  standards, 
sanity,  and  sportsmanship  in  athletics. 

*  *  * 

Fiction  has  long  been  used  by  newspapers,  but  until 

164 


WOMEN  WRITERS  FOR  WOMEN  READERS 

The  Tribune  began  buying  and  printing  its  Blue  Ribbon 
Fiction,  it  fell  in  one  of  two  categories:  (i)  Cheap,  second- 
rate  fiction,  not  salable  to  the  better  magazines  or  book 
publishers,  or  (2)  reprints  of  fiction  previously  published 
in  magazines  or  in  book  form. 

The  Tribune's  Blue  Ribbon  Fiction  consists  of  short 
stories  and  serials  by  authors  of  the  highest  reputation,  pur- 
chased by  The  Tribune  in  competition  with  the  leading 
periodicals.  Edward  J.  O'Brien,  who  compiles  an  annual 
analysis  of  American  short  stories,  ranked  The  Tribune, 
during  1921,  ahead  of  several  leading  magazines  in  the 
proportion  of  short  stories  published  having  literary  excel- 
lence. Two  novels  are  always  in  course  of  publication  in 
The  Tribune,  in  serial  form,  one  in  the  daily  paper  and  the 
other  in  the  Sunday  paper.  Blue  Ribbon  Short  Stories 
appear  only  in  the  The  Sunday  Tribune. 

In  developing  feature  departments  for  women  great 
care  has  been  taken  to  make  them  strictly  authentic  and 
reliable.  Practically  all  the  staff  employed  in  such  depart- 
ments are  women.  The  results  have  been  of  very  great 
importance  from  the  standpoint  of  circulation  and  of  adver- 
tising. The  Tribune,  both  daily  and  Sunday,  is  read  closely 
by  women,  and  consequently  carries  a  large  volume  of 
advertising  directed  to  women.  This,  in  turn,  tends  to  win 
more  women  readers  so  that  an  extraordinary  balance  has 
been  achieved,  and  The  Tribune  is  able  to  "pay  out"  on 
advertising  directed  either  to  men  or  to  women. 


Tribune  "Sunday"  Room 
165 


THE  map  above  indicates  the  more  important  of  the  points 
from  which  news  is  gathered  and  sent,  by  cable  or  wireless^ 
to  The  Chicago  Tribune. 


HUNDREDS  of  newspapers  in  other  cities  buy  Chicago  Tribune 
features.  You  can  read  "  The  Gumps'"  in  San  Francisco  as 
well  as  in  New  York.  The  map  above  indicates  the  extent  to 
which  news,  features,  cartoons,  pictures,  etc.,  are  distributed. 
166 


Selling  News,  Features 
and  Pictures 

OTHER  newspapers  pay  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
dollars  each  year  to  The  Chicago  Tribune  for  the 
right  to   reproduce  material   orginated    by   The 
Tribune  staff.    The  sale  of  this  material  is  handled  by  The 
Chicago  Tribune  Newspapers  Syndicate  and  by  The  Pacific 
and  Atlantic  Photos  Service  with  offices  in  New  York  and 
Chicago.     The    Syndicate    sells    news    and    features;    the 
Photos  Service  sells  pictures. 

Twenty-seven  American  newspapers  maintain  more  than 
twelve  thousand  miles  of  leased  wire  leading  from  their 
plants  to  that  of  The  Tribune.  These  papers  are  buying 
Tribune  news  reports  although  they  already  have  the 
services  of  general  news  bureaus  such  as  the  Associated 
Press,  United  Press,  etc. 

Many  other  newspapers,  which  do  not  receive  a  full 
report  over  leased  wire  each  night,  buy  Tribune  news 
regularly,  receiving  it  over  commercial  wires  and  paying 
space  rates  and  telegraph  tolls  for  it. 

Tribune  news  has  been  sold,  not  only  to  papers  in  the 
United  States,  but  also  to  papers  in  Cuba,  Peru,  Argentina, 
France,  Greece,  and  Germany.  Hundreds  of  European 
papers  clip  stories  regularly  from  the  European  Edition  of 
The  Chicago  Tribune.  It  is  not  uncommon  for  European 
papers  to  learn  of  events  in  their  own  capitals  from  the 
reports  of  The  Chicago  Tribune  correspondents  there. 

More  than  two  hundred  American  papers  buy  Chicago 
Tribune  cartoons,  and  other  features.  These  are  sent  to 
them  by  mail  in  matrix  form  sufficiently  in  advance  to 
permit  publication  simultaneously  with  The  Tribune. 

Photographs  are  sold  both  in  the  form  of  prints  and 
matrices.  They  are  secured  by  the  photographic  staffs  of 
The  Tribune  and  the  Daily  News,  New  York's  Picture 
Newspaper,  and  also  by  The  Tribune's  large  foreign  news 
service. 

167 


Morgue  and  Library 


r  iHE  reference  room,  commonly  known  as  the 

"morgue,"  while  one  of  the  most  important  adjuncts 
JL  of  the  newspaper,  is  one  of  the  departments  least 
known  to  the  public.  But  it  is  the  "morgue"  that  enables 
a  paper  to  print  a  photograph  and  biography  of  an  impor- 
tant man  the  news  of  whose  death  is  received  just  before 
the  paper  goes  to  press. 

The  Tribune's  morgue  is  a  storehouse  of  information.  It 
contains  biographies,  information  and  photographs  of  prac- 
tically every  person  of  note  in  the  world.  It  has  photographs 
and  matter  on  all  big  cities  and  besides  contains  clippings  on 
a  host  of  topics  of  general  interest. 

Every  time  a  person  is  photographed  by  a  Tribune 
camera  man  the  plate  is  filed  against  the  time  when  the 
subject  may  run  away  with  an  heir  or  heiress  or  become 
involved  in  a  story  of  general  interest.  Likewise  any  time 
anyone's  name  appears  in  a  Chicago  newspaper  it  is  filed 
ready  to  be  referred  to  at  a  moment's  notice.  Zinc  engrav- 
ings also  are  filed  and  indexed  for  use  when  the  time  is  too 
short  to  make  new  ones. 

The  Tribune's  morgue  contains  about  1,500,000  clip- 
pings, 300,000  photographs  and  30,000  engravings.  While 
most  of  the  morgue's  material  dates  back  only  twenty-two 
years,  certain  clippings  have  reached  a  ripe  old  age — for 
instance  the  stories  describing  the  activities  of  the  Jesse 
James  bandits  are  still  in  their  envelope. 

Besides  serving  Tribune  people  the  morgue  is  an  ency- 
clopedia for  many  thousand  Chicagoans  who  settle  their 
arguments  or  prepare  their  theses  on  material  obtained 
from  the  reference  room.  From  fifty  to  a  hundred  telephone 
calls  from  persons  seeking  enlightenment  on  some  point  or 
other  are  answered  every  day.  Many  inquiries  by  mail 
are  also  turned  over  to  the  morgue,  and  the  people  in  charge 
seldom  fail  to  supply  the  desired  information. 

168 


EVERYBODY  ASKS  TRIBUNE  ABOUT  EVERYTHING 

Buried  away  in  their  envelopes  in  the  steel  riling  cases 
in  the  reference  room  are  stories  of  pathos,  greed,  heroism, 
tragedy,  and  so  on,  ready  to  add  to  the  lustre  of  a  name  or 
to  expose  the  unworthy. 

*  *  * 

The  Tribune  has  a  well  equipped  library  of  about  3,500 
volumes,  especially  chosen  for  the  use  of  critics,  editorial, 
and  other  special  writers.  The  subjects  range  from  statis- 
tics to  travel,  with  the  greater  part  being  on  social  science, 
political  economy  and  kindred  subjects. 

Government  documents  of  all  kinds  are  ready  for  instant 
reference  and  statistical  works  are  numerous.  There  are 
numerous  works  on  naval  and  military  science.  Editorials 
demand  accuracy  and  authority  and  there  are  few  subjects 
on  which  Tribune  writers  cannot  get  some  light  in  their 
own  library.  There  are  a  half  dozen  encyclopedias,  numer- 
ous English  dictionaries,  foreign  language  dictionaries, 
guides  to  various  countries  and  histories.  In  the  library, 
as  well  as  in  the  reference  room,  are  found  articles  from 
leading  papers  and  magazines  on  general  topics  such  as 
the  tariff,  housing,  state  police,  waterways  and  subjects 
which  the  reader  finds  on  the  editorial  page. 

The  files  of  The  Tribune  are  stored  in  a  separate  room 
adjoining  the  book  shelves  and  these  volumes  are  almost 
priceless  as  works  of  Chicago  history. 

As  in  the  morgue  thousands  of  miscellaneous  inquiries 
from  readers  are  answered  by  the  librarian. 


169 


Editorials 


EVERY  morning,  after  allowing  time  to  assimilate  the 
news  of  the  day  an  editorial  conference  is  held  in 
The  Tribune  office.  It  is  attended  by  the  editorial 
writers,  the  chief  cartoonist,  and  either  or  both  of  the  editors 
and  publishers.  This  conference  is  to  discuss  and  deter- 
mine on  subjects  to  be  treated  in  the  next  issue  of  the 
paper. 

The  general  lines  of  Tribune  editorial  policy  have  been 
reduced  to  a  specific  program  and  printed  repeatedly  on 
The  Tribune  editorial  page.  Conspicuous  in  the  "mast- 
head," or  routine  matter  at  the  upper  left  hand  corner  of 
the  editorial  page  this  sentence  always  appears: 

Our  Country!  In  her  intercourse  with  foreign  nations 
may  she  always  be  in  the  right;  but  our  country,  right  or 
wrong.  — Stephen  Decatur. 

The  Tribune  program,  enumerating  the  most  important 
things  for  which  the  paper  stands,  is  divided  into  two  parts; 
for  Chicago,  and  for  the  Central  West.  They  are  as  follows : 

The  Tribune's  Platform  for  Chicago 

I — Build  the  Subway  Now. 
2— Abolish  "Pittsburgh  Plus" 
3 — Stop  Reckless  Driving. 

The  Tribune's  Program  for  Middle  West  Development 

I — A  Square  Deal  in  Congress  for  the  Middle  West. 

2 — Open  the  Great  Lakes  to  the  Atlantic. 

5 — Finish  the  Lakes-to-t he-Gulf  Waterway  without  Delay. 

4 — Develop  a  Practical  Highway  System. 

5 — Re  grow  our  Vanished  Forests. 

Other  problems,  of  course,  are  met  as  they  arise;  but 
the  above  policies  are  kept  constantly  in  mind,  and  public 
opinion  on  them  formed  and  crystalized  by  consistent 
editorial  hammering,  year  in  and  year  out. 

170 


EDITORIAL  POLICY  FEARLESS  AND  CREATIVE 

In  1921  Greenville  Talbot  of  Atlanta,  Georgia,  wrote 
to  editors  of  twelve  American  newspapers  asking  each  for  a 
list  of  the  twelve  American  newspapers  which,  in  his  opin- 
ion, had  the  best  editorial  pages.  According  to  the  results, 
as  printed  in  Editor  &  Publisher,  The  Chicago  Tribune  tied 
for  first  with  The  New  York  Times  and  The  Springfield 
Republican,  each  being  named  nine  times  out  of  a  possible 
twelve.  No  other  Chicago  paper  was  named  more  than 

once. 

*  *  * 

The  Chicago  Tribune  won  national  fame  more  than  60 
years  ago  by  its  vigorous  championship  of  the  Union,  by 
sponsoring  the  new-born  Republican  Party,  by  proposing 
Abraham  Lincoln  for  President  and  by  attacking  slavery. 

The  Tribune  has  always  been  noted  for  the  strength 
of  its  editorial  convictions,  and  for  fearlessness  and 
ability  in  expressing  them.  Tribune  editorials  have  been  a 
powerful  influence  in  forcing  through  important  reforms 
and  constructive  improvements. 

Among  the  great  movements  fostered  by  Chicago  Tri- 
bune editorials  are  the  following: 

Fireproof  Chicago  (Joseph  Medill  was  elected  Mayor 
of  Chicago  on  this  platform) — The  Drainage  Canal — The 
World's  Fair — Lincoln  Park  and  the  Boulevard  System — 
The  Sane  Fourth — Small  Parks — Track  Elevation — Electri- 
fication of  Railroads — Boulevard  Link — Good  Roads — 
Municipal  Pier — Forest  Preserve — New  Union  Station — 

National  Civil  Service. 

*  *  * 

The  Tribune  is  amazingly  free  about  printing  criticisms 
of  itself.  When  political  speakers  denounce  The  Tribune 
their  remarks  are  printed  verbatim.  Letters  differing 
violently  with  Tribune  editorial  policy  are  found  every 
week  in  the  Voice  of  the  People  column  on  the  editorial 
page.  Bert  Leston  Taylor  in  his  Line-o-Type  differed 
frequently  and  freely  from  opinions  officially  expressed  as 
The  Tribune's  in  the  adjoining  editorial  columns.  When 

171 


TRIBUNE  PRINTS  CHARGES  OF  ITS  CRITICS 


Oswald  Garrison  Villard  printed  an  extensive  attack  in 
The  Nation  on  the  thesis  that  The  Tribune's  editorial  policy 
makes  it  "the  world's  worst  newspaper,"  The  Tribune 
immediately  reprinted  it  in  full. 

Those  antagonistic  to  Tribune  policies  are  regularly 
and  freely  given  space  in  "The  Voice  of  the  People" —  a 
department  which  occupies  a  column  on  the  editorial  page. 

In  short,  The  Chicago  Tribune  has  a  definite  editorial 
policy,  fights  for  it  aggressively,  but  presents  opposing 
opinions  to  its  readers  in  confidence  that  truth,  right  and 
justice  will  prevail. 


•gvasr.-aaMUB  s^^^^jj^Z   ^.^ggOK 


ntIEMD  OF  THE  PEOPLE    H^^M^  ^p 


W^^r^^—1^^ 





172 


UIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIUIUIL 


STORIES  written  and  edited  in  the  Local  Room  (above]  are 
swiftly  set  in  type  by  the  linotype  operators  on  the  floor  below. 
This  photo  shows  only  a  part  of  The  Tribune's  battery  of  lin- 
otype machines. 


173 


LJI^U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIUIUIUIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U^'U'U'U'U'I- 


WHEN  a  Tribune  photographer  arrives  at  the  scene  of  action 
and  finds  crowds  obstructing  his  view,  he  no  longer  is  compelled 
to  climb  a  tree  or  a  light  post.  With  the  tower  car  pictured 
above  he  is  sure  of  a  good  chance  for  pictures.  The  chauffeur 
operates  the  disappearing  tower  by  pushing  a  button.  After 
the  pictures  are  taken,  the  button  is  pushed  again  and  the 
tower  disappears  and  the  car  once  more  looks  like  an  innocent 
pie  wagon.  The  body  of  the  car  was  built  in  The  Tribune 
wagon  shop.  The  picture  was  taken  at  a  Tribune  skating 
tournament  in  Garfield  Park. 


1/4 


JjUjlU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'LJ'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'L.I 


READING  room  connected  with  Tribune  offices  in  Rome.     These 
offices  are  on  the  main  floor  of  the  Excelsior  Hotel  on  the  Pincian 

mi. 


CHICAGO  TRIBUNE  office  at  i  Unter  den  Linden^  Berlin. 


175 


IJIUIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIUILI 


WANT  AD  post  office -,  where  more  than  three  million  letters  from  Tribune 
readers  are  received  each  year  and  distributed  to  users  of  Tribune  Want  Ads. 

AT  left,  section  of  the  main 
counter  in  The  Tribune's  big 
Want  Ad  Store  at  Madison 
and  Dearborn  Streets. 


SERVICE  BUREAU  for  femi 
nine  users  of  Want  Ads. 


176 


Advertising  Division 


A^Y  newspaper  with  the  large  circulation  of  The  Chi- 
cago Tribune  could  have  a  large  volume  of  advertis- 
ing with  practically  no  effort.      Furthermore,  this 
advertising  would  sell  itself  at  such  rates  as  to  be  profitable 
both  to  the  advertiser  and  to  the  newspaper.     Therefore,  it 
should  be  interesting  to  consider  why  The  Chicago  Tribune 
maintains  the  largest  advertising  sales  force  of  any  news- 
paper in  the  world  and  spends  enormous  sums  advertising 
for  advertising. 

There  is  little  to  be  said  of  the  advertising  history 
of  The  Tribune  during  its  first  sixty  years  of  life.  The 
volume  and  character  of  its  circulation  necessarily  won 
it  recognition  as  an  unusually  good  advertising  medium,  but 
that  was  all.  During  the  past  fifteen  years,  however,  the 
advertising  department  of  The  Tribune  has  excelled  quite 
as  distinctively  as  has  the  news  division. 

Tribune  advertising  men  do  not  look  upon  the  commo- 
dity they  sell  as  a  mere  by-product,  but  as  a  utility  of  vast 
public  service,  a  powerful  influence  in  elevating  standards 
of  living,  and  a  vitally  important  factor  in  reducing  the 
cost  of  distributing  merchandise.  Because  they  have  ap- 
proached their  problems  from  this  angle,  and  with  a  deter- 
mination to  make  The  Chicago  Tribune  worthy  of  the  title 
"world's  greatest  advertising  medium,"  the  advertising 
branches  are  entitled  to  considerable  space  in  this  book. 
They  will  be  considered  under  three  heads:  Want  Adver- 
tising, Local  Advertising,  National  Advertising. 


177 


DIVISION  of  Advertising  among  Chicago  Newspapers,  1921 


DIVISION  of  Tribune  Advertising  Space, 


DIVISION  of  Tribune  Display  Advertising,  1921 
178 


Want  Advertising 

'ANT  advertising  is  the  oldest  and  simplest 
form  of  advertising.  It  is  the  only  form  of 
advertising  written  and  placed  and  checked 
by  the  masses.  It  is  a  public  utility  similar 
to  the  telephone.  Like  the  telephone,  it 
must  approximate  universal  use  to  be  of 
maximum  value.  A  telephone  system  that  reached  only 
a  few  families,  or  that  was  open  only  on  certain  days  would 
be  of  slight  value.  Each  telephone  subscriber  is  interested 
in  having  as  many  other  subscribers  as  possible  and  in 
having  continuous  service.  Similarly,  each  want  advertiser 
profits  from  all  the  other  want  advertisers  whose  offerings 
surround  his  and  compete  with  it,  because  it  is  the  con- 
veniently classified  grouping  of  many  offerings  which 
attracts  reader-buyers. 

Want  ads  constitute  a  unique  addition  to  the  markets 
of  the  world.  Probably  no  other  means  ever  brought  buyer 
and  seller  together  so  efficiently.  The  cost  of  selling  and 
distributing  merchandise  through  the  usual  channels  of 
trade  ranges  from  25%  to  50%,  yet  $10.  worth  of  want 
advertising  may  sell  a  $500  piano  or  a  $2,000  automobile, 
or  a  $20,000  home.  No  phase  of  the  modern  newspaper  is 
more  essentially  romantic,  more  amazing,  than  the  service 
of  the  want  ad.  A  few  lines  of  agate  type  buried  among 
thousands  of  other  lines  of  agate  type,  bring  together  em- 
ployer and  employe,  or  landlord  and  tenant,  or  buyer 
and  seller,  drawing  each  to  the  other  out  of  the  chaotic 
millions  of  the  metropolis. 

To  make  the  want  ad  columns  most  servicable  to  the 
greatest  possible  number  of  people,  classifications  must  be 
rigidly  adhered  to,  it  must  be  easy  to  find  any  and  every 
ad,  and  the  small  ad  must  not  be  overshadowed  by  large 
ones.  Therefore,  The  Tribune  maintains  the  most  elabo- 
rate and  minute  system  for  censoring  and  classifying  the 

179 


WANT  AD  SALESMEN  COVER  ENTIRE  CITY 

hundreds  of  thousands  of  want  ads  which  it  prints  each 
year.  Therefore,  no  amount  of  money  can  buy  bold  face 
type  or  ads  more  than  one  column  wide  in  the  want  ad 
section. 

The  Tribune  sells  want  advertising  to  the  public  through 
seven  channels,  using  in  the  process  an  organization  of 
more  than  200  employes — by  far  the  largest  organization 
of  its  kind  in  existence.  These  seven  channels  are: 

Want  Ad  Store  in  Tribune  Building. 

Drug  Store  Agencies  throughout  Chicago. 

"Cash"  Solicitors  throughout  Chicago. 

"Contract"  Solicitors  throughout  Chicago. 

Staff  of  girls  using  telephones. 

Correspondence  department. 

Display  advertising  in  Chicago  Tribune. 

The  Want  Ad  Store  at  Madison  and  Dearborn  streets 
includes  a  big  post  office  for  handling  replies  to  "box  num- 
ber" ads  and  a  special  department  for  women  advertisers 
in  addition  to  the  equipment  for  receiving  want  ads.  The 
special  women's  section  with  comfortable  desks  and  with 
want  ad  saleswomen  in  attendance,  was  inaugurated  several 
years  ago  and  has  always  been  generously  patronized.  A 
refrigerating  system  keeps  this  model  Want  Ad  Store  sup- 
plied with  cooled,  washed  dried  air  in  summer.  The  use  of 
druggists  as  agents  for  the  receipt  of  want  ads  is  declining 
with  the  increasing  use  of  the  telephone. 

Each  section  of  Chicago  is  covered  by  two  salesmen  of 
Tribune  want  ads.  One  man  handles  the  transient  or 
spasmodic  advertiser  and  attempts  to  secure  cash  advance 
payment  for  every  order  he  takes.  This  is  desirable  to 
avoid  the  detail  involved  in  billing  and  collecting  so  many 
small  accounts.  The  other  man  specializes  in  securing  and 
handling  the  business  of  want  advertisers  who  contract  to 
use  at  least  three  lines  of  want  advertising  every  day  for 
a  year.  As  an  inducement  they  are  given  a  discount  in  rate. 
The  chief  users  of  want  ad  contracts  are  real  estate  dealers, 
automobile  dealers  who  must  dispose  of  the  used  cars  they 

180 


WANT  ADS  SOLD  OVER  THE  PHONE 

have  taken  in  trade,  hotels  offering  rooms  to  transients, 
large  storage  warehouses  which  always  have  furniture  for 
sale,  and  big  corporations  which  are  steady  users  of  the 
"Help  Wanted"  columns. 

Reception  and  solicitation  of  want  ads  by  telephone  is 
largely  a  development  of  The  Chicago  Tribune.  A  staff 
of  fifty  or  more  intelligent,  carefully  trained  girls  are  em- 
ployed in  this  work.  Anyone  who  subscribes  to  telephone 


Tribune  Prints  More  Want  Advertising 
Than  All  Other  Chicago  Papers  Combined 

Leads  in  Want  Ads  of  Every  Type-Employment,  Real  Estate,  Automobiles,  Business 


The  tabulation  and  charts  below  tell  an  extraordinary 
story  of  the  domination  of  a  great  market  by  a-great 


newspaper.    Yi  ant  advertising  constitute*  a  perpetual 


of  the  people  of  a  community  on  the  ad. 
vertising  value  of  their  newspapers. 


Want  Advertislnft 
Dally  Only 


The  Tribune  reaches  the  people  who  spend  and  invert 

ID  real  estate,  automobiles,  household  goods,  bosuns  chances. 

and  in  many  other  classifications  of  want  ads.  The  Tribune  printed 


want  advertisers  make  up  more 
rti«*a,  and  that  want  advertis 


advertisers  ar,  very  do*  ob- 
of  results.    Only  that  newspaper~which  is  found  to  brine 


servers  o  resus.       ny  ta   newspaper~wc 
the  best  returns  receives  the  bulk  o/tfo  puBlic' 


..ItOJfff          IJOSJtlS         ItMl         tltjtt 

"afoi       'a'jm 


The  Tribune's  dominance  in  every  main  classification 
of  want  ada  shows  that  the  Chicago  public  prefers  to 
use  Tribune  advertising  as  a  means  of  fulfilling  all 
its  wants.  It  is  also  noteworthy  that  The  Tribune's 
average  want  ad  rate  per  line  is  higher  than  that  of 
any  other  Chicago  newspaper.  The  public  prefers 
to  pay  more  only  when  it  knows  it  gets  more  for  ita 


it.  compebtors  combined.     It  is  the 

the  workii 

MsTsssssI 


"THE     CHICAGO     TRIBUNE     DOMINATES     THE     CHICAGO     TERRITORY 


A  PAGE  from  The  Book  of  Facts 
181 


TRIBUNE  ADVERTISES  ITS  WANT  ADS 

service  in  Chicago  or  surburbs  may  place  want  advertising 
with  The  Tribune  by  phone  and  have  it  charged  to  him. 
The  extent  to  which  the  public  has  been  induced  to  avail 
itself  of  this  privilege  and  the  volume  of  business  handled 
by  the  telephone  ad-takers  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  there 
are  always  on  The  Tribune's  books  from  40,000  to  70,000 
of  these  small  want  ad  accounts. 

The  correspondence  department  handles  the  consider- 
able volume  of  want  ads  received  by  mail  from  all  over  the 
world.  There  are  advertising  agencies  engaged  almost  ex- 
clusively in  the  business  of  placing  want  advertising. 

*  *  * 

Of  prime  importance  in  promoting  the  use  of  Tribune 
want  ads  is  the  use  of  Tribune  display  advertising.  This 
is  used  in  three  ways : 

-to  induce  people  to  read  the  want  ads 

-to  induce  people  to  place  want  ads  in  The  Tribune 

-to  educate  users  in  the  efficient  use  of  want  ads 

^Notwithstanding  their  obvious  utility,  the  want  ad 
columns  must  be  continually  "sold"  to  the  public.  Num- 
erous classifications  must  be  built  up  and  interest  in  them 
sustained.  Multitudes  must  be  constantly  reminded  of  the 
advantages  they  may  derive  from  placing  want  ads  or  from 
scrutinizing  the  want  ad  columns.  Upwards  of  $50,000  a 
year  is  spent  by  The  Tribune  for  this  promotional  pub- 
licity. 

The  education  of  want  ad  users  to  a  more  efficient  use 
of  space  is  the  latest  phase  of  this  work.  The  occasional 
use  of  want  ads  is  as  common  to  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
people  as  the  daily  use  of  the  telephone  or  the  street  car. 
Sometimes  this  casual  attitude  results  in  a  want  adver- 
tiser's taking  too  much  for  granted  and  his  expenditure 
goes  awry. 

The  Tribune  Want  Ad  Section  is  great  in  that  it  brings 
millions  of  people  to  a  common  basis  of  communication 
possible  by  no  other  means  at  such  insignificant  expense. 
Beyond  making  it  easy  to  insert  a  want  ad,  classifying  it 

182 


"THE  MORE  You  TELL  THE  QUICKER  You  SELL" 

for  the  reader's  convenience,  and  carrying  it  into  several 
hundred  thousand  homes,  offices,  and  factories  The  Tribune 
cannot  go.  Offers  vary  as  the  individual;  differences  in 
requirements  are  manifold;  the  Want  Ad  Section  is  a  most 
illogical  place  for  the  bromide,  but  this  the  want  adver- 
tiser sometimes  forgets.  His  confident  sangfroid  is  tribute 
to  The  Tribune's  power  to  produce,  but  it  hurts  a  most 
important  factor  in  determining  the  success  of  his  want  ad — 
the  wording.  Tribune  representatives  help,  whenever  pos- 
sible, with  the  phrasing  of  a  want  ad,  but  by  far  the  greater 
number  are  written  by  the  advertiser  unassisted. 

In  every  issue  there  are  want  ads  that  disappoint  the 
advertiser — the  end  sought  for  is  not  attained,  even  though 
the  offer  behind  the  want  ad,  the  market,  and  the  price 
asked  seem  to  justify  a  quick  transaction. 

It  is  not  to  be  supposed  from  this,  however,  that 
Tribune  want  ads,  in  the  aggregate,  do  not  produce.  Over 
three  million  replies  are  distributed  annually  at  The  Tribune 
Want  Ad  Post  Office  in  response  to  "box  number"  want 
ads  alone.  Tribune  Help  Wanted  columns  overshadow  all 
employment  agencies  combined.  In  Automobiles,  Real  Es- 
tate, Business  Chances — millions  of  dollars  change  hands 
after  an  issue  of  The  Sunday  Tribune  Want  Ad  Section. 
The  percentage  of  want  ads  which  have  not  contributed  to 
this  response  is  slight,  but  the  Tribune  decided  to  reduce 
it  still  further. 

Therefore,  at  the  beginning  of  the  1922  season,  The 
Tribune  inaugurated  a  campaign,  epitomized  in  the  maxim, 
"The  more  you  tell,  the  quicker  you  sell."  Large  display  ads 
were  run,  advising  greater  care  in  the  phrasing  of  a  want 
ad.  Printed  outlines  containing  fundamental  features  to 
be  remembered  in  using  the  various  classifications,  were 
posted  in  the  Want  Ad  Store  to  help  the  advertiser  as  he 
was  preparing  his  want  ad.  Monthly  bulletins  were  mailed 
to  advertisers  urging  the  application  of  the  new  idea. 

The  response  to  this  was  tremendous.  Examples  by  the 
hundreds  soon  proved  that  there  had  been  a  real  need  for 

183 


POST  OFFICE  FOR  REPLIES  TO \WANT  ADS 

this  corrective  measure.  These  examples  were  used  in  ad- 
vertisements to  illustrate  the  principle  to  other  advertisers. 
Upon  reflection  it  will  be  seen  that  only  a  really  great 
newspaper — one  without  peer — could  foster  such  a  plan — 
could  devote  effort  and  expense  to  helping  its  Want  Ad- 
vertisers secure  better  results  from  their  advertising — effort 
that  could  as  easily  be  devoted  to  the  exploitation  of  its 

own  columns  as  against  those  of  other  newspapers. 

*  *  * 

Less  than  one-fourth  of  Uncle  Sam's  post-offices  distrib- 
ute as  much  mail  as  does  the  want  ad  post-office  of  The 
Tribune.  Only  10%  of  Trbune  advertising  is  signed  with 
a  "  box  number, "  and  this  is  necessarily  the  least  productive 
advertising  because  people  prefer  to  know  with  whom  they 
are  dealing.  Nevertheless,  during  the  year  1921,  The 
Tribune  received  and  distributed  3,852,016  replies  to  "box 
number"  ads. 

The  box  number  quoted  in  any  want  ad  is  a  combination 
of  a  number  with  a  letter  or  with  letters  of  the  alphabet. 
The  numbers  used  run  from  i  to  600,  corresponding  to  the 
600  separate  pigeon  holes  or  "boxes"  in  the  Want  Ad  Post- 
office  mail  racks.  The  figures  are  preceded  by  one  letter  or 
by  two  letters.  I,  Q,  U,  V,  W  and  Z  are  not  used  because 
experience  has  shown  that  they  are  most  liable  to  be  misread 
by  those  replying  to  the  ads.  R  is  also  excepted.  Want  ad 
replies  addressed  to  R.  512  Tribune  might  be  interpreted 
to  mean  Room  512  of  the  Tribune  Building. 

All  other  letters  are  used,  both  singly  and  in  combination. 
For  example,  there  is  Ai,  A2,  3,  4,  etc.,  to  A6oo,  there  is  Bi, 
62,  likewise.  There  is  ABi,  2,  3,  etc.,  there  is  AC  in  same 
manner,  there  is  BA,  BB,  BC,  etc.,  in  all  numbers.  The 
number  of  possible  combinations  of  letters  and  figures 
enables  the  Purchasing  Department  to  place  in  stock  at  one 
time  a  supply  of  printed  box  number  tickets  sufficient  to 
last  a  year.  Every  order  for  a  box  number  want  ad  is 
assigned  a  separate  box  number,  and  this  number,  once  used, 
will  not  recur  in  Tribune  want  ad  columns  until  a  year  later. 
Hence  there  is  no  chance  of  confusion  through  duplicates. 

184 


JIUIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'LJ'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIUIUILI 


THE  Adtakers  in  the  Telephone  Room  receive  thousands  of 
Want  Ads  in  a  day.  Any  telephone  subscriber  is  entitled  to 
insert  Want  Ads  on  credit  if  he  has  no  past  bill  overdue. 


To  determine  whether  the  advertiser  s  record  is  good^  each  one 
is  checked  against  these  files  in  the  Auditing  Division.  On 
each  set  of  revolving  leaves  all  delinquent  advertisers  are  listed 
on  cards  in  alphabetical  order. 


LJIU^U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UHJIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'L.1 


BOARD  in  Want  Ad  Solicitors  Assembly  Room,  on  which  daily 
and  cumulative  comparative  records  of  salesmen  are  kept. 


A  CORNER  of  bureau  maintained  by  the  Advertising  Division 
to  give  free  information  to  the  public  concerning  schools ',  and 
travel. 


SYSTEM  FACILITATES  MAIL  DISTRIBUTION 

The  actual  box  number  tickets  are  perforated  forms  with 
one  gummed  edge.  The  box  number  appears  on  both  sides 
of  the  perforation.  When  a  box  number  want  ad  order  is 
received  the  gummed  edge  portion  is  detached  along  the 
perforation  and  stuck  to  the  "copy."  From  it  the  compos- 
ing room  sets  the  type  for  the  box  number  address  immedi- 
ately after  the  main  body  of  the  ad.  The  other  portion  of 
the  ticket  tells  in  addition  to  the  box  number  that  the  bearer 
is  entitled  to  want  ad  replies  for  that  address  for  five  days 
from  date.  This  is  given  the  advertiser  for  his  use  in  claim- 
ing replies.  When  box  number  want  ads  are  taken  by  phone 
the  advertiser's  call  ticket  is  mailed. 

Notwithstanding  the  tremendous  volume  of  mail  handled 
by  The  World's  Greatest  Want  Ad  Postoffice,  a  relatively 
small  amount  of  floor  space  suffices  for  the  work.  The 
efficient  handling  of  want  ad  mail  has  been  brought  about 
only  by  most  careful  study  and  planning. 

Behind  the  mail  counter  are  six  mail  racks,  end  to  end, 
each  divided  into  100  numbered  pigeon  holes  or  "boxes"  as 
they  are  called.  The  mail  is  sorted  into  these  boxes  and 
remains  there  until  the  want  advertiser  calls  for  it,  or  until 
it  is  mailed  to  him,  if  he  is  an  "  out-of-towner. "  These 
racks  face  the  counter  and  above  each  rack  is  an  electrically 
lighted  marker  reading  i-ioo,  101-200,  etc.  The  advertiser 
calling  for  mail  notes  the  number  on  his  box  number  ticket 
and  naturally  applies  at  that  part  of  the  mail  counter  near- 
est the  mail  rack  containing  his  box.  Each  box  contains  all 
answers  to  that  particular  number,  irrespective  of  what 
letters  of  the  alphabet  precede  the  number.  For  example, 
box  number  546  may  contain  answers  to  6546,  KF546  and 
YPS46.  It  is  unusual  that  more  than  eight  separate  "box 
numbers"  occupy  the  same  box  at  one  time  and  it  takes  but 
a  few  seconds  for  a  mail  clerk  to  run  through  all  replies  in  a 
box  and  select  the  answers  belonging  to  any  letter  or  letters 
of  the  alphabet. 

Whenever  the  replies  to  a  particular  box  number  exceed 
twenty,  all  replies  excepting  one  are  bound  together  and 

187 


WANT  ADS  OUTNUMBER  CHICAGO  FAMILIES 

placed  on  a  special  overhead  shelf.  The  reply  not  bound  is 
stamped  "Pack,"  and  left  in  the  box.  The  mail  clerk  in 
securing  mail  for  this  box  number  observes  the  "pack 
stamp"  on  the  single  reply  and  secures  the  proper  pack  of 
answers  from  the  special  shelf.  This  procedure  is  of  con- 
siderable value  as  a  time  saver.  It  is  not  at  all  unusual  for  a 
want  advertiser  to  receive  forty  or  fifty  replies  to  a  single 
want  ad.  If  forty  or  fifty  letters  to  PL  439  had  to  be  run 
through  whenever  anyone  called  for  G  439  or  CL  439  a  lot 
of  time  would  be  required  and  opportunity  for  error  afforded. 

Special  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  personnel  of  The 
Tribune  Want  Ad  Post-office,  to  insure  that  only  the  most 
expert  service  is  given.  Eight  mail  men  have  had  previous 
experience  in  governmental  postal  work  before  coming  to 
The  Tribune.  For  the  total  personnel  of  twelve  men,  there 
is  an  average  of  eleven  years  each  as  the  period  spent  in 
postal  work,  either  for  the  United  States  or  for  The  Tribune. 

The  majority  of  replies  to  box  number  want  ads  come 
by  U.  S.  mail,  but  large  numbers  are  dropped  in  the  Receiv- 
ing Box  at  The  Tribune  Postoffice.  A  careful  watch  is  kept 
over  all  answers.  For  example,  The  Tribune's  rules  pro- 
hibit circularizing.  The  trained  eyes  of  mail  specialists  spot 
cases  where  general  solicitations  are  being  made  to  want 
advertisers. 

The  tremendous  investment  value  behind  The  Tribune 
want  ad  market  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  upwards  of 
forty  million  dollars  worth  of  property  is  offered  for  sale  or 
exchange  in  Chicago  Tribune  want  ads  each  week.  About 
one  hundred  different  makes  of  automobiles  are  offered  on 
an  average  Sunday.  The  Tribune  prints  annually  more 
than  twice  as  many  want  ads  as  there  are  families  in  Chicago. 


188 


Classified  Display 

GROUPED  under  the  supervision  of  the  Want  Ad 
Manager  are   a  number  of  advertising   divisions 
intermediate  between  display  and  classified.    They 
include:  Amusements,  Motion  Picture  Directory,  Schools, 
Hotel  and  Travel   advertising.  In  these  divisions  display 
type  and  illustrations  are  permitted,  but  all  the  ads,  usually 
small,  are  grouped  under  one  heading. 

The  Tribune,  in  1914,  originated  the  idea  of  publishing 
a  directory  of  the  daily  offerings  of  the  motion  picture 
theaters  of  the  city.  Advertising  experts  insisted  that  the 
outlying  theaters  could  not  possibly  afford  to  pay  Tribune 
rates  because  of  the' " waste  circulation".  Experience  has 
demonstrated  that  this  type  of  advertising  is  profitable  and 
economical  to  the  theater  owner — that  it  is  the  5,000  fami- 
lies in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  theater  who  read  The 
Tribune  that  count,  together  with  the  grouping  of  theaters 
in  all  sections  to  form  a  universally  recognized  amusement 
market  place. 

Extensive  public  service  is  rendered  by  the  advertising 
department  in  connection  with  the  Resorts  and  Schools 
divisions.  Catalogs  and  detailed  information  concerning 
hundreds  of  schools  and  colleges  are  kept  on  file  by  a  School 
Bureau,  which  serves  parents  and  prospective  pupils  without 
charge.  Similarly,  the  Resort  Bureau  is  equipped  to  furnish 
a  vast  amount  of  specific  data  to  travelers. 


189 


Display  Advertising 

DISPLAY  Advertising  serves  far  more  people  than 
Want  Advertising,  and  does  more  for  them,  but  it 
is  not  so  obviously  a  public  utility  because  it  is 
bought  by  a  comparatively  small  number  of  advertisers. 
Because  of  the  enormous  number  of  purchasers  with  whom 
they  are  able  to  communicate  each  morning,  the  great 
stores  of  Chicago's  loop  are  able  to  gather  and  offer  stocks 
of  merchandise  which  make  the  treasures  of  the  Arabian 
Nights  insignificant  by  comparison.  Because  of  the  econo- 
mies in  distribution  which  newspaper  advertising  makes 
possible,  the  citizen  has  the  benefit  of  low  prices  as  well  as 
wide  variety  and  high  quality  in  his  purchases. 

Display  advertising  is  divided  into  that  of  stores,  banks, 
real  estate  concerns,  etc.,  all  known  as  Local  advertising, 
and  that  of  products  generally  distributed  and  sold  through 
many  retail  outlets,  known  as  National  advertising.  National 
advertising  is  usually  written  and  placed  by  advertising 
agencies  which  receive  a  commission  of  15%  from  the  pub- 
lications in  which  it  is  placed.  Local  advertising  is  usually 
received  direct  from  the  advertiser,  and  no  commission  is 
allowed  to  agents.  Since  Local  advertising  is  not  subject 
to  agency  discount,  since  the  Local  advertiser  cannot  receive 
his  returns  through  a  multiplicity  of  outlets,  and  since  he  is 
usually  a  substantial  advertiser  year  after  year,  there  is  a 
differential  between  the  rates  charged  to  Local  and  to 
National  advertisers. 


190 


Local  Advertising 

LL  newspapers  find  Local  advertising  their 
largest  source  of  revenue,  and  Department 
Store  advertising  the  largest  subdivision 
of  Local.  Unfortunately,  Department 
Store  advertising  is  often  a  large  source 
of  revenue  but  a  small  source  of  profit, 
because  newspapers  have  been  forced  to 
grant  special  discounts  and  rebates  until  they  were  actually 
selling  huge  blocks  of  their  space  at  a  loss. 

The  Tribune  long  ago  adopted  a  policy  of  selling  its 
space  on  a  basis  of  cost  of  production.  The  specialty  shop 
using  a  few  inches  of  space  a  week  pays  identically  the  same 
rate  as  the  department  store  using  several  pages  a  week. 
Instead  of  seeking  business  by  offering  space  at  less  than  the 
cost  of  production  (a  single  page  ad  in  The  Sunday  Tribune 
involves  the  printing  and  distribution  of  several  tons  of 
paper)  it  has  sought  to  make  the  space  unquestionably 
worth  the  rates  charged. 

This  has  been  done  by  the  consistent,  liberal  use  of  its 
own  space  to  educate  Tribune  readers  to  the  value  to  them 
of  the  advertising  columns,  and  by  the  strict  censorship  of 
those  columns.  This  policy  of  advertising  advertising  was 
begun  in  a  large  way  in  1911  with  splendid  results.  The 
Tribune  is  confident  that  to  a  unique  degree  the  advertising 
which  it  carries  is  read  with  intelligent  interest  and  with 
confidence  by  able-to-buy  people. 

In  another  way  The  Tribune  seeks  to  make  the  Local 
Display  advertising  which  it  carries  profitable  to  those  who 
buy  it.  Since  no  agency  commission  is  allowed  on  this  line- 
age the  smaller  store  often  attempts  to  prepare  its  copy  with 
inadequate  facilities.  For  this  type  of  advertiser  The 
Tribune  maintains  a  Copy  Department  with  several  com- 
mercial artists  and  expert  copy-writers.  No  charge  is  made 
for  the  services  of  this  department  unless  the  art  work  pro- 

191 


COPY  AND  ART  FOR  LOCAL  ADVERTISERS 

duced  for  Tribune  ads  is  used  in  other  mediums,  when  it  is 
billed  at  the  usual  commercial  rates. 

The  copy  and  art  of  this  department  occupy  more  than 
six  thousand  columns  of  Tribune  space  per  year,  assist  many 
small  advertisers  to  use  the  comparatively  high  priced 
Tribune  space  profitably,  and  aid  materially  in  raising  the 
standard  of  advertising  in  the  paper. 


,  NOVEMBER  4, 1864. 


NUMBH 


BDKK  KA3M. 


»SK*SvS&w 

•••»••••»»*  •>«•'•«  •:  1*?«^r,'7 


•?irri',£2ri£E?S;««to.  M  » 

£:r~  ra"SittS£jicE:s 
^jsSliSSHjKiSria: 

fL^^^iiS 

i—.    lWht»n<»,|iWU>M- 


*  r.?£i3  «trs  5s;  .iir3rn,3 

ItLTi  .TTi  a.,  !1^2< .,  ulis» .  iTui 

"  i' «*u<  -  •!•  I V  ni  mi mii-r rigi  MM  U 

ISvaMSJCfn-tt.!:  sx?sa 

^fiftSJ*  S'1'.'mw  UM  itoaWrc  C«Mtn- 

siSis^^ 


NEW  MUSIC  STORE 

LYOlf  &  DEJULY, 

KuU  rtblbbcs.  ZapMUn  ud  U«U- 

K»«ie,  Xcitoai  VoziM 

•»akMii»«r  mir 


WB.CX.CBALD      9BPOT 


OLlVM  »mo*  *  oft, 


iDTrrrt  wirrrrra  M 
TU  KU  Mtroi  mo*. 


Kpttwl  WotH 


sm: 


•CN  t*t«cm  •» 

mnti  anil 


t   TARR 

Pe<rolea>t 


0&«. 
Capite!,  $3,000 

Ml,M«Mut*.  fir  fata* 


'VA.^r^'tn&y^m-' » nu-.i» 
tJSr.TTA  "u.iTs  »  » ^~.  • . jsz: 

ESaSfej^KlH 

REPRODUCTION  q/"  Z/yow  ^s?  Healy* s  first  advertisement  in  The 
Tribune^  inserted  November  4^  1864^  by  Patrick  J.  Healy 


192 


National  Advertising 

'OW  profitably  to  use  advertising  to  pro- 
mote the  sale  of  products  distributed 
through  numerous  retail  outlets  raises 
problems  more  difficult  than  those  involved 
in  Want  or  Local  Display  advertising. 
The  response  to  the  advertising  filters 
back  to  the  advertiser  from  thousands  of 
retailers  through  scores  or  hundreds  of  jobbers  and  brokers. 
Widely  different  conditions  produced  widely  different  results 
in  various  districts. 

For  many  years  National  advertising  was  almost  synony- 
mous with  Magazine  advertising,  for  periodicals  had  con- 
centrated their  entire  efforts  on  developing  this  form  of 
publicity.  Newspapers,  on  the  other  hand,  paid  slight 
attention  to  National  advertising  because  it  was  so  much 
less  in  volume  than  either  Local  or  Want  advertising,  be- 
cause they  had  to  pay  an  agency  commission  on  it,  and 
because  they  had  to  pay  an  additional  commission  to  a 
"special  representative"  in  New  York  or  Chicago  for  solicit- 
ing the  agency  for  the  business.  Each  " special"  usually 
represented  a  list  of  newspapers  whereas  the  salesman  of 
magazine  space  concentrated  his  efforts  on  one  medium. 

Study  of  the  situation  convinced  The  Chicago  Tribune 
that  the  newspaper  and  particularly  the  metropolitan 
newspaper  of  sectional  distribution,  is  the  best  medium 
existent  for  National  advertising.  Acting  on  this  convic- 
tion, The  Tribune  has  led  a  movement  which  is  revolution- 
izing the  policies  of  agents  and  advertisers  with  respect  to 
National  advertising.  And  The  Tribune  has  built  up  for 
soliciting  and  handling  this  type  of  business,  an  organization 
which  is  unique  in  the  world  of  advertising  and  publishing. 
National  advertising  was  once  conducted  on  the  theory 
of  forcing  the  dealer  to  stock  the  product  advertised  by 
creating  an  overwhelming  demand  for  it  among  his  custom- 

193 


The  Chicago  Territory 

Zone  7— A  Market  Worth  Fighting  For 

Fhese  graphs  picture  the  relative  standing  of  American  markets.  Taken  as  a  whole  they  demonstrate  con- 
clusively that  the  Chicago  Territory— Zone  7— offers  maximum  buying  power.  Its  central  location  also  majcear 
it  the  ideal  starting  point  (or  the  sales  and  advertising  campaign  which  is  to  be  conducted  logically  by  zones. 


tkrt  ifcould  t*  compel  ft  u  Otbtr  thing*  btinit  rqtnl. 


Mfc  For  nuy  ym teT Ml  ^cood  plx»  i. 


THE  CHICAGO  TRIBUNE  DOMINATES  THE  CHICAGO  TERRITORY' 


A  PAGE  from  the  BOOK  of  FACTS 


194 


DISTRIBUTION  SHOULD  PRECEDE  ADVERTISING 

ers.  The  idea  was  that  innumerable  consumers  would  keep 
asking  for  it  until  thousands  of  retailers  would  in  turn  urge 
their  jobbers  to  stock  it,  and  so  the  merchandise  would  start 
flowing  through  the  channels  of  trade.  To  achieve  success 
by  operating  in  this  manner  necessitated  tremendous  expen- 
ditures before  any  considerable  results  could  be  expected. 
Many  a  concern  was  forced  to  discontinue  its  advertising 
before  the  cycle  was  completed  and  as  a  result  when|the 
goods  did  reach  the  shelves  of  the  retailer  the  consumer  had 
forgotten  his  desire  for  them.  The  policy  was  then  adopted 
of  notifying  the  dealer  of  the  advertising  to  be  run  and  warn- 
ing him  that  he  should  stock  up  in  advance.  To  impress 
them  with  the  magnitude  of  the  advertising  to  be  done 
broadsides  would  be  sent  to  dealers  and  jobbers  listing  the 
magazines  to  be  used  and  totaling  their  circulation.  But 
this  system  lent  itself  to  grave  abuses.  The  total  circulation 
might  be  huge  but  an  inadequate  amount  of  advertising 
might  be  used  in  each  publication.  Furthermore,  the  dealer 
soon  found  that  millions  of  circulation  in  the  United  States 
often  meant  an  insignificant  amount  among  his  customers. 
Therefore  The  Tribune  announced  that  the  following 
policy  would  control  all  its  solicitation  of  National  adver- 
tising: 

"The  Tribune  considers  it  a  waste  of  money  to  adver- 
tise a  product  distributed  through  the  retail  and  jobbing 
trade )  until  that  trade  has  been  stocked  with  the  product 
to  take  care  of  the  consumer  demand,  when  created." 

To  live  up  to  this  policy,  The  Tribune  has  made  an  inten- 
sive study  of  its  market,  a  study  which  must  be  kept  con- 
stantly up  to  date;  has  made  hundreds  of  investigations 
among  dealers  to  learn  the  conditions  surrounding  the  sale 
of  various  products ;  has  published  a  house  organ  monthly 
for  eight  years  educating  fifteen  thousand  retailers  to  the 
advantages  of  handling  advertised  products ;  has  developed 
five  hundred  lists  of  retailers,  each  in  a  certain  line  of  busi- 
ness in  a  certain  district,  and  maintained  on  addressograph 
plates  in  route  order  within  each  district;  has  analyzed 

195 


HARD  FACTS  AND  SYSTEM  HELP  SELL  GOODS 

Tribune  circulation  in  the  most  minute  and  elaborate  man- 
ner, and  made  the  resulting  statistics  available  to  adver- 
tisers in  printed  form;  has  drilled  its  force  of  advertising 
salesmen  in  the  co-ordination  of  selling  and  advertising. 

When  a  manufacturer  undertakes  to  introduce  a  new 
product  in  the  Chicago  market  by  means  of  Tribune  adver- 
tising, a  Tribune  service  man  assists  him  in  organizing  his 
sales  crew,  drills  them  in  the  use  of  the  advertising  cam- 
paign to  secure  distribution  among  retailers  and  wholesalers, 
directs  their  efforts,  and  installs  a  system  for  recording  and 
checking  results.  Each  salesman  is  equipped  with  a  port- 
folio containing  proofs  of  the  advertising  and  a  letter  from 
The  Tribune  informing  the  retailer  just  how  much  adver- 
tising has  been  contracted  for  on  a  non-cancelable  basis. 
He  is  also  given  a  pack  of  cards  containing  the  names  of  the 
retailers  he  is  to  solicit  arranged  in  route  order.  He  is  given 
a  map  of  the  district  in  which  these  retailers  are  located, 
and  he  is  instructed  in  the  number  of  families  living  in  that 
district  and  the  number  of  Chicago  Tribunes  sold  there. 
Therefore,  there  is  nothing  vague  or  indefinite  about  his 
statements  to  the  retailer  concerning  what  the  manufacturer 
will  do  to  "move"  the  merchandise  after  the  retailer  has 
stocked  it.  He  does  not  talk  about  The  Tribune's  total 
circulation  of  half  or  three  quarters  of  a  million,  but  of  the 
few  thousand  in  the  retailer's  immediate  neighborhood, 
shows  him  exactly  what  advertising  is  to  run,  and  often 
offers  to  list  the  name  and  address  of  the  retailer  in  certain 
of  the  advertisements. 

As  a  result  of  this  intensive,  systematic  handling  of 
National  advertising  it  is  not  uncommon  to  sell  enough 
merchandise  before  the  advertising  starts  to  pay  for  the 
entire  initial  campaign,  and  when  the  advertising  does  run 
and  people  go  to  the  stores  and  ask  for  the  merchandise  it  is 
there  waiting  for  them. 

Every  man  engaged  in  selling  National  advertising  for 
The  Tribune  has  been  trained  in  all  this  service  work,  has 
made  investigations  among  retailers  in  many  lines,  has 

196 


ZONE  SYSTEM  OF  MARKETING 

participated  in  study  of  his  market,  has  actively  directed 
the  operations  of  sales  crews  in  securing  distribution  for 
goods  in  Chicago  and  The  Chicago  Territory. 

*  *  * 

The  use  of  newspapers  for  National  advertising  also 
lends  itself  to  merchandising  by  zones,  a  practice  which  is 
growing  swiftly  in  favor  because  of  its  efficiency  and  econo- 
my. Manufacturers  have  found  by  sad  experiences  that 


sSSSHiA  Women  as  well  as  men,  men  as  well  as  women,  buy  clothing  in  re- 
sponse to  advertising  of  merchant  and  manufacturer  in  The 
Chicago  Tribune.  This  page  offers  convincing  evidence  that  The 
Tribune  is  read  by  all  members  of  the  family. 


Every  clothing  advertiser  who  used  10,000  lines  or  more  in  The 
mi'       Tribune  during  1921  is  listed  below.    Note  that  out  of  the  60  of 
!•**    them,  84  used  more  space  in  The  Tribune  than  in  all  other  Chicago 
T     papers  combined — also  that  these  34  are  divided  almost  evenly 
'.      between  advertisers  to  men  and  advertisers  to  women. 


Clothing  Advertisers  Who  Ran  10,000  Lines  or  More  in  Tribune  During  1921 


Men't  and  Women's  Clothioa 


THE  CHICAGO  TRIBUNE  DOMINATES  THE  CHICAGO  TERRITORY" 


A  PAGE  from  the  BOOK  of  FACTS 
197 


Advertising  Lineage  in  Chicago  Newspapers 
1906  —  1921 


THE 

CHICAGO 

TRIBUNE 

76,703  Columns 


NEWS 

58,338  Columns 


25,000 

HERALD 

20,000 

15,000 

EXAMINES 

AMERICAN 

JOURNAL 

POST 

5,000 


HERALD-EXAMINER 
30,118  Columns 

AMERICAN 

27,395  Columns 


POST  16,621  Columns 
JOURNAL 

15,680  Columns 


THE  TRIBUNE  printed  789,405  columns  during  the  sixteen 
year  period,  which  is  106%  more  than  was  printed  by  the  next 
morning  paper  and  27%  in  excess  of  the  leading  evening  paper. 


(Columns:  300  AGATE  LINES) 


YEAR 

TRIBUNE 

HERALD 

EXAMINER 

NEWS 

AMERICAN 

JOURNAL 

POST 

1906 

32,604.52 

23,972.80 

12,711.04 

29,253.45 

12,135.05 

11,116.66 

7,426.41 

1907 

33,107.03 

21,406.41 

19,735.10 

27,524.09 

9,119.53 

10,497.45 

8,171.49 

1908 

33,656.86 

18,562.86 

16,778.28 

27,355.49 

8,920.31 

10,908.08 

7,038.40 

1909 

37,814  .  85 

21,120.00 

21,522.60 

30,494.93 

10,583.09 

12,659.44 

7,665.65 

1910 

39,345.41 

22,389.44 

23,255.97 

31,924.32 

11,776.82 

13,906.32 

8,170.77 

1911 

38,082.55 

24,480.68 

24,661.52 

30,729.58 

12,455.28 

13,605.69 

9,277.96 

1912 

39,739.95 

22,353.69 

23,807.57 

29,225.08 

11,835.04 

14,261.08 

9,364.53 

1913 

43,676.27 

19,298.89 

24,608.35 

35,290.15 

14,574.90 

14,988.17 

9,698.77 

1914 

43,502.59 

21,480.72 

23,801.39 

35,834.01 

15,990.33 

14,208.82 

9,312.64 

1915 

45,886.55 

22,944.82 

21,608.13 

37,433.13 

14,939.37 

14,465.58 

9,340.00 

1916 

54,974.66 

25,106.83 

25,657.33 

42,030.29 

16,076.90 

15,350.51 

11,501.59 

1917 

54,891.50 

23,680.87 

23,331.45 

41,988.42 

14,678.60 

15,023.15 

11,771.55 

1918 

51,888.10 

*  6,230.60 

$22,786.74 

40,139.47 

13,406.57 

14,234.28 

10,835.94 

1919 

77,777  .  28 

f33,885.13 

53,397.13 

22,887.86 

18,312.97 

16,650.81 

1920 

85,753.57 

|34,342.55 

67,989.27 

24,789.46 

18,008.66 

19,529.24 

1921 

76,703.31 

f30,118.97 

58,338.91 

27,395  .  88 

15,680.22 

16,621.41 

"Herald  discontinued  publication  May  2, 1918. 
{Examiner  and  Herald-Examiner  combined. 

198 


fHerald-Examiner. 


NEWSPAPERS  AS  ADVERTISING  MEDIA 

the  United  States  is  too  enormous  to  be  considered  as  a 
merchandising  unit.  It  must  be  broken  up  into  "districts," 
"territories,"  "zones,"  or  "markets,"  each  one  a  logical 
unit  within  which  to  concentrate  intensive  sales  effort. 
When  a  business  which  has  been  doing  National  advertising 
in  magazines  is  analyzed  from  this  angle  certain  wasteful 
features  at  once  become  apparent.  Advertising  is  being 
purchased  in  the  same  quantity  in  districts  where  no 
attempt  is  made  to  supply  dealers  as  in  other  districts  where 
sales  possibilities  are  big  and  dealers  are  being  solicited 
aggressively.  Local  peculiarities,  climatic  variations,  cur- 
rent events  cannot  be  taken  advantage  of  in  the  advertising. 
The  dealer  cannot  be  shown  definitely  and  clearly  what  the 
advertising  is  doing  for  him. 

#  *  * 

The  handling  of  selling  by  zones  or  markets  leads  to  the 
use  of  newspapers  for  National  advertising,  as  the  advertis- 
ing can  thus  be  synchronized  and  co-ordinated  with  the 
selling.  Each  market  can  be  given  the  precise  amount  of 
advertising  pressure  needed.  Waste  circulation  is  reduced 
to  a  minimum.  The  advertising  is  brought  close  to  the 
dealer  and  to  his  customers.  For  everyone  reads  the  news- 
papers. The  average  man  reads  his  paper  365  days  in 
ordinary  years  and  366  days  in  leap  years.  Each  person 
sets  aside  a  definite  part  of  each  day  for  newspaper  reading, 
but  this  cannot  be  said  of  any  other  advertising  medium. 

Newspaper  advertising  is,  above  all  else,  productive  of 
favorable  action  as  well  as  favorable  thoughts.  The  news- 
paper's life  is  brief,  but  full  of  fire  and  power.  Because  it  is 
jammed  full  of  timely  news  and  timely  advertising  it 
commands  immediate  consideration.  Magazines  may  be 
laid  aside  to  be  read  when,  if  ever,  leisure  and  inclination 
happen  to  coincide,  but  the  call  of  the  newspaper  is  as 
insistent  as  the  call  of  breakfast,  the  call  of  business,  the 
call  of  life. 

Metropolitan  newspapers,  published  in  the  morning  and 
on  Sunday,  are  particularly  well  fitted  to  carry  national 

199 


l»ued  Monthly.  Since  Febnury,  1914.  by  *. 


CHICAGO.    DECEMBER.    1921 


Coov  50  Cents 


Tiny  Store  Has  Big  Trade  In  Small  District 


Volume  Is  15 
Times  Greater 
Than  at  Start 

In  a  store  not  much  larger  than  a 
good  sized  kitchen,  Julius  Daniels 
does  a  business  of  $65~000  a  year  at 
4716  Dorchester  avenue.  The  terri- 
tory he  serves  is  as  tiny  and  condensed 
as  the  store.  a*d  the  single  horse  that 
attends  to  the  deliveries  doesn't  get 
enough  exercise  to  work  off  its  fat. 
East. and  west  his  territory  runs  two 
blocks.  It  is  only  four  blocks  north 
and  south,  a  half  mile  long  and  less 
than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide. 

Daniels  Brothers,  Max  and  Julius, 
have  three  grocery  stores.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  Dorchester  avenue  place, 
they  have  stores  at  203  East  Forty- 
seventh  street  and  at  402  East  Sixty- 
first  street.  But  the  little  Dorchester 
avenue  store  keeps  ahead  of  the  others 
in  the  volume  of  sales. 

F.ther  Owiwd  Store. 

The  grocer] 
ally  to  the  tw 


Daniels  boys 


r  father  1 


,  first  at  Thir- 
and Cottage  Grove 
-third  street 


the  business  with  their  father,  and,  19 
years  ago,  started  out  for  themselves 
at    Thirty-fifth    street    and    Indiana 
avenue. . 
The  business  wa 

month, 

volume  for  a  month  is  more  than  it 
was  originally  for  a  year.  It  will  run 
from  $14.000  to  $16,000  a  month,  or 
approximately  $130,000  in  a  year. 

For  a  time  the  brothers  had  a  big 
store  at  Forty-seventh  and  Calumet 
doing  a  business  of  $12,000  a  month. 
Changing  conditions  in  the  grocery 
trade  caused  them  to  give  it  up,  how- 
ever, and  establish  the  smaller  stores., 
Part  of  the  building  is  now  used  as  a 
warehouse  for  the  Daniels  Brothers' 
stores. 

Twenty-five   Feet  Square 

Of  the  present  stores,  the  one  on 
Sixty-first  stret  is  the  oldest.  It  was 
oi>encd  ten  years  ago.  The  Dorchester 
avenue  store  has  been  doing  business 
lor  seven  years  and  the  Forty-seventh 
street  store  lor  about  two  years. 

"  We  should  like  to  get  a  bigger  lo- 
cation," said  Julius  Daniels.  "  bnt  we 
haven't  been  able  to.  This  store  meas- 
ures about  twenty-five  feet  square,  and 
you  can  see  that  no  space  is  wasted. 

"  The  grocery  business  has  .  under- 
gone a  great  change  in  the  last  few 
years.  It  is  due  to  the  chain  stores.  1 
ilon't  believe  there  are  more  than  about 
•  wenty  high-class  grocery  stores  on 
die  south  side  now  doing  a  credit  busi- 
.icss.  Our  own  business  is  changed  to 
«m-h  an  extent  that  our  trade  is  75  per 
.ent  cash 

"  For  a  while  we  worried  a  little 
about  the  chains,  but  not  any  more 
We  have  found  our  place,  and  I  don't 
itty  any  attention  to  the  chains.  1 
keep  every  artkle  for  which  there  is 
a  ilrnuml  The  people  can  get  what 
ilvry  ...ml  here  They  can't  in  the 

ii!«"|.rod'u.'t>  an.™!!? well-established 
food.<. 

H.ve  Ur(.  Store  Trade 
"  We  have  a  good  store  trade,  too. 
res  do  a  large 
the  telephone. 

:IO  rome  in.     The 
rything   is 


we  like  people 
re    looks    well,   a 


THE  TWO   CLERKS 


Call  Chinese  Egg 

Trade  a  Menace 

Poultry  raisers  are  urging  higher 
duties  on  eggs  than  are  provided  for 
in  the  Fordney  bill  and  claim  that  the 
Chinese  egg  trade  is  menacing  the 

of  eight  cents  a  dozen.  The  bill  pro- 
vides for  six  cents  At  present,  eggs 
are  on  the  free  list 

The  poultry  men  asked  a  duty  of  24 
cents  a  pound  on  dried  eggs  The  bill 
provides  for  a  duty  of  15  cents  a  pound 
and  is  at  present  10  cents  a  pound. 
They  told  the  congressmen  that  the 
importation  of  dried  eggs  from  China 
had  driven  practically  all  the  American 
plants  drying  eggs  out  of  business  and 
said  that  nearly  all  bakery  goods  are 
nia.le  with  Chinese  dried  eggs. 

Fly  5,000,000  Miles 
'for  Pound  of  Honey 

A  pound  01  honey  seems  prettv 
cheap  when  all  the  work  of  the  bee  i's 
figured  in.  According  to  an  English 
investigator,  one.  pound  of  honey  con- 
tains the  concentrated  essence  of  62,- 


covering  approximately  5.000.000  miles 
for  every  pound. 


German  Mark  Ruins 

Border  Retaflers 

All  of  Germany's  neighbors  are  being 
outfitted,  particularly  in  .  clothing,  at 
the  expense  of  German  shopkeepers. 
With  the  German  mark  selling  at  the 
rate  of  300  for  a  dollar,  the  difference 
in  prices  in  other  countries  is  so  enor- 
mous that  all  along  the  Dutch,  Danish, 
Swiss  and  Belgian  borders  the  people 
put  on  their  old  rags  and  worn  out 
clothes  and  cross  into  Germany. 

They  trade  their  own  money  for 
marks  and  outfit  themselves  from 
head  to  foot  at  a  fraction  of  what  it 
would  cost  m  their  own  country.  The 
reaction  is  such  that  in  Holland  espe- 
cially. lor  miles  from  the  border,  the 


Orange  Seeds  Now 

Used   As   Necklace 

A  Florida  woman  is  said  to  nuke 
lovely  necklaces  from  orange  and 
grapefruit  seed.-..  This  places  the 
orange  in  the  class  with  the  famous 
pig  of  the  packers,  no  part  of  which  is 
wasted  but  the  "squeal." 

AD  the  other  parts  of  the  fruit  have 
a  use—  the  pulp  and  juice  for  eating. 
the  peel  for  candying  or  flavoring,  and 
the  white  inner  rind  for  pectin  extract 
to  help  in  the  jellying  of  other  fruits. 
The  necklaces  of.  seeds  are  doubtless 


SI 0  a  Month  Is 
Fountain  Cost 
of  "Paying  Last" 


I>  ONG  before  the  druggist  handled 
~  any  other  sidelines,  he  was  d-soeus- 
ing  sodas.  The  soda  fountain  seems 
just  as  much  a  part  of  his  business  as 
the  prescription  counter,  but  a  lot  of 
druggists  are  taking  it  too  much  for 
granted.  If  properly  conducted 

y-making  _. 
Ort  the  other 
t  the  druggist  money. 
!f_bii?ir,e>s  have  made 
~  the  fountain  as 
ht.  vice  president  of  the  Owl 
Llrug  company.    He  finds  that  the  net 
profit  from  the  fountain  is  about  twice 

;ral 

e's  business  c 

Turnover  About  ISO 

lis  article  the  figures  given  are 
Owl  store  at  Madison  and  Jark 
This  fountain  will  ivcr-    r.  ;:, 
iter  about  $8JWO  a  month,  and 

Every  month  a  fountain  inventory  is 
taken.  It  averages  about  $650,  and 
and  never  runs  above  $800.  This  Mg- 
gests  the  enormous  turnover.  The 
lock  turns  from  12  t<V,  13  times  a 
month,  a  turnover  well  over  150  a  year 
operated  on  a  gross 
profit  of  approximately  55  per  cent. 

leaving  a  net  profit"^  21  "r^nr'- 
Specht  believes  that  the  Ow, 
policy  of  "trusting  the  public"  pays 
The  Owl  store  has  one  of  the  few  large 
fountains  where  the  customer  eats  or 
drtnks  first,  and  pays  aftervlrd.  Such 
a  policy  in  a  store  whi-h  handles  £200 
persons  a  day-and  that  is  the  average 
for  this  fountain— means  a  consider- 
able loss  from  unpaid  checks  in  the 
course  of  a  month.  But  the  increased 
not  only  at  the  fountain  but 
•n  the  rest  of  the  store  a.  well,  i,  wortl. 
price  of  a  suit  of  clothes  once  • 
month.  Mr.  Specht  believes. 

"Walkout."  WT.  $19.80 
There  is  an  extremely  small  group 
hich  does   not  pay.   too      The  Owl 
stores  find  that  the  public  in  general 
•ejl  be  trusted,  and  customers  ap- 
preciate   the    convenience    of,  buying 
whatever  they  want,  getting  the  cji«ck. 
and  paying  as  they  go  out 

"At  this  time  of  the  year."  said  Mr. 
Specht.  "our  loss  run.  only  about  fifty 
i  a  day     For  October,  the  •walk- 
amounted  to  $1980.    Inrhesoa- 


The  cheating  is  done  largely  by 
eel  urchins.  They  will  come  in  and 
down  at  one  end  of  the  counter  and 


THE  CO-OPERATOR  is  mailed  free  each  month  to  15  poo  retailers  in 
Chicago  and  suburbs.  It  never  contains  editorial  puffs  for 
The  Tribune  or  for  Tribune  advertisers.  It  is  designed  to 
render  a  genuine  service  to  the  retailers  through  whom  products 
advertised  in  The  Tribune  must  be  sold  to  consumers.  Its 
editorial  matter  is  written  for  it  by  trained  meny  and  builds  an 
appreciation  of  advertised  merchandise  by  interesting  stories 
rather  than  by  preaching.  It  carries  paid  advertising  from 
reputable  concerns. 

200 


TRIBUNE  SWAYS  BUYING  IN  WIDE  TERRITORY 


advertising  because  their  radiating  circulation  influences 
much  more  than  the  city  of  publication.  Evening  news- 
papers, being  in  the  nature  of  bulletins,  seldom  secure 
widespread  circulation  and  cannot  exert  maximum  influence 
on  such  circulation  as  they  have. 

The  case  of  The  Chicago  Tribune  shows  that  a  morning 
and  Sunday  newspaper  can  be  a  powerful  buying  influence 
throughout  a  large  area.  The  Tribune  has  more  than 
300,000  circulation  in  Illinois,  Indiana,  Iowa,  Michigan  and 

Wisconsin,  outside  of 
Chicago  and  suburbs. 
An  investigation  was 
made  during  1921 
among  6741  retailers 
and  241  jobbers  located 
in  these  states,  outside 
of  Chicago,  to  deter- 
mine the  extent  to 
which  they  read  The 
Tribune  and  the  extent 
to  which  their  custom- 
ers were  influenced  by 
Tribune  advertising  in 
the  purchasing  of  mer- 
chandise. Retailers 
and  jobbers  in  five  lines 
were  interviewed  — 
groceries,  drugs,  hard- 
ware, electrical  appli- 
THIS  page,  reproduced  from  The  (Century  ances,  and  auto  acces- 
Magazine,  shows  how  we  advertised  our  sories  The  results 
•AKHUing  thirty  ywagp.  ^^  ^  ^%  Q{ 

the  retailers  read  The  Tribune  and  72%  feel  the  effect  of 
Tribune  advertising  on  their  sales.  Of  the  jobbers,  81.4% 
read  The  Tribune  and  73%  recognize  the  influence  of 
Tribune  advertising  in  promoting  the  sale  of  merchandise 
they  handle. 

201 


ADVERTISING  PAYS  FOR  ITSELF 

Within  a  broad  territory,  therefore,  The  Tribune  not 
only  reaches  more  people  than  any  magazine,  but  it  un- 
questionably influences  the  purchases  of  its  readers. 

The  Chicago  Tribune  believes  that  one  of  its  greatest 
public  services  is  to  be  found  in  the  work  done  to  promote 
more  economical  distribution  of  merchandise  by  means  of 
newspaper  advertising.  The  question  is  often  asked:  "Who 
pays  for  advertising?"  The  answer  is  that  no  one  does. 
It  pays  for  itself.  Cost  of  distribution  (cost  of  getting 
articles  from  the  manufacturing  plant  to  the  retail  counter) 
is  from  one-third  to  one-half  of  the  retail  price  of  most 
merchandise.  Cost  of  advertising  is  seldom  more  than 
a  twentieth  of  the  retail  price.  Therefore  it  often  works 
out  about  as  follows:  An  article  has  cost  fifty  cents  to 
make  (including  the  manufacturer's  profit)  and  fifty 
cents  to  distribute,  and  therefore  sells  for  one  dollar. 
Advertising  is  adopted  at  a  cost  of  two  cents  to  five  cents 
per  unit,  and  brings  about  such  economies  in  distribution, 
such  steady  demand,  and  such  volume  production  that  it  is 
possible  to  make  the  article  for  forty  cents  and  to  distribute 
it  for  thirty  cents  (including  the  advertising  cost),  making 
the  retail  price  seventy  cents  instead  of  a  dollar.  The 
advertising  appropriation  may  have  been  a  million  dollars, 

but  it  paid  for  itself. 

#  #  # 

The  Chicago  Tribune  realizes  that  editorial  and  adver- 
tising departments  should  be  kept  entirely  separate  because 
each  is  equally  important  and  entitled  to  independent 
consideration  and  development.  The  strength  of  The 
Tribune  from  an  advertising  standpoint,  the  fact  that 
tremendous  revenues  are  derived  from  the  sale  of  adver- 
tising sheerly  on  its  merit  on  a  business  basis,  enables  the 
editorial  department  to  do  great  things  and  to  be  inde- 
pendent in  the  face  of  any  opposition.  All  that  the  adver- 
tising department  asks  from  the  editorial  department  is 
adequate  circulation  among  the  right  kind  of  people,  and 
it  is  obvious  that  such  circulation  can  be  won  and  held  only 
by  fighting  in  season  and  out  for  the  public  welfare. 

202 


JIUtU»U'U'U«U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U«U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UlUIL.| 


our  copy  writers  and  nine  artists  assist  Tribune  local 
advertisers  to  make  the  presentation  of  their  messages  more 
effective. 


CONFERENCE  ROOM  in  which  the  advertising  and  merchandis- 
ing problems  of  national  advertisers  are  discussed  and  analyzed. 
The  "rent"  map  of  Chicago  in  the  corner  is  8 feet  wide  and  16 
feet  long. 


urruah.  spoi 

ees  wKoscfiijnz  aiui  wlvose 


malcc  to  snuk  a«e%.\a&) 
Denial  p«>pk  OT  Cluca^o 


labs 


lb  Be  made  iivto  pora^iuaKs  -  ^  — 


«.  .<%.»*. 


Chicago  Tribune  Pulp  Wood 

Forests 


'N  a  wilderness  on  the  north  shore  of  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  far  down  toward 
Labrador,  The  Chicago  Tribune  is  carry- 
ing out  a  great  work  of  pioneering  and 
development.  The  earliest  French  explor- 
ers sailed  along  these  shores.  During 
the  intervening  centuries  migrations  from 
Europe  have  swept  past  them  to  populate  a  continent 
with  more  than  120,000,000  people.  But  through  all  the 
years  these  virgin  forests  of  the  far  northeast  lay  un- 
touched, from  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  to  the  Arctic  ice 
fields. 

A  rocky  shore  without  harbors,  no  settlements,  high 
tides,  a  stormy  gulf,  long  and  severe  winters,  combined  to 
make  profitable  timber  operations  almost  impossible.  In 
the  face  of  these  obstacles  The  Chicago  Tribune  purchased 
500  square  miles  of  forests  and  undertook  to  develop  its 
own  supply  of  pulp  wood. 

Dams  have  been  built,  flooded  out  and  rebuilt ;  a  power 
house  was  constructed,  washed  away  and  rebuilt;  docks 
have  been  torn  to  pieces  while  under  construction,  but 
others  have  taken  their  places.  Setbacks  and  discourage- 
ments have  been  many,  but  success  has  finally  been  achieved. 
Quebec,  the  quaint  walled  city  where  twentieth  century 
America  meets  seventeenth  century  France,  is  a  logical 
place  at  which  to  begin  the  story  of  the  mechanical  produc- 
tion of  The  Chicago  Tribune.  During  September  and 
October  Tribune  agents  are  busy  in  the  harbor  of  Quebec 
chartering  all  the  schooners  they  can  lay  hands  on  and 
loading  them  with  supplies  for  the  camps  in  The  Tribune's 
timberlands  far  down  in  the  Gulf  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  on  a 
wild  frontier  east  of  the  eastern  edge  of  Maine. 

205 


MOVE  WINTER  SUPPLIES  TO  WILDERNESS 


For  five  or  six  months  hundreds  of  men  and  their  families 
are  frozen  in  while  they  chop  the  trees  destined  for  Tribune 
newsprint.  Everything  these  communities  need  to  eat  or 
wear  or  use  must  be  gotten  into  the  woods  before  snow  and 
ice  seal  the  gates  between  them  and  the  world.  So  for 
months  there  are  always  schooners  beating  down  the  broad 
river  and  stormy  gulf  of  Baie  des  Cedres  and  Shelter  Bay, 
three  hundred  and  four  hundred  miles  respectively,  north- 
east of  Quebec.  Sailors  who  speak  no  word  of  English, 
sailors  whose  ancestors  explored  and  colonizqd  New  France 
hundreds  of  years  ago,  take  this  first  step  in  the  making  of 
The  Chicago  Tribune.  Arriving  at  their  destination  after 
several  days'  sailing,  they  anchor  off  the  coast,  and  scows 
and  barges  are  brought  alongside  to  take  the  cargoes  of 
baled  hay,  sacks  of  oats,  barrels  of  flour,  hogsheads  of  salt 
pork,  kitchen  stoves,  clothing,  and  tools,  up  shallow  or 
rocky  harbors. 

Three  distinct  classes  of  French-Canadians  are  engaged 
in  the  production  of  Tribune  pulp  wood.  The  sailors  whose 


CHICAGO 


206 


COMMUNITIES  FROZEN  IN  FOR  WINTER 

schooners  take  in  supplies,  the  hunters  and  fishers  of  the 
North  Shore  who  build  the  docks  and  dams,  run  the  saw 
mills,  make  the  roads  and  drive  the  logs  down  the  river,  and 
the  farmers  of  the  South  Shore  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence 
who  spend  the  long  winters  in  the  forests  as  wood-choppers. 

The  peak  of  activity  comes  in  the  late  fall  between  the 
harvest  on  the  South  Shore  and  the  closing  of  navigation. 
The  workers  must  be  transported  across  the  gulf  and  back 
in  the  virgin  forests,  must  make  clearings,  build  their 
houses  and  barns,  and  must  have  their  five  or  six  months' 
supply  brought  in  to  them  by  schooner,  scow,  carts,  motor 
boats,  sledges,  canoes,  and  on  the  backs  of  men. 

By  November  the  streams  are  frozen  and  snow  covers 
the  ground  to  a  depth  of  three  to  seven  feet.  Navigation 
ceases  until  May.  Occasionally  mail  comes  in  by  sledge 
and  dog  teams  from  Quebec,  four  hundred  miles  up  the 
river,  but  for  the  most  part  the  community  is  isolated  and 
settles  down  to  its  winter  routine.  Strange  to  say,  the 
natives  seem  to  look  forward  with  pleasure  and  anticipation 
to  their  long  winter.  Swift  rivers,  dense  woods  and  spongy 
muskeag  swamps — impenetrable  in  the  summer — now  per- 
mit connection  by  skiis,  snowshoes,  and  dog  sledges. 
Rabbits,  sable,  beaver,  and  now  and  then  a  caribou  may 
be  shot.  The  terrible  summer  pests,  black  flies  and  mosqui- 
toes, are  gone.  The  thermometer  may  drop  forty  degrees 
below  zero,  but  the  natives  say  one  does  not  mind  it  because 
it  is  so  dry.  There  is  unlimited  wood  for  roaring  fires  and 
plenty  of  blood-stimulating  exercise. 

In  The  Tribune's  two  towns,  Shelter  Bay  and  Baie  des 
Cedres,  a  dozen  or  more  American  executives  and  about 
225  French  Canadian  laborers  settle  down  to  work  on  the 
dams,  docks,  conveyors,  flumes,  storehouses,  cabins,  and 
above  all  the  supervision  of  the  wood  cutting.  Back  in  the 
woods,  scattered  over  an  area  of  hundreds  of  square  miles, 
are  the  camps  of  the  loggers,  500  men  and  150  horses. 

The  wood  choppers  all  operate  in  units  of  three  men  and 
a  horse.  Each  such  unit  is  assigned  a  definite  tract  of  land 

207 


LOGS  AS  CUT  SLEDGED  TO  RIVER  BANKS 

to  cut,  usually  a  half  mile  wide  running  three  miles  back 
from  the  stream.  Two  men  chop  and  saw.  The  third  man 
and  the  horse  haul  the  wood  to  the  river.  The  women  and 
children  do  the  chores. 

Agents  of  the  Canadian  government  are  constantly  on 
the  ground  to  see  that  no  tree  below  a  certain  size  is  cut; 
that  no  tree  is  cut  more  than  eighteen  inches  above  the 
ground,  even  though  it  stand  in  sixty  inches  of  snow.  They 
also  check  the  total  cut  on  which  taxes  must  be  paid.  Cullers 
and  sealers  representing  The  Tribune  also  check  each  day 
the  cut  of  each  logger  to  determine  what  he  is  to  be  paid. 
In  case  of  dispute,  reference  is  made  to  the  figures  of  the 
government  agent,  independently  computed.  The  Trib- 
une's culler  is  very  particular  that  no  dead  wood  or  anything 
other  than  clear  spruce  and  balsam  be  included  in  the  cut. 
Some  birch  and  poplar  is  found  in  these  forests  but  it  is 
left  standing. 

As  each  tree  is  cut  it  is  trimmed  clear  of  all  branches 
and  sawed  to  eight  or  twelve  foot  lengths.  Three  of  these 
are  chained  together  and  hauled  by  the  horse  to  the  banks 
of  the  stream. 

The  piles  on  the  sloping  banks  are  held  in  place  only  by 
a  tree  at  either  end  and  roll-ways  are  cleared  between  them 
and  the  river.  When  they  are  needed,  two  men  with  axes 
chop  away  the  supporting  trees  and  in  a  few  minutes 
precipitate  the  great  pile  into  the  water. 

With  spring  thaws  and  the  opening  of  navigation  the 
wood  choppers  and  their  horses  hurry  across  the  gulf  to  the 
farms  on  the  south  shore.  The  camp  executives  then  face 
the  greatest  problems  of  the  year — getting  the  wood  to 
salt  water,  sawing  it  and  loading  it  on  the  steamers  which 
take  it  to  the  Tribune's  great  paper  mill  at  Thorold, 
Ontario,  near  Niagara  Falls. 

Labor  is  an  acute  problem  in  the  development  of  such 
great  enterprises  as  those  of  The  Tribune  on  the  North 
Shore  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  In  a  stretch  of  coast 
line  a  thousand  miles  long,  the  largest  village  is  Eskimo 

208 


,JIUIU'U'U'U»U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U«U'U'U«U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UlUILl 


LAKE  OPCO  at  Bate  des  Cedres,  in  The  Tribune's  timber 
country— 300  feet  above  Gulf  and  quarter  of  a  mile  back  from 
shore.  Its  waters  supply  the  conveyor  which  floats  the  logs 
from  the  sawmill  to  the  docks  a  mile  down  the  coast. 


LOGGERS  on  The  Tribune 's  timber  lands  on  Franquelin  River. 


ii«ii»ii«ri 


209 


THE  Tribune's  timber  town  of  Baie  des  Cedres  on  the  north 
shore  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence. 


FORMER  submarine  chaser •,  Mareuilendole,  which  travels  ten 
thousand  miles  a  season  as  Tribune  dispatch  boat  in  the  Gulf 
of  St.  Lawrence. 


SPRING  FLOODS  FLOAT  LOGS  TO  SALT  WATER 

Point  near  the  southern  edge  of  Labrador.  The  vast 
stretches  of  the  interior  are  unhabited  except  by  scattered 
Indians  and  Eskimos.  The  few  residents  of  this  barren 
Northeastern  frontier  have  been  for  generations  hunters  and 
fishers.  Although  unskilled  and  unsuited  to  the  routine  of 
industrial  labor,  they  are  the  only  workmen  available  for 
the  building  of  docks,  power  houses,  and  the  loading  of 
boats. 

At  Shelter  Bay  and  Baie  des  Cedres  they  are  boarded 
and  housed  at  the  expense  of  the  company,  buy  whatever 
additional  supplies  they  need  at  the  company  store  at  a 
small  margin  above  cost,  and  make  from  $100  to  $140  per 
month  clear. 

The  food  is  of  very  high  quality,  in  great  variety,  well 
cooked  and  clean,  although  served  in  great  log  cook  houses 
with  rough  hewn  tables  and  benches,  enamel  cups  and 
plates.  Hundreds  of  steers,  sheep  and  hogs  are  brought 
to  the  towns  to  be  slaughtered  during  the  winter,  insuring 
a  continuous  supply  of  fresh  meat.  Few  American  families 
live  better  than  do  the  laborers  on  The  Tribune  properties 
on  the  north  shore  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  but  each  one 
longs  for  the  distant  cabin  which  his  ancestors  consecrated 
as  home,  and  each  one  is  restive  under  regular  hours  of 
routine  labor. 

Driving  logs  down  the  river  is  a  dashing  picturesque 
phase  of  the  work  to  which  the  men  take  more  readily  than 
to  the  other  duties.  In  the  first  six  miles  of  Rocky  river 
above  the  Gulf  are  eight  rapids  and  six  waterfalls.  Islands 
are  plentiful.  As  a  result  the  logs  jam,  dynamite  must  be 
used,  and  hardy  lumber  jacks  risk  their  lives  to  sweep  the 
last  log  from  slippery  rocks  and  boiling  torrents. 

When  the  logs  reach  sea  level  they  are  caught  by  booms 
— logs  chained  end  to  end  to  reach  across  the  stream.  They 
are  moved  over  to  the  sawmill  by  encircling  as  many  as 
are  needed  and  towing  the  whole  loosely  floating  raft  into 
a  position  from  which  men  with  long  pikes  push  them  one 
at  a  time  on  the  jack  ladder.  The  jack  ladder  is  an  -endless 

211 


LOGS  FLOATED  INTO  HOLDS  OF  STEAMERS 

chain  arrangement  which  lifts  the  log  from  the  water  and 
carries  it  up  to  the  sawmill.  The  sawmill  is  merely  a  shed 
with  two  great  circular  saws  or  "slashers."  The  endless 
chains  bring  the  log  in  at  one  side,  press  it  against  the  saws, 
which  cut  each  twelve-foot  log  into  three  four-foot  logs,  and 
throw  the  four-foot  logs  out  the  other  side  into  a  conveyor. 

As  the  logs  leave  the  slashers  they  roll  down  a  short 
incline  into  a  flume  full  of  swiftly  running  water.  At 
Shelter  Bay  this  water  is  pumped  from  the  bay  into  the 
flume.  At  Baie  des  Cedres  the  water  is  secured  from  a 
beautiful  lake  300  feet  above  the  level  of  the  Gulf  and 
only  a  quarter  of  a  mile  inland  from  it. 

The  flume  at  Shelter  Bay  floats  the  logs  to  the  dock, 
where  they  are  caught  by  spikes  on  an  endless  chain, 
carried  up  an  incline  to  a  platform,  from  which  they  are 
dropped  into  the  holds  of  steamers.  At  Baie  des  Cedres  the 
flume  itself  runs  out  on  the  dock  far  above  the  decks  of  the 
steamers  so  that  logs  are  literally  floated  from  the  forests 
far  in  the  interior  right  into  the  vessel's  hold.  When  a 
great  mass  of  logs  has  been  shot  into  a  hold,  a  gang  go  in 
and  pack  it  compactly  while  the  stream  of  logs  is  directed 
down  another  hatchway.  Water  that  flows  into  the  boat 
with  the  logs  is  pumped  out. 

Making  harbors  which  will  be  safe  for  the  big  lumber 
steamers  has  been  an  enormous  task  on  the  North  Shore. 
It  is  usual  for  the  rivers  down  which  the  logs  must  be  floated 
to  form  enormous  boulder  strewn  shoals  at  their  mouths. 
To  meet  this  situation  at  Baie  des  Cedres  a  flume  has  been 
built  from  the  sawmill  on  the  river  more  than  a  mile  west, 
almost  out  in  the  Gulf  along  the  steep  shore  to  the  first 
point  where  deep  water  made  a  dock  practical. 

At  Shelter  Bay  the  mouth  of  the  river  is  dotted  with  a 
dozen  islands  varying  from  square  yards  to  a  square  mile 
in  area.  The  island  farthest  out  from  the  shore  was  selected 
for  the  dock  as  very  deep  water  was  to  be  found  on  its 
extreme  end.  In  1916  the  first  dock  was  built,  only 
to  be  washed  away.  Then  the  war  interrupted  develop- 

212 


ELECTRIC  LIGHTED  TOWN  ON  THE  FRONTIER 

ment  work  until  1919.  In  an  attempt  to  rush  construction 
work  so  that  wood  already  cut  could  be  loaded  and  shipped 
to  the  paper  mill,  a  novel  scheme  was  conceived.  A  short, 
stanch  dock  was  constructed  with  the  idea  of  continuing 
it  by  sinking  a  steamer  off  its  end  and  filling  it  with  rock. 
The  steamer  Eagan  was  bought  and  rushed  to  the  scene. 
Her  sides  were  built  up  high  to  receive  rocks  to  be  blasted 
from  the  unlimited  supply  on  the  island.  Some  difficulty 
was  experienced  in  sinking  the  Eagan,  which  clung  to  life 
like  an  old  warrior,  but  dynamite  let  the  water  in  and  she 
settled  precisely  in  the  desired  position  on  a  calm,  sunny 
afternoon.  Before  sunrise  the  next  morning  a  howling 
sou'easter  was  tearing  her  to  pieces,  and  the  taking  out  of 
pulp  logs  had  to  be  postponed  for  another  year. 

Since  then  enormous  progress  has  been  made.  A  power 
house  has  been  built  taking  the  place  of  an  earlier  one  which 
was  swept  away  by  a  spring  flood.  This  power  house  utilizes 
only  a  fraction  of  the  water  available  at  the  lowest  of  the 
six  waterfalls,  but  it  produces  ample  electricity  for  the 
light  and  power. 

Shelter  Bay  is  in  the  wilderness  but  its  houses  have 
electric  lights.  The  brilliant  illumination  permits  24  hours' 
work  in  loading  vessels.  Electrically  driven  compressors 
furnish  compressed  air. 

A  church  and  school  have  been  built,  houses  are  replac- 
ing log  cabins,  a  store  and  office  building  and  warehouses 
have  been  erected.  A  doctor  is  a  member  of  the  staff. 
The  Government  requires  that  six  fire-rangers  be  main- 
tained. A  fleet  of  no  small  proportions  floats  on  Shelter 
Bay.  There  is  a  dispatch  boat,  The  Muriel,  gasoline  barges, 
gasoline  scows,  motor  boats,  row  boats,  canoes,  and  scows 
without  power.  Schooners  are  not  unloaded  at  the  main 
dock  on  the  island  because  of  the  lack  of  connection  with 
the  mainland,  and  can  only  approach  the  river  dock  at  high 
tide.  Most  of  their  cargoes,  therefore,  must  be  taken  off 
on  the  barges  and  scows. 

213 


TRIBUNE  OPERATES  FLEET  OF  BOATS 

A  similar  fleet  is  maintained  at  Baie  des  Cedres  for  the 
dock  is  more  than  a  mile  down  the  coast  from  the  town, 
and  high,  rocky  cliffs  separate  the  two  except  for  the  flume 
which  carries  the  logs. 

There  is  also  the  Mareuilendole  express  boat,  formerly 
a  submarine  chaser.  This  craft  is  quite  the  wonder  and 
talk  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  Built  in  six  steel  com- 
partments it  is  practically  unsinkable  even  though  holes 
were  torn  in  its  hull.  Three  great  gasoline  engines  develop 
650  horsepower  and  drive  her  at  12  to  20  miles  an  hour 
through  any  weather.  Taking  passengers  to  and  from  rail- 
road terminals  at  Matane  and  Rimouski,  journeying  back 
and  forth  between  Baie  des  Cedres  and  Shelter  Bay  and 
performing  other  dispatch  service  around  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence,  the  Mareuilendole  travels  upwards  of  10,000 
miles  each  summer  in  Tribune  service.  She  is  electric 
lighted,  steam  heated,  has  running  water,  and  can  house 
26  people  though  only  no  feet  long. 

The  Tribune  owns  three  lumber  steamers  which  carry 
pulp  wood  from  its  timber  land  to  Thorold — The  Linden, 
The  Chicago  Tribune  and  The  New  York  Daily  News. 
The  two  last  named  are  new  steel  steamers,  specially  built 
for  pulp  wood  carrying  and  put  in  commission  this  year. 

Logs  pour  into  a  steamer  for  two  or  three  days  and 
nights  before  the  decks  are  piled  and  the  hull  is  drawing 
14  feet,  the  maximum  depth  permissible  in  the  canals  it 
must  use  going  up  past  the  rapids  of  the  St.  Lawrence. 
Montreal  is  reached  in  about  two  days'  steaming  from 
Shelter  Bay  but  the  dozens  of  canal  locks  make  the  shorter 
trip  from  there  to  Lake  Ontario  take  at  least  as  long  again. 
At  the  west  end  of  Lake  Ontario  the  Welland  Canal  inter- 
poses a  score  more  locks  between  the  boat  and  its  destina- 
tion, so  that  a  week  to  ten  days  is  necessary  to  deliver  600 
to  i, 600  cords  of  pulp  wood  from  the  river  at  Shelter  Bay 
to  the  pond  at  Thorold. 


214 


A  LOG  jam  in  the  Franquelin  River. 


BLOWING  up  a  log  jam  in  Rocky  River. 


215 


-1-*L  -M/-.H  -A*' 


1 

IVoodpulp,  after 
undergoing  the 
processes  of 
crushing  and 
refining,  is  run 
through  a  set 
of  Dams  and 
Screens  from 
which  it  flows 
in  a  thin  stream 
onto  the 


Fourdnnier  ff^t're,  an 
endless,  rocking  cop- 
per wire  belt  running 
at  a  speed  of  650  feet 
'per  minute.  This 
belt  is  202  inches 
wide  and  has  65 
wires  to  the  inch. 
Through  this  screen, 
as  well  as  by  suction 
drains,  superfluous 
water  is  removed; 
while  the  rocking 
motion  weaves  the 
pulp  into  a  thin 
paper  film 


This  thin  film 
runs  thence 
between  two 
cylinders, one 
of  which  is 
wool  covered. 
This  is  known 
as  the 

Couch  Roll 
and  presses 
the  paper  suf- 
ficiently dry 
to  run  un- 
supported to 


The  first  of  Three  Presses. 
These  are  composed  of  a  series 
of  rubber  and  wooden  rolls 
through  which  run  three  sets 
of  felt  belts.  On  these  felt 
blankets  the  paper  film  goes 
through  the  presses  which  re- 
move most  of  the  remaining 
moisture.  The  last  press  roll 
is  surfaced  with  gun-metal 
which  hardens  the  paper  and 
gives  it  a  preliminary  finish-. 


The  paper 
completes  th 
presses — earn 
cylinders,  bel 


Dams  and 
Screens 


1'ourdrinier  Wire 
and  Suction  Drains 


Couch'  First  Press 
Roll 


Second  Press       Tnjrd  Press 


DIAGRAM  of  Paper  Machine  show\ 


WHERE  wood  pulp  is  turned  into  Tribune  newsprint.  Wood 
pulp  greatly  diluted  with  water  flows  on  a  wire  screen  at  the  left 
of  this  picture.  When  it  reaches  the  right  end  the  water  has 
been  drained  out,  the  fibres  matted;  it  has  become  a  sheet  of  wet 
paper — ready  to  pass  through  the  series  of  rolls,  blankets  and 
driers,  which  finish  the  process. 


'U'UIUIU'UIUIU»UIUIUIUIUIUIUIUIU1U'U'U«U'UIUIU'UIUIU'UIUIUIU'U'U'U'U'UIL 


i  a  battery  of  32  steam-heated  cylinders.  This  unit  the  Dryer, 
Dving  water  from  the  paper.  The  felt  belts,  which — as  in  the 
jli  this  machine,  are  run  over  a  series  of  rolls  beneath  the  drying 
f  come  in  contact  with  the  damp  paper. 


6 

The  Calender 
Stack,  a  col- 
u  m  n  of  8 
steel  rolls  re- 
ceives the 
paper  from 
the  dryer;  it 
is  hardened 
and  finished 
then  passes  to 


7 

The   Reel 
6h  which 
it  is 
wound. 
It  is  later 
runoff  on 


where  it  is 
inspected 
and  cut  by 
Ci  re  u  I  a  r 
Knife  to  re- 
quired sizes 


t>rv 


Calender      Keel 
Stack 


conversion  of  wood  pulp  into  paper. 


THIS  picture  shows,  from  right  to  left,  the  long  row  of  dryers, 
the  calendering  stack,  the  winder,  and  the  rewinder  of  one  of 
The  Tribune's  paper  machines. 


LOGS  lifted  from  the  deck  of  a  steamer  are  thrown  into  the 
pond  at  The  Tribune's  paper  mill.  They  are  floated  across 
the  pond  and  then  built  up  into  the  huge  storage  pile. 


ONE  million  dollars  worth  of  pulp  logs  piled  at  The  Tribune's 
paper  mill  at  Thorold. 


!£££ 


91 « 


Turning  Trees  Into  Paper 

INTO  The  Tribune's  great  mill  at  Thorold,  Ontario,  go 
hundreds   of  thousands   of  electric  horsepower  from 
Niagara  Falls,  millions  of  gallons  of  water  from  Lake 
Erie,  train  loads  of  coal,  steamers  full  of  logs,  cars  of  sulphur 
and  limestone  and  clay — and  out  of  the  mill  streams  paper 
at  the  rate  of  600  to  1,000  feet  per  minute  from  each  of 
five  machines. 

The  sheet  delivered  from  each  machine  is  162  to  201 
inches  wide.  This  means  that  the  product  is  the  equivalent 
of  more  than  12,000  Chicago  Tribune  pages  per  minute, 
or  a  strip  of  paper  18  inches  wide  and  2,350  feet  long  every 
sixty  seconds. 

The  Tribune's  paper  mill  is  laid  out  roughly  as  follows : 

1 .  Pond  and  yard  for  storage  of  wood,  coal,  sulphur  and 
limestone — enormous  piles  of  raw  material. 

2.  Group  of  buildings  where  logs  are  barked  and  ground 
and  the  wood  pulp  screened. 

3.  Buildings  where  wood   is   chipped  and   chemically 
treated  to  produce  sulphite  pulp. 

4.  Buildings  where   the  ground  wood   pulp   and   the 
sulphite  pulp  mixed  are  converted  into  paper  by  five 
great  paper  machines. 

5.  Buildings  where  wrapping  paper  is  made  and  rolls 
are  wrapped  and  loaded  into  freight  cars. 

Unloading  pulp  wood  from  steamers  and  building  it 
into  a  great  storage  pile  is  a  spectacular  sight.  Logs  in  the 
steamer  are  piled  in  a  strip  of  rope  hammock.  This  is 
swung  high  and  wide  by  a  derrick,  one  end  of  the  hammock 
is  released  just  as  the  swing  reaches  its  apex  and  the  logs 
fly  wide  into  the  pond.  From  the  opposite  side  of  this 
pond  the  logs  are  pushed  on  a  chain  conveyor,  which  builds 
them  into  a  pile  of  30,000  to  40,000  cords,  a  young  moun- 

219 


LOGS  SWIFTLY  GROUND  TO  PULP 

tain  of  pulp  wood.  The  logs  brought  in  by  rail  are' piled 
in  smaller  hills  along  the  switch  tracks. 

From  the  woodpiles  the  four-foot  logs  are  drawn  by 
chain  conveyors  to  slashers  which  saw  them  into  two-foot 
lengths.  The  stream  then  divides,  those  destined  for 
mechanical  or  ground  wood  pulp  going  to  the  barking  drums 
or  tumblers,  and  those  designed  for  chemical  or  sulphite 
pulp  to  the  rossing  machines. 

The  barking  drum  is  a  huge  revolving  steel  cylinder  in 
which  the  logs  and  water  churn  around  until  friction  with 
each  other  and  with  the  sides  of  the  drum  strips  off  the  bark. 
The  logs  are  admitted  at  one  end  of  the  drum  and  worked 
out  at  the  other.  As  they  tumble  out  they  are  inspected 
and  those  not  clean  are  sent  back  for  another  trip. 

Logs  to  be  used  in  making  sulphite  have  the  bark  re- 
moved by  knives,  a  more  thorough  process  and  one  which 
involves  the  loss  of  some  of  the  wood.  They  are  then 
chopped  into  chips  about  an  eighth  of  an  inch  thick  and  a 
half  inch  square.  Successive  screens  remove  the  larger 
shavings  and  sawdust  and  the  chips  are  dumped  into  the 
digestors  for  chemical  treatment  described  later. 

The  logs  from  the  barking  drums  go  to  a  reservoir  from 
which  they  are  drawn  into  long  narrow,  shallow  tanks, 
running  between  rows  of  wood-grinding  machines. 

The  log  is  ground  to  pulp  merely  by  pressing  its  side 
against  the  rim  of  a  huge  grindstone.  These  stones,  54 
inches  in  diameter  and  27  inches  thick,  whirl  at  250  revolu- 
tions per  minute  inside  steel  casings.  Three  turrets  project 
from  each  casing.  The  logs  are  piled  in  these  turrets  so 
that  the  bottom  logs  rest  against  the  rim  of  the  stone.  The 
door  of  the  turret  is  then  closed  and  pneumatic  pressure 
applied  to  the  top  of  the  pile  of  logs,  forcing  them  against 
the  whirling  grindstone.  Water  flows  over  them  all  the 
time  and  pulp  or  "slush"  as  it  is  called,  flows  in  a  sluggish 
stream  almost  boiling  hot  from  friction,  out  of  the  bottom 
of  the  machine.  This  slush  contains  resinous  material  in 
solution  and  slivers,  both  of  which  must  be  removed.  The 

220 


CHIPS  BOILED  IN  ACID  TO  MAKE  CHEMICAL  PULP 

slivers  are  taken  out  by  mixing  the  pulp  with  much  water 
and  running  it  over  screens  which  permit  all  the  fine  fibers 
to  pass  through  with  the  water  but  reject  the  coarser  ones. 
These  screenings  are  used  to  make  coarse,  heavy  wrapping 
paper. 

By  running  the  pulp  between  two  cylinders,  the  lower 
one  made  of  fine  copper  screen,  the  water  carrying  the 
resinous  matter  is  removed.  Fresh  water  is  then  added  to 
the  pulp  and  it  goes  to  the  mixing  tanks,  where  75  per 
cent  of  mechanical  pulp  meets  25  per  cent  of  chemical  pulp. 

*  *  * 

Burning  sulphur  is  the  first  process  in  the  manufacture 
of  sulphite  pulp.  The  sulphur  dioxide  gas  which  results  is 
first  cooled  and  then  admitted  to  the  bottom  of  a  tower 
filled  with  limestone.  Water  trickling  down  over  the  stone 
unites  with  the  lime  and  the  sulphur  dioxide  to  form  bi- 
sulphite of  soda,  a  strong  acid  solution  which  is  then  stored 
for  use  in  the  digesters. 

The  digestors  are  steel  cylinders  or  boilers  about  the 
height  of  a  three-story  house,  lined  inside  with  brick  to 
protect  the  steel  from  the  action  of  the  acid  and  to  hold  in 
the  heat  during  the  cooking  process.  There  are  two  of 
these  enormous  digestors  at  The  Tribune  plant. 

A  digestor  is  filled  with  chips  and  then  as  much  bisulphite 
liquid  as  it  will  hold  is  added.  The  digestor  is  then  sealed, 
live  steam  forced  in  and  the  mixture  cooked  under  80 
pounds  steam  pressure  for  eight  hours.  At  the  end  of  this 
time  all  resinous  matter  from  the  wood  has  been  dissolved. 
A  valve  at  the  bottom  of  the  digestor  is  opened  and  the 
80  pound  pressure  blows  the  whole  mass  out  into  a  big  vat 
where  it  is  washed  for  hours  before  being  sent  through 
the  same  screening  processes  as  the  ground  wood  pulp. 

Chemical  pulp  is  made  up  of  finer,  longer  fibers  and  less 
resinous  or  ligneous  material  than  mechanical  pulp.  The 
difference  between  them  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  a 
cord  of  wood  makes  1,300  pounds  of  chemical,  or  2300 
pounds  of  mechanical  pulp  (dry  weight).  The  sulphite  pulp 

221 


PULP  CONVERTED  TO  PAPER  IN  INSTANT 

gives  the  paper  strength  and  flexibility,  but  the  mechanical 
pulp  is  necessary  to  give  it  the  porous  or  blotter-like  char- 
acteristics which  enable  it  to  absorb  the  ink  from  cylinders 
on  high  speed  presses.  Paper  made  of  nothing  but  sulphite 
could  not  be  used  for  newspapers.  Much  newsprint  con- 
tains only  20  to  22  per  cent  sulphite  pulp  but  in  The  Tribune 
plant  25  to  30  per  cent  is  used. 

*  *  * 

In  the  mixing  tanks,  mechanical  pulp,  chemical  pulp, 
pulp  secured  from  old  copies  of  The  Tribune  and  waste 
paper  from  the  presses,  white  clay  which  acts  as  filler  and 
smoother,  bluing  and  alum,  are  all  beaten  up  together. 
It  is  then  passed  through  a  Jordaning  machine  which  tears 
the  last  possible  sliver  to  pieces  and  mixes  the  whole 
thoroughly. 

More  water  is  added  and  the  pulp  is  pumped  into  boxes 
the  width  of  the  paper  machine.  From  them  it  overflows 
on  the  Fourdrinier  wire  screens,  on  which  it  is  almost 
instantly  converted  into  paper. 

The  Fourdrinier  screen  is  about  72  feet  long  and  from 
162  to  201  inches  wide.  It  is  in  the  form  of  an  endless  belt 
so  the  distance  traveled  by  the  pulp  in  passing  over  it  is 
about  36  feet  and  takes  only  a  few  seconds,  since  it  is 
moving  at  the  rate  of  600  to  1000  feet  per  minute — being 
shaken  sidewise  at  the  same  time.  It  has  a  mesh  of  65 
wires  to  the  inch,  and  through  these  meshes  the  water  sinks 
as  the  pulp  flows  out  on  the  screen.  The  jogging  side 
motion  of  the  screen  tends  to  make  the  pulp  fibres  interlace 
as  the  water  drains  away  and  they  settle  on  the  wire. 

During  the  first  instant  that  the  pulp  is  on  the  screen, 
water  drains  through  the  holes  by  gravity.  The  next 
instant  it  passes  over  vacuum  boxes  which  suck  the  water 
out  more  rapidly  and  mat  the  fibers  more  firmly.  Within 
three  seconds  the  milky  liquid  has  been  converted  into  a 
sheet  of  paper  which  passes  off  the  end  of  the  screen  between 
two  great  rolls  that  squeeze  out  still  more  water.  On  leav- 
ing these  rolls  it  is  strong  enough  to  make  the  jump  un- 

222 


jjlU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'L 


iplj: 
^  ^«&im 


WOOD  grinding  machines  in  Tribune's  paper  mill.  Inside 
each  machine  is  a  giant  grindstone  whirling  at  high  speed. 
Logs  are  forced  against  each  stone  from  these  turrets.  Logs 
are  floated  to  the  machines  in  tanks,  which  run  from  the  left 
to  the  right  of  the  above  picture. 


WORKMAN  putting  logs  into  a  box-like  opening  in  a  turret  of 
a  grinding  machine.  When  he  closes  the  door  a  pneumatic 
piston  will  force  the  logs  under  tremendous  pressure  against 
the  stone.  Hot,  white  slush  of  ground  wood  is  seen  flowing  out 
just  behind  the  workman. 


9.9.1 


ijlU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UiUIUIU'U'LJ'U'U'U'U'U'U^U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'l-i 


AFTER  splinters  have  been  screened  from  the  wood  pulp  it  is 
forced  between  these  two  rolls.  Water  carrying  away  all  solu- 
ble impurities  flows  through  the  lower,  which  is  made  of  fine 
copper  screen. 


AN  important  point  in  the  making  of  newsprint — the  first  jump 
of  the  new-made  sheet  from  the  wire  screen,  on  which  it  changed 
from  liquid  to  solid,  to  the  felt  blanket  which  assists  in  drying  it. 


224 


FEW  YARDS  FROM  PAPER  MACHINES  TO  CARS 

supported  to  another  series  of  cylinders  called  press  rolls, 
where  it  is  further  squeezed  and  dried  by  enormous  wool 
blankets  running  in  endless  belts.  From  the  press  rolls  it 
passes  to  a  series  of  32  drying  cylinders  filled  with  live 
steam  and  covered  with  blankets  to  absorb  the  moisture. 
Very  delicate  adjustment  is  necessary  to  keep  all  parts  of 
the  paper  machine  working  at  just  the  proper  speed.  The 
machines  are  each  about  200  feet  long  and  the  paper  must 
be  kept  at  sufficient  tension  but  not  too  much  tension  all 
the  way  through.  Each  section  of  the  machine  must  run 
a  little  faster  than  the  one  behind  it  because  as  the  paper 
dries  it  stretches. 

The  final  touch  of  the  machine  is  given  by  steel  calender 
rolls  which  polish  the  paper  immediately  before  it  is  wound 
on  long  steel  spindles.  Before  being  shipped  it  must  be 
rewound  from  these  on  cores,  the  edges  being  trimmed  at 
the  same  time  and  the  roll  162  to  201  inches  wide  cut  into 
various  lengths  needed  in  the  press  room. 

These  rolls  are  wrapped  with  extra  heavy  paper  made 
on  other  machines  from  the  pulp  rejected  as  too  coarse  for 
newsprint.  They  are  loaded  in  box  cars,  switched  into  the 
mill  within  a  few  yards  of  the  end  of  the  paper  machines. 

The  product  of  this  mill  supplies  The  Chicago  Tribune 
and  The  Daily  News  of  New  York. 


The  transportation  of  raw  materials  to  The  Tribune's 
mill  and  of  paper  from  the  mill  to  the  newspaper  press 
rooms  demands  the  specialized  attention  of  a  traffic  depart- 
ment. Upwards  of  ten  thousand  car  loads  of  freight  are 
handled  into  and  out  of  the  mill  each  year.  For  2,700  car 
loads  of  paper  to  come  out  of  the  mill,  6,000  car  loads  of 
wood  and  1,500  car  loads  of  coal  must  go  in  as  well  as  great 
quantities  of  sulphur,  limestone,  wires,  clay,  and  machinery. 

Strikes,  blizzards,  car  shortages  create  problems  for  the 
Traffic  Department  to  master.  It  also  seeks  to  reduce  loss 
or  damage  in  transit  to  a  minimum.  The  fifteen  hundred 

225 


TRANSPORTATION  OF  PAPER  AND  MATERIALS 

pound  rolls  of  paper  are  particularly  susceptible  as  they  can 
rather  easily  be  split. 

Every  roll  of  paper  is  inspected  as  it  is  unloaded  from 
the  freight  car.  By  means  of  a  caliper  ruler  the  depth  of 
the  cuts  and  tears  in  each  roll  is  ascertained  to  the  thirty- 
second  of  an  inch.  A  table  has  been  devised  which  shows 
the  weight  of  the  damaged  paper  for  each  fraction  of  an 
inch  in  depth  the  roll  is  cut  or  damaged.  It  is,  therefore, 
possible  to  estimate  the  amount  of  damage  in  pounds  at  the 
time  the  paper  is  unloaded  from  the  car. 

As  a  result  of  these  investigations  many  improvements 
have  been  adopted  in  methods  of  preparing  cars  for  loading 
and  in  loading  them  at  the  mill.  In  the  past  the  greatest 
amount  of  damage  has  been  found  to  be  caused  by  water 
coming  through  leaky  roofs  of  cars  and  also  by  the  fact 
that  paper  has  been  loaded  into  cars  which  became  in  bad 
order  in  transit,  necessitating  the  transfer  of  the  paper  to 
another  car  by  railroad  freight  handlers  who  use  no  care  in 
handling  the  heavy  delicate  rolls  of  paper.  Inspection  of 
cars  and  careful  loading  have  practically  eliminated  these 
losses. 


226 


Composing  Room 

N  average  of  about  300  columns  of  type  are 
set  in  the  "Composing  Room"  of  The 
Chicago  Tribune  each  day.  The  "Com- 
posing Room"  of  The  Tribune  utilizes  the 
entire  fourth  floor  of  The  Plant.  Probably 
no  newspaper  in  the  world  has  better 
facilities.  Ample  space,  windows  on  all  sides,  modern 
equipment  logically  arranged,  permit  the  production  of  a 
great  volume  of  work  of  superior  quality  at  high  speed. 
The  working  force  includes  54  hand  compositors,  18  ad 
machine  compositors,  36  news  machine  compositors, 
9  machinists,  25  proof  readers,  and  23  who  follow  the  type 
from  the  time  it  is  set  until  it  is  placed  in  the  forms  and 
sent  to  the  stereotypers. 

The  accompanying  illustration  shows  the  layout  of  the 
Composing  Room.  Note  that  the  ads  move  toward  the 
center  of  the  room  from  the  south  and  west  sides  while  the 
news  comes  from  the  north  side.  The  paper  is  made  up 
in  the  center,  and  then  the  forms  go  to  the  steam  tables  at 
the  east  end.  From  there  the  matrices  are  dropped  down 
a  chute  to  the  stereotype  casting  room  on  the  first  floor. 

The  linotype  machines  are  busy  about  sixteen  hours  a 
day  with  various  kinds  of  copy.  The  day  shift  of  printers 
set  classified  and  display  advertisements  and  articles  for 
the  inside  sections  of  the  Sunday  newspapers.  In  the  after- 
noon the  market  tables  and  stories  and  the  editorials  begin 
to  come  to  the  machines,  and  in  the  evening  and  most  of 
the  night  they  are  busy  with  news  stories  for  the  current 
issue,  sandwiching  in  advertising  and  Sunday  copy  and 
news  matter  for  later  issues  during  the  slack  periods  in 
the  flow  of  news.  A  type-setting  machine  can  produce, 
roughly,  about  ten  columns  of  type  in  a  work  day. 

It  may  be  of  interest  to  follow  through  the  operations  of 
a  typical  day  in  The  Tribune's  Composing  Room. 

227 


THOUSANDS  OF  CUTS  ON  FILE 

Each  morning  the  auditing  department  sends  to  the 
composing  room  a  copy  of  The  Tribune,  upon  which  has 
been  noted  the  disposition  to  be  made  of  each  advertisement 
appearing  that  day.  With  these  sheets  before  them,  two 
men  go  over  the  forms  and  remove  those  that  are  "dead," 
throwing  the  metal  into  a  wheeled  bin  to  be  melted  down 
for  further  use.  About  99%  of  the  type  used  in  The  Tribune 
is  new  type. 

Ads  that  are  to  appear  on  a  later  day  are  placed  in 
galleys  duly  tagged.  Those  that  are  "alive"  remain  in  the 
forms,  the  basis  of  the  make  up  for  the  day.  This  opera- 
tion for  the  classified  section  of  40  to  200  columns  is  a 
matter  of  some  time  and  requires  great  care. 

Not  all  of  the  metal  used  in  display  ads  goes  back  at 
once  to  the  melting  pot.  Many  cuts  and  name  plates  are 
preserved  for  future  use.  The  accumulation  numbering  many 
thousand  is  kept  in  a  steel  cut  cabinet  of  more  than  500 
pigeon  holes,  each  allotted  to  an  advertiser  and  labeled 
with  his  name.  With  the  help  of  a  catalogue  these  cuts  may 
be  found  when  needed,  saving  the  cost  of  re-making. 

One  might  think  that  there  would  be  no  such  pressure  on 
the  advertising  compositors  as  on  those  in  the  "news  room," 


LAYOUT  of  Fourth  Floor  of  Tribune  Plant. 
228 


IJIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIL 


EDITORS  and  compositors  "  making-up"  The  Tribune. 


A  TRIBUNE  veteran  at  his  linotype. 


fJ«U«UtUlU'UtU>U'U'UtU>U'UlUlUtU'U'U»U«U«U'UtU>U«U'UlUlU'U<U'U>UlUlUlU>U»i-i 


THE  first  step  in  making  an  engraving  is  shown  above — pho- 
tographing the  original.  Below,  the  etcher  has  just  taken  the 
zinc  plate  out  of  the  acid  bath  after  a  "bite." 


230 


How  ADS  ARE  SET  IN  TYPE 

but  there  is  not  much  to  choose.  Ads  come  in  at  the  "dead- 
line" just  as  the  news  does.  Double-page  department  store 
ads  are  returned  at  the  last  moment  so  cut  to  pieces  as 
to  necessitate  almost  entire  re-setting.  And  the  "ad  room" 
must  work  with  a  great  variety  of  types  and  sizes  and 
"layouts"  as  compared  with  the  straight-away  composition 
of  the  news.  Pressure  in  the  "ad  room"  reaches  its  climax 
on  Thursday  and  Friday  nights  when  the  first  sections  of 
the  Sunday  paper  go  to  press  in  addition  to  the  Daily 
issues.  *  *  * 

Display  advertisements  are  all  those  not  set  in 
uniform  type,  according  to  rule.  Their  setting  calls  for  the 
exercise  of  skill  and  judgment.  Copy  comes  in  various 
conditions.  For  the  most  part  the  advertiser  outlines  in 
detail  what  is  desired.  Sometimes  only  the  text  is  sub- 
mitted. Unless  special  directions  are  given,  each  compos- 
itor designs  the  ad  he  sets. 

Some  ads  come  in  as  mats,  prepared  by  the  advertiser. 

These  are  of  any  size  up  to  full  page,  and,  after  being 
scheduled  by  the  ad  foreman,  go  direct  to  the  foundry  for 
casting.  The  cast  goes  into  the  form  and  from  it  the  page 
mat  is  then  made.  It  is  difficult  to  retain  the  clearness  of  the 
original  through  this  process.  Other  ads  come  in  as  electro 
plates  and  these  go  first  to  the  etching  room,  or  the  stereo- 
type room,  to  be  mounted  on  metal. 

The  ad  being  set,  a  proof  is  taken.  This  goes  to  the  proof 
readers  and  comes  back  with  corrections  noted.  Often 
many  proofs  are  taken  before  the  ad  is  finally  approved. 
When  finally  approved  the  name,  form  and  size  in  agate 
lines  of  each  advertisement  are  entered  upon  the  Display 
Ad  Schedule.  The  ad  in  type  then  goes  to  the  make  up, 
where  it  lies  ready  to  be  placed  in  the  form  at  the  proper 
time. 

This  process  continues  until  the  dead  line,  when  the  last 
ad  is  sent  away,  and  the  schedule  shows  a  complete  list 
by  name,  of  the  display  ads  for  the  day,  together  with  the 
length  and  breadth  of  each  and  its  total  agate  lines;  and  at 

231 


HANDLING  DAILY  FLOOD  OF  WANT  ADS 

the  bottom  a  total  of  display  advertising  for  the  day  in 
columns,  carried  out  to  two  decimals. 

The  Tribune  carries  an  average  of  84  columns  of  classi- 
fied advertising  daily.  Of  these  an  average  of  48  columns 
are  "standing,"  that  is,  they  run  for  a  greater  or  less  number 
of  consecutive  insertions  and  so  are  not  set  daily.  An  average 
of  36  columns  are  new  and  must  be  set  each  day.  When 
the  copy  comes  up  from  the  business  office,  an  increasing 
volume  as  the  six-o'clock  dead  line  approaches,  it  has  been 
censored  and  approved,  as  all  advertising  must  be.  It  is 
also  classified.  Unless  some  manifest  error  in  classification 
appear,  it  stands.  The  small  ads  are  set  by  operators  on 
the  linotype  machines.  Each  operator  carries  his  completed 
"take"  to  the  "bank"  and  places  it,  without  regard  to 
classification,  in  one  of  the  galleys  set  apart  for  that  pur- 
pose. Proofs  are  then  taken  and  when  corrected,  the  type 
in  galleys,  goes  to  the  tables  near  the  make-up  line.  Here 
they  are  assorted  according  to  the  classification.  The  make- 
up tables  are  arranged  in  long  lines  just  as  when  the  news 
pages  are  made  up  later  in  the  evening. 

From  long  experience,  a  fairly  accurate  estimate  can  be 
made  of  how  much  space  will  be  required  for  classified  ads 
each  day.  As  the  ads  in  type  are  classified,  they  are  made 
up  in  pages,  as  we  see  them  daily  in  The  Tribune,  having 
special  regard  to  their  arrangement  according  to  size  and 
classification.  The  dead  line  for  classified  advertising  is 
six  o'clock.  By  eight  the  last  form  is  locked  and  turned 
over  to  the  stereotypers.  For  at  that  time  begins  the  news 
make-up  for  the  first  edition.  It  then  follows  the  same 
course  as  the  news  forms,  going  first  to  the  mat  makers  and 
then  to  the  foundry.  Having  closed  the  forms,  the  accu- 
rate amount  of  the  classified  advertising  is  entered  upon 

the  schedule. 

*  *  * 

Display  and  classified  schedules  go  to  the  foreman  of  the 
Composing  Room,  who  then  proceeds  to  make  up  the  paper 
from  an  advertising  standpoint.  He  makes  a  dummy  for 

232 


MAKE-UP  OF  ADS  PUZZLING  PROBLEM 

each  page  of  the  next  day's  Tribune,  showing  the  precise 
location,  size  and  shape  of  every  display  advertisement  on 
the  schedule.  At  7:30  these  dummies  go  to  the  night 
editor,  and  with  them  as  a  basis  he  makes  up  the  news. 

The  daily  problem  of  determining  the  position  which 
each  advertisement  shall  have  in  the  paper  is  delicate  and  im- 
portant. As  far  as  possible  the  requests  of  the  advertisers 
are  complied  with,  but  The  Tribune  will  not  guarantee 
that  any  particular  ad  will  appear  on  any  particular  page. 
Some  of  the  pages  most  desired  by  advertisers  have  but 
a  small  amount  of  space  available  for  advertising — finan- 
cial page  containing  New  York  Stock  Exchange  quotations, 
women's  pages,  sporting  pages,  page  three,  for  instance. 
Only  a  fraction  of  the  advertising  requested  for  these  pages 
can  possible  be  placed  on  them. 

Furthermore,  there  are  certain  rules  rigidly  adhered  to 
in  the  placing  of  advertisements  on  a  page.  The  advertis- 
ing is  always  built  up  from  the  lower  right  hand  corner  in 
a  symmetrical  block.  Deeper  ads  are  always  placed  above 
the  more  shallow  ones  of  the  same  width.  This  make-up, 
known  as  the  "pyramid"  style,  originated  in  The  Tribune's 
composing  room,  and  is  recognized  as  permitting  most 
orderly  display  of  news  with  best  presentation  of  advertising. 

Beginning  somewhat  after  5  o'clock,  news  matter  comes 
up  to  the  composing  room  in  various  conditions  and  in 
varying  volume.  It  has,  however,  one  invariable  quality. 
It  is  typewritten.  No  other  is  tolerated.  In  the  argot  of  the 
local  room  each  news  item,  whether  an  inch  or  a  column, 
from  editorial  to  market  reports,  is  a  "story."  When  a 
batch  of  copy  comes  up  on  the  waiter,  it  is  carried  by  the 
copy  boy  to  the  copy  box  on  the  copy  cutter's  desk.  Here 
it  is  prepared  for  the  compositor. 

If  an  item  of  news  is  short,  the  copy  cutter  marks  upon 
it  its  classification,  as  "F"  for  Financial  or  "Wash"  for  Wash- 
ington and  the  number  of  its  galley  on  the  bank  and  hangs 
it  on  the  copy  hook.  If  it  is  long,  he  first  cuts  off  the  head 
and  then  cuts  the  body  of  it  into  sections  of  convenient 

233 


COPY  SET  IN  MANY  SMALL  "TAKES" 

lengths,  called  "takes."  These  are  each  marked  by  name 
and  galley  numbers.  The  sections  are  also  given  serial 
numbers  for  convenience  in  reassembling  the  copy  and  the 
type  after  it  has  been  set.  As  he  marks  each  story  he  also 
marks  its  number  on  a  schedule  upon  which  are  printed  the 
names  of  the  classes  of  news,  with  one  or  more  lines  of 
space  for  each,  so  that  if  the  last  number  in  City  is  103,  he 
and  all  who  handle  either  it  or  the  type  know  that  the  next 
take  in  City  news  must  be  numbered  104.  Frequently  a 
story  comes  from  the  local  room  in  sections,  at  long  in- 
tervals. There  is  an  agreed  mark  by  which  the  copy  reader 
indicates  the  end  of  a  story.  Until  that  mark  appears  at 
the  bottom  of  a  take,  the  composing  room  knows  that  more 
of  that  story  is  to  follow.  When  the  compositor  finds  that 
mark  he  sets  a  dash,  which  gives  like  notice  to  all  who  fol- 
low him  in  handling  the  type. 

A  compositor  does  not  pick  his  take.  He  takes  the  top 
ones  on  the  hook.  Having  set  a  take,  he  brings  the  type 
to  the  bank  and  places  it  in  its  proper  galley  and  in  its 
proper  order  as  indicated  by  its  serial  number,  and  identi- 
fies it  by  its  number  on  a  slip  of  paper  attached  to  the  type. 
Sixteen  of  a  story  called  "Hewitt"  may  come  to  the  bank 
before  15,  but  until  they  are  all  there  in  order  with  the 
dash  at  the  end,  the  bank  man  does  not  move  it. 

At  the  top  of  each  galley  is  placed  a  stereotyped  cast  line 
of  type  called  a  "slug,"  showing  the  classification  of  news 
and  the  galley  number,  thus : 


22    WASH     22 

Each  compositor  has  also  his  own  numbered  stereotyped 
slug  which  is  always  the  same,  thus : 


29     Twenty-Nine      29 

He  places  one  of  these  slugs  in  his  stick  at  the  head  of 
each  of  his  takes. 

234 


PULL  MANY  PROOFS  OF  EACH  STORY 

He  also  sets  by  linotype,  at  the  top  of  each  take,  a 
"guide  line,"  bearing  the  name  of  the  story  and  the  number 
of  the  take,  thus : 

MOSS  ENRIGHT-9,  8  and  2 

These  three  slugs  all  show  in  the  proof,  the  first  to  aid  in 
bringing  back  to  the  story  its  proper  head,  the  second  for 
the  purpose  of  computing  the  number  of  ems  set  by  each 
compositor  and  the  third  to  identify  the  story  to  the  make- 
up man.  They  are  all  removed  before  the  type  takes  its 
place  in  the  form.  Occasionally  one  escapes,  as  when  an 
editor  finds  "Add  Holy  Junk"  in  the  midst  of  his  church 
news,  and  then  takes  to  the  woods. 

With  his  take  in  type  the  compositor  brings  the  corre- 
sponding copy,  which  he  hangs  upon  a  hook  at  the  end  of 
the  bank.  When  a  galley  is  full  or  a  story  complete,  the 
bank  man  carries  the  galley  and  its  copy  to  the  proof  press. 
Here  the  rollers  are  running  rapidly  over  the  stone.  The 
boy  deftly  puts  the  galley  in  place  and  with  great  skill  takes 
off  ten  proofs,  which  he  hangs  upon  convenient  hooks. 
Four  of  these  are  for  the  editors  in  the  local  room,  four 
are  for  certain  New  York  correspondents  and  news  syndi- 
cates, one  goes  to  the  "dupe  hook"  for  use  in  making  up 
the  pay  sheets,  and  one,  with  its  copy,  to  the  proof  readers. 

The  head  proof  reader  folds  each  proof  in  its  own  copy 
and  lays  it  in  a  stack  at  his  left.  Here  the  proof  readers 
come  to  get  it,  always  taking  that  which  lies  on  top.  There 
is  no  picking  and  choosing. 

Reading  proof  is  an  exacting  occupation.  The  reader 
must  not  only  see  to  it  that  the  proof  "follows  copy,"  but 
he  must  correct  any  transgression  of  the  Rules  of  Composi- 
tion, or  any  other  manifest  errors  even  though  they  agree 
with  copy. 

"Rules  of  Composition"  is  a  closely  printed  sheet  the 
size  of  a  Tribune  page  which  prescribes  with  an  infinitude 
of  detail  the  "style"  to  be  used  in  setting  Tribune  news. 
Spelling,  punctuation,  abbreviations,  the  uses  of  italics  and 
capitals,  the  fine  points  to  be  observed  in  the  setting  of 

235 


TYPE  NOT  DISTRIBUTED  BUT  MELTED  AFTER  USE 

stock  quotations  and  death  notices,  all  are  considered  and 
most  positive  decisions  laid  down. 

The  proof,  corrected,  goes  to  the  "correction  bank," 
the  high  table  in  the  right  background  at  which  two  men 
are  standing,  where  it  is  laid  upon  its  own  galley  of  type. 
The  man  who  set  it  corrects  it.  For  this  time  he  is  not 
paid — a  penalty  for  inaccuracy.  As  many  proofs  as  are 
necessary  are  made  until  the  galley  is  found  correct. 

Linotype  operators  are  paid  for  the  amount  of  type  they 
set,  calculated  by  the  1,000  ems.  An  em  is  a  square  whose 
sides  equal  the  height  of  a  given  type.  The  Tribune,  except 
the  first  page,  is  set  in  minion  without  leads,  and  1,000 
ems  of  this  is  about  five  inches  long. 

The  linotype  operator  writes  on  a  keyboard  similar  to 
a  typewriter.  At  each  stroke  a  brass  matrix  of  a  letter, 
figure  or  punctuation  mark  drops  into  a  groove.  When 
there  are  enough  in  place  to  fill  a  line,  molten  metal  is 
pumped  against  the  matrices  and  the  line-o-type  results. 
As  the  operator  is  writing  the  next  line  the  matrices  of  the 
line  before  are  being  automatically  redistributed.  A  nota- 
ble feature  of  the  linotype  machines  in  The  Tribune  Com- 
posing Room  is  that  the  metal  in  each  is  heated  by  elec- 
tricity instead  of  by  gas,  which  is  commonly  used. 

Type  too  large  to  be  set  on  the  linotype  is  usually  set 
on  the  Ludlow  Typograph.  Large  brass  matrices  are  set 
by  hand,  and  from  them  the  headline  is  cast  in  one  line, 
and  the  matrices  re-distributed.  This  involves  little  sav- 
ing in  time,  if  any,  but  a  great  saving  in  space  and  cleaner 
typography.  An  ordinary  matrix  cabinet  two  feet  square 
will  contain  twenty  fonts  of  matrices. 

Small  type,  rules,  leads,  etc.  to  be  used  in  hand  compo- 
sition are  set  on  Monotype  machines  and  after  being  used 
are  melted  down,  never  redistributed. 


236 


Etching  Room 


~"j\EFORE  photographs  or  drawings  can  be 
— ^   printed    in    a    newspaper,  they  must  be 
/  ^j  j  reproduced  in  metal — variously  known  as 
— J/  etchings,    engravings,    half-tones,    zincs, 
cuts,  or  plates.   These  terms  are  practically 
interchangeable  except  that  "half-tones" 


are  of  photographs  or  wash  drawings,  and  not  of  line 
drawings. 

Many  newspapers  have  this  work  done  for  them  by 
outside  concerns,  but  The  Tribune  has  long  maintained  its 
own  Etching  Room  on  an  elaborate  scale.  The  Tribune  not 
only  does  all  its  own  work,  but,  because  of  its  splendid 
facilities,  and  the  speed  which  it  achieves,  it  does  a  large 
volume  of  work  for  other  publications,  advertisers,  agen- 
cies, etc.  This  work,  charged  for  at  usual  commercial 
rates,  produces  a  considerable  revenue. 

The  Tribune's  Etching  Room  occupies  the  east  end  of 
the  fifth  floor  of  The  Plant,  adjoining  the  Local  Room  and 
the  Art  Department.  Two  shifts  of  men  are  employed,  the 
day  shift  occupied  mainly  with  work  for  the  advertising 
department,  and  the  night  shift,  kept  busy  by  the  news  and 
feature  departments.  Big,  airy,  well-lighted  rooms  are 
filled  with  thoroughly  modern  equipment.  A  never-ending 
struggle  is  always  in  progress  to  make  cuts  which  will 
print  better  on  The  Tribune's  high  speed  presses. 

In  photographs  the  gradations  of  color  between  the 
high  lights  and  the  shadows  are  termed  half-tones  and  the 
plate  of  that  name  is  so  called  because  it  reproduces  those 
intermediate  shades.  A  picture  is  composed  wholly  of  light 
and  shade,  from  complete  black  to  white,  and  the  interme- 
diates. 

In  making  a  half-tone,  the  first  step  is  to  reproduce  the 
picture  by  photography.  The  negative  is  taken  in  the  usual 
way,  but  with  three  special  features.  The  camera  is  a  huge 

237 


HALF  TONE  NEGATIVES  MADE  THROUGH  SCREENS 

one.  The  light  is  artificial.  Two  long  glass  tubes  contain 
quicksilver.  An  electric  current  of  such  strength  passes 
through  them  that  the  quicksilver  is  vaporized,  producing 
an  extremely  strong  light  suitable  for  photography.  These 
tubes  are  placed  in  reflectors,  one  of  which  from  either  side 
is  turned  upon  the  object  to  be  photographed. 

But  more  important  than  all  is  the  screen  which  is 
placed  in  the  camera  in  front  of  the  sensitive  plate  upon 
which  the  negative  is  taken.  Without  these  screens  the 
reproduction  could  not  be  effected.  A  screen  is  a  glass 
plate  across  which  parallel  furrows  are  cut.  These  furrows 
are  filled  with  an  opaque  pigment.  The  lines  do  not  run 
parallel  with  the  sides  of  the  plate  but  diagonally  at  an 
angle  of  45  degrees.  Two  of  these  plates,  with  their  lines 
inside  and  at  right  angles  to  each  other,  are  sealed  together 
with  transparent  Canada  balsam.  The  lines  thus  form  a 
right-angled  cross  hatching  and  look  like  a  wire  fly  screen. 
The  lines  and  the  spaces  between  are  of  the  same  width, 
so  that  each  occupies  half  the  surface  of  the  plate.  These 
screens  are  made  with  from  50  to  400  lines  to  the  inch.  The 
screen  most  used  by  newspapers  has  65  lines,  and  the  marks 
of  the  lines  are  plainly  visible  in  the  print.  In  the  finest 
book  work,  with  a  screen  of  400  lines,  the  marks  can  hardly 
be  discerned  under  a  strong  magnifier.  Screens  are  expen- 
sive and  must  be  handled  and  cared  for  with  utmost  atten- 
tion. They  must  be  kept  clean  and  dry  and  protected 
against  temperature  and  strain.  Their  manufacture  is  a 
matter  of  high  nicety. 

The  picture  to  be  photographed  is  tacked  upon  a  board 
and  placed  in  an  upright  position  opposite  the  lens  of  the 
camera  in  focus,  and  the  mercury  light  on  either  side  turned 
upon  it.  In  this  manner  a  negative  is  made  on  glass, 
through  the  screen. 

The  negative  is  now  developed  in  the  dark  room.  A 
negative  is  a  picture,  an  image,  in  reverse  of  the  object  pho- 
tographed, that  is,  it  shows  the  white  of  the  object  as  black, 
the  black  as  white,  and  the  intermediate  shades,  half-tones, 

238 


FILM  TRANSFERRED  FROM  ONE  PLATE  TO  ANOTHER 

according  to  their  degree  of  light  or  shadow.  This  happens 
because  light  turns  the  silver  solution  with  which  the  plate 
is  covered  dark,  the  stronger  the  light  the  darker  the  silver 
becomes.  So,  while  the  many  rays  from  the  light  part  of 
the  object  are  rapidly  darkening  the  corresponding  part  of 
the  plate,  the  few  rays  from  the  dark  part  are  affecting  it 
but  little  or  not  at  all. 

The  negative  is  first  flowed  (flooded)  with  a  solution  of 
sulphate  of  iron  and  acetic  acid  which  brings  out  the  image 
and  then  with  a  weak  solution  of  cyanide  of  potassium, 
which  "fixes"  it.  Next  comes  a  flow  of  sulphate  of 
copper  and  bromide  of  potassium  which  intensifies  the 
image.  After  being  washed  in  water,  it  is  flowed  with  nitrate 
of  silver.  This  blackens  the  shades.  Then  come  successive 
treatments  with  iodine  and  cyanide  of  potassium  to  sharpen 
the  contrasts.  The  plate  is  then  covered  with  a  solution  of 
sodium  sulphide  which  stains  the  shades  still  darker  and 
dries  into  a  film  which  gives  protection  to  the  negative. 

After  being  thoroughly  dried  in  a  hot  box  the  negative  is 
covered  with  a  transparent  rubber  cement  to  strengthen  the 
film  and  again  dried  and  covered  with  plain  (liquid)  collo- 
dion to  facilitate  its  transfer  to  another  plate.  Again  it  is 
dried  and  cut  round  with  a  tool,  so  as  to  mark  out  only  the 
essential  part  of  the  negative,  and  placed  in  a  bath  of  acetic 
acid,  which  frees  the  film  from  the  glass  plate  without  injur- 
ing any  part  of  it.  It  is  then  placed  in  a  water  bath  until 
wanted  for  the  next  process. 

The  film  is  now  an  elastic  sheet  free  from  the  glass  plate. 
With  utmost  care,  so  as  prevent  distortion,  it  is  lifted  and 
transferred  to  a  clean  glass  plate.  If  made  by  an  ordi- 
nary camera,  it  is  turned  over.  If  it  is  from  the  prism 
camera,  it  is  not  turned.  The  object  of  this  transfer  is  two- 
fold. It  discards  unnecessary  parts  of  the  negative,  and 
retains  only  that  part  marked  out  on  the  original  for  print- 
ing in  the  paper.  By  this  means  even  a  single  figure  may 
be  selected  from  a  group.  It  also  enables  a  number  of 

239 


IMAGE  PHOTOGRAPHED  ON  ZINC 

smaller  negatives  to  be  collected  on  a  single  plate,  for  the 
sake  of  economy  in  the  coming  processes. 

When  again  dried  it  is  ready  for  the  printing — in  the 
photographic,  not  the  newspaper,  sense.  A  thin  and  highly 
polished  plate  of  pure  zinc  is  cleaned  with  a  lye  solution  and 
further  polished  with  powdered  pumice  stone  and  charcoal. 
It  is  then  sensitized  with  a  solution  of  albumen  and  bichron> 
ate  of  ammonia  in  water.  The  plate  is  next  clamped  in  a 
frame  and  whirled  rapidly  over  a  gas  heater  and  dried  as  it 
throws  off  the  excess  solution.  This  little  machine  is  a 
Tribune  invention.  The  operation  was  formerly  performed 
by  hand.  The  sensitized  plate  is  now  ready  to  record  a* 
photographic  image.  It  is  placed  in  a  printing  frame  with 
the  glass  photographic  negative  pressed  closely  to  it,  and 
subjected  to  strong  light  of  a  flaming  arc  for  from  one  to 
four  minutes.  This  reproduces  the  photograph  on  the  zinc 
plate  by  hardening  the  albumen  in  the  exposed  parts,  and 
it  again  becomes  a  negative,  upon  the  zinc  plate. 

The  zinc  plate  is  covered  thoroughly  and  evenly  with  a 
special  preparation  of  etcher's  ink  put  on  with  a  roller. 
This  ink  adheres  closely  to  the  parts  of  the  negatives  cov- 
ered by  the  print,  and,  when  washed  in  water,  is  removed 
from  the  white  portion.  This  leaves  on  the  zinc  plate  a 
negative  of  the  original  picture  with  ink  covering  all  the 
dots. 

The  image  shown  upon  a  zinc  plate,  when  it  goes  to 
the  etchers,  consists  of  just  these  black  dots  and  the  inter- 
vening white  spaces.  It  is  obvious  that  if  the  metal  of  the 
white  spaces  can  be  removed  and  that  of  the  dots  preserved, 
there  will  be  a  plate  from  which  a  picture  of  the  object  origi- 
nally photographed  can  be  printed. 

The  etchers  accomplish  this.  The  dots  on  the  zinc 
plate,  as  has  been  stated,  are  covered  with  etcher's  ink,  the 
remainder  of  the  plate  is  bare.  The  plate  is  first  thor- 
oughly dried.  It  is  then  dusted  with  dragon's  blood,  a 
reddish  powder  made  from  the  bark  and  gum  of  an  East 
Indian  tree,  and  is  brushed  over  gently  so  as  to  remove  the 

240 


ACID  ETCHES  IMAGE  INTO  ZINC  PLATE 

dust  from  bare  places  and  allow  it  to  stick  to  the  ink 
spots. 

The  plate  is  then  heated  over  a  gas  burner  until  the  dust 
forms  a  granulated  glaze  protecting  the  spots.  This  is  to 
protect  the  spots  from  the  action  of  acid.  The  back  of  the 
plate  is  coated  with  asphaltum  to  give  it  like  protection. 
The  plate  is  now  placed  in  a  nitric  acid  bath.  White  por- 
celain pans  contain  the  acid.  They  are  rocked  gently  to 
and  fro  so  that  the  acid  washes  over  the  plate  and  eats  out 
the  exposed  portions,  leaving  the  dots.  This  is  the  first 
"bite."  When  the  plate  is  taken  out  the  dots  are  quite 
perceptible  to  the  eye  and  the  touch  as  small  cones. 

In  eating  away  the  metal  between  the  dots  the  acid  has 
exposed  bare  metal  on  the  sides  of  the  cone.  They  are 
quite  like  the  shank  of  a  collar  button.  If  there  are  to  be 
further  acid  baths,  these  bare  sides  of  the  cones,  the  tops 
of  which  are  the  spots,  must  be  protected  lest  the  acid  eat 
away  these  supports.  The  plate  is  therefore  again  dusted  four 
times  with  dragon's  blood  and  brushed  each  time  from  a 
different  angle  so  as  to  cover  the  supports  of  the  dots  with 
the  dust.  The  plate  is  again  heated  so  as  to  melt  the  dust 
and  form  a  protective  coating  and  the  plate  goes  into  the 
pan  for  a  second  bite.  This  process  continues  until  the 
plate  has  been  given  four  bites,  and  the  metal  between  the 
dots  has  been  eaten  away  to  a  sufficient  depth  to  enable  a 
press  print  to  be  taken  of  the  dots  only.  These  compose 
the  half-tone  picture  as  it  appears  in  The  Tribune. 

The  plate  is  now  cleaned  with  lye  and  flowed  with  a 
copper  solution  to  darken  the  surfaces.  It  then  goes  to 
the  "routers"  so  called  because  they  use  a  "router  bit" 
which  cuts  the  metal.  They  remove  all  excess  metal  from 
the  plate,  which  is  then  mounted  on  a  metal  base  to  type 
height,  and  trimmed  and  sent  to  take  its  place  in  the  make- 
up. 


241 


Stereotyping 


FTER  the  page  of  type  and  cuts  is  complete 
and  correct  it  must  be  reproduced  in  such  a 
way  that  it  can  be  used  on  several  different 
presses  at  the  same  time  and  in  cylindrical 
instead  of  flat  form.  A  modern  newspaper 
is  not  printed  from  type.  It  is  the  task  of 
the  stereotypers  to  make  many  semi-cylinders  of  metal 
reproducing  the  flat  form  of  type — and  to  make  them 
swiftly.  This  involves  two  steps: 

First,  a  matrix,  or  mat,  is  made  by  forcing  a  sort  of 
moist  blotting  paper  into  every  crevice  of  the  type 
page  under  great  pressure,  and  then  baking  it. 

Second,  this  paper  fac-simile  is  bent  into  the  form  of 
a  semi-cylinder  and  used  as  a  mold  for  a  metallic 
stereotype,  also  known  as  a  cast. 

All  care  in  setting  type  and  making  etchings  and  run- 
ning presses  will  amount  to  nothing  if  a  matrix  or  cast  is 
poorly  made. 

Each  mat  is  carefully  built  up  of  several  layers  of  paper 
pasted  together. 

Not  so  long  ago  mat  making  was  a  jealously  guarded 
shop  secret,  for  on  it  depends  success.  Now,  the  only 
secret  is  the  composition  of  the  paste.  The  mats  are  the 
size  of  a  Tribune  page,  including  the  margin.  They 
consist  of  seven  sheets  of  pink  and  white  paper  of  varying 
weights  pasted  together  and  kept  moist  until  used.  First 
a  roll  of  60  pound  white  paper  (of  somewhat  closer  texture 
than  blotting  paper)  and  a  roll  of  40  pound  pink  paper, 
are  run  through  a  machine  which  pastes  them  together. 
The  resulting  roll  is  run  through  again  with  a  roll  of  20 
pound  pink.  The  operation  is  repeated  with  successive 
sheets  until  seven  rolls  have  been  absorbed  into  one.  This 
is  put  in  a  humidor  where  it  may  be  kept  for  a  week;  sheets 

242 


MATRIX  FINISHED  IN  TEN  MINUTES 

the  size  of  a  Tribune  page  being  torn  off  as  needed  and 
chilled  in  an  ice  box  before  being  used.  The  Tribune 
requires  more  than  a  thousand  mats  a  week. 

As  each  page  of  The  Tribune  is  made  up  and  the  form 
locked,  the  page  number  is  marked  in  chalk  on  the  chase. 
Upon  the  stone  the  foreman  has  a  block  of  paper  called  a 
time  schedule  ruled  into  squares  equal  in  number  to  the 
pages  of  the  edition.  As  a  page  form  is  wheeled  out  of  the 
make-up  line  (they  do  not  come  in  numerical  order)  its 
number  is  marked  in  the  proper  square  showing  that  it  has 
been  received.  It  is  trundled  over  and  slid  upon  the  steam 
table.  It  is  then  covered  with  a  wet  mat,  with  the  tissue 
paper  side  next  the  type,  and  passed  twice  under  the  matrix 
roller  at  a  pressure  of  16,000  pounds.  The  mat  has  now 
become  truly  a  matrix.  It  reproduces  the  page  of  type 
and  all  of  the  drawings,  even  down  to  the  finest  lines,  but  it 
is  soft,  wet.  Upon  it  is  now  laid  a  coarse  woolen  blanket 
folded  to  six  thicknesses  and  it  is  ready  for  the  steam  press. 
These  presses,  each  the  size  of  a  Tribune  page,  are  heated  and 
are  operated  by  steam  at  100  pounds  pressure  so  as,  with 
the  aid  of  powerful  leverage  to  give  a  surface  pressure  on 
the  mat  of  60,000  pounds.  As  the  form  goes  under  the 
press  the  time,  to  the  minute,  is  noted  on  the  table  in  chalk. 
After  the  lapse  of  six  minutes  the  mat  comes  out  a  hard, 
dry,  crisp  paper  board,  a  page  of  The  Tribune. 

The  edges  are  sheared  off  and  the  mat  is  then  "backed 
up."  Strips  of  felt  called  "packing"  are  glued  on  the  back 
of  the  mat  at  all  points  where  large  white  areas  are  to  ap- 
pear in  the  paper,  and  which  otherwise  might  collapse 
under  the  pressure  involved  in  casting.  Expert  workmen 
take  only  about  one  minute  per  mat  for  completing  this 
process.  The  completed  mat  is  then  dropped  down  a 
chute  to  the  foundry,  four  floors  below,  ten  minutes  after 
the  form  of  type  was  received. 

In  the  foundry  the  mat  is  fitted  into  its  place  in  one  of 
the  four  big  Autoplate  machines.  It  is  so  bent  that  the 
resulting  cast  will  fit  precisely  into  its  place  on  the 

243 


CAST  FINISHED  IN  Two  MINUTES 

cylinder  of  a  press.  In  the  machine  is  a  tank  containing 
16,000  pounds  of  molten  metal,  which  is  kept  at  a  temper- 
ature of  650  degrees — 78%  lead,  15%  antimony,  7%  tin. 
A  force  pump  drives  the  liquid  metal  into  a  narrow  space 
opposite  the  mat.  Cold  water  circulates  around  the  cast- 
ing box  and  solidifies  the  metal.  In  twenty  seconds  the 
cast  is  mechanically  ejected  from  the  machine  and  fresh 
metal  is  being  pumped  against  the  mat  to  make  a  new 
one. 

Although  the  mat  is  of  paper  it  will  answer  for  many  casts. 
On  an  average  14  casts  are  made  from  each  mat  for  the 
daily  and  30  for  the  Sunday  paper.  So  many  plates  are 
required  because  many  presses  are  printing  a  given  page  at 
one  time,  and  there  must  be  two  casts  for  each  page  for 
each  press. 

The  cast  now  moves  over  a  machine  which  trims  off 
the  .excess  metal  at  the  ends,  planes  it  on  the  inside  to 
"type  height,"  bevels  it  to  fit  the  clamps  which  will  hold 
it  on  the  press,  and  planes  the  rough  edges. 

The  plate,  weighing  52  pounds,  is  placed  on  a  roller 
conveyor  which  automatically  carries  it  to  the  press  where 
it  is  to  be  used,  its  page  number  marked  on  both  its  back 
and  its  face.  A  cast  can  be  delivered  in  two  minutes 
after  a  mat  is  received  in  the  foundry. 


The  Midnight  Fires  of  the  Stereotypers 
244 


Electrotyping 


N  electrotyping  shop  is  maintained  to  make 
the  48  color  plates  used  each  week  in  printing 
the  Sunday  comic  section. 

The  artists'  drawings  go  to  the  etching 
room,  where  a  separate  zinc  cut  is  made  of 
each  color  to  be  reproduced.  A  "Ben  Day" 
man^goes  over  each  negative,  comparing  it  with  the  original 
drawing,  and  eliminating  everything  except  one  color. 

From  the  finished  cut  the  electrotyping  shop  makes  an 
impression  in  a  wax  mould.  The  wax  bearing  the  imprint 
of  the  cut  is  dusted  with  plumbago  or  black  lead,  which  is  to 
act  as  a  conductor  of  electricity. 

The  mould  is  then  attached  to  the  negative  pole  of  a 
battery  in  a  tank  containing  acid  sulphate  of  copper. 
Facing  it  in  the  tank  is  a  plate  of  copper  attached  to  the 
positive  pole  of  a  battery.  An  electric  current  decomposes 
the  copper  plate  and  causes  free  copper  to  be  deposited  in 
an  even  sheet  on  the  wax  mould.  Action  is  quickened  by 
blowing  air  up  through  the  solution. 

When  thick  enough,  the  mould  is  removed  and  the  wax 
separated  from  the  copper  shell  by  pouring  hot  water  on  it. 
The  copper  shell  is  wet  with  a  soldering  solution  where  the 
wax  had  been,  a  sheet  of  tin  foil  is  laid  on  and  fused  and  then 
molten  metal  is  poured  in,  giving  the  copper  shell  a  firm, 
solid  backing. 

This  plate  is  sawed,  trimmed  and  curved  to  the  arc  of 
the  printing  cylinder.  It  is  put  in  a  nickel  bath  for  a  thin 
surfacing  with  nickel.  Dead  surfaces  are  routed  out  and  it 
is  then  ready  for  the  presses. 


245 


Press  Room 


THE  press  room  of  The  Chicago  Tribune  not  only 
is  a  marvel  to  the  thousands  of  visitors  who  want 
to  know  the  mysteries  of  newspaper  production 
and  who  are  taken  through  The  Tribune  Plant  to  see 
the  world's  greatest  newspaper  in  the  process  of  making, 
but  it  is  a  model  for  the  newspapers  of  the  world  and  is 
built  with  possibilities  for  expansion  to  take  care  of  a 
circulation  of  more  than  2,000,000  Tribunes  every  day. 

The  printing  plant  is  built  from  the  standpoint  of  fac- 
tory production.  The  ideal  factory  receives  its  raw  mate- 
rial at  as  few  entrances  as  possible,  delivers  it  to  the  various 
departments,  and  finally  the  assembling  room  (in  this  case 
the  mailing  room)  without  any  of  the  finished  material 
having  interfered  with  the  progress  of  manufacturing. 
This  has  been  done  as  far  as  possible  in  a  newspaper  way 
by  The  Tribune. 

Twenty-five  units  of  the  Goss  unit  type  of  high  speed 
press  are  in  use  in  the  press  room,  which  occupies  the 
ground  floor  of  the  new  Plant.  Within  a  comparatively 
short  time,  thirty  units  will  be  in  operation.  It  will  be 
possible  to  run  these  thirty  units  as  quadruples,  sextuples, 
octuples,  quintuples  or  as  double-sextuples.  Foundations 
are  laid  for  another  row,  similar  to  the  present,  which  will 
bring  the  number  of  units  up  to  sixty. 

The  machinery  which  prints  The  Tribune  may  be  con- 
sidered in  four  divisions:  the  reels,  the  printing  units,  the 

folders,  and  the  conveyors. 

*  *  * 

Rolls  of  newsprint  are  placed  on  the  reels  located  in 
The  Tribune  basement  immediately  below  the  presses. 
The  paper  feeds  from  these  reels  to  the  presses  on  the  floor 
above  where  it  passes  between  the  printing  cylinders.  The 
folders  then  do  their  part  by  cutting  and  folding  the  fin- 
ished product  and  delivering  it  to  the  conveyors.  These, 

246 


Row   of  steam  tables  for  making  matrices.     Stereotyper  is 
examining  mat  of  type  page  which  his  companion  is  removing. 


PLACING  stereotype  plates  on  the  printing  cylinders  of  a  Tribune 
press. 


9A7 


[JIUIUIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIL 


WEST  end  of  Tribune's  2jo-foot  row  of  presses. 


FROM  these  reels  newsprint  feeds  from  the  basement  of  The 
Tribune  Plant  up  into  the  presses.  As  a  roll  is  exhausted 
another  takes  its  place  without  stopping  the  presses. 


248 


PAPER  FEEDS  FROM  BASEMENT  UP  TO  PRESSES 

without  the  intervention  of  the  human  hand,  carry  the 
papers  up  through  the  ceiling  of  the  press  room  and  deliver 
them  on  tables  in  lots  of  fifty  for  distribution  by  the  circula- 
tion department. 

The  reels  from  which  newsprint  feeds  to  The  Tribune 
presses  are  an  extraordinarily  important  and  novel  feature 
of  the  whole  process.  The  ordinary  newspaper  press  must 
be  stopped  whenever  a  roll  of  paper  is  exhausted  and  remain 
idle  until  a  new  roll  is  in  place.  Furthermore,  the  new  roll 
must  often  be  lifted  by  pulleys  high  in  the  air  to  its  place 
in  the  press. 

By  means  of  these  Tribune  reels  each  new  roll  takes  the 
place  of  the  exhausted  one  without  stopping  the  press  and 
the  rolls  feed  from  the  basement  where  they  are  stored — 
not  from  the  top  or  the  side  of  the  press.  This  means  an 
increase  in  press  production  of  approximately  fifteen  per 
cent. 

There  are  twenty-five  reels;  one  directly  underneath 
each  printing  unit.  Each  reel  holds  three  rolls  of  newsprint 
when  the  press  starts  operating  in  the  evening.  Only  one 
of  these  reels  is  feeding  up  into  the  press  at  any  one  time. 

When  this  roll  is  almost  exhausted  the  press  is  slowed 
down  and  the  reel  is  very  gradually  revolved  under  electrical 
control  to  bring  the  side  of  the  upper  roll  in  contact  with 
the  sheet  of  paper  feeding  up  from  the  almost  exhausted 
lower  reel.  The  paper  of  the  new  upper  roll  has  been 
smeared  with  an  extremely  sticky  glue  which  catches  the 
sheet  moving  up  into  the  press.  Momentarily  the  paper 
runs  double  and  a  few  papers  are  spoiled,  but  these  are 
thrown  out  by  a  "fly  boy"  who  stands  at  the  folder,  so  that 
none  of  them  reaches  Tribune  readers.  As  the  new  roll 
takes  hold  the  old  sheet  of  paper  is  cut  and  the  reel  revolved 
still  further.  This  enables  the  old  core  to  be  taken  out  and 
a  new  roll  to  be  put  in  its  place. 

Placing  the  roll  in  the  reel  is  done  with  a  minimum  of 
labor,  as  no  long  steel  spindle  need  be  put  through  the  core. 
Small  trucks  running  on  rails  bring  the  1,500  pound  rolls 

249 


PRESSES  UNUSUALLY  FLEXIBLE 

from  their  storage  into  position  at  the  reel.  Adjustable 
roller-bearing  spindles,  constituting  a  part  of  the  reel,  are 
inserted  in  each  end  of  the  core  and  then  pressure  on  an 
electric  button  is  all  that  is  needed  to  bring  it  into  position 
to  feed  the  press. 


A  printing  unit  is  composed  of  two  plate  and  two  blanket 
cylinders,  and  an  inking  arrangement  for  each  plate  cylinder. 
Each  inking  arrangement  consists  of  one  ink  fountain,  one 

small    and    one    large  ink    

cylinder,  one  fountain 
roller,  four  ink  distributing 
rollers,  and  two  form  rollers. 
With  the  aid  of  an  ingenious 
device,  all  the  inking  rollers 
are  set-off  at  once  by  the 
movement  of  a  single  lever. 
This  prevents  the  composi- 
tion of  which  the  rollers  are 
made  from  becoming  flat  at 
the  point  of  contact  with 
the  ink  cylinder  while  the 
press  is  idle.  At  the  side  of 
each  ink  fountain  is  a  set  of 
keys  similar  to  the  tuning 
keys  on  a  piano.  By  turn- 
ing these  keys  the  pressman 

is  enabled  to  adjust  the  flow  of  ink  to  the  ink  cylinders  and 
rollers.  The  entire  unit  is  driven  by  a  vertical  shaft  con- 
necting to  the  main  drive  shaft. 

One  of  the  principal  features  of  The  Tribune  presses  is 
their  flexibility.  Each  press  will  print  any  size  paper  from 
eight  to  forty  pages,  and  they  can  be  tied  up  in  such  a  way 
that  no  unit  need  be  idle.  The  arrangement  of  the  presses 
may  be  so  adapted  that  no  matter  what  the  size  of  the  paper, 
all  the  units  are  kept  going. 

For  the  twenty-five  units,  there  are  twelve  folders  or 

250 


70,000  TONS  OF  PAPER  PRINTED  IN  1921 

deliveries.  That  means  that  in  twelve  different  places  com- 
plete newspapers  can  come  forth  and  flow  up  to  the  mailing 
room  in  the  spring  wire  conveyors  that  carry  the  papers 
automatically  from  the  presses. 

Regardless  of  the  number  of  pages  to  be  printed  each 
press  is  driven  at  the  rate  of  300  revolutions  per  minute  at 
the  cylinders.  This  is  equal  to  600  Tribunes  per  minute. 
Each  press  has  two  full  sets  of  stereotyped  plates  which 
print  two  complete  Tribunes  at  every  revolution  of  the 
cylinders. 

When  the  paper  breaks,  the  loss  is  not  serious  if  the 
paper  does  not  wrap  itself  around  the  cylinder.  Paper 
break  detectors  stop  the  presses  automatically  when  the 
paper  tears.  Even  a  simple  break  means  a  loss  of  a  couple 
of  minutes  on  the  run  for  the  press.  One  characteristic 
week  showed  the  number  of  breaks  ranging  from  25  to  57 
in  the  course  of  a  night. 

In  1921  the  presses  turned  64,524  tons  of  newsprint  into 
Tribunes.  In  addition  to  this,  3,111  tons  of  half-tone  paper 
for  the  color  section  and  2,814  tons  of  roto  paper  for  the 
rotogravure  section  were  consumed.  In  the  future,  with 
the  adoption  of  the  four-color  rotogravure  for  the  color 
section,  considerably  more  roto  paper  will  be  used. 

*  *  * 

Each  double  folder  has  two  folding  and  cutting  cylinders 
and  two  deliveries.  Above  each  set  of  folding  and  cutting 
cylinders  is  a  former  over  which  the  web  is  led  and  de- 
livered to  the  folding  cylinder.  This  operation  gives  the 
paper  the  fold  at  the  center  of  the  sheet  from  top  to  bottom. 
It  is  then  delivered  to  the  folding  and  cutting  cylinders 
where  the  sheet  is  cut  and  the  fold  is  made  from  side  to 
side.  This  operation  completes  the  paper  and  it  is  dropped 
from  the  folder  into  the  delivery.  Above  each  set  of  double 
folders  there  are  two  formers  called  "aerial  formers/' 
These  formers  deliver  three  or  four  sections,  stuffed  one 
inside  the  other;  whereas  the  two  lower  formers  can  deliver 
the  paper  in  only  two  sections  as  in  the  regular  daily  edi- 

251 


CONVEYORS  A  FASCINATING  SPECTACLE 

tion.  At  each  delivery  there  is  a  device  by  which  every 
fiftieth  paper  is  offset  from  the  other  papers  in  order  to 
enable  the  papers  to  be  taken  from  the  delivery  in  bundles 
of  fifty  each.  Each  folding  cylinder  is  equipped  with  a 
counter  which  counts  every  paper  printed.  Another  counter 
is  installed  on  the  fifty  kick-out  device  and  counts  every 

fifty  papers  printed. 

#  *  * 

There  is  no  more  interesting  spectacle  in  The  Tribune 
Plant  than  the  row  of  conveyors  which  carry  the  papers  in 

a  serpentine  stream  from  the 
floor  of  the  press  room  up 
through  the  ceiling  into  the 
mailing  room. 

Each  conveyor  consists  of 
spiral-wound,  wire  spring  cables 
facing  each  other  and  running 
over  pulleys.  The  pressure  of 
these  cables  against  each  other 
holds  the  papers  firmly  between 
them  and  carries  them  swiftly 
upward. 

The  Tribune  has  a  greater 
press  capacity  than  that  pro- 
vided by  The  Plant,  as  several 
of  the  old  presses  in  the  base- 
ment of  The  Tribune  building 
are  still  in  operation.  They  are 
used  only  in  printing  parts  of 
the  Sunday  paper,  but  in  case 
of  necessity  could  be  operated 
for  the  daily.  Another  black 
press  at  the  Ontario  street  plant  which  is  idle  at  present 
also  can  be  used. 

Production  figures  for  the  last  six  months  of  1921  showed 
that  the  average  run  on  all  sizes  of  papers  was  20,000  per 
hour  for  each  press.  That  means  330  Tribunes  a  minute, 

252 


IN  THE  center  is  shown  that  part  of  the  press  which  cuts  and 
folds  Tribunes — printing  unit  at  left — conveyor  at  right. 


t ti 


«.-  t  -i^  i  %A  ^  - 1  ^  t  -^  ^  i 

^  g^  *•  •»- 


i  i  i    i  W;i*.flr  t  i  $    III 
lal  !  «, 


THIS  is  part  of  the  big  switchboard  in  The  Tribune's  press  room. 
It  is  the  nerve  center  of  a  system  of  amazing  automatic  control. 


THIS  pictures  the  peculiar  conveyor  which  takes  the  folded  Tribunes  from  the 
foot  of  the  presses  up  through  the  ceiling  to  the  mailing  room  on  the  floor 
above.  From  there  they  are  swiftly  distributed  throughout  Chicago  and  to 
more  than  seven  thousand  other  towns  and  cities. 


COULD  PRINT  MILLION  40-PAGE  PAPERS  IN  DAY 

or  more  than  five  a  second,  at  each  point  of  delivery  on  the 
big  row  of  presses. 

The  maximum  capacity  of  the  presses  at  The  Plant  for  a 
32-page  Tribune  is  870,000.  But  to  get  this  number  of 
papers  in  a  night,  conditions  would  have  to  be  perfect. 

The  Sunday  paper  is  limited  only  by  the  number  of  news 
and  classified  sections  that  may  be  printed  on  Saturday 
night,  as  the  other  parts  are  run  off  largely  during  the  day. 
It  is  estimated  that  630,000  city  editions  might  be  printed. 
At  present  the  city  and  suburban  circulation  is  a  little  less 
than  500,000. 

For  a  forty-page  paper,  the  capacity  for  the  presses  at 
The  Plant  is  725,000,  and  the  possible  gain  for  the  home  and 
final  editions  with  present  deadlines  is  only  20,000  and 
22,000,  respectively.  The  maximum  capacity  on  all  presses 
for  a  40-page  paper  is  1,130,000. 

The  presses  at  The  Plant  alone  are  capable  of  a  maximum 
run  of  1,215,000  for  a  24-page  paper. 


STATEMENT  OFTHE  OWNERSHIP,  MANAGEMENT,  CIRCULATION,  ETC,  REQUIRED 
.BT  THE-ACT  OF  CONGRESS  OF  AUGUST  Z«J?U 


u .  ot pr 

state  of ILLINOIS^,. : „...( 

County  ol „ COOK.. ...„*. J» 


Th.  Tribune  Compva 
Robert  R.  McConnick  and  Jo»«ph  U. 
E.  8.  Beck 


dftghier..  Elinor   Med.ll   Patterion  ano 


cdilt    McConnick  *nd  Elinor  Mtdill  Pitterson. 

Alfred  Cowles  i>  Trtutee  for  Wm.-R  Cowles.  S»rah  France.  Cow1«i  Stewarl  and  Alfred  C 
Wm.  Broit  Lloyd.  Henry  D.  Lloyd,  and  John  Brow    Lloyt.   Tru»t 
Tn  rea»nl   to  Section  2  of  the  law.     The  Tribune    doc*  not  accept 


V^SlSSS^^fS^iflnS^JS^^SmUf'  "' 

There   an   no  bond,,   mortgage,,  or   other  .ecuritie.  out.tandins  again,!  The  Tribune  Company. 
,    Tnattn-t-oparagrap^ 


BaF^iSK^. Io.  swrr? 

.,  required  Iron,  daily  pnbticauon,  only  > 


Rotogravure  and  COLORoto 

^H  E  Chicago  Tribune  adopted  Rotogravure 
as  a  factor  in  building  and  holding  Sunday 
circulation.  There  was  no  expectation  that 
sufficient  advertising  could  be  sold  to  make 
this  section  a  profitable  one.  Rotogravure 
has  unquestionably  enlarged  Tribune  circu- 
lation, has  made  possible  a  better  pictorial  presentation  of 
news  events,  and  has  increased  advertising  revenue  by 
millions  of  dollars. 

Now,  as  The  Tribune  enters  its  seventy-fifth  year,  Roto- 
gravure is  about  to  perform  new  services  by  making  prac- 
tical the  beautiful  reproduction  of  color  work  by  high-speed 
presses  on  newsprint. 

Color-Rotogravure  is  a  Tribune  invention,  worked  out 
by  the  men  who  have  had  charge  of  the  Tribune  Roto- 
gravure plant  since  it  was  inaugurated  in  April,  1915. 
For  this  new  process  The  Tribune  has  invented  the  word 
"COLORoto." 

In  describing  the  process  of  Rotogravure  printing  it 
should  be  first  understood  that  it  is  inherently  different 
from  that  by  which  the  main  body  of  The  Tribune  is 
printed.  There  are  three  distinct  methods  of  "printing." 
There  is  "letter  press"  or  "relief"  printing — in  which  the 
impression  on  the  paper  is  received  from  raised  characters 
or  plates.  By  this  process  the  "black  and  white"  sections 
of  The  Tribune  are  printed.  Then  there  are  the  "surface" 
processes  such  as  lithography  and  offset,  wherein  a  flat 
surface  is  chemically  prepared  so  that  it  will  resist  ink  in 
some  places  and  accept  it  in  others.  Then  there  are  the 
intaglio  processes;  in  which  are  included  copperplate,  steel 
and  die  engraving,  photogravure,  and  Rotogravure. 

The  intaglio  process  is  different  from  letter  press  print- 
ing mainly  in  this:  that  instead  of  being  raised  above  a 

256 


Illustrating  the  three  general  methods  of  "Printing" 


INTAGLIO  PRINTING 


In  this  method  the  portions  of  the  printing  plate  to  re- 
ceive ink  and  transfer  it  to  the  paper  are  sunk  BELOW 
the  surface.  This  is  the  process  by  zvhich  Rotogravure 
and  Coloroto  are  produced. 


RELIEF    PRINTING 


In  "relief"  or  "letter  press"  printing,  the  surfaces  to 
receive  and  transfer  the  ink  are  raised.  This  is  the 
process  by  which  the  main  "black  and  white"  sections 
of  The  Tribune  are  printed,  as  w/ell  as  the  bulk  of  all 
printing. 


SURFACE   PRINTING 


In  this  process  the  surface  of  the  printing  plate  is  Hat 
all  over.  Some  parts  of  the  plate  take  up  ink,  while 
other  parts,  having  be<en  chemically  treated  to  resist  ink, 
do  not.  Lithography  and  offset  printing  come  under  this 
head. 

given  depth  as  in  letter  press  printing,  the  portions  of  the 
metal  to  receive  ink  and  transfer  it  to  the  paper  are  sunk  be- 
low  the  printing  plate  surface.  The  impression  is  obtained 
from  a  copper  cylinder  on  which  type  matter  and  illustrations 
have  been  etched.  The  range  of  reproductive  possibilities 

257 


PREPARING  ROTOGRAVURE  CYLINDER 

of  Rotogravure  are  practically  inexhaustible.  Photographs, 
paintings,  wash  drawings,  pen  drawings,  or  combinations  of 
media  may  be  reproduced  as  well  as  type  matter. 

The  Rotogravure  process  may  be  split  into  two  divisions 
— First,  the  preparation  or  etching  of  the  copper  cylinder; 
Second,  the  press  run.  The  steps  involved  in  etching  the 
cylinder  are: — the  preparation  of  the  negative  and  positive; 
the  printing  of  the  positive  on  the  gelatine  transfer  tissue ; 
the  transfer  to  the  cylinder;  the  etching  of  the  cylinder. 
A  photographic  negative  is  made,  on  which  some  retouch- 
ing is  done,  to  bring  out  the  "high  lights."  From  this,  a 
positive  is  made,  which  is  also  retouched.  The  retouching 
on  the  negative  where  "black  is  white,"  brightens  the  high 
lights.  The  retouching  on  the  positive  deepens  the  shadows. 
Next,  a  piece  of  special  carbon  tissue  is  sensitized  and  placed 
directly  next  to  the  positive.  A  specially  constructed  frame 
is  used  in  making  "register"  marks  on  the  back  of  the  tissue 
and  correspondingly  on  the  copper  cylinder,  so  that  they 
will  fit  when  the  tissue  is  transferred  to  the  cylinder.  The 
carbon  tissue  is  then  exposed  to  a  mercury  lamp.  After 
the  exposure  of  the  positive  is  made  on  the  carbon  tissue,  it 
is  again  exposed  to  light,  this  time  under  a  screen.  A  spe- 
cial printing  frame  contains  the  screen,  which  is  very  sim- 
ilar to  that  used  for  making  halftones,  with  the  exception 
that  the  lines  are  much  thinner,  and,  since  the  lines  are 
made  from  a  "positive,"  the  lines  are  white  and  clear, 
instead  of  black  or  opaque.  The  proportion  between  the 
clear  and  the  opaque  lines  is  about  one  to  four,  while  in  the 
ordinary  halftone  screen  the  black  and,  white  spaces  are 
almost  equal.  A  "dummy"  layout  or  rough  approximation 
of  the  Rotogravure  Section  has  been  made,  and  the  pic- 
tures and  typematter  are  stripped  to  a  large  glass  plate  in 
accordance  with  this  layout.  The  cylinder  on  which  the 
etching  is  made  consists  of  a  steel  core  on  which  copper  has 
been  electrolytically  deposited.  The  cylinder  is  ground  and 
then  carefully  polished  to  present  an  even  and  perfectly 
smooth  surface.  Before  the  application  of  the  gelatine 

258 


COPY  TRANSFERRED  TO  COPPER  CYLINDER 

resist,  all  surface  impurities  are  removed,  and  a  solution  is 
applied  which  makes  the  tissue  adhere  during  the  develop- 
ing and  etching. 

The  copper  cylinder  is  placed  in  a  trough-like  structure. 
The  exposed  carbon  tissue  or  resist  is  put  into  water  and 
allowed  to  soak  until  the  gelatine  paper  will  unroll  easily. 
It  is  then  placed  on  the  copper  cylinder,  care  being  taken 
that  the  marks  on  the  carbon  tissue  correspond  with  the 
ones  on  the  cylinder.  Now  the  cylinder  with  the  resist  is 
soaked  until  the  paper  backing  of  the  tissue  is  softened 
enough.  It  is  then  peeled  off,  leaving  the  gelatine  on  the 
cylinder.  The  transferred  gelatine  film  is  then  developed 
by  rotating  the  cylinder  in  a  tank  of  hot  water,  after 
which  it  is  cooled  and  dried.  We  now  have  a  set  of  cylin- 
ders on  which  are  the  "printed"  pages  of  the  Rotogravure 
Section. 

The  edges  of  the  subjects  are  next  blocked  out  with 
asphalt  varnish.  Likewise  all  margins  and  other  surfaces 
of  the  cylinder  that  are  not  to  print,  all  blemishes,  holes 
and  light  spots.  Otherwise,  the  etching  acid  will  affect  any 
exposed  parts,  and  any  indentation — be  it  ever  so  slight — 
on  the  surface  of  the  cylinder  will  fill  with  ink  when  print- 
ing and  cause  dark  spots  or  streaks. 

When  the  cylinder  is  placed  in  the  etching  trough,  and 
the  etching  fluid  applied,  the  gelatine  coating  of  the  carbon 
tissue  resists  the  action  of  the  perchloride  of  iron — the  etch- 
ing medium.  The  operator  revolves  the  cylinder  slowly, 
judging  the  progress  of  the  etching  by  the  discoloration  of 
the  copper.  The  etching  is  controlled  by  the  time  which  is 
required  to  penetrate  the  resist  in  order  to  produce  a  dark 
color  all  over. 

Now  let  us  examine  closely  the  means  by  which  the 
"picture"  has  been  transferred  to  the  cylinder  and  made 
printable.  When  the  positive  was  printed  on  the  gelatine 
transfer  paper,  the  solubility  of  the  gelatine,  or  the  extent 
to  which  it  will  dissolve  in  water,  is  affected  in  proportion 
to  the  amount  of  light  reaching  it.  Where  the  "high  lights" 

259 


INK  SCRAPED  FROM  RAISED  SURFACES 

come,  the  positive  admits  more  light,  which  tends  to  make 
the  gelatine  more  firm — less  soluble ;  while  in  the  areas  occu- 
pied by  the  deeper  shadows  and  blacks,  less  light  is  admit- 
ted, and  this  makes  the  gelatine  more  soluble.  When  the 
gelatine  resist  is  developed  and  fixed  on  the  cylinder,  the 
gelatine  is  thick  over  the  high  lights,  less  thick  over  the 
middle  tones,  and  thin  over  the  shadows  where  the  acid  is 
to  eat  away  the  copper.  Then,  over  all  the  area  to  accept 
ink,  the  screened  lines,  which  you  will  remember  were  print- 
ed into  the  transfer,  have  preserved  a  net  work  of  insoluble 
ridges  protecting  the  copper.  These,  after  etching,  form  the 
walls  of  tiny  wells  or  cavities  which  carry  the  ink  to  the 
paper.  These  vary  in  depth,  being  shallow  in  the  high  lights 
and  deeper  in  the  shadows.  The  etching  fluid,  in  attacking 
the  metal,  is  resisted  in  proportion  to  the  thickness  of  the 
gelatine  coating,  and  so  we  have  areas  of  infinitesimal  cav- 
ities of  varying  depths.  After  etching,  the  cylinder  is 
cleansed  with  a  solution  of  hot  water  and  potash.  Some 
correction  is  possible;  light  spots  which  are  not  wanted 
may  be  removed  or  burnished  out  altogether,  and  dark 
spots  filled  in. 

The  presses  are  the  most  expensive  part  of  the  equip- 
ment for  the  Rotogravure  process,  although  the  principle  is 
simple.  The  engraved  cylinder  revolves  in  a  veritable 
bath  of  ink.  After  turning  a  little  farther,  the  surplus  is 
wiped  off  clean  by  means  of  a  steel  knife — known  as  the 
"doctor  blade,"  a  thin,  flexible  knife  of  steel,  which  is 
drawn  obliquely  across  the  etched  cylinder  and  which 
runs  the  full  width  of  the  copper  cylinder,  so  that  when 
the  cylinder  comes  into  contact  with  the  paper  its  surface 
is  scraped  free  from  ink,  except  in  the  cavities,  or  wells. 
The  ink  is  thinner  and  less  "stringy"  than  that  used  in 
letterpress  printing. 

The  "doctor"  not  only  shears  the  ink  off  the  etched 
part  of  the  cylinder  (leaving  the  cavities  full),  but  entirely 
removes  it  from  the  plain  surfaces  where  the  plate  is  not 
etched,  thus  leaving  clean  margins  on  the  printed  sheets. 

260 


NEW  COLOR  PROCESS  DEVELOPED  BY  TRIBUNE 

The  paper  passes  between  the  etched  surface  and  the 
impression  cylinder  and  takes  up  the  ink  that  has  been 
retained  in  the  little  cavities  or  cups.  Because  of  the  vary- 
ing depths  of  these  cups,  the  ink  lies  thinner  or  thicker  in 
differing  degrees  in  the  high  lights  and  shadows.  To  this 
stage  of  the  process  much  of  the  beauty  of  Rotogravure  is 
due:  the  ink  spreads  across  the  thin  lines  which  retain  no 
ink,  and  joins  with  the  ink  from  neighboring  cups,  com- 
bining to  make  the  resultant  picture  closely  resemble  an 
actual  photograph. 

COLORoto 


r  iHE  development  of  Color  in  newspaper  printing 

has  been  one  marked  by  a  ceaseless  struggle  against 
JL  great  difficulties.  A  newspaper,  because  of  its  cir- 
culation, must  be  printed  on  newsprint;  and  it  must  be 
printed  swiftly.  Coarse  screen  half-tone  color  plates,  or 
Ben  Day  manipulation  of  color  blocks,  have  long  been 
resorted  to  in  an  effort  to  make  colorful  the  illustrations  in 
the  Sunday  magazine  section. 

The  union  of  Color  and  Rotogravure  as  developed  by 
The  Tribune  is  a  most  happy  one.  Color  vivifies ;  quickens ; 
it  is  life  to  the  eye ;  its  advantages  have  always  been  obvious 
and  desirable.  Rotogravure  gives  wonderfully  soft  but 
accurate  reproduction  through  an  inexhaustible  range  of 
media.  The  successful  joining  of  Color  and  Rotogravure 
in  one  unprecedented  process  has  at  last  subjugated  the 
sinister  entente  of  high  speed  presses  and  newsprint  paper. 
COLORoto  has  made  Color,  in  the  true,  genuine  sense 
accessible  to  newspaper  readers. 

The  process  of  ^o^r-Color  Rotogravure  is  similar  in 
principle  to  07^-color  Rotogravure,  but  the  operation  is 
more  intricate  and  difficult.  There  are  two  classes  of 
reproduction  in  Color-Rotogravure.  In  one,  the  "copy" 
to  be  reproduced  is  set  before  the  camera,  and  color  separa- 
tion screens  are  introduced  between  the  camera  and  the 
copy.  This  stage  of  the  process  is  similar  to  the  four-color 

261 


SUBJECT  PHOTOGRAPHED  THROUGH  COLOR  SCREENS 

half-tone  process:  An  orange  screen  absorbs  all  but  the 
blue  portions  of  the  copy;  thus  allowing  the  blue  parts  to 
react  on  the  negative.  A  purple  screen  absorbs  all  but  the 
yellow;  a  green  screen  allows  only  the  red  to  pass.  A 
negative  is  then  made  without  the  separation  screens,  to 
run  in  black  and  act  as  a  "key." 

The  foregoing  method  is  the  one  used  where  oil  or  pastel 
is  the  medium.  In  the  case  of  "line"  drawings  where  the 
color  is  washed  in  "flat,"  one  negative  is  made  for  the 
black  "key,"  and  the  yellow,  blue,  and  red  negatives  are 
made  from  this.  This  method  presents  no  involved  com- 
binations either  or  color  or  of  tone,  so  it  is  not  necessary 
to  separate  the  primaries  by  complementary  absorption. 
It  can  be  readily  seen  that  when  these  four  colors  are 
superimposed,  one  above  the  other,  we  shall  have  a  repro- 
duction of  the  original,  since  all  pigmental  "color,"  in 
whatever  tone  or  combination,  is  derived  from  the  primaries 
— yellow,  blue  and  red. 

In  either  case  we  now  have  a  set  of  four  negatives,  one 
for  the  yellow,  one  for  the  red,  one  for  the  blue,  and  one 
for  the  black.  Each  of  these  is  to  be  etched  on  a  separate 
copper  cylinder. 

Positives  are  made  from  the  negatives,  and  both  are 
retouched  as  in  one-color  Rotogravure.  Each  positive  is 
printed  on  gelatine  transfer  tissue  in  conjunction  with  a 


HEATING  DRUMS* 
,-^SL 


TENSION 
ROLLER* 


\^^w///\     MiiV 

\YeLio  vSf/%         KJSla 


Diagram  showing  the  passage  of  paper  through  the  COLORoto  press, 

262 


ETCHING  one  0}  the  copper  cylinders  which  print  COLORoto. 


AFTER  the  COLORoto  Magazine  is  printed,  the  copper  cylin- 
ders are  re-surfaced  so  that  another  set  of  pages  may  be  etched. 
The  cylinder  was  made  by  depositing  copper  on  a  steel  core  in 
an  electrolytic  bath. 


THE  PRESSES  which  print  the  COLORoto  Magazine  of  The 
Sunday  Tribune  will  not  find  duplication  in  the  whole  world. 
They  were  designed  and  built  to  Tribune  specifications. 


TH  E  experimental  press  on  which  the  COLORoto  process  was 
developed  was  exhibited  at  Chicago's  Pageant  of  Progress. 
A  miniature  COLORoto  Magazine  was  printed  and  distributed 
during  the  Pageant. 


PRECISE  HANDLING  SECURES  "REGISTER" 

screen,  and  the  gelatine  tissue  transferred  to  the  cylinder. 
This  is  an  extremely  delicate  operation.  Unless  each  color 
"registers"  with  those  above  or  beneath  it,  the  effect  of 
the  picture  when  printed  is  destroyed.  A  printing  frame 
was  devised  and  patented  by  The  Tribune  to  insure  the 
transfer  of  each  color  to  its  cylinder  to  within  i-iooo  inch 
of  the  other  colors  on  their  cylinders.  When  the  cylinders 
are  etched,  we  are  ready  to  go  to  press. 

The  paper  passes  in  a  long  sheet  from  the  feed  roll, 
where  the  color  sections  are  printed  in  one  continuous 
passage  through  the  press.  If  the  whole  section  is  to  be 
printed  in  four-Color  Rotogravure,  the  paper  passes  first 
to  the  cylinder  where  it  receives  the  yellow  ink.  Roto- 
gravure ink,  being  more  volatile  than  inks  used  in  relief 
printing,  dries  very  rapidly,  so  by  the  time  the  paper  has 
passed  from  the  impression  roller  up  through  a  heated 
compartment,  it  is  dry  enough  to  receive  another  impression. 
So  it  goes  to  the  "red"  cylinder,  up  through  the  heaters, 
comes  down  and  goes  to  the  "blue"  cylinder,  and  finally  to 
the  "key"  plate,  which  is  ordinarily  black.  The  paper  is 
then  delivered  to  an  automatic  device  where  it  is  cut  and 
folded  ready  to  be  "stuffed"  or  inserted  into  The  Sunday 
Tribune. 

The  press  is  "flexible"  in  that  almost  any  combination 
of  four-color  pages  and  one-color  pages  can  be  run. 

While  the  press  is  running  on  an  average  issue,  there 
are  45  entire  Color  Sections  in  various  stages  of  completion, 
counting  that  part  of  the  paper  receiving  its  first  impression 
to  the  part  being  folded  arid  cut. 

Fifteen  shifts  a  week  are  used  to  get  out  the  rotogravure 
sections.  One  shift  is  used  for  clean-up,  so  that  there 
are  14  operating  shifts.  The  production  is  approximately 
30,000  an  hour,  which  means  420,000  papers  per  press, 
or  840,000  papers  a  week.  It  is  possible  to  increase  the 
number  of  shifts  a  week  to  bring  up  the  capacity  to  approx- 
imately 1,200,000  a  week.  The  capacity  of  the  roto  presses 
running  a  roto  section  of  40  pages  with  only  one  color  is 

265 


MARKS  ADVANCE  IN  NEWSPAPER  COLOR  PRINTING 

2,400,000  a  week.  The  same  capacity  is  available  for  a 
section  of  20  pages  of  one-color  and  four  pages  of  four-color 
rotogravure. 

Many  difficulties  have  been  surmounted  in  the  Color- 
Rotogravure  press  room.  Over  a  year  ago  an  experimental 
press  was  built  by  The  Tribune  at  a  cost  of  many  thousands 
of  dollars.  On  it  were  conducted  the  experiments  which 
showed  that  Color-Rotogravure  could  be  successfully  pro- 
duced. The  Color-Rotogravure  presses  which  now  make 
the  edition  run  are  the  only  presses  of  their  kind  in  the 
world. 

A  patented  variable  speed  roller  keeps  the  tension  of  the 
paper  even  as  it  passes  through  the  press.  An  ingenious 
device,  similar  to  a  nicrometer,  was  made  to  show  to  one 
one-thousandth  of  an  inch  whether  or  not  each  impression 
roller  is  running  true  to  its  proper  align  nent ;  if  it  isn't,  a 
"split-arm"  device  at  each  side  of  the  roller  may  be  adjusted 
so  that  it  is  quickly  put  to  rights.  It  was  necessary  to 
grind  the  copper  cylinders  to  within  two  one-thousandths 
of  an  inch,  so  special  calipers  were  devised  in  order  to  make 
such  accurate  measurement.  Patents  have  been  applied 
for  and  are  pending  covering  all  these  devices,  basically 
necessary  to  the  production  of  Color-Rotogravure. 

Representatives  of  The  Tribune  have  gone  to  Europe 
to  study  color-photography,  art  work  and  inks  for  use  in 
connection  with  this  unique  printing  process. 

COLORoto  is  being  used  for  the  first  time  as  this 
book  goes  to  press,  but  it  has-  already  won  favorable  com- 
ment from  printing  experts,  and  improvement  in  every 
phase  of  our  new  and  better  form  of  color  presentation  will 
be  sought  constantly. 


266 


Electrical  Department 

IN  practically  all  its  mechanical  operations  The  Tribune 
utilizes  electricity.  It  purchases  upwards  of  200,000 
kilowatt  hours  of  current  per  month.  This  current  is 
received  from  four  different  generating  stations  over  ten 
separate  feeder  lines,  any  two  of  which  will  run  the  entire 
Tribune  Plant.  Continuous  operation  is  thereby  safe- 
guarded. Any  trouble  on  any  one  of  the  feeder  lines  causes 
an  instantaneous,  automatic  throw-out. 

This  current  lights  18,000  incandescent  lamps  and 
operates  642  motors  in  the  three  Tribune  plants.  Eight 
electricians  are  regularly  employed.  The  most  spectacular 
work  done  by  electricity  in  the  production  of  The  Tribune 
is  that  at  the  presses  with  their  extraordinary  system  of 
automatic  electrical  control. 

With  The  Tribune's  control  system,  the  slow  motion 
speed  and  the  acceleration  from  slow  speed  to  a  maximum 
of  36,000  papers  per  hour,  are  the  same  with  a  quad  press  as 
with  a  six-roll  press  or  a  sextuple.  The  equipment  starts 
the  quad  press  without  a  perceptible  jerk  or  jar  and  it  does 
the  same  with  the  double  sextuple.  The  acceleration  is 
smooth  and  even.  There  is  every  safety  device  possible  to 
protect  the  employes  and  give  them  convenient  and  abso- 
lute push  button  control  of  the  press  from  any  position  in 
which  the  pressmen  happen  to  be  working. 

Independent  slow  motion  prevents  the  press  jumping 
from  slow  motion  to  high  speed  while  the  plates  are  being 
put  on  and  the  press  is  being  operated  with  the  slow  motion 
button.  Protection  is  provided  against  grounded  wires 
starting  up  the  equipment  and  there  is  protection  also 
against  crossed  wires  doing  damage. 

The  Tribune's  press  units  can  be  mechanically  con- 
nected to  folders  on  either  side,  depending  upon  the  combi- 
nation required  for  the  number  of  pages  being  printed  for 
any  particular  issue.  The  Tribune  equipment  provides 

267 


WONDERFUL  ELECTRIC  CONTROLS  ON  PRESSES 

that,  if  necessary,  two  motors  and  controllers  may  be 
connected  up  to  operate  as  a  single  unit  from  a  double 
octuple  press  and  that  the  controllers  may  be  made  to 
operate  interchangeably  with  motors  to  which  they  are  not 
normally  connected.  All  of  this  is  to  provide  for  operation 
in  case  of  any  temporary  disability  of  part  of  the  equipment. 

The  controllers  are  located  on  a  balcony  opposite  the 
center  of  the  row  of  presses.  The  motor  wiring  and  control 
wiring  is  carried  through  conduits  to  various  motors  and 
press  units,  and  the  control  wires  terminate  at  each  unit  in 
a  panel  board  which  in  turn  is  connected  to  a  selector 
switch.  The  wiring  for  the  control  stations,  on  the  printing 
units  and  on  the  reels  in  the  basement  is  so  connected  to 
this  selector  switch  that  when  it  is  in  one  position,  it  will 
operate  with  the  folder  east  and  if  the  selector  switch  is  in 
the  other  position  it  will  operate  with  the  folder  west. 
If  in  neutral  position  the  unit  is  cut  out.  The  controller 
end  of  this  control  wiring  terminates  in  a  selector  switch, 
the  position  of  which  determines  to  which  controller  it  is 
connected. 

When  the  position  of  the  gearing  determining  the 
operation  of  the  press  units  is  changed  the  selector  switch 
is  changed  correspondingly  and  the  pressman  does  not  have 
to  worry  as  to  how  the  push-button  stations  are  connected. 

There  are  geared  to  the  presses,  seven  double  motor 
equipments — one  corresponding  to  each  folder.  The  wiring 
and  gearing  connected  in  each  unit  therefore  is  considered 
as  if  the  folder  were  really  the  press  and  combinations  made 
up  referring  to  folders. 


*  * 


Everywhere  electricity  is  found  performing  difficult 
tasks  smoothly,  noiselessly,  instantaneously,  as  the 
mechanics  merely  push  buttons.  The  stereotype  casting 
machines  operate  electrically.  So  do  the  conveyors  which 
carry  the  fifty-pound  plates  from  the  foundry  to  the  presses. 
So  do  the  belt  conveyors  which  move  hundreds  of  tons  of 
papers  back  and  forth  through  the  mailing  room  each  day. 

268 


CHAMPIONS  of  the  inter-department  baseball  league  are  photo- 
graphed on  roof  of  The  Tribune  Building  with  CoL  McCormtck, 
president  of  The  Tribune  Company. 


FRESHLY  cast  plate  being  ejected  from  machine   in   Tribune 
stereotype  foundry. 


IjlU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UtU'U'UiUIUIUiU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'l-l 


A  BELT  conveyor  throws  bundles  of  papers  up  on  this  platform. 
The  workman  notes  the  tag  on  each  and  pushes  it  down  the 
proper  chute  into  waiting  wagon  or  truck. 


A  CORNER  of  the  Mailing  Room  in  The  Tribune's  Chicago 
Plant  contrasted  with  the  Mailing  Room  of  its  European  Edi- 
tion in  Paris.  Ten  thousand  papers  an  hour  can  be  addressed 
by  each  of  the  mailing  machines  shown. 


ELECTRICITY  SERVES  IN  MANY  WAYS 

Even  the  metal  in  the  linotype  machines  is  melted  by 

electricity. 

*  *  * 

Pneumatic  tubes,  which  carry  to  The  Tribune  Plant 
advertising  from  the  business  office  at  Madison  and  Dear- 
born Streets  and  news  from  the  Associated  Press  and  the 
City  News  Bureau  offices  at  Clark  and  Randolph  Streets 
are  operated  by  electrically  driven,  forty-horse-power  air 
compressors  in  The  Plant. 

These  tubes  run  by  a  rather  circuitous  route  from 
the  old  Tribune  Building  to  the  Associated  Press  and 
City  Press  offices  in  the  Ashland  Block  and  thence  to  The 
Plant.  There  are  three  and  a  quarter  miles  of  these 
pneumatic  tubes  and  a  carrier  makes  the  round  trip  in 
five  minutes.  The  tubes  are  operated  by  a  unique  system 
in  which  the  carriers  are  pulled  to  The  Plant  by  vacuum 

and  shot  away  from  it  by  compressed  air. 

*  *  * 

Two  electrically-driven  pumps  are  depended  upon  for 
fire  protection  at  The  Plant.  One  expels  the  water  at  a 
pressure  of  250  pounds  to  the  square  inch  and  the  other  at 
100  pounds  to  the  square  inch.  An  electrical,  automatic 
control  is  so  arranged  that  when  any  hose  is  opened  the 
pressure  drops  to  80  pounds,  which  starts  the  low-pressure, 
automatic  pump,  forcing  the  pressure  up  to  100  pounds 
and  keeping  it  there.  These  pumps  take  their  current 
direct  from  the  mains  in  the  street  and  cannot  be  inter- 
fered with  by  any  switchboard  trouble  in  The  Tribune 
Plant.  *  *  * 

A  ventilation  system,  operated  by  electricity,  is  main- 
tained at  The  Plant  for  the  press  room,  the  stereotype 
foundry,  and  the  executive  offices.  Air  is  drawn  from  the 
big  tunnel  system  far  below  the  street  level  of  Chicago's 
Loop.  This  keeps  the  temperature  in  The  Tribune  press 
room  and  stereotype  foundry  below  70  degrees  on  the  hot- 
test days  of  summer.  Another  system  at  The  Tribune 
Building,  takes  air  from  the  street  level,  refrigerates  it, 
washes  it,  drys  it,  and  delivers  it  to  the  Want  Ad  Store. 

271 


Circulating  Division 

FROM  the  press  room  printed,  folded  Tribunes  flow 
in  an  apparently  endless  snake-like  stream  up  the 
wire  conveyors  into  the  mailing  room  on  the  floor 
above.  Here,  the  circulation  department  takes  charge  of  the 
product  of  the  editorial,  advertising  and  mechanical  divi- 
sions.    The    race    against    time,   which    distinguishes    all 
newspaper  operations  now   reaches   a   climax.     Hundreds 
of   tons    of    newsprint    must    be  delivered  within  a  few 
hours  in  half-pound  packages  to  hundreds  of   thousands 
of  widely  scattered  readers. 

The  strain  falls  first  on  the  mailing  room,  which  takes 
the  papers  from  the  presses  and  delivers  them  not  only  to 
mail  trains  but  also  to  express  companies  and  to  city  cir- 
culators. 

The  head  of  the  mailing  room  has  a  job  like  that  of  a 
train  dispatcher.  He  must  keep  a  close  check  on  deadlines, 
watch  the  volume  in  which  papers  are  received  from 
presses,  and  often  split  seconds  in  dispatching  trucks  and 
wagons  to  make  trains. 

Tribune  circulation  is  divided  roughly  into  "City  and 
Suburban"  and  "Country."  The  latter  word  does  not  mean 
rural,  but  applies  to  all  circulation  more  than  forty  miles 
from  Chicago.  Thus  Tribune  circulation  in  Milwaukee  and 
Peoria  is  "Country"  circulation.  "Country"  circulation 
constitutes  about  one-third  of  The  Tribune's  total. 

"City  and  Suburban"  circulation  is,  in  turn,  divided 
into  that  delivered  to  homes  by  "official  carriers"  and  that 
sold  on  newsstands,  in  stores,  hotels,  etc.,  the  former  known 
as  "home  delivered"  circulation  and  the  latter  as  "street 
sales." 

"Country"  circulation  is  divided  into  that  sold  to  dealers 
and  that  sold  to  the  subscriber  direct  and  delivered  by 
mail.  The  dealer  sells  some  of  his  stock  on  newsstands, 

272 


TRIBUNE  CIRCULATION  HAS  GROWN  STEADILY 


I 

1 

mtm 

m 

Circulation-  —  All  Chicago  Newspapers 
1912  to  1922                             [ 

s> 

M 

»;i 

Tri 

Asi 
met 
TST    ««t 
wh< 

e  the   steady  up- 
d  sweep  of  Chicago 
aune  circulation, 
ie  from  normal  sum- 
reactions  the  only 
back  was  in  1918 
:n  millions  of  citi- 

/ 

/ 

•*>. 

/ 

^ 

/ 

X 

/ 

. 

S 

^ 

/ 

/ 

> 

S 

/ 

/ 

1  — 



f 

S 

/ 

f 

\ 

/ 

S 

/ 

^ 

\ 

^ 

£J~     zens  were  in 

uniform. 

/ 

^ 

/ 

/ 

\>- 

Si; 

-r~ 

"/ 

"> 

^- 

/ 

Sr 

/i/ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

i 

pi 

Or 

ii 

/ 

/ 

Circulation   of  the           | 

X 

^ 

"S^ 

^ 

1 

Tri 
126 

>une  has  increased 
%  Daily  and  172% 
day  since  1912  as 
wn  by  government 
tements  below. 

^z. 

\ 

*«•  .'Sui 
•ho 
"*       sta 

1 

2     8      S      {      »      I-     £  '  f      |      f      £      *      ?      ?     .1      1   .  1     1     1:      1 

III  I  III  \  i  1  ii  ill  I  J  i  M 

culation  of  Chicago  Newspapers  According  to  Government  Statements 

For  Six  Months 
Ending 

TRIBUNE 
Daily        Sunday 

EXAMINER 
DaUy        Sunday 

NEWS 

AMJ-KICAN 

JOURNAL 

POST 

Sept.     SO,  1918 
March  31,  1913 
Sept.     SO,  1913  . 
March  31,  1914 
Sept     SO,  1914 
March  SI,  1916 
Sept     30,  1915 
March  31,  1916 
Sept     SO,  1916 
March  31.  1917 
Sept     30,  1917 
March  31,  1918 
&ept     SO,  1918 
March  31,  1919 
Sept     30,  1919 
March  31,  1920 
Sept     30.  1920 
March  31.  1921 
Sept.    SO,  1921 
March  31,  1922  " 

220,500 
245,449 
253,212 
.  261,278 
303,316 
326,897 
•    354.520 
359,651 
892,483 
S95.442 
•381,675 
367.798 
410,818 
424,026 
424,588 
420,703 
437,158 
460,789 
483,272 
499,725 

304,325 
363,119 
366,918 
406,556 
459,728 
534,848. 
558,896 
585,934 
619,023 
645,612 
t614,418 
606,111 

Jess.sis 

693,895 
666,496 
732.606 
711,254 
787,952 
801,881 
827,028 

204,289 
214,828 
240.366 
223,814 
199^86 
176,488 
186,677 
176,S04 
19i,414 
193J15 
185J11 
157,338 
\S60J77 
£89,094 
311,831 
326,244 
343,515 
335,331 
359.386 
396,871 

503,216 
538,175 
528,328 
524,922 
608,881 
601&7 
611,8*0 
619,864 
616J60 
495,946 
443,678 
449,746 
$633,680 
696,851 
593.170 
667,113 
625,838 
709,966 
738,788 
731,010 

'  214,931 
340,550 
343,693 
362,528 
S83,9$6 
408,889 
405.375 
426,082 
431,189 
452,204 
392,007 
377,063 
S7S;il2 

377;769 
390,450 
388,406 
412,304 
395,665 
397,584 

231,806 
351,223 
•  342,410 
355,008 
363,071 
351,343 
378,941 
384,405 
400,031 
392,279 
826,998 
306.283 
825.017 
330,216 
339,721 
398,489 
364,769 
384,209 
395,427 
415,056 

99.009 
118,159 
120,391 
120,520 
130,376 
124,396 
124,524 
123,755 
122,447 
122,699 
108,220 
110,641 
112.668 
116,807 
115,932 
U7.588 
116,248 
116,829 
115,406 
117,483 

51.858 
.     58.996 
58,555 
59,102 
64.861 
63.243 
62,141 
54,821 
61.879 
65,842 
55,477 
49,124 
48,387 
51.023 
51.327 
41,750 
52.981 
44.021 
42.646 
42.219 

•Daily  paper.  rawed  from  lc  tote.                                                         fStuxUy  paper*  raued  from  «c  to  8c  ouUide  ol  Chicago. 
{Sunday  papers  railed  to  Tc  in  Chicago.  lOa  ouUide  Chicago.       •      {Herald  absorbed  by  Examiner  May  t,  1018. 
Fignre.  in  italic,  represent  A.  B.  C.  figure,  becaiue  publisher  Bled  only  7  day  average  lUtement  with  government,  sot  Mpvatia* 
daily  from  Sunday.                                                                              ..                   .                  ; 

"THE     CHICAGO     TRIBUNE     DOMINATES.  THE     CHICAGO     TERRITORY"           | 

E-l 

.  -    .  .    _    1 

A   PAGE  from  the  "BOOK  of  FACTS"—  see  "Government 
Statement"  on  Page 


through  stores  and  hotels,  and  delivers  another  portion 
direct  to  the  homes  of  a  list  of  regular  customers. 

Tribunes  mailed  to  subscribers  fall  into  two  classes. 
Where  there  is  only  one  subscriber  in  a  town,  the  papers 
are  sent  through  a  machine  which  folds,  addresses,  and 
drops  them  into  a  mail  bag.  Another  type  of  machine 
handles  the  papers  going  to  towns  where  there  are  several 
Tribune  mail  subscribers.  This  machine  prints  the  name 

273 


PAPERS  RAPIDLY  ADDRESSED  TO  SUBSCRIBERS 

and  address  of  a  subscriber  on  each  Tribune  at  the  rate 
of  10,000  papers  per  hour.  The  stencils  for  each  town  are 
together  and  the  last  one  makes  a  red  mark  on  The  Tribune 
in  addition  to  the  address. 

As  the  papers  flow  from  the  machine,  a  man  seizes  those 
between  red  marks,  rolls  them  in  a  wrapper,  and  drops 
them  into  a  mail  bag  at  his  side.  The  stencils  have  been 
arranged  so  that  all  towns  on  a  given  railway  route  are 
grouped  together.  At  the  end  of  each  train  separation 
that  mail  bag  is  closed  and  sent  on  its  way  to  the  train  and 
another  takes  its  place.  On  these  bundles,  commonly 
known  as  "club  packages,"  the  address  on  the  outside  copy 
serves  as  postofHce  address  for  the  entire  bundle. 

*  *  * 

Tribunes  destined  for  dealers  outside  Chicago  are 
wrapped  in  bundles  of  50  to  300.  These  bundles  must 


EACH  dot  on  this  map  represents  fifty  subscribers  to   The 
Sunday  Tribune 

274 


CONVEYORS  MOVE  PAPERS  SWIFTLY 

sometimes  be  dropped  from  express  trains  and,  therefore, 
must  be  securely  done  up  to  protect  against  loss.  Wrappers 
are  prepared  and  addressed  in  the  day  time  and  laid  out 
together  with  cords  of  the  proper  length,  knotted  at  one 
end,  ready  for  the  midnight  rush.  All  this  work  is  done  on 
tables  under  which  belt  conveyors  move  converging  to  the 
southwest  corner  of  the  mailing  room.  The  conveyors  are 
so  made  that  they  can  be  used  for  distribution  of  color 
supplements,  and  rotogravure  supplements  when  they  are 
delivered  to  the  Tribune  plant  from  the  auxiliary  color 
plant.  This  is  made  possible  by  a  reversing  motor  equip- 
ment constructed  especially  for  this  purpose. 

Bundles  and  mail  sacks  are  delivered  by  the  conveyors 
to  a  platform  from  which  several  chutes  lead  to  the  waiting 
wagons  and  trucks  in  the  court-yard.  Each  bundle  or  mail 
sack  bears  a  bright  colored  tag,  punched  with  varying 
numbers  of  holes.  This  tag  tells  the  man  on  the  platform 
the  destination  of  the  package  at  a  glance  without  reading 
the  detailed  shipping  instructions  and  address.  He  pushes 
it  off  the  platform  down  the  proper  chute  and  it  is  soon  on 
its  way  in  a  Tribune  truck  with  an  incredibly  small  amount 
of  handling  from  the  time  the  roll  of  newsprint  left  The 

Tribune's  paper  mill. 

*  *  * 

There  is  one  phase  of  Tribune  circulation,  however,  in 
which  it  has  been  found  impractical  to  do  away  with  con- 
siderable manual  labor.  This  is  in  the  assembling  of  the 
big  Sunday  edition.  Comic,  Fiction,  and  Rotogravure 


ONE  of  the  mailing  machines 
275 


PERSONNEL  OF  CITY  CIRCULATORS  IMPORTANT 

sections  are  printed  on  separate  presses  in  a  building  a  half 
mile  from  the  main  Plant.  The  presses  on  which  they  are 
printed  run  more  slowly  than  news  presses,  so  they  are 
being  printed  all  through  the  week  preceding  the  Sunday 
of  publication.  As  printed  they  are  sent  to  the  mailing 
room  of  The  Plant  and  there  the  Fiction  and  Rotogravure 
sections  are  stuffed  into  the  Comic  section.  On  Wednesday 
the  printing  of  the  black  and  white  sections  of  The  Sunday 
Tribune  begins  and  these  also  must  be  stuffed  with  the 
Color  and  Rotogravure  sections.  All  told,  the  complete 
City  edition  of  The  Sunday  Tribune  has  been  stuffed  seven 
times  before  it  leaves  The  Plant.  Men  engaged  in  this  work 
become  quite  expert  and  average  2,000  papers  per  hour. 

*  *  * 

For  the  city  delivery  of  The  Tribune  68  wagons  and  48 
motor  trucks  are  employed.  They  consume  33,000  pounds 
of  hay,  28,000  pounds  of  oats,  and  12,000  gallons  of  gasoline 
every  month.  It  has  often  been  the  practice  for  newspapers 
to  contract  with  hauling  companies  for  distributing  service. 
The  Tribune  not  only  owns  its  own  equipment,  but  manu- 
factures wagons,  harnesses,  builds  truck  bodies,  and  has  an 
amazingly  complete  shop  for  repair  service. 

An  exceedingly  important  factor  in  securing  and  holding 
city  circulation  is  the  wagon  or  truck  driver.  In  addition 
to  being  a  delivery  man,  The  Tribune  driver  is  a  collector 
and  a  salesman.  All  city  circulation  is  collected  for  in 
advance,  and  upon  two  certain  days  of  the  week  it  is  the 
driver's  duty  to  take  orders  for  the  following  week's  supply, 
and  to  collect  in  advance  for  this  supply,  which  serves  as  a 
standing  order  for  the  ensuing  week.  Of  course  a  few  extra 
copies  are  carried  to  arrange  for  any  extra  demand  that  the 
newsdealer  may  have.  These  are  sold  on  the  C.  O.  D.  basis. 
It  is  necessary  for  the  dealer  to  be  especially  careful  in 
specifying  his  orders,  because  he  cannot  return  unsold 
copies  and  get  credit  for  them. 

As  a  delivery  man,  a  driver  need  possess  merely  the  same 
grade  of  intelligence  that  is  required  of  a  delivery  man  in 

276 


LARGE  GARAGE  AND  STABLES  MAINTAINED 

any  kind  of  merchandising  business.  As  a  collector,  a  trifle 
more  tact  and  diplomacy  are  required.  But  it  is  as  a 
salesman  that  the  qualities  of  the  efficient  driver  are  most 
in  demand.  Young  Johnny  Jones  operating  a  news  stand  at 
a  certain  corner,  places  an  order  for  the  ensuing  week  for 
one  hundred  copies  of  The  Daily  Tribune  for  each  day. 
The  driver  who  delivers  to  the  district  in  which  Jones'  stand  is 
located,  knows  that  Jones  can  sell  one  hundred  and  twenty- 
five  copies  each  day  if  he  will  stay  at  his  stand  a  little  later 
in  the  morning  or  come  to  it  a  little  earlier.  He  knows  that 
Jones  is  afraid  of  being  "stuck"  with  papers  which  he  can- 
not return.  It  is  up  to  the  driver  to  sell  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  copies  instead  of  one  hundred  copies  a  day  to 
Jones,  without  intimidation  or  any  other  influence  except 
what  can  be  exerted  by  true  salesmanship.  Exactly  at  this 
point  is  determined  the  difference  between  a  capable  and 
an  inefficient  driver. 

In  addition  to  the  drivers,  The  Tribune  employs  a  corps 
of  inspectors,  or  division  men.  It  is  the  duty  of  these  men 
to  watch  the  sale  of  newspapers  in  their  respective  divisions, 
and  to  determine  whether  or  not  the  drivers  are  successful 
in  selling  as  many  copies  of  The  Tribune  as  the  public 
demands.  These  men  must  watch  and  verify  the  work  of 
the  drivers,  adjust  complaints  and  petty  grievances  and 
make  sure  that  The  Tribune  is  properly  represented  on 
the  streets.  *  *  * 

The  garage  in  which  The  Tribune  trucks  are  kept 
occupies  the  entire  half  block  immediately  adjoining  The 
Tribune  Plant  on  the  north.  Tribune  trucks  stand  idle 
during  most  of  the  day,  but  when  they  work  they  are 
crowded  to  their  utmost  possibilities  of  performance. 
Everything  possible  is  done  to  avoid  delays  because  of 
break-downs.  In  the  garage,  ready  for  immediate  installa- 
tion, is  an  entire  new  engine,  thoroughly  tested.  There  are 
rear  axles,  radiators,  transmissions — in  fact  every  part  that 
could  possibly  be  needed  for  any  truck  is  in  the  stock  room, 
properly  tagged  and  numbered. 

277 


SYSTEM  FOR  DELIVERING  TRIBUNES  TO  HOMES 

The  repair  shop  in  the  garage  is  prepared  to  undertake 
any  kind  of  repair  work  on  an  instant's  notice.  Cylinders 
are  ground  and  pistons  are  made.  There  is  a  charging 
board  for  recharging  batteries,  and  a  twenty-ton  press  for 
such  work  as  pressing  gears  off  rear  axles.  Tires  are  not 
only  repaired  but  are  rebuilt. 

When  a  Tribune  truck  has  an  accident  the  service  car 
is  rushed  to  the  spot  and  if  repairs  cannot  be  made  imme- 
diately, the  service  car  delivers  the  papers  and  then  returns 
to  the  stalled  machine  to  fix  it  or  to  tow  it  to  the  garage. 

Sunday  morning  is  the  critical  time  for  Tribune  trucks ; 
since  the  larger  size  of  the  Sunday  paper  makes  it  necessary 
for  them  to  carry  far  more  than  normal  loads.  To  meet 
this  peak  a  large  number  of  trucks  are  regularly  hired  from 
firms  which  suspend  their  own  operations  over  the  week 
end. 

Careful  cost  figures  are  kept  to  ascertain  the  cost  of 
maintaining  each  truck  and  the  fleet  as  a  whole. 


*  *  * 


The  system  of  "Official  Carriers"  prevailing  in  Chicago 
has  given  rise  to  some  peculiar  problems.  These  carriers 
buy  their  newspapers  at  wholesale  rates  and  sell  them 
to  individuals  at  retail,  and  to  that  extent  they  seem 


- 

DDaDD  «.« 


D  DSD  D    - 


FLOOR  PLAN  of  Mailing  Room 
27S 


CIRCULATION  SUPREMACY  WON  BY  SYSTEM  AND  WORK 


How  The  Tribune  Blankets  Chicago 


These  maps  of  Chicago  and  leading  suburbs  tell  a 
remarkable'story  of  the  domination  of  .a  great  market 
by  one  great  medium.  The  Sunday  Tribune  has  25% 
more  circulation  in  Chicago  and  suburbs  than  the 
next  Sunday  paper,  and  30%  more  than  the  leading 
evening  paper. 

On  the  map  to  the  left  each  dot  represents  500  fam- 
ilies in  the  district  or  suburb  in  which  it  appears.  On 
the  map  to  the  right  each  dot  represents  500  Sunday 
Tribunes  sold  in  the  district  or  suburb  in  which  it 
appears.  In  every  sense  of  the  word  The  Tribune 
"covers'*  Chicago. 


The  48  Chicago  districts  on 
this  map  are  those  into  which 
this  great  city  has  been  di- 
vided by  The  Tribune  for 
merchandising  purposes.  The 
suburbs  shown  are  Evanston, 
Oak  Park,  Forest  Park,  River 
Forest,  Maywood,  Cicero, 
Berwyn,  Riverside,  Brook- 
field  and  La  Grange. 


A  recent,  investigation  among  Chicago 
grocers  showed  that 

80%  read  The  Tribune 

60%  read  The  News 

tread  The  Herald  &  Examiner 
read  The  American 
read  The  Journal 
read  The  Post 
read  Foreign  Larfeuage 

papers  only.  , 

It  is  obvious  thai  by  using!  all  the  English 
•papers  combined  only  15%  would  be 
reached  who  would  not  be  reached  by 
The  Chicago  Tribune  alone. 


"THE     CHICAGO     TRIBUNE     DOMINATES     THE     CHICAGO     TERRITORY" 


A  PAGE  from  the  "BOOK  of  FACTS" 

like  ordinary  merchants.  Their  business,  however,  has 
been  largely  built  up  for  them  by  The  Tribune.  The 
Tribune  has  secured  at  its  own  expense  the  subscription 
orders  which  their  "Official  Carriers"  fill.  In  cases  where 
the  subscriber  is  located  some  distance  from  ordinary  routes 
or  from  transportation,  as  is  often  the  case  in  outlying 
districts,  The  Tribune  subsidizes  the  carrier  to  make 
daily  delivery.  That  is  to  say:  the  subscriber  gets  his 

279 


CARRIERS  SUBSIDIZED  AND  CLOSELY  CHECKED 

paper  every  morning  and  the  carrier  gets  his  profit  even 
though  it  costs  The  Tribune  more  to  deliver  the  paper  than 
it  receives  for  it.  More  than  thirty  routes  in  sparsely 
settled  neighborhoods  must  be  thus  subsidized  at  present. 
The  Tribune  has  spent  approximately  five  million  dollars 
building  up  this  carrier  system. 

If  a  subscriber  moves  into  another  district  The  Tribune 
sends  the  new  address  to  the  new  carrier;  it  also  dispatches 
a  verifier  at  least  three  mornings  to  see  that  the  paper  is 
delivered  to  the  new  address  properly.  When  a  carrier  is 
sick  The  Tribune  sees  that  the  route  is  delivered.  During 
the  flu  epidemic  it  handled  14  routes. 

If  the  carrier  continuously  does  any  of  the  following 
things,  he  cannot  buy  any  more  Tribunes: 

1.  Place  circulars  in  the  papers. 

2.  Give  The  Tribunes  away.    The  advertising  value  of 
The  Tribune  is  dependent  on  the  fact  that  people 
are  willing  to  pay  for  the  privilege  of  reading  it. 

3.  Deliver  in  an  improper  manner  or  late. 

Nor  will  The  Tribune  sell  as  many  papers  to  the  carrier 
as  he  may  wish  to  buy.  Sometimes  coupons  in  Tribune  ads 
entitle  the  reader  to  a  can  of  milk,  or  a  cake  of  soap.  The 
carrier  is  not  allowed  as  many  papers  as  he  wishes  of  such 
issues. 

The  subscriber  looks  to  The  Tribune  to  see  that  his 
paper  is  properly  delivered  rather  than  to  the  carrier  who 
actually  delivers  it  and  whom  he  pays  for  the  service. 
Since  the  delivery  is  made  by  an  organization  independ- 
ent of  The  Tribune,  great  care  is  necessary  in  handling 
these  claims.  Complaints  of  non-delivery  of  The  Trib- 
une cost  The  Tribune  five  to  fifty  dollars  to  investi- 
gate. When  such  a  complaint  is  received  an  investigator 
is  assigned  to  station  himself  very  early  in  the  morning 
within  sight  of  the  residence  at  which  the  complaint  has 
originated.  He  watches  until  he  sees  the  newsboy  either 
deliver  the  paper  or  fail  to  deliver  it.  If  the  newsboy  does 
not  deliver  the  paper,  he  places  one  on  the  subscriber's 

280 


ATTENTION  PAID  TO  SUBSCRIBERS'  COMPLAINTS 

door-step  and  leaves  to  call  on  the  carrier  and  secure  an 
explanation  and  an  adjustment.  If  the  newsboy  does 
deliver  the  paper,  he  watches  until  the  subscriber  has  taken 
it  in  and  then  leaves.  Each  morning  for  ten  mornings  he 
repeats  this  performance  until  he  is  satisfied  that  the 
complaint  was  unjustified  or  until  he  has  located  the  cause 
of  it;  which  may  be  the  theft  of  the  paper  by  some  other 
person,  the  delivery  of  the  paper  to  a  wrong  address,  ignor- 
ance or  carelessness  on  the  part  of  the  news  boy,  etc. 


TRUCKS  receive  papers  through  chutes  from  mailing  room 


281 


Auditing  and  Comptrolling 
Division 

EVERYTHING  connected  with    finances,  with  the 
collection  and  disbursement  of  money  for  any  Chi- 
cago Tribune  department    or    for    any  subsidiary 
corporation    (except    the    Daily   News  of  New  York)  is 
centralized  in  one  department  which  occupies  the  entire 
sixth  floor  of  The  Tribune  Building  at  Madison  and  Dear- 
born Streets,  and  a  number  of  scattered  offices  in  addition. 
Sound  business  principles  are  rigidly  insisted  upon  by 
this  department  and  enforced  throughout  the  organization. 
A  large  proportion  of  the  money  due  for  subscriptions  and 
advertising  is  paid  in  advance,  and  the  remainder  is  promptly 
collected.    Out  of  the  millions  of  dollars  due  The  Tribune 
in  1921,  only  two  and  four-tenths  per  cent  remained  out- 
standing sixty  days  after  the  close  of  the  year.     Similarly 
all  bills  against  The  Tribune  are  promptly  audited  and  paid. 
A  close  check  is  kept  upon  the  cost  of  manufacturing 
and  distributing  The  Tribune  and  upon  the  cost  of  selling 
each  kind  of  advertising,  so  that  rates  may  always  be  main- 
tained in  logical  proportion  to  the  cost  of  producing  the 
advertising. 

An  idea  of  the  amount  of  detail  which  the  auditing 
department  must  supervise  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that 
annually  it  renders  more  than  350,000  bills  for  advertising 
and  circulation. 

The  financial  affairs  of  the  following  subsidiaries  of  The 
Tribune  are  supervised  by  its  Auditing  Division : 
Ontario  Paper  Company 
Ontario  Transportation  &  Pulp  Company 
Franquelin  Lumber  &  Pulp  Wood  Company 
Pacific  y  Atlantic  Photos,  Inc. 
Tribune  Building  Corporation 
Tribune  Company  of  France 

282 


HANDLING  TRIBUNE  FINANCES  BIG  JOB 

The  auditing  division  employs  259  people,  divided  as 
follows  : 

General  Clerks  .................................  // 

Cashiers  ......................................  5 

Mail  Clerks  ...................................  6 

Voucher  Clerks  .................................  2 

Credits  &?  Collections  ............................  52 

Advertising  Agency  Accounts  .....................  2 

Checkers  ...................................  .  .  .23 

Display  Adv.  Bookkeepers  .......................  6 

Classified  Adv.  Bookkeepers  .....  ............  .  .  .  .  .  24 

Circulation  Bookkeepers  .........................  fj 

Adjusting  Clerks  ...............................  18 

Stenographers  -  Dictaphone  ......................  10 

File  Clerks  ....................................  o 

Press  Room  Clerks  ..............................  5 

Pay  Roll  Clerks  ................................  6 

Subscription  Clerks  .............................  / 

Miscellaneous  ..................................  20 

Traffic  ........................................   6 

Benefit  ........................................  3 

Paper  Mill  ....................................  27 

Timber  Lands  ..................................  10 


Closely  allied  with  the  Auditing  Division  are  the  order 
clerks    of    the    Advertising    Division.      During    1921    a 
statistical  record  was  kept  of  each  operation  of  these  order 
clerks.    It  showed  the  amazing  total  of  793,392  operations 
divided  as  follows: 

Telephone  Want  Ads  ................  242,240 

Cash  Want  Ads  ....................  212,213 

Charge  Want  Ads  ..................  135,918 

Display  Ads  .......................  56,161 

Proofs  ............................  37,779 

Drawings  ...................  ......  31,506 

Matrices  ..........  ...  .............     9,594 

Telephone  calls  .....................  37,613 

Messenger  services  ..................  30,368 

It  is  obvious  that  the  publication  of  365  issues  of  a  great 
newspaper  and  the  distribution  of  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  copies  of  each  issue  must  necessarily  involve  some  errors, 
but  the  Auditing  Division  of  The  Tribune  works  unceas- 
ingly to  reduce  these  to  a  minimum. 

283 


Building  Department 


r  iHE  Building  Department  "operates"  the  structures 

which  house  the  various  departments  of  the  news- 

JL     paper.  This  demands  the  services  of  one  hundred 

and  thirty-six    employes,    chiefly  janitors,  elevator  men, 

scrubwomen,  watchmen,  etc. 

The  buildings  supervised  by  this  department  include: 

Tribune  Building,  Madison  and  Dearborn  Streets. 

The  Plant,  Michigan  Blvd. ,  Austin  Ave.  and  St.  Clair  St. 

Garage,  Michigan  Blvd.  and  Ohio  Street. 

Rotogravure  and  Color  Press  Bldg.,  East  Ontario  Street. 

All  these  properties  are  operated  on  a  twenty-four  hour 
basis.  The  service  in  the  old  Tribune  Building  at  Madison 
and  Dearborn  Streets  has  been  practically  continuous  for 
twenty  years.  During  all  that  time  there  have  been  only 
two  shut-downs  of  less  than  one  hour's  duration  each. 

In  addition  to  the  Advertising,  Auditing,  and  several 
smaller  departments,  The  Tribune  Building  at  Madison 
and  Dearborn  Streets  houses  more  than  one  hundred 
tenants,  and  is  considered  one  of  the  best  office  buildings 
in  the  Loop. 

This  eighteen-story  structure  stands  upon  land  owned 
by  the  Chicago  public  schools — a  fact  which  has  been  the 
source  of  many  storms  for  The  Tribune. 

For  twenty-five  years  it  has  been  the  practice  of  local 
politicians  to  divert  attention  from  their  own  acts  as  ex- 
ploited in  The  Tribune  by  attacking  "The  Tribune  Lease." 

They  compare  the  ground  rent  which  The  Tribune  pays 
to  the  Board  of  Education  with  that  paid  for  similar  prop- 
erties in  the  vicinity  and  herald  the  difference  as  the  amount 
which  The  Tribune  is  "stealing  from  the  school  children." 

Secondly,  they  charge  that  The  Tribune's  lease  was 
fraudulently  obtained  by  the  influence  of  A.  S.  Trude,  once 
a  member  of  the  Board  of  Education,  and  at  times  attorney 
for  The  Tribune. 

284 


BUILDING  GOES  TO  SCHOOLS  AT  END  OF  LEASE 

These  charges  have  been  fully  disproved  in  court  and 
the  lease  has  been  held  not  only  free  from  fraud,  but  decid- 
edly in  the  interest  of  the  school  children.  The  politicians 
make  out  their  case  by  distorting  certain  facts  and  con- 
cealing others. 

For  instance,  they  quote  the  rent  which  The  Tribune 
pays,  but  they  ignore  the  fact  that  at  the  expiration  of  the 
lease  in  1995,  the  1 8-story  skyscraper,  erected  by  The 
Tribune  at  an  expense  of  $1,800,000,  becomes  the  property 
of  the  Board  of  Education.  This  is  equivalent  to  an  addi- 
tional rental  payment  of  $21,143  annually,  which  the  critics 
exclude  from  their  calculations. 

Much  stress  is  laid  upon  the  fact  that  a  man  who  had 
served  as  attorney  for  The  Tribune  was  on  the  Board  of 
Education  which  made  the  lease,  but  they  ignore  the  fact 
that  the  vote  was  17  to  2  and  that  Mr.  Trude  asked  to  be 
excused  from  voting.  They  also  ignore  the  fact  that  after 
two  years  of  public  discussion  an  altered  Board  of  Educa- 
tion confirmed  the  lease  by  a  vote  of  1 6  to  4,  and  that  after 
two  additional  years  of  discussion  a  third  Board  (Mr.  Trude 
being  no  longer  a  member)  confirmed  and  ratified  the  lease 
unanimously. 

In  reliance  upon  this  lease  The  Tribune  then  expended 
$1,800,000  in  the  erection  of  a  building.  In  1907,  six  years 
later,  at  the  culmination  of  political  differences  with  a  local 
Democratic  city  administration,  suit  was  brought  to  have 
the  leases  set  aside.  The  case  was  heard  by  Master  in 
Chancery  Roswell  E.  Mason,  a  Democrat,  who  made  a 
report  on  March  5,  1910,  sustaining  every  contention  of 
The  Tribune,  affirming  the  validity  of  the  leases  and  rec- 
ommending the  dismissal  of  the  suit. 

The  school  board  filed  exceptions  to  the  report  of  the 
Master  in  Chancery.  All  points  were  fully  argued  and  the 
evidence  reviewed  before  the  late  Judge  Charles  M.  Walker, 
also  a  Democrat.  On  July  13,  1910,  he  handed  down  a 
decision  vigorously  upholding  every  finding  of  the  Master. 
He  stated  emphatically  that  the  lease  was  a  beneficial  one 

285 


COURTS  HOLD  TRIBUNE  LEASE  FAIR  AND  VALID 

from  the  standpoint  of  the  school  children  and  that  it 
was  not  tainted  with  fraud. 

The  school  board  then  carried  the  case  to  the  Supreme 
Court,  which  fully  supported  Judge  Walker  and  Master  in 
Chancery  Mason  in  a  lengthy  and  unanimous  decision 
rendered  on  December,  1910.  The  facts  were  found  to  be 
as  follows: 

The  Tribune  first  occupied  the  corner  of  Madison  and 
Dearborn  Streets  in  1867  under  a  lease  which  provided  for 
reappraisal  of  the  land  every  five  years.  All  school  lands 
were  leased  on  this  basis. 

Every  five  years  the  rent  was  raised,  particularly  heavy 
raises  being  imposed  if  the  tenant  attempted  any  improve- 
ments. In  1895,  after  five  raises  in  rent,  The  Tribune 
decided  to  move  to  property  where  it  could  erect  a  modern 
building.  The  building  at  Madison  and  Dearborn  Streets 
was  terribly  dilapidated,  but  it  was  out  of  the  question  to 
put  money  into  a  new  building  when  at  the  end  of  any  five- 
year  period  the  ground  rent  might  be  raised  to  a  prohibitive 
figure. 

All  school  lands  were  in  the  same  condition — covered 
with  disgraceful  shacks. 

In  1895  there  was  not  a  single  fireproof  building  in  the 
block  bounded  by  Madison,  Dearborn,  State  and  Monroe. 
The  situation  was  investigated  by  a  school  board  committee 
which  found  that  the  policy  of  the  past  45  years  had  been 
wrong,  that  the  increased  rents  obtainable  by  revaluations 
every  five  years  were  more  than  offset  by  the  failure  of 
tenants  to  improve  the  property — resulting  in  minimum 
revenue  from  taxes  and  depressed  valuations.  This  com- 
mittee recommended  that  tenants  be  invited  to  submit 
propositions  for  long  term  leases  and  for  the  adequate  im- 
provement of  their  property. 

Appraisers  appointed  by  the  school  board,  not  by  the 
tenants,  valued  the  school  lands  and  fixed  the  proper  rentals. 
On  the  basis  of  these  appraisals  long  term  leases  were  entered 
into  with  The  Tribune  and  other  tenants  as  a  result  of  which 

286 


JIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UIUIUIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'I- 


THESE  steel  steamers  were 
built  by  The  Tribune  to 
carry  pulp  logs  from  our 
timber  lands  to  our  paper 
mill.  Special  design  gives 
them  larger  capacity  than 
any  other  boats  navigating 
the  St.  Lawrence  and  Wei- 
land  canals. 

Note  the  high  crow's  nesty 
an  innovation  which  enables 
these  boats  to  navigate  while 
others  are  held  up  by  fog 
The  St.  Lawrence  has  high 
banks  between  which  low- 
ly ing  Jogs  settle.  From  this 
crow's  nest  the  banks  can  be 
seen  above  the  fog  and 
navigation  continued. 

As  evidenced  by  the  display 
given  the  names  of  these 
steamers.  The  Tribune  be- 
lieves in  advertising — al- 
ways. 


l-JIU^U'U'U'U'U'U'UiU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'UHJIU'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'U'l-l 


UNLOADING  supplies  from  schooner  In  Rocky  River  at  Shelter 
Bay. 


SCHOONERS  in  Quebec  harbor  loading  with  supplies  for  Tribune 
timber  lands. 


BUILDING  KEPT  CONSTANTLY  UP-TO-DATE 

The  Tribune,  First  National  Bank,  Majestic,  North  Amer- 
ican and  Chicago  Savings  Bank  buildings  were  erected. 
The  millions  of  dollars  invested  in  these  improvements  im- 
mediately made  all  property  in  their  vicinity  more  valuable 
— thus  increasing  revenues  from  other  school  property. 
The  taxes  paid  on  these  big  buildings  also  swelled  school 
revenues.  And  in  the  case  of  The  Tribune  Building  the 
$1,800,000  structure  itself  will  go  to  the  school  fund  at  the 
end  of  the  lease.  In  the  case  of  the  other  buildings  the 
Board  of  Education  must  buy  the  improvements  when  the 
leases  expire. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  a  modern  steel  skyscraper 
such  as  The  Tribune  is  not  allowed  to  deteriorate,  and  when 
it  is  turned  over  to  the  school  board  sixty-five  years  from 
now  it  may  well  be  expected  to  be  worth  more  than  the 
day  it  was  built.  It  has  already  increased  more  than  one- 
third  in  value.  Experts  estimated  that  it  would  cost 
more  than  $2,500,000  to  reproduce  The  Tribune  Building 
as  it  stands  after  20  years  of  use.  Large  sums  are  con- 
stantly spent  for  maintenance.  New  electric  wiring  was 
recently  put  in,  new  marble,  new  elevators — the  last 
named  at  an  expense  in  excess  of  $100,000.  Cathedrals, 
palaces  and  castles  of  Europe  have  endured  for  centuries 
with  undiminished  value,  but  engineers  consider  that  the 
modern  steel  skyscraper  properly  maintained  will  prove  the 
most  enduring  structure  man  has  built. 

Telephone  Switchboard 

The  telephone  switchboard  of  The  Chicago  Tribune 
"andles  upwards  of  four  million  calls  a  year.  It  is  an 
height  position"  board  located  on  the  fifth  floor  of  The 
Tribune  Building  at  Madison  and  Dearborn  Streets.  To 
keep  the  lines  open  twenty-four  hours  a  day,  fifteen  opera- 
tors are  required. 

From  the  switchboard  one  hundred  trunk  lines  extend 
to  all  Tribune  departments,  both  in  the  "old"  building  and 
in  The  Plant  on  North  Michigan  Boulevard.  Twenty- 

289 


12,000  TO  20,000  PHONE  CALLS  PER  DAY 

three  of  the  trunk  lines  are  for  outgoing  calls  only.  The 
total  number  of  inside  telephones  and  extensions  is  333. 

Exclusive  of  calls  for  baseball  scores  or  other  special 
occasions,  incoming  calls  average  8,000  per  day,  outgoing 
calls  2,000  per  day,  and  inter-department  calls  2,000  per 
day — a  total  of  12,000.  Baseball  games,  elections,  explo- 
sions, etc.,  often  raise  these  figures  to  a  total  of  more  than 
20,000  calls  in  one  day. 

The  Want  Ad  department  is  the  largest  user  of  telephone 
service  within  the  organization.  On  Saturday,  March  25, 
1922,  the  switchboard  transferred  4,500  incoming  calls  to 
the  Adtakers  between  7:30  in  the  morning  and  2:00  in  the 
afternoon. 


THE  Tribune  Eldg.  at  Madison  and  Dearborn  Sts. 
290 


Purchasing  Department 

THE  Purchasing  Department  of  The  Chicago  Tribune 
is  called  upon  for  a  very  broad  range  of  services. 
It  must  buy  a  great  variety  of  supplies  for  all 
departments  and  must  in  addition  supervise  the  purchase 
and  installation  of  new  machinery.  The  nature  of  the 
newspaper  business  which  demands  the  unfailing  produc- 
tion and  distribution  of  hundreds  of  thousands  of  copies 
every  twenty-four  hours  makes  it  necessary  that  the  Pur- 
chasing Department  have  all  manner  of  materials  and 
equipment  arriving  at  The  Plant  as  regularly  as  sunrise. 

The  Purchasing  Department  has  fifteen  employees  and 
buys  more  than  a  thousand  different  commodities  each 
year,  valued  at  approximately  $1,400,000.  This  does  not 
include  newsprint  or  large  equipment  such  as  presses.  Trib- 
une growth  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  in  1914  the  value 
of  purchases  was  $226,000. 

Purchases  are  initiated  by  each  department's  filling  out 
requisitions  specifying  all  possible  details  concerning  the 
article  desired.  In  ordering  equipment  the  Purchasing 
Department,  wherever  possible,  asks  regular  Tribune  adver- 
tisers to  figure,  but  awards  them  the  business  only  if  their 
proposition  equals  that  of  other  bidders. 

Purchase  orders  are  written  in  triplicate;  the  original 
retained  in  the  Purchasing  Department  as  a  record  together 
with  the  original  requisition  and  all  other  data  concerning 
the  order;  one  copy  forwarded  to  the  firm  from  whom  the 
material  is  purchased ;  and  the  other  sent  to  the  receiving 
clerk  to  check  against  the  goods  when  received.  After 
receipt  of  the  goods,  he  returns  his  copy  to  the  Purchasing 
Department. 

Invoices,  as  received,  are  recorded  in  a  visible  system 
book  with  removable  cards ;  sent  to  the  departments  origi- 
nating the  orders  for  okay,  and  then  to  the  accounting 
department,  which  distributes  the  charges  and  pays  them. 

291 


RESEARCH  CONDUCTED  BY  PURCHASING  DEPARTMENT 

A  large  store  of  information  on  prices  of  merchandise 
is  accumulated  and  kept  constantly  up-to-date.  There  is 
a  visible  card  system  of  past  orders  showing  firms,  prices, 
special  discounts,  etc. ;  and  a  systematically  arranged  cata- 
logue file  made  up  of  clippings  from  trade  journals,  circulars, 
lists  of  surplus  and  second-hand  materials,  etc.  Drawings 
and  blue-prints  of  all  equipment  in  The  Tribune  Plant, 
records  of  test  runs,  analyses  of  materials,  reports  of  inves- 
tigations— all  combine  to  make  the  work  of  this  depart- 
ment unusually  efficient. 

*  *  * 

Many  duties,  which  on  some  newspapers  are  assumed 
by  a  mechanical  superintendent  or  an  efficiency  engineer, 
are  taken  care  of  on  The  Tribune  by  the  Purchasing  Depart- 
ment. Typical  duties  of  this  kind  are  regular  inspections 
of  all  premises  and  recommendations  arising  therefrom; 
laboratory  tests  of  ink,  paper,  oil,  etc.;  selling  of  waste 
paper,  old  equipment  and  dross;  purchasing  and  instal- 
lation of  new  equipment;  investigation  of  comparative 
mechanical  systems  and  operation  methods  such  as  revised 
press  layouts,  power  and  heating  plants;  tests  of  various 
fuels;  search  for  improvement  in  conveyors,  tank  systems, 
methods  of  handling  paper;  preservation  of  newspaper 

files;  etc. 

*  *  * 

One  man  employed  in  the  Purchasing  Department  gives 
his  full  time  to  inspection  and  laboratory  work  on  all  print 
paper  used  by  The  Tribune.  He  has  for  his  use  special 
equipment  for  weighing,  finding  the  moisture  content  and 
ascertaining  the  strength  of  all  classes  of  paper.  Daily 
reports  are  made  comparing  the  physical  qualities  of  The 
Tribune  with  the  other  Chicago  papers.  He  also  watches 
the  handling  of  the  roll  paper  from  the  time  the  cars  are 
unloaded  on  the  railroad  siding.  Charts  are  maintained 
which  show  daily  and  monthly  figures  on  newsprint  waste 
and  which  locate  the  operations  in  which  waste  was  made. 

292 


JOB  SHOP  KEPT  BUSY  ON  TRIBUNE  WORK 

A  job  printing  shop,  to  handle  Tribune  work  exclusively, 
is  maintained  as  a  part  of  the  Purchasing  Department. 
It  has  six  regular  employees  but  often  adds  to  this 
number  in  emergencies.  During  the  past  twelve  months 
it  has  handled  more  than  two  thousand  jobs,  including 
tags  and  labels  for  the  Circulation  Department,  forms  for 
all  departments,  booklets,  color  posters  for  the  Circulation 
Department,  form  letters,  advertising  data  sheets,  and 
letterheads. 


293 


The  Medill  Council 

ORGANIZED  originally  as  the  Welfare  Committee 
of  The  Tribune,  the  Medill    Council,  composed 
of  Tribune  employes,  has  undertaken  and  carried 
out  various  movements  for  welding  the  organization  closer 
together,  bettering  working  conditions,  encouraging  athletics, 
and  investigating  methods  of  bonus  and  insurance  payments. 

When  the  Medill  Council  was  organized  in  February, 
1919,  its  work  was  laid  out  along  the  following  general  lines: 

Health:  The  recommendation  of  sanitary  and  healthful 
measures,  consideration  (at  present)  of  the  advisability  of 
adding  to  The  Tribune  organization  a  medical  and  a  dental 
attendant. 

Environment:  Consideration  of  safety  devices  in  the 
mechanical  departments,  the  establishment  of  rest,  recre- 
ation, and  exercise  room,  coffee  and  lunch  rooms. 

Insurance:  Death  and  accident  insurance  are  now  pro- 
vided for.  Health  insurance  is  being  considered. 

Bonuses:  A  bonus  had  been  given  Tribune  workers 
for  several  years.  The  Council  investigated  methods  of 
bonus  payments  practiced  in  other  institutions  in  order  to 
secure  the  most  equitable  plan. 

Tribune  Organizations:  Classes  for  study,  musical  and 
dramatic  organizations,  teams,  etc. 

One  important  innovation  that  was  recommended  by 
the  Council  and  approved  by  the  management  was  the 
granting  of  vacations  to  all  Tribune  men  without  reference 
to  their  union  affiliations.  The  Medill  Council's  investiga- 
tion convinced  its  members  that  the  men  in  the  mechanical 
departments  needed  a  rest  in  vacation  time  just  as  much  as 
the  men  at  desks,  and  it  recommended  to  the  management 
that  a  uniform  vacation  plan  be  put  into  effect  throughout 
the  Plant.  On  the  committee's  recommendation  the  plan 
was  adopted  by  the  Company. 

294 


LUNCH  CLUB  FOR  GIRLS  ON  TRIBUNE  ROOF 

In  building  the  new  Plant,  every  possible  safety  device 
in  the  mechanical  departments  was  installed,  so  that  the 
employes  are  protected  in  every  way  that  modern  invention 
has  made  possible.  Serious  accidents  are  extremely  rare  in 
The  Tribune  mechanical  departments. 

A  nurse  and  a  dentist  have  been  added  to  The  Tribune 
staff  for  the  benefit  of  employes.  One  of  the  big  move- 
ments has  been  the  advancement  of  athletics,  and  consid- 
erable attention  has  been  paid  to  baseball  and  to  bowling, 
with  all  expenses  of  both  leagues  paid  by  The  Tribune. 

One  of  the  early  projects  in  view  was  the  establishment 
of  a  refectory  for  Tribune  women.  It  was  to  have  been  on 
the  eighteenth  floor  of  The  Tribune  building.  This  move- 
ment resulted  in  the  establishment  of  the  Etaoin  Club  on 
the  roof  of  the  building,  in  the  quarters  formerly  used  by 
the  Overset  Club.  The  club  is  managed  entirely  by  the 
women  employes,  and  nearly  100  girls  are  served  luncheon 
daily  in  the  beautiful  dining  room  on  the  roof.  All  the 
equipment  was  provided  by  The  Tribune  Company,  and 
the  club  is  now  maintained  by  the  women  of  The  Tribune 
on  a  self-supporting  basis. 

In  December,  1919,  The  Tribune  completed  its  Em- 
ployes Benefit  Plan  and  put  into  effect  the  following  pro- 
visions for  disability  and  insurance: 

Sickness  Disability  Benefits 

1.  Classification.     All  employes  of  the  Company  shall 
be  classified  in  four  groups,  formed  according  to  length  of 
time  in  the  service  of  the  Company,  as  follows : 

Class  A — Those  in  the  employ  of  the  Company  ten  years  or  more. 
Class  B — Those  in  the  employ  of  the  Company  five  years  to  ten  years. 
Class  C — Those  in  the  employ  of  the  Company  one  year  to  five  years. 
Class  D — Those  in  the  employ  of  the  Company  less  than  one  year. 

2.  Payments.     In  the  event  of  absence  on  account  of 
sickness  the  Company  will  pay  to  employes  in  good  standing 
at  the  time  of  their  sickness : 

295 


TRIBUNE  PROVIDES  WELL  FOR  EMPLOYES 

Employes  in  Class  A,  full  pay  twenty-six  weeks,  half  pay  twenty-six 
weeks. 

Employes  in  Class  B,  full  pay  thirteen  weeks,  half  pay  thirteen  weeks. 
Employes  in  Class  C,  full  pay  six  weeks,  half  pay  six  weeks. 
Employes  in  Class  D,  only  as  hereinafter  specified. 

3.  "Full  pay"  and  "half  pay,"  for  the  purpose  of  carry- 
ing out  the  provisions  of  the  above  paragraph,  shall  be  based 
on  the  amount  payable  for  the  number  of  hours  consti- 
tuting the  employe's  normal  service,  not  including  overtime. 

Benefits 

4.  It  is  intended  that  the  foregoing  allowances  are  to 
be  cumulated  each  calendar  year,  and  that  successive  per- 
iods of  sickness   during  any  one  year   shall   be   counted 
together  as  one  period,  except  that  any  sickness  occurring 
after  an  employe  has  been  continuously  engaged  in  the 
performance  of  duty  for  twenty-six  weeks  or  more  shall  be 
considered  as  a  new  sickness  and  not  as  part  of  any  disa- 
bility which  preceded  such  period  of  twenty-six  weeks. 

5.  Accidents  suffered  outside  the  performance  of  duty 
are  to  be  considered  as  sickness  in  computing  allowances. 

Eligibility 

6.  Employes  in  the  service  of  the  Company  when  the 
plan  was  put  into  effect  were  eligible  to  these  benefits  with- 
out the  requirement  of  a  general  physical  examination. 
In  the  case  of  employes  entering  the  service  of  the  Company 
after  the  date  of  adoption  of  this  plan,  a  general  physical 
examination  shall  be  made  as  prescribed  by  the  Company, 
in  order  to  entitle  such  employes  to  the  benefits  of  this  plan, 
such  examination  to  be  made  for  the  purpose  of  preventing 
the  employment  of  persons  afflicted  With  communicable 
diseases,  and  to  bring  to  the  applicant's  attention  any  ser- 
ious constitutional  or  other  disorders  which  interfere  with 
his  or  her  efficiency  in  the  performance  of  the  work  for 
which  application  is  made. 

7.  In  the  event  that  such  applicant  does  not  submit 
to  a   physical  examination,  no  benefit  payments  shall  be 

296 


REGULAR  PAYMENTS  MADE  WHILE  SICK 

made  in  the  event  of  sickness  during  his  subsequent  em- 
ployment. 

8.  Employes  shall  be  removed  from  the  regular  pay 
roll  on  the  eighth  day  of  absence  on  account  of  sickness, 
and  payments  herein  provided  for  shall  be  made  on  a  "Sick- 
ness Disability  Benefit"  pay  roll.     Payment  for  the  first 
week,  or  any  part  thereof,  shall  be  made  upon  recommen- 
dation of  the  foreman  or  manager  of  the  department  in  which 
the  person  is  employed,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Company. 

How  to  Secure  Benefits 

9.  Application  for  the  allowance  of  benefit  payments 
shall  be  made  by  the  employe  or  by  some  proper  person  on 
his   behalf.     In   special   cases   where   immediate   relief  is 
required,  suitable  arrangements  may  be  made  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  head  of  the  department  in  which 
the  applicant  is  employed. 

10.  Special  cases  where  the  period  in  which  the  bene- 
fits are  provided  is  not  adequate  to  meet  the  situation  may 
be  investigated  by  the  Medill  Council,  and  handled  at  the 
Company's  discretion  in  accordance  with  their  individual 
merits,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  head  of  the  depart- 
ment in  which  the  person  is  employed. 

11.  The  Company  will  provide  a  competent  medical 
investigator,  to  whom  notice  shall  be  immediately  sent  by 
each  department  head  in  the  event  of  any  disability  of  an 
employe  in  his  department  which  would  entitle  said  em- 
ploye to  allowances  under  this  plan.     This  investigator 
shall  make  a  prompt  investigation  of  each  case,  and  in  the 
event  that  any  modification  of  the  plan  of  payments  pro- 
vided for  herein  appears  to  him  expedient,  shall  make  such 
suggestions  as  he  may  think  proper  to  the  Medill  Council. 
No  payments  shall  be  made  in  the  way  of  allowances  under 
this  plan  without  the  approval  of  the  investigator  and  the 
head  of  the  department  where  the  applicant  is  employed. 

12.  Payments.     In  the  event  of  disability,  either  total 
or  partial,  due  to  injury  suffered  in  the  course  of  employ- 
ment, it  is  the  general  policy  of  the  Company  that  the 

297 


COMPANY  PAYS  FOR  $1,000  INSURANCE 

employe  shall  receive  full  pay,  not  including  overtime,  for 
the  entire  period  of  his  total  disability,  with  a  maximum 
limit  equal  to  the  death  benefit  paid  in  the  event  of  injury, 
without  regard  to  length  of  service,  except  that  no  benefits 
paid  under  this  plan  shall  be  in  excess  of  the  difference 
between  payments  provided  by  the  Employers'  Liability 
Act  in  force  in  the  state  of  Illinois  and  the  employe's  nor- 
mal full  pay,  not  including  overtime,  for  the  period  of  dis- 
ability. 

13.  In  the  event  of  partial  disability,  an  employe,  in 
order  to  receive  the  benefits  provided  by  this  plan,  must 
place  his   services  at   the  disposal  of  the   Company  for 
employment  in  such  capacity  as  the  Company  may  find 
most  advantageous,  at  such  time  as  the  Company's  Med- 
ical Investigator  shall  determine  that  he  may  return  to 
work. 

14.  The  investigation  of  accident  disability  cases  shall 
be  handled  in  the  manner  indicated  for  sickness  disability 
cases. 

Death  Benefits 

15.  Insurance.     The  Company  will  at  its  own  expense 
insure  the  life  of  each  Tribune  Company  employe  upon  the 
completion  of  five  years'  continuous  service  with  the  Com- 
pany for  an  amount  equal  to  the  salary  or  wages  paid  during 
the  twelve  months  immediately  prior  to  the  ending  of  such 
five   years'    continuous    service,    with    a    fixed    maximum 
amount  in  each  case  of  One  Thousand  Dollars  ($1,000). 

1 6.  The    insurance    provided    for    in    the    paragraph 
immediately  preceding  is  payable  in  addition  to  all  bene- 
fits to  which  the  employe  is  entitled  under  the  Workmen's 
Compensation  Act  of  this  state,  and  also  in  addition  to  any 
insurance  carried  by  the  employe  individually. 

Sections  17  to  26  provide  with  great  particularity  that 
a  disabled  employe  must  report  his  disability  without 
delay;  and  that  death  or  disability  due  to  intoxication  or 
any  other  of  several  causes  named  shall  not  confer  any 
rights  under  the  plan. 

298 


PENSIONS  ENTIRELY  FINANCED  BY  COMPANY 

The  pension  plan  is  another  movement  for  employe 
welfare.  The  pension  fund  is  in  charge  of  a  board  which 
consists  of  the  president  of  the  board  of  directors  of  The 
Tribune,  one  director,  and  a  Tribune  employe.  This 
board  is  empowered  to  make  rules  for  the  efficient  admin- 
istration of  the  pension  fund  and  to  control  the  payment 
of  pension  allowances.  It  may  authorize  the  payment  of 
a  pension  to  any  retired  employe  on  the  following  basis : 

(a)  All   employes   of  this   Company   engaged   in   any 
capacity  are  eligible  to  pensions  as  hereinafter  stated. 

(b)  All  employes  who  shall  have  reached  the  age  of  55 
years  and  have  been  fifteen  or  more  years  in  the  service, 
may  at  the  discretion  of  the  Pension  Board  be  retired  from 
active  service  and  become  eligible  to  a  pension. 

(c)  All  employes  who  have  been  twenty  or  more  years 
in  the  service  may,  at  their  own  request,  be  retired  at  the 
age  of  60  on  the  first  day  of  the  calendar  month  following 
that  in  which  they  shall  have  attained  said  age,  unless,  at 
the  discretion  of  the  Pension  Board,  some  later  date  be 
fixed  for  such  retirement.     Persons  occupying  executive 
positions  are  exempt  from  maximum  age  limit. 

(d)  All  employes  who  have  been  thirty  years  in  the 
employ  of  the  Company  may,   in  case  of  disability,  be 
retired  upon  a  pension,  irrespective  of  their  age  at  the  time 
of  retirement. 

The  amount  of  the  pension  is  fixed  as  follows:  For 
each  year  of  active  service  an  allowance  of  two  per  cent 
of  the  average  annual  pay  during  the  ten  years  next 
preceding  retirement.  But  no  pension  shall  exceed  $100 
per  month,  nor  be  less  than  $18  per  month. 

Pensions  are  to  be  paid  monthly  and  the  Pension 
Board  may,  in  its  discretion,  continue  the  payments  for  a 
limited  time  to  the  widows  and  orphans  of  pensioners. 

In  addition  to  all  the  above,  financed  entirely  by  The 
Tribune  Company,  Tribune  employes  have  two  voluntary 
organizations  of  their  own  which  are  fostered  by  the  man- 
agement. 

299 


BUILDING  AND  LOAN  ASSOCIATION  FORMED 

The  Dearborn  Mutual  Benefit  Association  is  an  insur- 
ance and  loan  organization  into  which  several  hundred  men 
and  women  pay  weekly  dues.  It  pays  a  death  benefit  of 
$500  on  the  death  of  any  member.  A  week  before  Christ- 
mas all  funds  are  distributed  to  members  and  they  usually 
find  that  their  money  has  earned  from  10%  to  12%.  At 
New  Year's  the  association  reorganizes  for  another  50  weeks. 

The  Medill  Building  and  Loan  Association  is  being  or- 
ganized in  June,  1922,  for  the  benefit  of  employes. 


£!r?^n!£Jrhlri1w!?rLT"r*  nr^TTT-^     T^Tr-k-r-r-*,  D^«t*di««fc«i»T.n(Ab«w«i 

^S      1  HE  1  RIB     SHHIF" 


READ  WHAT  PAUL  WILLIAMS  HAS  TO  I  PRINTERS  LEADING 

SAY  TO  CONSTANTINOPLE  REPORTERS  THIBLNE  LE\GIT. 


liC.W.T.    LEAVES  FOR 
NEW  HOME  IN  W 


THE  TRIE  is  printed  at  Company  expense  and  distributed 
free  each  month  to  all  employes 


300 


Index 


Advertising  Censorship?: 76,  77,  179,  191 

Advertising  Charts 178,  181.  194,  197,  198 

Advertising  Division 176  to  203  . 

Advertising  Tribune  Advertising 46,  75,  76,  78t 

182,  183,  201 

Altgeld,  Governor 47,  53 

Amusement  Advertising 178,  189 

Anti  Loan  Shark  Bureau 76,  77 

Architectural  Contest  for  $100,000  Prize.  .114,  120 

Art  Department 160,  161,  162 

Art  Service  for  Advertisers 191,  192,  203 

Associated  Press 126,  143,  271 

Auditing  &  Comptrolling  Division 282,  283 

Automobile  Advertising 99,  100,  178 

Baie  des  Cedres 206,  209,  210,  211,  213,  215 

Beale,  William  G 255 

Beauty  Advice 164 

Beck,  E.  S 255 

Beecher,  Henry  Ward 43 

"Beg  Your  Pardon"  Department 142 

Berlin  Office  of  Tribune 145,  175 

Blue  Ribbon  Fiction 165,  167 

Book  of  Facts 181,  194,  197,  273,  279,  303 

Book  Reviews 141 

Bross,  William 18,  19,  22,  23,  29,  35,  36,  48 

Building  Management 284  to  290 

Burke,  State's  Attorney 69,  70 

"Cablese" 146 

Catlin,  T.  B 61 

Chapman,  Paul  Cross 120 

"Cheer  Checks" 106  to  110 

Chemical  Wood  Pulp 221 

Chicago  American 178,  181,  197,  198,  273 

Chicago  Chronicle 63 

Chicago  Daily  News 178,  181,  197,  198,  273 

Chicago  Fire 37,  38,  39 

Chicago,  first  newspapers 16 

Chicago  Herald 78,  79 

Chicago  Herald  &  Examiner 79,  106,  107,  110, 

178,  181,  197,  198,  273 

Chicago  Inter-Ocean 78 

Chicago  Journal 16,  17,  178,  181,  197,  198,  273 

Chicago  Post 178.  181,  197,  198,  273 

Chicago  Record 53,  75 

Chicago  Record-Herald 53,  70,  75,  78 

Chicago  Times 46,  53,  75 

City  Circulation 272,  276  to  281 

Circulation 11,  22,  30,  36,  46,  75,  78,  84, 

106  to  110,  255,  269,  272  to  281 

Civil  War 24,  26,  28,  29,  31,  34,  35,  40 

Clairvoyants 76,  77 

Clayton,  John 93 

Cleveland  Leader 21 

Cleveland,  President 53 

Clothing  Advertising 178,  197 

Color  Rotogravure  (Coloroto) 120,  256  to  266 

Comics 245,  275,  276 

Composing  Room 157,  173,  227,  236 

Conveyors  from  Presses 251  to  254,  274 

Conveyors  in  Mailing  Room 268,  270,  275,  278 

Conveyors  to  Presses 268 

Cookery 164 

Co-Operator  (Retailer's  Paper) 200 

Copy  Service  for  Advertisers 191,  192,  203 

Country  Circulation 272,  274,  275 

Cowles,  Alfred 19,  22,  23,  48 

Cowles,  Alfred,  II 255 

Coxey's  "Army" 53 

Dailey,  Charles 93 

Daily  News  of  New  York.  .100,  101,  143,  225,  282 

"Dead  Lines" 157,  159 

Death  Benefits 298,  299 

Debs,  Eugene  V 53 

Decatur's  Slogan 118  to  120,  170,  172 

Deep  Waterways  Editions 64 

Democratic  Convention  in  Denver 63 

Deneen,  Governor 73 

Department  Store  Advertising 178 

Dewey,  Admiral 56,  57 

Display  Advertising 190  to  203 

Drainage  Canal 48 

Dramatic  Criticism 141 

Dunne,  Mayor 63,  285 


Editorials 25,  26,  27,  29,  31,  34,  40,  44,  48,  54, 

73,  84,  91,  118,  119,  170,  171,  172 

Educational  Advertising 186,  189 

Electrical  Department 253,  267,  268,  271 

Electrotyping 245 

Etching  Department 134,  160,  230,  237  to 

244,  258  to  265 

European  Edition  of  The  Tribune. ..  84,  85,  86,  87, 

90,  92,  150 

Evans,  Dr.  Wm.  A 67,  172 

"Experts'  Fees"  Suits 112 

Extras 159 

Farm  &  Garden 164 

Fashions 161,  164 

Features 163  to  165,  166,  167 

Fiction 165,  275,  276 

Field,  William  H 84 

Financial  Advertising 77,  178,  233 

Financial  News 140,  233 

Fire  Protection 271 

Fisher,  Judge  H.  M 115  to  118 

Folders 251  to  253 

Ford,  Million  Dollar  Libel  Suit 94  to  99 

Foreign  News  Service. ..  89,  91,  93,  145  to  152,  166 

Fourdrinier  Screen 216  ,222 

Franquelin  Lumber  &  Pulp  Wood  Co 282 

Friend  of  the  People 68,  172 

Funk,  Clarence 70 

Furniture  Advertising 178 

Garage . .  114,  276,  277,  278 

Garfield,  President 46 

Gas  Scandals 54,  56 

Gibbons,  Floyd 89,  93 

Gold  Standard 56 

Good  Fellow  Movement 66,  67 

Grant,  General 35 

Greeley,  Horace 21 

Groceries  Advertising 178 

Half  Tones...  ...237,238 

Harden,  E.  W. 56,  57 

Harrison,  President 47 

Haymarket  Riots 47 

Headline  Contest 130 

Heads  Used  by  Tribune 129 

Health  Advice 67,  164, 172 

Helm,  State  Senator 70 

Holstlaw,  State  Senator 69 

Hopkins,  Mayor.  , 54 

House  Organ  for  Employes 300 

Howells,  Abby  White 255 

Humorous  Columns 164 

Ink  Fountains 250 

Insurance  Advice 164 

Intaglio  Printing 257 

Interior  Decoration 164 

Investor's  Guide 78, 164 

Ireland 48,  94,  148 

Iroquois  Fire 60 

Job  Printing  Shop 291 

Keeley,  James 60,  63 

Keough,  Hugh  E 164 

Kohlsaat,  H.  H 70 

Land  Shows .  .  ...  64,  65,  66,  72 

Legal  Advice 164 

Libby,  Laura  Jean 68 

Libel  Suits 94  to  99,  111,  115  to  118,  120 

Library 168,  166 

Lincoln,  President 28,  30,  31,  32,  33,  171 

Line-o-type 164,  172 

Linotype  Machines. . .  .173,  227,  228,  229,  232,  236 

Lloyd,  Demarest 255 

Lloyd,  Henry  D 255 

Lloyd,  John  Bross 255 

Lloyd,  William  Bross 255 

Local  Advertising 190,  191,  192 

Local  News  Room 173 

London  Office  of  Tribune 148 

Lorimer,  William 68,  69 

Love 164 

Lyon  &  Healy 192 


301 


Index— Continued 


Mailing  Machines 270,  275,  278 

Makeup  of  Ads 228,  229,  233 

Makeup  of  News 228,  229 

Market  News 141,  156 

Mason,  Master  in  Chancery 285 

Matrices 228,  242,  243,  247 

McCormick,  Medill 68 

McCormick,  Robert  R 48,  68,  88,  123,  269 

McKinley,  President 56 

McNally,  Andrew  J 22 

Medill  Council 101,  294  to  300 

Medill,  Joseph— Frontispiece. . .  .18,  21,  22,  23,  24, 
29,  31,  32,  35,  36,  48,  50,  53,  59,  171 

Medill,  Samuel 45 

Medill  School  of  Journalism 104 

Memorial  Trees 89 

"Men's  Specialist"  Frauds 76,  77 

Merchandising  Advertising 196,  200.  202,  203 

Monotype  Machines 236 

Morgue 134,  168,  169 

Motion  Picture  News 141 

Motion  Pictures  and  Advertising 80,  189 

Municipal  Voters'  League 55 

Mural  Prize 120 

Nast,  Thomas 160 

National  Advertising 190,  193  to  203 

News,  Foreign 145  to  152,  166 

News,  Handling 136 

News  in  the  Fifties 25,  28,  29 

News  in  the  Seventies 43,  44 

News,  Local 134  to  138 

News,  Makeup 153  to  159 

News  Maps 151,  161 

News,  National 143,  144 

Newspaper  Advertising 177,  199,  201,  202 

News  Policies 131,  132,  133 

Newsprint  Consumption 251 

Newsprint  Laboratory 292 

"1921  Will  Reward  FIGHTERS". . .  .104,  105,  106 

Ontario  Paper  Company 282 

Ontario  Transportation  &  Pulp  Company 282 

Order  Clerks  of  Advertising  Dept 283 

Ownership  of  Tribune 19,  23,  255 

Pacific  &  Atlantic  Photos,  Inc 167,  282 

Paper  Machine 216,  217,  222,  224,  225 

Paper  Mill 84,  101,  216  to  226 

Patterns 164 

Patterson,  Joseph  Medill 68,  88,  123 

Patterson,  Raymond 56 

Patterson,  Robert  W.,  Jr.,  28,  53,  54,  56,  59,  62,  68 

Patterson,  R.  W,,  Sr 28 

Peace  Treaty  Scoop 87,  91 

Pensions 299 

Pershing,  General 86 

Photos 134,  151,  160,  161,  162,  167,  168,  174 

Pierson,  Joseph 85 

Pneumatic  Tubes 271 

Polish  War  Scoop 91 

Post  Office  for  Want  Advertisers  176,  184,  187,  188 

Presses 11,  54,  101,  246  to  268 

Price  to  Subscribers 54 

Proof  Reading 235,  236 

Protection 36,  47,  48 

Publishers'  Advertising 178 

Pulp  Making 220,  221,  223 

Pulp  Wood  Pile 218 

Pulp  Wood  Resources  of  Tribune. .  .84,  205  to  214 
Purchasing  Department 291  to  293 

Queensbury,  Marquis  of 67 

Rand.  William  H 22 

Ray,  Charles  H 18,  20,  21,  22,  23,  29,  35 

Real  Estate  News 140 

Reels  for  Newsprint  Rolls 248,  249,  250 

Refrigeration 271 

Reilly,  General  H.  J 91 

Religious  News 139 

Roll  of  Honor 87,  88,  89 

Rome  Office  of  Tribune 145,  175 

Roosevelt,  Theodore 63,  73 

Rotogravure 101,  256  to  266,  275,  276 


Rue,  Larry     93,  152 

Russell,  Lillian 68 

Ryan,  Thomas 93 

Sane  Fourth  Crusade 60 

School  Board  of  Chicago 284  to  286 

Scripps,  John  L 18,  20,  22,  23  36 

Shelter  Bay. 206,  211,  213,  215 

Sickness  Benefits 295  to  298 

Small,  Governor 73 

Smith,  Frederick '.'.'.'.'.'.' 89 

Society  News "  | '  139 

Soldier's  Friend 154 

Spanish  War 56,  57  53 

Sporting  News 134,  139,  156,  233 

Steamers  co  Carry  Pulp  Wood 214,  287 

Steam  Tables 228,  242,  243,  247 

Steele,  John 94,  143 

Stensland  Bank  Failure 63 

Sterotyping 158,  228,  242  to  244,  247,  269 

Strikes 58 

Submarine  Chaser  Dispatch  Boat 210,  214 

Subscribers'  Complaints . 280  281 

Sullivan,  T.  E 61 

Sunday  Tribune 54,  134 

Syndicate  Department 166,  167 

Taft,  President 64,  73,  74 

Talbot,  Greenville 171 

Taylor,  Bert  Leston 164,  171 

Telegraph,  News  by 18,  145 

Telephone  Ad-takers 185 

Telephones 289,  290 

Ten  Million  Dollar  Libel  Suit 115  to  118 

Thomason,  S.  E 255 

Thompson,  Mayor 73,  111,  115  to  118 

Thorold,  Ontario 206,  219 

Traffic  Department 225,  226 

Travel  Advertising 178,  186,  189 

Tribune  Advertising.  .74,  75,  76,  99,  104,  105,  106 

to  110,  176  to  203,  231,  232,  233,  271,  283,  286 

Tribune  and  its  Employes.  .49,  58,  61,  101,  128.. . 

269,  294  to  300 

Tribune  Building  Corporation 282 

Tribune  Buildings.  .8,  18,  36,  37,  39,  59,  63,  71, 

101,  102,  103.  114, 284  to  290 

Tribune  Circulation.  .11,  22,  30,  36,  46,  75,  78,  84, 
106  to  110,  255,  269, 272  to  281 

Tribune  Company  of  France 282 

Tribune  Fires 18,  37,  38,  39 

Tribune,  Foundation 17 

Tribune  Scoops 35,  45,  63,  89,  91,  93 

Tribune  Subsidiary  Companies 282 

Trucks 276,  277,  278 

Trude,  A.  S 284,  285 

Trude,  D.  P 77 

Typograph 236 

United  News  Service .  .143 

Upton,  George  P .35 

Ventilation...                                                         ..271 
Villard,  Oswald  Garrison 172 

Wake-of-the-News ...  . .  1 64 

Walker,  Judge 285 

Walsh,  John  R 61,  63 

Want-Ad  Store 176,  180 

Wvant  Advertising 179  to  188,  290,  303 

Washington  News  Bureau 143,  156 

Wayman,  State's  Attorney 69 

White,  Amelia  Elizabeth 255 

White,  Charles 68,  69 

White,  Horace 19,  23,  36 

White,  Martha  Root 255 

Wireless.  News  by .  101,  103,  145,  146,  147,  152.  166 

Women  Advertisers 176,  180 

Women  Editors .' 165 

Women's  Pages 233 

World's  Columbian  Exposition 49,  50,  52 

World's  Greatest  Newspaper 68 

World  War 80  to  89,  113 

Yerkes  Traction  Scandals 55,  56 

Zone  System  of  Marketing 194,  197,  199 


302 


I    . 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 
BERKELEY 

Return  to  desk  from  which  borrowed. 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


JAN      8  J954 


LIBRARY  USE 
1954 

JP171954  LU 


LD  21-100m-7,'52(A2528sl6)476 


YC 1 03778 


9/4- 


ao 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


